Code Sanitary

SAUDI ARAMCO SANITARY CODE

ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH UNIT ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE DIVISION ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION DEPARTMENT DHAHRAN, SAUDI ARABIA

Copyright©Saudi Aramco 2009. All rights reserved.


Saudi Aramco 7180 (5/89) G.I. NUMBER

151.006

SAUDI ARABIAN OIL COMPANY (Saudi Aramco) GENERAL INSTRUCTION MANUAL

ISSUE DATE

ISSUING ORG.

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION DEPARTMENT

SUBJECT:

IMPLEMENTING THE SAUDI ARAMCO SANITARY CODE

01/22/2001 APPROVAL

TAM

Approved

REPLACES

11/03/1999 PAGE NUMBER

1

OF

5

CONTENT: This General Instruction prescribes minimum requirements for compliance with, and implementation of, the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code. It contains the following information: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

PURPOSE POLICY RESPONSIBILITIES PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES PROCEDURES FOR OBTAINING APPROVAL OF A GRANT OF VARIANCE

1.0

PURPOSE: This instruction defines responsibilities, principles and practices for the implementation of sanitary requirements that are designed to protect public health and the environment, thereby increasing productivity and minimizing associated curative medical costs.

2.0

POLICIES: a) Saudi Aramco's Environmental Protection Policy Statement (INT-5) The Company will assure that its operations do not create undue risks to the environment or public health, and will conduct its operations with full concern for the protection of the land, air and water from harmful pollution. The Company will promote environmentally sound waste disposal practices and cost effective waste minimization through source reduction, reuse and recycling. Regulations: 1.

In all its activities, the Company will meet the standards specified by the Kingdom's environmental regulations. Where there are no established standards, guidelines will be developed which are compatible with the Kingdom's objective of environmental protection. The Company will cooperate and participate with government and industry, as appropriate, in the development of effective environmental control programs and regulations.

2.

It is the responsibility of each organization to assure that its facilities are designed and operated in compliance with the established corporate Environmental Protection Policy and that they do not present unnecessary risks to the environment or public health.

b) Local Enterprise Support Policy Statement (ADM-5)

* CHANGE

** ADDITION

NEW INSTRUCTION

COMPLETE REVISION


5


151.006


ISSUE DATE

ISSUING ORG.


SUBJECT:


01/22/2001 APPROVAL

TAM

Approved

REPLACES


2

OF

5

In support of local enterprise, Saudi Aramco will actively promote and foster the development of the Saudi Arabian business community with specific emphasis on the manufacturing sector. In this regard, Saudi Aramco will preferentially purchase materials, products and services from local sources whenever specifications and quality are compatible with established company standards on a reliable basis and at competitive prices. Regulations:

3.0

1.

Saudi Aramco will encourage industrial development in Saudi Arabia by promoting the establishment and/or expansion of sound and viable privately owned manufacturing concerns and other sectors of the local business community, which will provide goods and services to Saudi Aramco, Government Agencies, other companies and the general public.

2.

Saudi Aramco may assist local enterprise by providing services including technical advice and information related to Saudi Aramco as a potential market, as appropriate.

RESPONSIBILITIES: All management functions, including business line and associated management, will comply with Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code and Saudi Arab Government requirements applicable to the design, operation and maintenance of facilities and equipment. When conformity with any Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code imposed requirements would not be practicable or cost effective, a grant of variance will be sought. Reviews for compliance with this General Instruction will be performed on a periodic basis.

* CHANGE

3.1

Corporate Management will ensure that Operating and Business Plans reflect, and are consistent with, Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code requirements.

3.2

Executive and General Management will assure that their operations and facilities are designed, operated and maintained in compliance with Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code requirements and provide the required directions in support of Saudi Aramco's Environmental Protection Policy.

3.3

Managers will ensure that their facilities are operated and maintained in a way that protects the environment and the health and welfare of employees, and, where applicable, the general public. Concessionaires and contractors will be monitored to ensure that the services they perform, and/ or the goods they provide, are in conformity with applicable the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code standards and Saudi Arab Government regulations.

3.4

Manager, Environmental Protection Department (EPD) will recommend policy on Environmental Health issues, counsel Management on the development and interpretation of

** ADDITION

NEW INSTRUCTION

COMPLETE REVISION


5


151.006


ISSUE DATE

ISSUING ORG.


SUBJECT:


01/22/2001 APPROVAL

TAM

Approved

REPLACES


3

OF

5

Environmental Health programs and policies and monitor compliance with the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code requirements.

4.0

3.5

Chief, Preventive Medicine Services Division (PMSD) will recommend policy on Environmental Health issues as they relate to Saudi Aramco Medical Organization (SAMSO) and Medical Designated Facilities and counsel Medical Management on the development and interpretation of Environmental Health Policies and Programs. PMSD will enforce requirements of this General Instruction in SAMSO facilities, and where applicable, through contractual requirements in Medical Designated Facilities. PMSD will provide an annual report on the state of compliance for SAMSO facilities, to the Manager, EPD.

3.6

Project Proponents, Facility Planners and Project Managers will ensure that, during the planning, design and construction of new or modified facilities, the applicable Environmental Health requirements of the Company and Saudi Arab Government are met. In particular, submission of plans in compliance with Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code and in accordance with any other applicable company or Saudi Arab Government requirements. Guidance on the requirements to approve plans/projects required by the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code, and preparation of environmental assessments shall be obtained from the Manager, EPD.

3.7

Superintendents and Supervisors will actively provide supervision and training required to promote sound public health and hygienic practices by employees; and cooperate with Environmental Health Unit to conduct periodic inspections of their facilities, equipment, and work areas to detect and correct unhealthful conditions and unhygienic acts.

3.8

All Employees will comply with applicable public health rules and regulations; perform their duties and work in a manner which will not endanger themselves, their fellow workers, or the general public; and will be alert to unhealthful conditions and correct or report them as appropriate.

PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES: The following principles and practices will govern the compliance with, and implementation of, the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code 4.1

* CHANGE

Health risks to employees, dependents and the general public will be minimized through application of best available environmental health practices as per the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code and Saudi Arab Government health requirements and directives such as, Saudi Arab Labor and Workmen Law, Ministry of Health, Saudi Arab Standards Organization, Meteorological and Environmental Protection Agency or other government regulations. Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards will be met in the design, construction, modification, operation and maintenance of facilities and equipment. When conformity with Saudi Aramco imposed requirements would not be practical or cost effective, a grant of variance will be sought.

** ADDITION

NEW INSTRUCTION

COMPLETE REVISION


5


151.006


ISSUE DATE

ISSUING ORG.


SUBJECT:


01/22/2001 APPROVAL

TAM

5.0

REPLACES


4

OF

5

4.2

Operating standards and instructions will be provided to control public health risks which cannot be feasibly eliminated through design. Compliance with Environmental Health practices and procedures will be consistently enforced.

4.3

Employees will be protected against exposure to diseases and public health hazards which are impracticable to eliminate, through proper use of personal protective equipment and periodic environmental monitoring.

4.4

Inspections will be periodically conducted by Environmental Health staff to detect and correct unsanitary practices and conditions. Environmental Health will notify the appropriate Saudi Aramco Organizations such as PMSD, Loss Prevention, Fire Department on major issues relating to occupational exposure, safety or fire protection respectively.

4.5

Education and training of employees will be conducted to ensure that staff and management are aware of the requirements of the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code and perform work in accordance with the provision of the Code.

4.6

Qualification, experience and job skills of employees will be consistent with assigned tasks, enabling them to work without endangering their own health or the health of others.

4.7

Community health will be vigorously promoted to encourage and assist employees to protect themselves and their families from disease and injury while at home, at recreation, or wherever they may be.

4.8

Reviews for compliance with this General Instruction will be performed on a periodic basis. Review teams will include representatives from Environmental Protection Department and the proponent organization and will include appropriate expertise and be sufficiently independent of the operation being reviewed to assure credibility and effectiveness.

4.9

A 'State of the Environment' report incorporating major programs covered by the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code will be generated annually and forwarded to Corporate Management highlighting achievements, areas of concern and recommendations.

PROCEDURES FOR OBTAINING APPROVAL OF A GRANT OF VARIANCE: 5.1

* CHANGE

Approved

When circumstances render a particular Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code requirement impractical, an individual or firm may submit an application to Manager, EPD to request a grant of variance to that Code requirement. In Saudi Aramco facilities, the application must be submitted by departmental manager or above. In SAMSO facilities an application for a 'Grant of Variance' may be submitted to Chief, PMSD. PMSD will obtain the approval of Manager, EPD.

** ADDITION

NEW INSTRUCTION

COMPLETE REVISION


5


151.006


ISSUE DATE

ISSUING ORG.


SUBJECT:


01/22/2001 APPROVAL

TAM

Approved

REPLACES


5

OF

5.2

If the requested grant of variance involves new construction, remodeling or structural alterations, properly prepared plans and specifications for such construction, remodeling, or alteration shall be submitted with the application. The plans and specifications shall indicate the proposed layout, arrangement, and construction materials of work areas, and the type and model of proposed fixed equipment and facilities.

5.3

Environmental Health will review all facts, plans and specifications within a reasonable period of time (depending on the complexity of the variance). The tentative variance agreement, if approved, will be transmitted to the applicant through the Saudi Aramco proponent. Until such time as the written, tentative variance agreement is received, the requirements of the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code must be adhered to and construction, remodeling or alteration that incorporate the proposed variance must not be undertaken.

5.4

Environmental Health will schedule inspections during and after completion of work to evaluate the degree to which the applicant has complied with the intent and detail of the tentative variance agreement, and the extent to which the tentative variance agreement has impacted the environment or public health.

5.5

If inspections reveal that the intent and detail of the tentative variance agreement have been complied with and the tentative variance has not adversely impacted the environment or public health, then Environmental Health will transmit, in writing, the "approved" variance agreement through the proponent organization.

5.6

Should the applicant fail to continue to comply with the variance, or if unforeseen consequences of the variance should adversely impact the environment or public health, then Environmental Health will void the variance and the applicant will cease and desist all activities that were the subject of the original application requesting that variance be granted and will ensure that all applicable Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code requirements are satisfied with respect to such activities.

Recommended: Manager, Environmental Protection Department Concurred: Executive Director, SAMSO Vice President, Engineering Services Senior Vice President, Engineering And Operations Services

Approved: President & Chief Executive Officer

* CHANGE

5

** ADDITION

NEW INSTRUCTION

COMPLETE REVISION


5

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION DEPARTMENT ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE DIVISION ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH UNIT

EPD USE ONLY APPLICATION FOR GRANT OF VARIANCE OF SAUDI ARAMCO Date Received Control # SANITARY CODE REQUIREMENT / / _________________________________________________________________________________________________ Facility Description (Name, Address, Contract Number if Applicable, BI Number, Etc).

_________________________________________________________________________________________________ Standard Affected1 & Variance Requested2 (Use another sheet if needed) ________________________________________________________________________________________________ Justification3 (Use another sheet if needed) _________________________________________________________________________________________________ Statement of Intent4 I/We hereby agree to comply with the intent and detail of the variance, if granted, now and for as long as the variance is in effect and I/We also hereby agree to cease and desist should unforseen consequences of the variance adversely impact the environment or public health as advised by Environmental Health. ________________________________________________________________________________________________ Originator’ Name5: Title: Signature ________________ Date: / / / Manager (or above):

Title:

Originator’s Organization

Address

Signature ________________

Date: / / /

Telephone Number

__________________________________________________________________________________________________ Notes: 1. Specify relevant sub-section(s) of the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code. 2. If the request involves constructional work of any kind detailed plans and specifications shall be submitted along with the application. In the case of plant and machinery operating plans and procedures should also be submitted. 3. Provide such technical facts which demonstrate that the variance will not adversely impact the environment or affect the health and wellbeing of Saudi Aramco employees and their dependents or that of the public. (Use reverse side of application form if additional space required). 4. Before an application for variance can be considered all applicants must sign as read the statement of intent. 5. *For SAMSO Facilities application will be routed through PMSD. _________________________________________________________________________________________________ For use by EHU/ECD/EPD & PMSD (For SAMSO Facilities) Reviewed:

Signature: Title: Date:

Recommend

Signature: Title: Supervisor, EHU Date:

Concurred:

Signature: Title: Gen. Supervisor, ECD Date:

Approved

Signature: Title: Manager, EPD Date:

Signature: Title: Chief, PMSD (*For SAMSO Facilities) Date: Copyright©Saudi Aramco 2009. All rights reserved.

TABLE OF CONTENTS PREFACE……………………………………………………………………. GENERAL INSTRUCTION # 0151.006…………………………………….. WAIVER FORM……………………………………………………………... TABLE OF CONTENTS…………………………………………………….. SECTIONS Page SASC-S-01

WATER………………………………………………………………

1

SASC-S-02

SANITARY WASTEWATER AND SEWERAGE SYSTEMS…….

32

SASC-S-03

SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT………………………………….

71

SASC-S-04

FOOD ESTABLISHMENTS………………………………………... 80

SASC-S-05

FOOD MANUFACTURING PROCESSING AND PACKAGING... 125

SASC-S-06

DAIRY FARMS AND PLANTS……………………………………. 144

SASC-S-07

CAMPS AND COMMUNAL LIVING FACILITIES………………. 171

SASC-S-08

HOUSING…………………………………………………………… 191

SASC-S-09

MARINE VESSELS………………………………………………… 206

SASC-S-10

HEALTH CARE FACILITIES……………………………………… 213

SASC-S-11

COMMERCIAL LAUNDRIES……………………………………... 274

SASC-S-12

PLACES OF EMPLOYMENT……………………………………… 301

SASC-S-13

SWIMMING POOLS, WADING POOLS AND SPAS……………... 316

SASC-S-14

BARBERS AND BEAUTY SHOPS……………………………….... 349

SASC-S-15

INDOOR & OUTDOOR RECREATION FACILITIES INCLUDING BEACHES CAMPGROUNDS AND MARINAS….......................... 354 SCHOOLS…………………………………………………………... 375

SASC-S-16 SASC-S-17

INSECTS, RODENTS AND OTHER VERMIN OF PUBLIC HEALTH SIGNIFICANCE…………………………………………. 391

SASC-S-18

PUBLIC HEALTH NUISANCES…………………………………..


398

SASC-S-01 Water No.

Page

1. General Requirements………………………………………………………. 2. Water Source and Protection Of The Water Supply………………………... 3. Water Wells………………………………………………………………… 4. Water Storage Tanks, Equipment, Plumbing, Hoses and Compressed Air… 5. Cross Connection Control…………………………………………………... 6. Disinfection General………………………………………………………... 7. Disinfection by Chlorine……………………………………………………. 8. Disinfection of Water Wells………………………………………………... 9. Disinfection of New Water Lines…………………………………………... 10. Protection and Disinfection of Newly Constructed Water Mains…………... 11. Disinfection Procedures When Cutting Into or Repairing Existing Mains…. 12. Disinfection of Water Storage Tanks…………..……………………….…... 13. Transportation of Potable Water……………………………………………. 14. Physical and Chemical Water Quality Requirements………………….…… 15. The Coliform Rule………………………………………………………….. 16. Fluoride……………………………………………………………………...

3 3 5 8 9 11 11 15 16 20 21 22 23 25 27 30

SASC-S-02 Sanitary Wastewater and Sewerage Systems No.

Page

1. Engineering Design…………………………………………………………. 2. Protection of Water Supplies……………………………………………….. 3. Wastewater Pump Stations………………………………………………….. 4. Sanitary Wastewater Treatment Systems…………………………………… 5. Sanitary Wastewater Effluent Discharge & Reuse Requirements………….. 6. Disposal/Reuse of Sanitary Wastewater Sludge & Associated Wastes…….. 7. Public Toilets…………………………………………………………..…… 8. Industrial Waste/Wastewater Treatment & Disposal……………………….. 9. Responsibilities……………………………………………………………... 10. Waste Manifest Form………………………………………………………..


36 36 38 39 56 62 62 63 69 70

SASC-S-03 Solid Waste Management No.

Page

1. Detailed Plans and Specifications…………………………………………... 2. Required Approvals………………………………………………………… 3. Supervision of Sites………………………………………………………… 4. Required Records for Sites…………………………………………………. 5. Storage and Collection……………………………………………………… 6. Storage, Collection & Transfer Device and Vehicles………………………. 7. Facilities for Cleaning Storage, Collection & Transfer Devices & Vehicles. 8. Control of Drainage & Runoff From Sites………………………………... 9. Control of Leachate…………………………………………………………. 10. Restrictions Associated with Groundwater…………………………………. 11. Monitoring Wells…………………………………………………………… 12. Access Roads Fencing……………………………………………………… 13. Fencing……………………………………………………………………… 14. Screening……………………………………………………………………. 15. Fire Protection & Control…………………………………………………... 16. Signs & Rules……………………………………………………………….. 17. Control of Nuisances and Health Hazards………………………………….. 18. Salvaging & Scavenging……………………………………………………. 19. Handling of Special Types of Waste………………………………………... 20. Special Factors Pertinent to the Sanitary Landfill Method of Waste Disposal …………………………………………………………………….. 21. Incineration of Solid Waste…………………………………………………. 22. Composting Method of Waste Disposal……………………………………. 23. Sludge Disposal Method…………………………………………………….


72 72 72 72 73 73 73 73 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 75 75 75 76 76 77 78 78

SASC-S-04 Food Establishments No.

Page

1. Application to Operate a Food Establishment……………………………… 2. Inspections………………………………………………………………….. 3. General Requirements………………………………………………………. 4. Personnel……………………………………………………………………. 5. Poisonous or Toxic Materials………………………………………………. 6. Pest Control………………………………………………………………… 7. Control of operation………………………………………………………… 8. Facility Design and Construction (General) ……………………………... 9. Floors……………………………………………………………………….. 10. Walls, Ceilings and Appurtenances………………………………………… 11. Doors and Windows………………………………………………………… 12. Illumination…………………………………………………………………. 13. Ventilation…………………………………………………………………... 14. Plumbing and Cross Connection Control…………………………………… 15. Water………………………………………………………………………... 16. Sewage……………………………………………………………………… 17. Toilets, Showers and Handwashing (General)……………………………… 18. Handwash Basins and Handwashing……………………………………….. 19. Changing Areas and Lockers……………………………………………….. 20. Ambient Storage Facilities………………………………………………….. 21. Refrigerated Storage………………………………………………………... 22. Garbage and Refuse………………………………………………………… 23. Janitors Closet……………………………………………………………… 24. Cleaning and Preventive Maintenance……………………………………… 25. Equipment and Utensils (General)………………………………………….. 26. Transportation………………………………………………………………. 27. Cleaning and Sanitization of Equipment…………………………………… 28. Mechanical Cleaning and Sanitization……………………………………… 29. Handling Foods, Ingredients and Packaging……………………………….. 30. Ingredients………………………………………………………………….. 31. Food Preparation and Processing………………………………………….. 32. Packaging and Labeling…………………………………………………….. 33. Storage of Finished Goods………………………………………………….. 34. Food Display and Service…………………………………………………... 35. Single Service Articles……………………………………………………… 36. Quality Standards…………………………………………………………… 37. Mobile Food Establishments……………………………………………….. 38. Temporary Food Establishments…………………………………………… 39. Ice Plants…………………………………………………………………… 40. Marine Vessel Galleys………………………………………………………


82 85 86 87 89 90 91 92 93 93 94 95 95 95 97 98 98 100 101 101 103 104 105 106 107 109 110 112 114 115 117 118 119 119 119 120 120 121 122 124

SASC-S-05 Food Manufacturing, Processing and Packaging No.

Page

1. Application by Food Manufacturers or Processors for Environmental Health Approval……………………………………………………………………... 2. Inspections…………………………………………………………………… 3. General Requirements……………………………………………………….. 4. Good Manufacturing Practice……………………………………………….. 5. Grounds……………………………………………………………………… 6. Plant Construction and Design………………………………………………. 7. Sanitary Operations………………………………………………………….. 8. Sanitary Facilities and Control………………………………………………. 9. Equipment and Utensils……………………………………………………... 10. Processes and Controls………………………………………………………. 11. Specific Requirements for Raw Meat/Poultry Possessing Plants…………… 12. Special Requirements for Water Bottling and Beverage Manufacturing Plants ………………………………………………………………………..


125 126 126 127 128 128 129 129 130 131 133 138

SASC-S-06 Dairy Farms and Plants No.

Page

1. Application to Operate a Dairy Farm establishment……………………….. 2. Inspections………………………………………………………………….. 3. Control of Operation………………………………………………………... 4. The Examination of Milk and Milk Products………………………...…….. 5. Abnormal Milk……………………………………………………………… 6. Standards for Milk and Milk Products………………………………......….. 7. Animal Health………………………………………………………………. 8. Cowyard…………………………………………………………………….. 9. Insect and Rodent Control…………………………………………………... 10. Milking Barn, Stable or Parlor……………………………………………… 11. Transfer and Protection of Raw Milk………………………………………. 12. Milkhouse or Milkroom…………………………………………………….. 13. Cooling Raw Milk…………………………………………………………... 14. Transportation of Raw Milk ………………………………………………... 15. Equipment and Containers………………………………………………….. 16. Piping………………………………………………………………….……. 17. Cleaning of Pipelines………………………………………………….……. 18. Protection from Contamination…………………………………………….. 19. Pasteurization Temperature Requirements…………………………………. 20. Batch Pasteurization………………………………………………………... 21. (HTST) Continuous Flow Pasteurization………………………………...… 22. Pasteurization Employing Regenerative Heating……………………….…... 23. U.H.T. (Ultra High Temperature)……………………………………….….. 24. Temperature Recording Charts……………………………………………... 25. Equipment Tests and Examinations……………………………………...…. 26. Cooling of Milk……………………………………………………………... 27. Packaging………………………………………………………………….... 28. Vehicles……………………………………………………………………... 29. Residual Bacterial Counts (Packaging)………………………………….….. 30. Appendix 1 – Introduction to the HTST Pasteurization System…………….


146 148 148 150 151 151 152 152 153 153 154 154 154 155 155 155 156 156 157 157 159 163 165 165 166 166 166 167 167 168

SASC-S-07 Camps and Communal Living Facilities No.

Page

1. Inspection Requirements……………………………………………………. 2. General Considerations……………………………………………………... 3. General construction Requirements, Ventilation and Lighting……………... 4. Potable Water……………………………………………………………….. 5. Drinking water Fountains…………………………………………………… 6. Sewage……………………………………………………………………… 7. Dormitories……………………………………………………………...….. 8. Toilet Rooms, Shower Rooms, Handwashing (General)…………………… 9. Toilet Rooms and Toilets…………………………………………………… 10. Handwashing Facilities……………………………………………………... 11. Shower Rooms……………………………………………………………… 12. Laundry Rooms………………………………………………...……….….. 13. Garbage and Refuse....................................................................................... 14. Insect and Rodent Control............................................................................. 15. Swimming Pools.........................................................................................… 16. Barber Shops.................................................................................................. 17. Kitchens and Food Facilities.......................................................................... 18. Vessel Crew Accommodations...................................................................... 19. Mobile Homes................................................................................................


171 171 173 176 178 179 179 180 181 181 182 182 183 185 187 187 187 187 188

SASC-S-08 Housing No.

Page

1. Housing Inspections.................................................................................…... 2. Location......................................................................................................… 3. General Considerations..............................................................................…. 4. Minimum Floor Space Requirements........................................................…. 5. General Construction Requirements............................................................... 6. Ventilation and Air Conditioning...........................................................…… 7. Illumination.................................................................................................… 8. Potable Water Systems................................................................................… 9. Sewage........................................................................................................… 10. Toilets, Showers and Handwashing Facilities (General)............................... 11. Toilet Rooms...............................................................................................… 12. Handwashing Facilities...............................................................................… 13. Shower Rooms............................................................................................… 14. Laundry Rooms and Laundry....................................................................…. 15. Garbage and Refuse...................................................................................…. 16. Insect and Rodent Control..........................................................................…. 17. Kitchens..........................................................................................................

191 192 192 193 193 195 196 197 199 200 201 202 202 203 203 204 205

SASC-S-09 Marine Vessels No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Page Scope................................................................................................………... Responsibilities............................................................................................... Potable Water System (Domestic Fresh Water).........................................…. Waste Management......................................................................................... Food Service..............................................................................................…. Crew Accommodation...............................................................................…. Marine Vessel Galleys...............................................................................….


206 207 207 208 209 209 210

SASC-S-10 Health Care Facilities No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

Page Physical Plant and Utilities.........................................................................… Operational Requirements...........................................................................… Safety.............................................................................................................. Fire Safety....................................................................................................... Solid Waste Disposal..................................................................................… Pest Control.................................................................................................… Environmental Sampling.............................................................................… Medical Manufacturing Plants....................................................................… Medical Storage Facilities (Includes Vendor-Operated Facilities).................

214 250 263 267 267 269 270 270 271

SASC-S-11 Commercial Laundries No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23.

Page Inspection of Laundries Employee Communal Living Accommodation.............…. General Considerations......................................................................................…… General Design and Construction Considerations..............................................…... Ventilation and Air Conditioning.......................................................................…… Illumination........................................................................................................…… Water Systems...............................................................................................………. Sewage................................................................................................................…... Toilet Rooms, Shower Rooms and Handwashing Facilities (General)................…. Toilet Rooms...................................................................................................……... Handwashing Facilities....................................................................................…….. Shower Rooms...................................................................................................…… Changing Areas..................................................................................................…… Lunch Rooms and Kitchens............................................................................…….. Garbage and Refuse...........................................................................................…… Insect and Rodent Control....................................................................................….. Laundry Equipment...........................................................................................……. Soiled Linen Sorting and Handling....................................................................…… Washing................................................................................................................…. Clean Linen and Dry Cleaning...........................................................................…… Vehicles................................................................................................................….. Laundry Depots.................................................................................................……. Safety Shower and Eyewash.............................................................................……. Quality Assurance.............................................................................................…….


276 277 280 283 283 284 286 287 288 289 289 290 290 291 292 293 294 294 296 296 296 297 297

SASC-S-12 Places of Employment No.

Page

1. Inspections..........................................................................................……… 2. General Considerations.......................................................................……… 3. General Construction Requirements...................................................……… 4. Ventilation...........................................................................................……… 5. Illumination.........................................................................................……… 6. Potable Water System.........................................................................……… 7. Sewage................................................................................................……… 8. Toilet Rooms, Shower Rooms, Handwashing Facilities ...................…….… 9. Toilet Rooms.......................................................................................……… 10. Handwashing.......................................................................................……… 11. Shower Rooms....................................................................................……… 12. Changing Areas and Locker Rooms...................................................……… 13. Retiring Rooms for Women................................................................……… 14. Garbage and Refuse Facilities............................................................………. 15. Insect and Rodent Control..................................................................………. 16. Lunch Rooms and Kitchens................................................................………


302 302 303 305 305 306 308 309 310 310 311 311 312 312 314 315

SASC-S-13 Swimming Pools, Wading Pools and Spas No.

Page

1. Proposed Design Factors for New or Remodeled Pools.....................……… 2. Plans and Specifications.....................................................................………. 3. Loading Stress and Structural Stability..............................................………. 4. Construction Materials (General)…………………………………………… 5. Size and Design Criteria.....................................................................……… 6. Stairways, Ladders and Handrails..........................................……………… 7. Decks and Walkways........................................................................……….. 8. Illumination and Electrical Requirements..........................................………. 9. Water Supply......................................................................................………. 10. Sewer System...................................................................................………... 11. Specifications for Recirculation Systems...........................................……… 12. Shower Rooms, Dressing Rooms and Toilets....................................………. 13. Refuse.............................................................................................………… 14. Miscellaneous Requirements..............................................................……… 15. Lifesaving Equipment, First Aid and Telephone..............................……….. 16. Supervision ..........................................................................................……... 17. Supervision of Bathers........................................................................……… 18. Water Quality and Testing (Physical Parameters)..............................……… 19. Water Quality and Testing (Chemical Parameters)...........................………. 20. Water Quality and Testing (Microbiological Parameters)..................……… 21. Spa pools...........................................................................................………..

319 319 320 320 320 321 322 322 323 323 323 336 340 340 340 341 341 342 343 345 345

SASC-S-14 Barbers and Beauty Shops No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Page General Requirements.........................................................................……… Cleaning and Disinfection...................................................................……… Hair Care and Beauty Products..........................................................………. Personnel............................................................................................………. General Sanitation and Hygiene.........................................................………


349 350 351 351 352

SASC-S-15 Indoor an Outdoor Recreation Areas and Facilities, Including Camp Grounds, Beaches and Marinas No.

Page

1. Inspection and Compliance with Code Requirements – Responsibilities..…. 2. Location...................................................................................................…... 3. General Considerations...............................................................................… 4. Fires and Cooking and Eating Facilities in Outdoor Recreation Areas.....…. 5. Roads, Parking Areas and Walks............................................……………… 6. Construction Requirements for Floors.....…………………………………... 7. Construction Requirements for Walls and Ceilings.................................…... 8. Construction Requirements for Doors, Windows and Screening...............… 9. Ventilation Requirements..........................................................................…. 10. Illumination Requirements.........................................................................…. 11. Toilet Rooms, Shower Rooms, Handwashing Facilities (General)...........…. 12. Toilet Rooms and Toilets.........................................................................…... 13. Handwashing Facilities..............................................................................…. 14. Shower Rooms and Showers.......................................................................… 15. Laundry Rooms............................................................................................... 16. Potable Water System..................................................................................... 17. Sewage............................................................................................................ 18. Garbage and Refuse........................................................................................ 19. Insect and Rodent Control..........................................................................…. 20. Recreation Villas and Communal Housing..................................................... 21. Swimming Pools............................................................................................. 22. Food Facilities................................................................................................. 23. Natural Swimming Areas................................................................................


354 355 355 356 356 357 357 358 359 359 360 361 362 362 363 363 367 368 370 371 372 372 372

SASC-S-16 Schools No.

Page

1. Inspection of Schools.........................................................................………. 2. General Considerations......................................................................………. 3. General Construction Requirements..................................................………. 4. Ventilation and Air Conditioning.......................................................……… 5. Illumination........................................................................................……… 6. Potable Water System.........................................................................……… 7. Sewage................................................................................................……… 8. Toilet, Showers and Handwashing Facilities (General).....................………. 9. Toilet Rooms.......................................................................................……… 10. Handwashing Facilities.......................................................................……… 11. Shower Rooms....................................................................................……… 12. Changing Areas and Lockers..............................................................……… 13. Retiring Rooms for Women................................................................……… 14. Garbage and Refuse............................................................................……… 15. Insect Rodent and Vermin Control.....................................................……… 16. Lunch Rooms and Kitchens................................................................………

375 376 377 379 380 380 383 383 384 385 385 386 386 386 388 390

SASC-S-17 Insects, Rodents and Other Insects of Public Health Significance No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

Page General...............................................................................................………. Responsibilities for insect, rodent and vermin control......................……… Structural Plans for Schools and Food Establishments.......................……… General Structural Requirements........................................................……… Sewage ................................................................................................……... Garbage and Refuse............................................................................……… Pesticides............................................................................................……….


392 394 394 394 395 395 397

SASC-S-18 Public Health Nuisances No.

Page

1. General...............................................................................................………. 399 2. Special Public Health Nuisances.....................................................………… 399


Water, SASC-S-01

SASC-S-01 WATER Water is a fundamental necessity for life. Protection of this natural resource is an essential health requisite. If the water supply is not protected, the spread of water-borne communicable disease and degradation of the quality of life are imminent. The costs in terms of illness and lost time from work could be severe. This Section specifies the public health requirements necessary for the maintenance of a hygienic, safe and wholesome water supply. NOTE: All sub-sections should be read in conjunction with appropriate referenced documents listed at the end of this Code Section. DEFINITIONS: Air Break: A physical separation, which may be a low inlet into the indirect waste receptor from the fixtures, appliances or devices indirectly connected. Air Gap: (1) In a water supply system, it is the unobstructed vertical distance through the atmosphere between the lowest opening from any pipe or faucet supplying water to a tank, plumbing fixture or other device in the flood-level rim of the receptacle. (2) The unobstructed vertical distance between the inlet from the potable water system and the flood level rim of the non-potable water system, for a safe air gap, must be equal to at least twice the inside diameter of the inlet pipe. Bottled Drinking Water: All water, which is sealed in bottles, packages or other containers and offered for sale for human consumption. Chemically Treated: Any water that has been chemically treated. The treatment may range from simple addition of chlorine to kill bacteria to multiple chemical applications to render it non-corrosive and/or non-scaling or to remove certain physical or chemical pollutants Chlorine Residual: The amount of chlorine in all forms (total) or HOCl (free) remaining in treated water to ensure disinfection for a certain period of time. Coliform Group Bacteria: (1) A group of bacteria predominantly inhabiting the intestines of man or animal, but also occasionally found elsewhere. It includes all aerobic and facultative anaerobic, Gram negative, non-spore forming bacilli that ferment lactose with production of gas. (2) A group of organisms, which include Escherichia coli. Contamination, Water: The direct or indirect introduction into water of microorganisms, chemicals, wastes or wastewater. Demineralized: Water from which mineral salts (anions and cations) have been removed by passage through ionexchange resins. The ion-exchange process is frequently referred to as de-ionization or demineralization, and is used to manufacture low TDS water for make-up in boiler systems and for numerous other applications. Desalinated: Water from which most of the dissolved salts have been removed by one of the desalination processes (e.g. reverse osmosis, electrodialysis or flash evaporation). Disinfect: To kill infectious microorganisms by physical or chemical means. Some bacterial spore forming organisms may survive the process, but all other microorganisms are reduced to insignificant levels or eliminated completely. ED water: The product water from an electro-dialysis (ED) desalination process. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA): An agency of the US Federal Government, formed in 1970, which has the responsibility for ensuring that governmental, residential, commercial and industrial waste-disposal activities do not adversely impact the physical environment. Filter: A device made of porous material, through which a fluid is passed, to separate from it matter held in suspension. 1


Water, SASC-S-01

Fire Water: Any water (fresh, well, sea) contained in a piping system or storage tank and normally intended to provide water for extinguishing fires. The source of the fire water shall be identified. Groundwater: That part of the subsurface water that is in the zone of saturation. Hard water: Any water containing more than 60 mg/L calcium and/or magnesium expressed as calcium/magnesium carbonate Hypochlorite: in its sodium salt form, the active bleaching ingredient in liquid chlorine bleach. Liquid Chlorine Bleach: A solution of sodium hypochlorite, a highly active oxidizing agent. Liquid chlorine bleach is also called household bleach and is commonly distributed as an approximately five percent solution of sodium hypochlorite. mg/L: Milligrams per liter, which is the metric equivalent of parts per million (ppm). Microorganisms: Generally any living microscopic things (too small for the naked eye). This includes bacteria, yeasts, simple fungi, algae, etc. Some of these produce disease in man, animals and plants. Most Probable Number (MPN): (1) That number of organisms per unit volume that, in accordance with statistical theory, would be more likely than any other number to yield the observed test result with the greatest frequency. (2) A laboratory technique for enumerating bacteria consisting of statistical evaluation of growth or no growth in multiple dilutions of water or wastewater. Potable Drinking Water: Water at the consumer tap that is wholesome and which meets the chemical, physical and microbiological section as outlined in SASC-S-01 Raw Water: In Saudi Aramco terminology, raw water means water that has not undergone treatment. This water normally contains less than 5,000 mg/l TDS and is used extensively in Saudi Arabia for domestic purposes. Residual Chlorine: The free chlorine, which remains in solution after the demand has been satisfied. TDS (Total Dissolved Solids): Total solids dissolved in water. TDS is expressed in mg/L. Frequently expressed as parts per million (ppm). Utility Water: Water containing, normally less than 5000mg/L TDS, used in process facilities (as opposed to raw water used in domestic facilities Vacuum Breaker: A device for relieving a vacuum or partial vacuum formed in a pipeline, preventing backsiphonage. Water Hardness: Soluble metal salts, principally those of calcium and magnesium, sometimes including iron and manganese that, when present in water in significant levels, can create scaling problems. , Water Supply System: Includes the waterworks and auxiliaries for collection, treatment, storage and distribution of the water from the sources of supply to the free-flowing outlet of the consumer. Well: An artificial excavation, complete with piping and inert materials at such a depth as to penetrate water yielding rock or soil, and allow the water to flow or be pumped to the surface.

2


Water, SASC-S-01

1

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1.1

Raw or Utility Water (also see SAES-S-040): Water that is satisfactory for ablution, bathing, brushing teeth, cooking, eyewashes, hand washing, laundry, ware-washing, and other domestic/utility purposes. Raw water must comply with bacteriological requirements and be chlorinated. When the intended use of potable water is other than drinking, the chemical quality of the water must be inherently free from acute health hazards, but need not comply with the stringent chemical quality parameters required to protect the most sensitive individual from chronic health risks associated with lifetime consumption of drinking water. Additionally, the Manager, Environmental Protection Department (EPD) may impose additional, more stringent requirements on a specific water use when he deems it necessary to protect health. Note that a water well must possess chemical quality characteristics free from acute health hazards to be designated as a Saudi Aramco potable water well. Water supplied from all known Saudi Aramco developed potable water wells can, therefore, be used for any potable purpose (except drinking), including feed stock to advanced water treatment systems. Water from other than Saudi Aramco developed potable water wells, such as sea water used for hand washbasins and showers aboard marine vessels, shall be evaluated by EPD to verify that the water is likely to be substantially free from acute health hazards before the water is used for domestic/utility purposes.

1.2

Drinking Water (Sweet Water): Water that has no objectionable tastes or odors and meets all water quality requirements as defined in Table 9. Drinking water shall normally contain less than 500 mg/l total dissolved solids. Water which otherwise meets all sections and has a total dissolved solids concentration not exceeding 1500 mg/l may be approved for drinking water on a case-by-case basis.

1.3

Water Distribution System (see SAES-S-040): A network of water distribution piping, water booster stations, valves, controls and all appurtenances carrying or supplying water to the discharge end of isolation valves. Such systems may supply drinking, raw water for domestic/utility purposes or potable raw water for combined domestic/utility and fire fighting purposes. Note that most Saudi Aramco communities, industrial areas and plants are provided with two separate water distribution systems, i.e. a small system supplying de-mineralized drinking water and a large domestic/utility/fire water system supplying properly chlorinated or disinfected non de-mineralized raw water (commonly referred to as "raw water").

1.4

Fire Water Distribution System: Fire water need not be raw or drinking water quality if distributed in a separate, independent water distribution system that is used for no purpose other than fire fighting, i.e. the water from the separate, independent fire water system is not used for ablution, domestic purposes, drinking, eyewashes, personal hygiene or any other domestic/utility purpose. If the “fire water” is distributed in a system that also provides properly chlorinated or disinfected water for ablution, bathing, brushing teeth, cooking, eyewashes, hand washing, laundry, ware-washing, or other domestic or personal hygiene purpose, then the quality of the fire water must be equal to that required for the highest intended use, i.e. potable water use. In this case, “Fire Water” is a misnomer and the system should be referred to as a “raw or utility water distribution system.” Note that Saudi Aramco does not normally provide a third water distribution system dedicated exclusively to fire fighting. This is confusing when discussing systems that are primarily required for fire fighting in a plant and are only secondarily used for domestic/utility purposes. The key determinant, however, is that the system must provide water of a quality adequate for the highest intended use.

2

WATER SOURCE AND PROTECTION OF THE WATER SUPPLY 2.1

The water supply shall be obtained from the most desirable feasible source. Every reasonable effort shall be made to prevent or control pollution of the source. If the source is not adequately protected by natural means, the supply shall be adequately protected by treatment.

2.2

Water shall be obtained, conveyed, treated, stored and distributed in a closed system that is protected from contamination.

2.3

Minimum separation distances between sources of contamination and water wells and water lines shall be as indicated in Table 1 below. 3


Water, SASC-S-01

TABLE 1 Minimum Horizontal Separation Distances Minimum Distance To Be Maintained From: • • • • • • • •

Sewer Lines Septic Tank/Grease Traps Disposal Field Seepage Pit Areas Irrigated with Reclaimed Wastewater Reclaimed Water Line Sewage Treatment Plants (on-shore) Sewage Lift Stations (on-shore)

Water Wells m(ft)

Water Lines m(ft)

15 (50) 15 (50) 30 (100) 45 (150) 150 (500) 15 (50) 150 ( 500) 90 (300)

3 (10) 3 (10) 3 (10) 3 (10) b 15 (50) a 3 (10)

a

a - In the event that these separation distances can not be met, see SAES-S-010. b - This buffer zone applies to spray irrigation areas only.

2.4

Sewer line crossings with potable water lines shall comply with the requirements of SAES-S-010, Sanitary Sewers.

2.5

Saudi Aramco’s EPD shall conduct a sanitary survey of a water system at the time the water system is constructed, or when any part of an existing water source, water treatment plant or water distribution system is altered, extended, upgraded, changed or substantially repaired.

2.6

2.5.1

Sanitary surveys provide an additional line of defense against contamination. Their function is to identify possible health risks that may not be apparent from water sample results alone.

2.5.2

The sanitary survey involves planning, surveying and reporting. 2.5.2.1

Planning shall include a detailed review of system records to determine if inorganic chemical, organic chemical, microbiological and radiological maximum contaminant levels (MCLs), as well as the system's monitoring record, comply with standards.

2.5.2.2

The sanitary survey may include interviews with system supervisors and operators and very detailed evaluations of the source, treatment, distribution system and management/operations. Findings shall be discussed with the Saudi Aramco proponent and system personnel at the conclusion of the survey.

The Manager, EPD, shall approve all new water supplies. Approval of water supplies shall be dependent, in part, upon: 2.6.1

Adherence to rules and regulations designed to prevent development of health hazards.

2.6.2

Adequate protection of the water quality throughout all parts of the system as demonstrated by sanitary surveys.

2.6.3

Proper operation of the water supply system under the responsible charge of conscientious, trained and competent personnel.

2.6.4

Adequate capacity to meet peak demands without development of low-pressure conditions or other health hazards.

4


Water, SASC-S-01

2.6.5

The use of the "best available technology" (BAT) to ensure compliance with the Total Coliform Rule. These include, but are not limited to: 2.6.5.1

Protection of wells by appropriate placement and construction.

2.6.5.2

Maintenance of a disinfectant residual of a minimum of 0.5ppm throughout the distribution system.

2.6.5.3

Proper maintenance of the distribution system, including appropriate pipe replacement and repair procedures, main flushing programs, proper operation and maintenance of storage tanks and reservoirs, and continual maintenance of positive water pressure in all parts of the distribution system.

2.6.5.4

Filtration and disinfection if surface water is used as a supply.

2.6.6

The use of the "best available technology" (BAT) to ensure compliance with inorganic chemical, organic chemical and radiological contaminant MCLs. These include the processes outlined in Tables 2 and 3.

2.6.7

Records of laboratory examinations showing consistent compliance with applicable MCLs, as well as system records showing compliance with monitoring requirements.

2.6.8

Records of equipment operation and maintenance, quantities of product water produced, types and amounts of chemicals used, and pH and chlorine residual.

Contaminant Asbestos Barium Cadmium Chromium Mercury Nitrate Nitrite Selenium

*

3

TABLE 2 Best Available Technology (BAT) for Inorganic Contaminants Best Available Technology Coagulation-filtration*; direct and diatomite filtration; corrosion control Ion exchange; lime softening*; reverse osmosis; electrodialysis Ion exchange; reverse osmosis; coagulation-filtration*; lime softening* Coagulation-filtration*; ion exchange; lime softening (Cr III only)*; reverse osmosis Granular activated carbon; coagulation-filtration*; lime softening*; reverse osmosis Ion exchange; reverse osmosis; electrodialysis Ion exchange; reverse osmosis Activated alumina; lime softening*; coagulation-filtration (Se IV only)*; reverse osmosis; electrodialysis

Coagulation-filtration/lime softening is not BAT for small systems for variances unless treatment is currently in place where Mercury influent concentrations are <10 µg/L

WATER WELLS The following public health factors pertinent to water well development are meant to supplement good engineering practice, not redefine it. The construction and operational requirements presented are based on experience with potable water wells for the majority of conditions prevailing in Saudi Arabia. In unusual circumstances where these requirements are not reasonable, specific deviation may be approved by Saudi Aramco’s EPD if an alternative approach will provide equivalent public health protection. In other circumstances where these requirements do not provide adequate protection against hazards, requirements more rigid in one or more aspects may be necessary for specific situations, Such as a recommendation that mercury sealed pump motors be replaced by mechanically sealed pump motors to prevent contamination of the water source.

5


Water, SASC-S-01

Contaminant

TABLE 3 Best Available Technology (BAT) for Organic Contaminants Best Available Technology Granular Packed-tower Polymer Activated Carbon Aeration Practices

Acrylamide Alachlor Aldicar Aldicarb sulfone Aldicarb sulfoxide Atrazine Carbofuran Chlordane 2,4-D Dibromochloropropane (DBCP) o-Dichlorobenzene cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene 1,2-Dichloropropane Epichlorohydrin Ethylene dibromide (EDB) Ethylbenzene Heptachlor Heptachlor epoxide Lindane Methoxychlor Monochlorobenzene PCBs Pentachlorophenol Styrene 2,4,5-TP (silvex) Tetrachloroethylene Toluene Toxaphene Xylenes (total)

Addition X

X X X X X X X X X X X X X

X X X X X X

X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X

X X

X

X

X X X X

3.1

Wells shall be located at an adequate distance from potential sources of contamination and generally in areas not subject to flooding (refer to Table 1and sub-section 3.5).

3.2

All wells shall be drilled by contractors who are well versed in well construction; able to construct a well that will provide safe potable water, and who are able to do this in a manner that will not prove hazardous to the underground waters.

3.3

During interruptions of construction before installation of the well pump, the well opening shall be closed with a cover welded to the casing to prevent entrance of contamination or debris. Precautions shall also be taken to effectively close the well hole opening temporarily during overnight shutdowns.

3.4

Drill muds, formation stabilizers, grout, water and all other materials used in the construction of the well shall be free from sewage contamination and shall be handled so that they do not become contaminated during construction of the well. All annular packing material consisting of sand or gravel used in packed wells shall be properly designed, sorted and graded and shall come from gravel sources free from sewage contamination, shall be washed with a water free from sewage contamination and containing a chlorine residual of 50 mg/L, and shall be so handled that it will not become contaminated before placing in the well.

6


Water, SASC-S-01

3.5

Where wells are subject to flooding, suitable protection against this hazard must be provided. The well casing shall be extended to terminate above the maximum floodwater elevation; or if a submersible type of pump installation is used, the well casing shall be provided with a watertight seal at the surface to exclude floodwaters.

3.6

Well casings shall be steel or other metal of satisfactory physical properties and condition. The gauge of well casing shall be adequate, depending upon type of casing (single or double), diameter of casing, and depth of well, to ensure structural stability and soundness during construction and for the life of the well. All well casing seams (longitudinal joints) shall be welded. Joints in the casing shall be either screw coupled or welded. Stovepipe type of casing is permissible if double thickness with staggered joint casing is used, and the inner and outer casings are processed to exact fit so the inner casing shall fit to the outer casing with a tolerance not to exceed 0.25 millimeters (1/100 of an inch). Where no conductor casing is used, tight joints must be provided in the casing above the level of the highest perforations.

3.7

All drilled wells shall have a conductor casing to exclude upper level waters. Different situations of underground formation will necessitate different kinds of protection. 3.7.1

Where porous formations are continuous from the surface to 15 meters (50 feet) or more, the perforations shall be located as remote as possible from the surface, and casing joints shall be constructed to be tight above the perforations because the conductor casing in the situation will not protect against contamination originating at the surface. Protection must be secured by locating the well away from sewers and sewage disposal Any upper water bearing zone above the target interval shall be isolated from other water bearing zones that are penetrated by a cement slurry seal of the well annular space to prevent cross contamination between water bearing zones that are penetrated.. Further, all reasonable efforts shall be made to control sewers and sewage in the immediate environment.

3.7.2

Where impervious formations are continuous from the surface to 15 meters (50 feet) or more, a conductor casing shall extend to 15 meters (50 feet) unless there is some likelihood that sewage is disposed of through deep cesspools to a porous formation lying below this depth. In this case, extending the conductor pipe through such porous formations to the next lower impervious formation shall provide additional protection.

3.7.3

Where alternate strata of porous and impervious formations exist, a conductor casing shall extend to a minimum depth of 15 meters (50 feet) and shall extend through at least the first porous formation lying below the 15 meters (50 feet) level. If there is a likelihood of lower porous formations being contaminated from nearby sewage or other waste disposal, then the conductor casing shall extend through such lower porous formations into an underlying impervious formation.

3.8

The annular space between the casing and the conductor casing shall be filled with cement or concrete grout so placed that this material completely fills the annular space and provides a watertight seal. The sand or gravel packing material shall be separated from overlying cement grout with a proper finer grained seal followed by a cement grout throughout the remainder of the annular space. All grouting shall be performed by adding the mixture from the bottom of the space to be grouted toward the surface in one continuous operation. Sufficient annular space shall be provided to permit a minimum thickness of 5.1 centimeters (2 inches) of grout. The minimum diameter of the annular space shall be a minimum of 5.1 centimeters (2 inches) per side of the well. Packed wells require the use of centralizers within the screened interval to ensure that the well is properly centered in the borehole.

3.9

It is desirable that the uppermost perforations of the well casing be located below an impervious stratum. Where impervious strata are nonexistent or 15 meters (50 feet) or more from the surface, perforations shall be deep enough to prevent entry by shallow surface waters. In no event shall perforations be closer than 15 meters (50 feet) to the ground surface.

3.10

The well casing shall extend above ground level and through a pump house floor slab or a pump block. The slab or block shall extend at least 15 centimeters (6 inches) above the surrounding ground 7


Water, SASC-S-01

level. It shall be impervious, free from cracks and a minimum of 1.2 meters (4 feet) in diameter. The top of the casing shall be sealed to effectively exclude such materials as windblown dust, any animals and insects, pump drippage, rain, water, etc. as follows: 3.10.1

If the well pump is set directly over the casing, the pump base shall fit tightly on the pump block or slab.

3.10.2

If the pump is offset from the well casing, the annular ring between the well casing and the pump suction pipe shall be closed by a tight seal which can be removed as necessary to provide maintenance of the pump elements.

3.10.3

Where the casing is sealed by the metal pump base, all holes in the pump base shall be tightly closed. Adequate means shall be provided to transmit or transfer drippage from packing glands away from the pump base and well casing.

3.10.4

If a submersible pump is used, the above ground piping shall be flanged to the casing. The flange shall be sealed to the casing.

3.11

Access openings into the well casing for air release, lubrication, disinfection, or for any other purpose necessary for maintenance and operation of the well are permitted, but must terminate above the flood water level. These openings shall be protected against entry by any animals, insects, extraneous water, pump drippage, and other contaminating matter, by caps, screens, or down-turned “U” bends, as suitable for the given situation.

3.12

The pump discharge piping shall be located above ground. In the event of a below ground discharge, there shall be a positive, water-tight seal between the discharge pipe and the well casing, and such connection shall be easily accessible for inspection. This will require a pit which will be subject to limitations as noted below: 3.12.1

4

The use of well pits (and below-ground discharge pipes), shall be prohibited on new installations. In no case shall a well pit be used in areas subject to flooding or where the pit extends to a depth below the water table. The pit shall be water tight, constructed of monolithic, reinforced concrete. The top of such a pit shall be covered either with a concrete slab or with a house of equivalent watertight construction.

3.13

The blow-off or drain line from the pump discharge shall be located where there is not possibility of water entering the well from the blow-off or drain line.

3.14

Oil and water used for lubrication of the pump and pump bearing shall be of satisfactory bacteriological quality so as not to impair the quality of water drawn from the well.

3.15

A sample tap, in proper working condition shall be provided on the discharge line so that water, representative of the water in the well, may be drawn for laboratory analysis.

WATER STORAGE TANKS, EQUIPMENT, PLUMBING, HOSES AND COMPRESSED AIR 4.1

All water storage tanks shall be provided with a sample tap, which shall be in working order. Where a tankered supply is used, secondary raw and drinking water storage tanks in remote areas shall be drained, visually inspected, internally sanitized by application of a chlorine solution or other approved means at least every 12 months. Records shall be kept of the dates of inspections, procedures to be followed, disinfectants used and the strength of the disinfecting solution.

4.2

Vents shall be of the gooseneck type or roof ventilator type, protected to prevent possible entry of dust, any animals, insects, or any contaminants, with the opening protected by 16-mesh or finer corrosion resistant screening.

8


Water, SASC-S-01

5

4.3

Roof hatch openings shall have a raised curbing of at least 10 centimeters (4 inches) in height, and the cover shall overlap and terminate in a downward direction for at least 5 centimeters (2 inches), with arrangements for keeping it locked in place.

4.4

Overflows shall be provided with hinged flap valves.

4.5

Equipment, devices, filters, and all other water treatment or conditioning apparatus, shall be operated, inspected and serviced or replaced according to the manufacturer's instructions and specifications, and shall not be operated beyond their rated capacity. All such equipment shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition and, if necessary, shall be sanitized by application of a chlorine solution or by other approved means. Where any of the above are used in remote locations are appropriate manufacturer’s instructions shall be kept on site as part of that sites Operating Procedures.

4.6

If hoses are used for conveying potable water, they shall be dedicated, constructed of safe materials, shall have a smooth interior surface, shall be used for no other purpose, and shall be clearly identified as to their use. Caps and keeper chains shall be provided for water system inlet and outlet fittings, as well as hose fittings. All such fittings shall be capped when not in immediate use. Hoses shall be stored and used to be kept free of contamination.

4.7

Compressed air used to pressurize the potable water system shall be filtered or otherwise treated to render it free of dust, insects and extraneous material. Air intakes shall be properly located and maintained. Filters shall be located upstream from the compressor and shall be easily removable for cleaning and replacement. The blower or compressor supplying air shall be designed so that it will deliver oil-free air.

CROSS CONNECTION CONTROL 5.1

Cross Connection Control -The implementation of these requirements for the effective control of cross-connections depends on the full cooperation of the water purveyor (ex: Area Utilities Department), EPD, and the consumer. Each has its responsibilities and each must carry out its phase of a coordinated cross-connection control program in order to prevent pollution or contamination of the potable water supplies. The responsibilities of each are outlined hereafter.

5.2

Responsibility: EPD

5.3

5.2.1

EPD has the primary responsibility for promulgating and enforcing laws, rules, regulations, and policies to be followed in carrying out an effective cross-connection control program. Further EPD has the responsibility of insuring that the water purveyor operates the public water system free of actual of potential sanitary hazards, including unprotected cross connections. Also, EPD has responsibility of insuring that the water purveyor provides an approved water supply at the point of delivery to the consumer's water system and, further, that the purveyor installs, tests, and properly maintains an approved backflow-prevention assembly on the service connections.

5.2.2

EPD has the primary responsibility of insuring that the consumer's potable water system is provided with an approved water supply and that its potable water system(s) is maintained free of sanitary hazards, including unprotected cross connections.

Responsibility: Water Purveyor 5.3.1

Under this cross-connection control requirement the water purveyor has the primary responsibility to prevent water from unapproved sources, or any other substance, entering the public water supply system. The water purveyor is prohibited by these requirements from installing or maintaining a water service connection to a consumer's water system within its jurisdiction where a health, system, plumbing or pollution hazard exists, or will probably exist, unless the public water supply is protected against backflow by an approved assembly installed at the service connection (point of delivery). 9


Water, SASC-S-01

5.4

5.3.2

The water purveyor's responsibility begins at the source and includes all of the public water distribution system, including the service connection, and ends at the point of delivery to the consumer's water system(s). In addition, the water purveyor shall exercise reasonable vigilance to insure that the consumer has taken the proper steps to protect the public potable water system. To insure that the proper precautions are taken the water purveyor is required to determine the degree of hazard to the public potable water system. When it is determined that a backflow-prevention assembly is required for the protection of the public system the water purveyor shall require the consumer, at the consumer's expense, to install an approved backflow-prevention assembly at each service connection, to test immediately upon installation and annually or more often in those instances where successive inspections indicate repeated failure, to properly repair and maintain such assembly or assemblies and to keep adequate records of each test and subsequent maintenance and repair, including materials or replacement parts.

5.3.3

The purveyor has the responsibility to not only review building plans and inspect plumbing as it is installed; but it has the explicit responsibility of preventing cross connections from being designed and built into the structures within its jurisdiction. Where the review of building plans suggests or detects the potential for cross connections being made an integral part of the plumbing system the plumbing official has the responsibility under most building codes for requiring that such cross connection practices be either eliminated or provided with approved backflow-prevention equipment.

5.3.4

The purveyor responsibility begins at the point of service (the downstream side of the meter) and carries throughout the entire length of the customer's water system. The plan inspector should inquire about the intended use of water at any point where it is suspected that a cross connection might be made or where one is actually called for by the plans. When such is discovered it should be mandatory that a suitable, approved backflow- prevention assembly be required by the plans and properly installed.

5.3.5

The purveyor has further primary responsibility of preventing pollutants and contaminants from entering his potable water system(s) or the public potable water system. The consumer's responsibility starts at the point of delivery from the public potable water system and includes all of his water systems. The purveyor shall install, operate, test, and maintain approved backflow-prevention assemblies as directed by EPD.

5.3.6

The purveyor shall maintain accurate records of tests and repairs made to backflowprevention assemblies and provide the water purveyor and health agency having jurisdiction with copies of such records. The records shall be on forms approved by the water purveyor and/or health agency having jurisdiction and shall include the list of materials or replacement parts used. Following any repair, overhaul, re-piping or relocation of an assembly the consumer shall have it tested to insure that it is in good operating condition and will prevent backflow. A certified backflow-prevention assembly tester shall make tests, maintain, and repair backflow-prevention assemblies.

5.3.7

When requested by EPD, the water purveyor shall be responsible for conformance with all applicable requirements pertaining to cross-connection control; for the installation, operation, and use of all water piping systems, backflow-prevention assemblies, and water-using equipment on the premises; and for the avoidance of unprotected cross connections.

5.3.8

In the event of accidental pollution or contamination of the public or the consumer's potable water system due to backflow on or from the consumer's premises, the purveyor promptly take steps to confine further spread of the pollution or contamination within the system and should notify EPD of the condition. The purveyor shall take appropriate measures to free the water system(s) of any pollutants or contaminants.

Responsibility: Certified Backflow-Prevention Assembly Tester 5.4.1

A backflow-prevention assembly tester will have the following responsibilities: 10


Water, SASC-S-01

5.4.1.1 The tester will be responsible for making competent inspections and for repairing or overhauling backflow-prevention assemblies and copy reports of such repair to EPD. The tester shall include the list of materials or replacement parts used. The tester shall be equipped with and be competent to use all the necessary tools, gauges, manometers, and other equipment necessary to properly test, repair, and maintain backflow-prevention assemblies. It will be the tester's responsibility to insure that original manufactured parts are used in the repair or replacement of parts in a backflow-prevention assembly. It will be the tester's further responsibility not to change the design, material or operational characteristics of an assembly during repair or maintenance without prior approval of the approving authority. A certified tester shall perform the work and be responsible for the competency and accuracy of all tests and reports. 6

7

DISINFECTION -- GENERAL 6.1

Water shall be disinfected by chlorination or other means or methods of equal efficiency according to Best Available Technology in the killing or removal of organisms capable of causing infection. When chlorination is employed, a sufficient amount of chlorine shall be added to the water to maintain a measurable free chlorine residual of at least 0.5 milligrams per liter (0.5 parts per million) at all points in the distribution system from which water may be withdrawn. The maximum chlorine residual should not exceed 3.0 mg/L (3.0 ppm).

6.2

Disinfection shall not be considered as a substitute for good design (see SAES-S-110), sound construction, or proper operation. Where ground water meets all standards of safety, disinfection affords partial protection against chance contamination in the distribution system and contamination of the source of supply.

6.3

Plans detailing sanitary features of the water supply system and proposed methods of disinfection shall be submitted to Saudi Aramco’s EPD for review prior to construction or modification of a water system.

DISINFECTION BY CHLORINE 7.1

The forms of chlorine that may be used in all disinfection operations are gas chlorine, sodium hypochlorite solution and calcium hypochlorite granules or tablets. The chemical shall be selected after due consideration of pumping rates, type of water supply, chlorine demand, and pH of water, cost of equipment and the toxicity and availability of the chemical. 7.1.1

Chlorine is a gas at standard temperatures and pressures. In commercial usage, the gas is compressed, liquefied and packaged in steel containers to facilitate handling and shipping. The liquid chlorine readily vaporizes back to the gaseous state when drawn from the container. The net weight of chlorine liquid contained in a commercial cylinder is usually 45.4 kilograms (100 pounds), 68.1 kilograms (150 pounds) or 909 kilograms (1 ton). One liter of water weighs 1 kilogram. Mixing 1 kilogram of chlorine with 1,000,000 liters of water equates to 1 milligram of chlorine per liter of water (1 part per million).

7.1.2

Gas chlorine shall be used only: a) in combination with appropriate gas-flow chlorinators and ejectors to provide a controlled high-concentration solution feed to the water to be chlorinated; b) under the direct supervision of a person who is familiar with the physiological, chemical and physical properties of chlorine, and who is trained and equipped to handle any emergency that may arise; and c) in accordance with appropriate safety practices designed to protect employees and the public.

7.1.3

Sodium hypochlorite is available in liquid form in glass, rubber-lined, or plastic containers typically ranging in size from 1 to 32 liters (1 quart to 8.5 gallons). Sodium hypochlorite contains approximately 5 percent to 15 percent available chlorine, but care must be used in control of conditions and length of storage to minimize its deterioration. (Available chlorine is 11


Water, SASC-S-01

expressed as a percent of weight when the concentration is 5 percent or less, and usually as a percent of volume for higher concentrations. Percent X 10 = grams of available chlorine per liter of hypochlorite). 7.1.4

Calcium hypochlorite is available in granular form or in approximately 5 gram tablets, and contains approximately 65 percent available chlorine by weight. The material shall be stored in a cool, dry and dark environment to minimize its deterioration.

7.2

Automatic proportioning chlorinators, gas or hypochlorite, shall be installed wherever the rate of flow is not constant and personnel are not available to manually adjust the chlorinator in response to changes in the flow.

7.3

Reliability: Chlorination equipment capable of applying chlorine continuously shall be selected and installed. Installed spares shall be provided for all critical equipment. Gas chlorination shall be provided from dual cylinders with automatic switch over.

7.4

The capacity of the chlorinator shall be such that a free chlorine residual of at least 0.5 milligrams per liter can be attained in the water after a contact time of at least 30 minutes. This condition must be attained even when maximum flow rates coincide with anticipated maximum chlorine demands.

7.5

A spare parts kit shall be available for all chlorinators to replace parts that are subject to wear and breakage.

7.6

The minimum chlorine contact time shall be 30 minutes.

7.7

Tables 4, 5 and 6 provide guidance in the preparation of chlorine solutions when using sodium hypochlorite liquids or calcium hypochlorite granules/tablets as the chlorine source.

7.8

Equipment shall be available for measuring residual chlorine. The equipment shall be accurate to 0.1 milligrams per liter (0.1 parts per million) in the range below 0.5 milligrams per liter (0.5 parts per million) and to approximately 25 percent above 0.5 milligrams per liter (0.5 parts per million). An automatic chlorine residual analyzer and recorder should be provided for water systems that use large amounts of chlorine over relatively short periods of time. TABLE 4 Guide to Preparation of Chlorine Solutions Using 5% Laundry Bleach as the Chlorine Source (Parts per Amount of hypochlorite laundry Bleach

mL 0.1 0.5 1.0 5.0 10.0 20.0 30.0

5 Liters

mL 0.2 1.0 2.0 10.0 20.0 40.0 60.0

10 Liters

mL 2.0 10.0 20.0 100.0 200.0 400.0 600.0

100 Liters

mL L L oz oz oz qt 20.0 0.2 2.0 0.3 0.1 100.0 1.0 10.0 1.3 0.4 200.0 2.0 20.0 0.3 2.6 0.8 1000.0 10.0 100.0 0.13 1.3 12.8 4.0 2000.0 20.0 200.0 0.26 2.6 25.6 8.0 4000.0 40.0 400.0 0.51 5.1 51.2 16.0 6000.0 60.0 600.0 0.77 7.7 76.8 24.0 That Must be Added to the Following Volumes of Water 1,000 Liters

10,000 Liters

100,000 Liters

1 Gal.

10 Gal.

100 Gal.

1000 Gal.

12


Gal 0.2 1.0 2.0 10.0 20.0 40.0 60.0

Gal 2.0 10.0 20.0 100.0 200.0 400.0 600.0

10,000 Gal.

100,000 Gal.

Million) 1 mg/L 5 mg/L 10 mg/L 50 mg/L 100 mg/L 200 mg/L 300 mg/L To Produce The Above Chlorine Residuals

Water, SASC-S-01

TABLE 5 Guide to Preparation of Chlorine Solutions Using 15% Hypochlorite Liquid as the Chlorine Source mL 0.3 1.7 3.3 6.7 10.0

mL 0.3 0.7 3.3 6.7 13.3 20.0

mL 0.7 3.3 6.7 33.3 66.7 133.3 200.0

Amount of 15% Sodium Hypochlorite Liquid mL L L oz oz oz qt 6.7 0.7 0.1 33.3 0.3 3.3 0.4 0.1 66.7 0.7 6.7 0.1 0.9 0.3 333.3 3.3 33.3 0.04 0.4 4.3 1.3 666.7 6.7 66.7 0.09 0.9 8.5 2.7 1333.3 13.3 133.3 0.17 1.7 17.1 5.3 2000.0 20.0 200.0 0.26 2.6 25.6 8.0 That Must be Added to the Following Volumes of Water

Gal 0.1 0.3 0.7 3.3 6.7 13.3 20.0

Gal 0.7 3.3 6.7 33.3 66.7 133.3 200.0

5

10

100

1,000

10,000

100,000

1

10

100

1000

10,000

100,000

Liters

Liters

Liter

Liters

Liters

Liters

Gal.

Gal.

Gal.

Gal.

Gal.

Gal.

(Parts per Million)

1 mg/L 5 mg/L 10 mg/L 50 mg/L 100 mg/L 200 mg/L 300 mg/L To Produce The Above Chlorine Residuals

TABLE 6 Guide to Preparation of Chlorine Solutions Using 70% Hypochlorite Granules/Tablets as the Chlorine Source (Parts per Amount of 70% Hypochlorite Granules/Tablets gm 0.7 1.4 2.1

gm 0.7 1.4 2.9 4.3

gm 0.7 1.4 7.1 14.3 28.6 42.9

gm kg kg oz oz oz oz 1.4 0.2 7.1 0.7 0.01 0.1 1.0 14.3 1.4 0.02 0.2 1.9 71.4 0.7 7.1 0.01 0.1 1.0 9.5 142.9 1.4 14.3 0.02 0.2 1.9 19.1 285.8 2.9 28.6 0.04 0.4 3.8 38.2 428.6 4.3 42.9 0.06 0.6 5.7 57.2 That Must be Added to the Following Volumes of Water

5

10

100

1,000

10,000

100,000

1

10

100

Liter

Liter

Liters

Liters

Liters

Liters

Gal.

Gal.

Gal.

lb 0.12 0.6 1.2 6.0 11.9 23.9 35.8

lb 1.2 6.0 11.9 59.6 119.2 238.5 357.7

1000

10,000

100,000

Gal.

Gal.

Gal.

Million) 1 mg/L 5 mg/L 10 mg/L 50 mg/L 100 mg/L 200 mg/L 300 mg/L To Produce The Above Chlorine Residuals

7.9

A water supply with ample quantity and pressure shall be available for operating the chlorinator or hypochlorinator. The water supply shall be protected from backsiphonage of superchlorinated water. Where a booster pump is required, duplicate equipment shall be provided.

7.10

A hypochlorinator shall be provided if calcium hypochlorite or sodium hypochlorite is used as the disinfecting agent. The hypochlorinator, a positive displacement type chemical feed pump that injects the chlorine solution into the waterline, shall be equipped with the following features: 7.10.1

Sufficient capacity to feed the required amount of chlorine solution required per day against the maximum back pressure developed at the point of injection.

7.10.2

A positive displacement design that prevents the backsiphonage of the chlorine solution into the waterline from the solution container.

7.10.3

Controls for pre-setting and varying the rate of flow.

13


Water, SASC-S-01

7.10.4

7.11

A solution container of a minimum capacity of 76 liters (20 gallons) capacity for each discharge head and of a material appropriate for transferring chlorine solutions. In those instances where the dry chemical is mixed with water for solution, an additional container shall be provided so the mixed solution may be siphoned or decanted into the primary feed tank to prevent the chemical feeder from becoming plugged due to undissolved chemical. Separate solution containers shall be provided for each chemical used.

The following facilities shall be provided if gas chlorination equipment is used: 7.11.1

Separate rooms for cylinders and for equipment are desirable at all installations and shall be provided for large installations. The rooms shall be located above ground level and shall permit easy access to all equipment.

7.11.2

Chlorine is heavier than air and will settle to the floor when a leak occurs. The storage and feed rooms shall be provided with a ventilation system capable of exchanging one complete volume of room air every two minutes. The air outlet from the room shall be located at floor level. The air outlet shall exhaust to the outside and not be re-circulated. The exhaust outlet shall be positioned such that exhausted air does not contaminate air inlets to any building or any area used by people. Make-up air shall be drawn into the room from the outside atmosphere through louvered inlets located at ceiling level. The temperature of the make-up air shall not adversely affect the operation of the chlorination equipment.

7.11.3

The vent hose from the chlorinator shall be sloped upward and shall discharge to the outside atmosphere. The vent outlet shall be positioned such that escaping chlorine gas does not contaminate air inlets to any building or any area used by people.

7.11.4

All electrical wiring and devices shall comply with Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards. The room light shall be on the same switch as the room ventilator and shall be located outside the room at the entrance.

7.11.5

A clear, transparent window shall be installed in the door of the chlorinator room to permit the chlorinator to be viewed without entering the room.

7.11.6

Some method of leak detection shall be available to the operator at all times. A bottle of ammonium hydroxide is useful for finding chlorine leaks in chlorine system. Containers of ammonia and chlorine shall be stored in separate rooms.

7.11.7

A canister-type gas mask designed for chlorine gas shall be provided at all installations where chlorine gas is stored, handled or used. The gas mask shall be stored outside the room(s) where chlorine is stored, handled or used. A self-contained breathing apparatus is recommended in lieu of a canister-type gas mask for all installations where chlorine gas is used, and is required for those installations where 909 kg (one-ton) cylinders are used. Multiple gas masks/self-contained breathing units are required if storage, handling and/or usage areas are separated by more than 61 meters (200 feet).

7.11.8

Scales shall be provided for weighing in-use chlorine cylinders. As noted in sub-section 7.1.1 of this Code Section, the concentration of chlorine in the water can be calculated directly based upon the amount of chlorine used per volume of water treated. The scale provides an instant check on the amount of chlorine fed to the water at any time. At larger facilities, scales of the indicating and recording type are recommended. A standard platform scale is adequate for smaller treatment facilities. Safety chains shall be provided on scales for all upright containers.

7.11.9

The 45.4 kilograms (100 pounds) and 68.1 kilograms (150 pounds) chlorine cylinders must be stood on end to provide a void space into which the liquid chlorine can vaporize before it is drawn from the container. If a cylinder were to fall over and the valve were to be sheared off, residual amounts of liquid chlorine would spew from the cylinder and vaporize to form a 14


Water, SASC-S-01

life threatening cloud of toxic chlorine gas. Safety racks or other mechanisms shall be provided to prevent all full, in-use and empty containers from tipping over.

8

7.11.10

Nine hundred and nine kilogram (1 ton) cylinders are recommended where chlorine usage exceeds 68 kilograms (150 pounds) per day.

7.11.11

All gas chlorine cylinders shall be shielded from direct sunlight or from overheating from any source, either while in storage or use.

DISINFECTION OF WATER WELLS Water wells (or other water source) and collection, conveyance, treatment, storage and distribution systems, or parts thereof, which are newly constructed, have been repaired or have otherwise become contaminated, shall be thoroughly disinfected before being used or returned to service. The water shall be purged of all but normal residual amounts of disinfectant (less than 3 milligrams per liter [3 parts per million] if chlorine is used to disinfect the system) before a sample for bacteriological testing is collected. 8.1

The well shall be thoroughly cleaned of all foreign substances, including tools, timbers, rope, and debris of any kind, cement, oil, grease, joint dope, and scum. The casing pipe shall be thoroughly swabbed using 10% sodium carbonate solution or alternative cleaner approved by Manager EPD, to remove oil, grease, or joint dope.

8.2

In any disinfection procedure, the residual chlorine concentration in the well shall be at least 10 milligrams per liter (10 parts per million) after 24 hours or 50 milligrams per liter (50 parts per million) after 3 hours contact time.

8.3

The following formula shall be used to calculate the volume of water in the well hole: V = d² X 0.041 X (D - S) Where

V = Volume of water in well in gallons d = Diameter of well hole measured in inches D = Depth of well in feet S = Static water depth when well is not in use, in feet

8.4

Based on the volume of water calculated in sub-section 8.3 of this Code Section, the amount of liquid or granular chlorine needed to produce two times the chlorine residual required in sub-section 8.2 of this Code Section shall be calculated using Tables 2, 3 and 4 of this Code Section as a guide.

8.5

Disinfection of non-flowing wells: 8.5.1

Liquid chlorine solution shall be poured into the well (chlorine granules and tablets may be dissolved in water and used in the same manner as liquid chlorine). If possible, the chlorine solution shall be poured onto the interior casing wall and allowed to flow down the casing into the water below. The well shall then be agitated with a bit, bailer or the pump to mix and spread the chlorine solution throughout the water, the object being to force chlorinated water into all water bearing formations by rapid agitation. If possible, the water column shall be lifted to the surface several times to cover all interior well surfaces with the chlorinated water. The chlorinated water shall not be discharged from the well, but allowed to fall back down the well (this will force chlorinated water into the formation). For non-flowing wells a slug of chlorine shall be applied to the well head and pushed into the formation with a slug of water from the well.

8.5.2

In lieu of using a chlorine solution, the required amount of granular/tablet chlorine compound, such as HTH or Perchloron, may be placed in a perforated pipe container capped at both ends to which a weighted cable is attached. The mechanism shall be lowered into the well water and moved up and down at various levels in the water, preferably from the bottom of the water column to the top of the water column. After all chlorine compound is dissolved, the 15


Water, SASC-S-01

water column shall be lifted and allowed to fall back down the well as outlined in sub-section 8.5.1 of this Code Section.

9

8.6

Artesian wells generally require no disinfection. Nevertheless, the bacterial quality of the well will be sampled by Saudi Aramco’s EPD after the completed well has flowed to waste for at least 24 hour. Should the well exceed bacterial limits, Saudi Aramco’s EPD, Saudi Aramco Groundwater Division and the proponent shall agree upon the best available method to disinfect the well.

8.7

All exterior parts of pumps and equipment which will be placed in a well after the disinfection process, and which might come in contact with the water in the well, shall be thoroughly cleaned, wetted, and rinsed with a 250 ppm chlorine solution before they are placed in the well.

PROTECTION AND DISINFECTION OF NEWLY CONSTRUCTED WATER MAINS 9.1

Precautions shall be taken to protect pipe interiors, fittings and valves against contamination during construction of water mains. Pipe delivered to the construction site shall be capped if not received in this condition and racked above the ground so as to minimize entrance of foreign material. When pipe laying is not in progress, as, for example, at the close of the day's work, all openings in the pipeline shall be closed by watertight plugs (rodent-proof plugs may be used where it is determined that watertight plugs are not practicable and where thorough cleaning will be performed by flushing or other means). Joints of all pipes in the trench shall be completed before work is stopped.

9.2

Cleaning and Swabbing: If dirt enters the pipe and Saudi Aramco’s EPD determines that it will not be removed by flushing, the interior of the pipe shall be cleaned by mechanical means and then shall be swabbed with a 1 percent hypochlorite disinfecting solution. Cleaning with a swab or "go-devil" should be undertaken only when such an operation will not force mud or debris into pipe-joint spaces.

9.3

Wet-Trench Construction: If it is not possible to keep the pipe and fittings dry during construction, every effort shall be made to assure that any of the water that may enter the pipe-joint spaces contains an available chlorine concentration of approximately 25 milligrams per liter. This may be accomplished by adding calcium hypochlorite granules or tablets to each length of pipe before it is lowered into a wet trench or by treating the trench water with hypochlorite tablets.

9.4

Flooding by storm or accident during construction: If the main is flooded during construction, it shall be cleared of the floodwater by draining and flushing with potable water until the main is clean. The section exposed to the floodwater shall then be filled with chlorinated potable water that, at the end of a 24-hour holding period, will have a free chlorine residual of not less than 25 milligrams per liter. The chlorinated water may then be drained or flushed from the main. After construction is completed, the main shall be disinfected using the continuous-feed or slug method.

9.5

Three methods of water main chlorination are permitted, i.e. tablet, continuous feed and slug methods.

9.6

The tablet method consists of placing calcium hypochlorite granules and tablets in the water main as it is being installed and filling the main with potable water when installation is completed. This method may be used only if the pipes and appurtenances are kept clean and dry during construction. 9.6.1

During construction, calcium hypochlorite granules shall be placed at the upstream end of the first section of pipe, at the upstream end of each branch main, and at 500-ft intervals. The quantity of granules shall be as shown in Table 7. WARNING: This procedure must not be used on solvent-welded plastic or on screwed joint steel pipe because of the danger of fire or explosion from the reaction of the joint compounds with the calcium hypochlorite.

16


Water, SASC-S-01

TABLE 7 Grams/Ounces of Calcium Hypochlorite Granules to be placed at Beginning of Main and at Each 500-ft Interval Pipe Diameter Calcium Hypochlorite Granules centimeters inches grams ounces 10.2 4 14.2 0.5 15.2 6 32.0 1.1 20.3 8 56.7 2.0 30.5 12 127.8 4.5 40.6 16 (and larger) 226.8 8.0 9.6.2

During construction, 5 gram (0.2 ounce) calcium hypochlorite tablets shall be placed in each section of pipe and also one such tablet shall be placed in each hydrant, hydrant branch, and other appurtenance. The number of tablets required for each pipe section shall comply with guidelines listed in Table 8. The tablets shall be attached by an approved adhesive. There shall be no adhesive on the tablet except on the broad side attached to the surface of the pipe. Attach all the tablets inside and at the top of the main, with approximately equal numbers of tablets at each end of each pipe length. If the tablets are attached before the pipe section is placed in the trench, the top of the pipe shall be marked for easy installation.

Pipe Diameter cm in 10.1 4 15.2 6 20.3 8 25.4 10 30.5 12 40.5 16

TABLE 8 Number of 5 Gram Calcium Hypochlorite Tablets Required for Dose of 25 mg/L (25 parts per million) Length of Pipe Section 4.0m 20ft 5.5m 18ft 6.1m 20ft 9.1m 30ft 12.2m Number of 5 Gram (0.2 ounce) Hypochlorite Tablets 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 4 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 3 3 4 4 4 4 6 6 7 4 4 6 6 7 7 10 10 13

40ft 1 2 4 5 7 13

Based on 3.25 g available chlorine per tablet; any portion of tablet rounded to next higher number.

9.6.3

9.7

Filling and contact.: When installation has been completed, the main shall be filled with water at a rate such that water within the main will flow at a velocity no greater than 30.5 centimeters per second (1 foot per second). Precautions shall be taken to assure that air pockets are eliminated. This water shall remain in the pipe for at least 24 hours. The tablet method shall yield a chlorine residual of at least 25 milligrams per liter (25 parts per million) 24 hours after the time at which the main was filled with water. Valves shall be positioned so that the strong chlorine solution in the treated main will not flow into water mains in active service.

The continuous-feed method of water main disinfection consists of placing calcium hypochlorite granules in the main during construction (optional), completely filling the main to remove all air pockets, flushing the completed main to remove particulates, and filling the main with potable water chlorinated so that after a 24 hour holding period in the main there will be a free chlorine residual of not less than 10 milligrams per liter (10 parts per million). 9.7.1

If deemed necessary by Saudi Aramco’s EPD, calcium hypochlorite granules shall be placed in pipe sections as specified in sub-section 9.6.1 of this Code Section. The purpose of this procedure is to provide a strong chlorine concentration in the first flow of flushing water that flows down the main. This procedure is recommended particularly where the type of pipe is such that this first flow of water will flow into annular spaces at pipe joints.

17


Water, SASC-S-01

9.8

9.7.2

Before being chlorinated, the main shall be filled to eliminate air pockets and shall be flushed to remove particulates. The flushing velocity in the main shall not be less than 76 centimeters per second (2.5 feet per second) unless Saudi Aramco’s EPD determines that conditions do not permit the required flow to be discharged to waste. Note that flushing is no substitute for preventive measures during construction. Certain contaminants, such as caked deposits, resist flushing at any feasible velocity. In mains of 61 centimeters (24 inches) or larger diameter, an acceptable alternative to flushing is to broom-sweep the main, carefully removing all sweepings prior to chlorinating the main.

9.7.3

Chlorinating the main using the continuous-feed method: 9.7.3.1

Water from the existing distribution system or other approved source of supply shall be made to flow at a constant, measured rate into the newly laid water main. In the absence of a meter, the rate may be approximated by methods such as placing a Pitot gauge in the discharge or measuring the time to fill a container of known volume.

9.7.3.2

At a point not more than 3 meters (10 feet) downstream from the beginning of the new main, water entering the new main shall receive a dose of chlorine fed at a constant rate such that the water will have not less than 25 milligrams per liter (25 parts per million) free chlorine. The chlorine concentration shall be measured at regular intervals.

9.7.3.3

During the application of chlorine, valves shall be positioned so that the strong chlorine solution in the main being treated will not flow into water mains in active service. Chlorine application shall not cease until the entire main is filled with superchlorinated water. The chlorinated water shall be retained in the main for at least 24 hours, during which time all valves and hydrants in the treated section shall be operated to ensure disinfection of the appurtenances. At the end of this 24-hour period, the treated water in all portions of the main shall have a residual of not less than 10 milligrams per liter (10 parts per million) free chlorine.

9.7.3.4

Direct-feed chlorinators, which operate solely from gas pressure in the chlorine cylinder, shall not be used for application of liquid chlorine. (The danger of using direct-feed chlorinators is that water pressure in the main can exceed gas pressure in the chlorine cylinder. This allows a backflow of water into the cylinder, resulting in severe cylinder corrosion and escape of chlorine gas.) The preferred equipment for applying liquid chlorine is a solution- feed, vacuum-operated chlorinator and a booster pump. The vacuum-operated chlorinator mixes the chlorine gas in solution water; the booster pump injects the chlorine gas solution into the main to be disinfected. Hypochlorite solutions may be applied to the water main with a gasoline or electrically powered chemical- feed pump designed for feeding chlorine solutions. Feed lines shall be of such materials and strength as to safely withstand the corrosion caused by the concentrated chlorine solutions and the maximum pressures that may be created by the pumps. All connections shall be checked for tightness before the solution is applied to the main.

The slug method of water main disinfection consists of placing calcium hypochlorite granules in the main during construction, completely filling the main to eliminate all air pockets, flushing the main to remove particulates, and slowly flowing through the main a slug of water dosed with chlorine at a concentration of 100 milligrams per liter (100 parts per million). The slow flow ensures that all parts of the main and its appurtenances will be exposed to the superchlorinated water for a period of not less than 3 hours. 9.8.1

Preliminary flushing. Same as sub-section 9.7.2 of this Code Section.

9.8.2

Placing calcium hypochlorite granules. Same as sub-section 9.6.1 of this Code Section. 18


Water, SASC-S-01

9.8.3

Chlorinating the main: 9.8.3.1

Same as sub-section 9.7.3.1 of this Code Section.

9.8.3.2

At a point not more than 3 meters (10 feet) downstream from the beginning of the new main, water entering the new main shall receive a dose of chlorine fed at a constant rate such that the water will have not less than 100 milligrams per liter free chlorine. To ensure that this concentration is provided, the chlorine concentration shall be measured at regular intervals.

9.8.3.3

Chlorine shall be applied continuously and for a sufficient period to develop a solid column, or "slug," of chlorinated water that will, as it moves through the main, expose all interior surfaces to a free chlorine concentration of approximately 100 milligrams per liter (100 parts per million) for at least 3 hours.

9.8.3.4

The free chlorine residual shall be measured in the slug as it moves through the main. If at any time it drops below 50 milligrams per liter (50 parts per million), the flow shall be stopped, chlorination equipment shall be relocated at the head of the slug, and, as flow is resumed, chlorine shall be applied to restore the free chlorine in the slug to not less than 100 milligrams per liter (100 parts per million).

9.8.3.5

As the chlorinated water flows past fittings and valves, related valves and hydrants shall be operated so as to disinfect appurtenances and pipe branches.

9.9

After the applicable retention period the superchlorinated water shall be flushed from the main until chlorine measurements show that the concentration in the water leaving the main is not greater than 3 milligrams per liter (3 parts per million). NOTE: In the planning stage of the project, the potential environmental impacts associated with the disposal of the superchlorinated water shall be considered and appropriate plans shall be developed to properly mitigate adverse effects. The disposal plan shall be developed in consultation with EPD.

9.10

Bacteriological tests:

9.11

9.10.1

Standard Conditions: After final flushing and before the water main is placed in service, a sample or samples shall be collected for bacteriological analysis. Samples shall be tested to verify the absence of coliform organisms (a heterotrophic plate count [HPC] of less than 500 CFU/ml may also be required by Saudi Aramco’s EPD. At least one sample shall be collected from the end of a new main and one from each branch. If the main is extremely long, samples shall be collected along the length of the line as well as at its end.

9.10.2

Special Conditions: If, during construction, trench water has entered the main, or if in the opinion of Saudi Aramco’s EPD, excessive quantities of dirt or debris have entered the main, bacteriological samples shall be taken at intervals of approximately 61 meters (200 feet) and shall be identified by location. Samples shall be taken of water that has stood in the main for at least 16 hours after final flushing has been completed.

9.10.3

Sampling Procedure: Samples for bacteriological analysis shall be collected in sterile bottles treated with sodium thiosulfate. No hose or fire hydrant shall be used in collection of samples. A corporation cock may be installed in the main with a copper-tube gooseneck assembly. After samples have been collected, the gooseneck assembly may be removed and retained for future use.

If the initial disinfection fails to produce satisfactory bacteriological samples, the main may be re-flushed and shall be re-sampled. If check samples show the presence of coliform organisms, then the main shall be re-chlorinated by the continuous-feed or slug method of chlorination until satisfactory results are obtained. High velocities in the existing system, resulting from flushing the new main, may disturb sediment that has accumulated in the existing mains. When check samples are taken, it is recommended that water entering the new main also be sampled. 19


Water, SASC-S-01

NOTE: All samples returned from the laboratory that state confluent bacterial growth/too numerous to count (CBG/TNTC) or too numerous to count/no coliform (TNTC/NC) shall be considered invalid and must be re-sampled at the next available opportunity.

10

DISINFECTION PROCEDURES WHEN CUTTING INTO OR REPAIRING EXISTING MAINS 10.1

10.2

11

The following procedures apply primarily when mains are wholly or partially dewatered. After the appropriate procedures noted below have been completed, the main may be returned to service prior to completion of bacteriological testing in order to minimize the time customers are out of water. Leaks or breaks that are repaired with clamping devices while the mains remain full of pressurized water present little danger of contamination and require no disinfection. 10.1.1

Trench Treatment: When an old main is opened, either by accident or by design, the excavation will likely be wet and may be badly contaminated from nearby sewers. Liberal quantities of hypochlorite applied to open trench areas will lessen the danger from such pollution. Tablets have the advantage in such a situation because they dissolve slowly and continue to release hypochlorite as water is pumped from the excavation.

10.1.2

Swabbing with Hypochlorite Solution: The interiors of all pipe and fittings (particularly couplings and sleeves) used in making the repair shall be swabbed or sprayed with a 1 percent hypochlorite solution before they are installed.

10.1.3

Flushing: Thorough flushing is the most practical means of removing contamination introduced during repairs. If valve and hydrant locations permit, flush towards the hydrant closest to the work location by discharging via the hydrant one direction at a time (opposing valve closed) each from both locations. Flushing shall be started as soon as the repairs are completed and shall be continued until discolored water is eliminated.

10.1.4

Slug Chlorination: Where practical, in addition to the procedures above, a section of main in which the break is located shall be isolated, all service connections shutoff, and the section flushed and chlorinated as described in sub-section 9.8 of this Code Section, except that the dose may be increased to as much as 300 milligrams per liter (300 parts per million) and the contact time reduced to as little as 15 minutes. After chlorination, flushing shall be resumed and continued until discolored water is eliminated and the water is free from noticeable chlorine odor.

10.1.5

Sampling: Bacteriological samples shall be taken after repairs are completed to provide a record for determining the procedure's effectiveness. If the direction of flow is unknown, samples shall be taken on each side of the main break. If positive bacteriological samples are recorded, Saudi Aramco’s EPD shall evaluate the situation and recommend corrective actions. Daily sampling shall be continued until two consecutive negative samples are recorded.

Special procedure for caulked tapping sleeves: 10. 2.1

Tapping sleeves are used to avoid shutting down the main to be tapped. After the tap is made, it is impossible to disinfect the annulus without shutting down the main and removing the sleeve. The space between the tapping sleeve and the tapped pipe is normally 1.3 centimeters (0.5 inches), more or less, so that as little as 100 milligrams of calcium hypochlorite powder per square foot will provide a chlorine concentration of over 50 milligrams per liter (50 parts per million).

10.2.2

Before a tapping sleeve is installed, the exterior of the main to be tapped shall be thoroughly cleaned/disinfected and the interior surface of the sleeve shall be dusted with calcium hypochlorite powder.

DISINFECTION OF WATER STORAGE TANKS 20


Water, SASC-S-01

After construction, repairs and painting have been completed, the interiors of all water storage tanks shall be disinfected before they are placed in service (NOTE: Water storage tanks shall be painted in accordance with the Saudi Aramco Standards). 11.1

High Concentration Method: After paint has thoroughly dried and cured, the tank shall be filled slowly to the overflow level with potable water to which enough chlorine has been added to produce a concentration of 25 milligrams per liter (25 parts per million) in the full tank. 11.1.1

The chlorine, either as sodium or calcium hypochlorite, or chlorine gas, shall be introduced into the water as early during the filling operation as possible. Early introduction of chlorine is essential because the filling action is depended upon to agitate and evenly mix the chlorine with the total volume of water in the tank.

11.1.2

A simple and effective method of adding dry chlorine to the tank is to mix the hypochlorite granules with the minimum amount of water required to produce a slurry and then use the slurry as a liquid.

11.1.3

Liquid chlorine compounds, including slurries, should be poured into the tank through the clean-out or inspection manhole in the lower course of a stand-pipe shell, or in the base of the riser pipe of an elevated tank. The inspection manhole cover shall then be bolted into place and the filling of the tank started. If no bottom manhole is available, the chlorine solution shall be poured into the tank through the roof manhole.

11.1.4

If chlorine gas is used, a special tap can be provided in the clean-out manhole cover and the gas/water mixture pumped into the tank as the filling is started.

11.1.5

The chlorinated water shall be retained in the tank for at least 24 hours, during which time all valves shall be operated several times to ensure disinfection of the appurtenances. At the end of this 24-hour period, the treated water in all portions of the tank shall have a residual of not less than 10 milligrams per liter (10 parts per million) free chlorine.

11.1.6

After the holding period, the superchlorinated water in the tank shall be completely drained to waste or the water may be partially de-chlorinated with sodium bisulfite.

11.1.7

After refilling and before the tank is placed in service, a sample for bacteriological analysis shall be collected from the tank. Note that the residual chlorine level shall be no higher than 3 milligrams per liter (3 parts per million) when the sample is collected.

11.1.8

11.1.7.1

Samples shall be collected in sterile bottles treated with sodium thiosulfate. No hose, valve or outlet other than the tank sample tap shall be used in collection of samples.

11.1.7.2

The sample shall be tested to verify the absence of coliform organisms and a heterotrophic plate count [HPC] of 500 CFU/mL or less.

If the initial disinfection fails to produce satisfactory bacteriological samples, the tank may be emptied and refilled. Water from the refilled tank, as well as water from the source supply, shall be tested. If check samples show the presence of coliform organisms in the tank but not in the source supply, then the tank shall be re-chlorinated by the "high concentration method." If test results from the source supply show it to be contaminated with coliform bacteria, then the source of the problem shall be identified and corrected. After correction is verified by bacteriological testing, the tank shall be emptied and refilled. Water from the refilled tank shall be tested to verify the absence of coliform bacteria. If check samples show the presence of coliform organisms in the tank, then the tank shall be re-chlorinated by the "high concentration method."

21


Water, SASC-S-01

11.2

12

Low Concentration Method: If the tank is large and management concludes that an alternative to the disinfection method described in sub-section 11.1 of this Code Section is required to avoid draining the superchlorinated water to waste, the following method shall be used: 11.2.1

Calculate the amount of chlorine required producing 2 milligrams per liter (2 parts per million) chlorine residual when the tank is full.

11.2.2

Add a small amount of water (1/25th the volume) and the calculated amount of chlorine to the tank. This will produce 50 milligrams per liter (50 parts per million) chlorine residual in the water in the bottom of the tank.

11.2.3

Hold the small amount of water containing the 50 milligrams per liter (50 parts per million) chlorine residual for 24 hours before adding more water to the tank.

11.2.4

Fill the tank to capacity after the 24 holding period. This will dilute the superchlorinated water from 50 to 2 milligrams per liter (50 to 2 parts per million). Hold the 2 milligrams per liter (2 parts per million) water in the filled tank for an additional 24 hours.

11.2.5

After the additional 24 hour holding period and before the tank is placed in service, a sample for bacteriological analysis shall be collected from the tank. 11.2.5.1

Samples shall be collected in sterile bottles treated with sodium thiosulfate. No hose, valve or outlet other than the tank sample tap shall be used in collection of samples.

11.2.5.2

The sample shall be tested to verify the absence of coliform organisms and a heterotrophic plate count [HPC] of 500 CFU/mL or less.

11.2.6

If the initial disinfection fails to produce satisfactory bacteriological samples, the tank may be emptied and refilled. Water from the refilled tank, as well as water from the source supply, shall be tested. If check samples show the presence of coliform organisms in the tank but not in the source supply, then the tank shall be re-chlorinated by the "high concentration method." If test results from the source supply show it to be contaminated with coliform bacteria, then the source of the problem shall be identified and corrected. After correction is verified by bacteriological testing, the tank shall be emptied and refilled. Water from the refilled tank shall be tested to verify the absence of coliform bacteria. If check samples show the presence of coliform organisms in the tank, then the tank shall be re-chlorinated by the "high concentration method."

11.2.7

After satisfactory bacteriological results are obtained, the tank may be put into service without draining the water.

TRANSPORTATION OF POTABLE WATER 12.1

The person or department operating the potable water transportation equipment is responsible for compliance with the requirements of this Code Section.

12.2

Any tank wagon, tank truck, tank car, container or other equipment used for conveyance of potable water for drinking or domestic uses shall meet the following design and construction requirements: 12.2.1

Tanks and containers intended to hold potable water shall be so constructed that every portion of the interior can be easily inspected and cleaned.

12.2.2

Piping, valves, and permanent or flexible connections shall be accessible and easy to disconnect for cleaning.

12.2.3

The inlet or opening to every tank or container shall be constructed so that no foreign material likely to contaminate the water can enter. 22


Water, SASC-S-01

13

12.2.4

Filling points and outlet connections of tanks and containers shall be constructed and protected so that no foreign material likely to contaminate or pollute the water can come in contact with the inlet or outlet.

12.2.5

Transfer hoses shall be constructed of safe materials, shall have a smooth interior surface, shall be used for no other purpose and shall be clearly identified as to their use. Caps and keeper chains shall be provided for water inlet and outlet fittings, as well as hose fittings. All such fittings shall be capped when not in immediate use. Hoses shall be stored and used so as to be kept free of contamination.

12.3

If the tank wagon, tank truck, tank car, container or other equipment used for the conveyance of potable water for drinking or domestic uses has carried any substance other than potable water or milk, it shall be steam cleaned or treated by a method approved by Saudi Aramco EPD prior to use as a potable water transport container. Tanks and containers that have been used to transport sewage, or any other substance which might leave a toxic or hazardous residue after the cleaning procedure, shall not be used to transport potable water under any circumstances.

12.4

Sufficient chlorine shall be added to the water at the time the tank/container is filled to produce a residual of not less than 0.5 milligrams per liter after 30 minutes of contact.

PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL WATER QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 13.1

Water shall not contain impurities in concentrations, which may be hazardous to the health of the consumers. It shall not be excessively corrosive to the water supply system. Substances used in its treatment shall not remain in the water in concentrations greater than required by good operating practices. Substances which may have deleterious physiological effects, or for which physiological effects are not known, shall not be introduced into the system in a manner which would permit them to reach the consumer.

13.2

The physical and chemical quality of drinking water shall comply with requirements outlined in Table 9.

23


Water, SASC-S-01

TABLE 9 Drinking Water MCLGs(Maximum Contaminant Level Goals), MCLs (Maximum Contaminant Levels), and SMCLs (Secondary Maximum Contaminant Levels) Contaminant Physical Characteristics Color units Threshold odor number Turbidity Inorganics Arsenic Antimony Aluminum Asbestos (fibers longer than 10 microns) Barium Berylium Cadmium Chloride Chromium Copper * - See sections 14.2 & 14.3 Cyanide Fluoride (see Table 14) Foaming agent (MBAS) Hydrogen sulfide Iron Lead * - See sub-sections 14.2 & 14.3 Manganese Mercury Nickel Nitrate Nitrite Total nitrate/nitrite pH Thallium Selenium Silver Sodium Sulfate Total dissolved solids (TDS) Zinc Phenols Volatile organics (solvents) 1,1-Dichloroethylene 1,1,1-Trichloroethane 1,2-Dichloroethane 1,2-Dichloropropane 1,1,2-Trichloroethane 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene Benzene Carbon tetrachloride cis-1,2-Dichloroethylene Ethylbenzene Monochlorobenzene o-Dichlorobenzene para-Dichlorobenzene Dichloromethane Styrene trans-1,2-Dichloroethylene Tetrachloroethylene Toluene Trichloroethylene Vinyl chloride Xylenes (total) Synthetic Organic Compounds 2,3,7,8-TCDD (Dioxin) 2,4-D (Formula 40) 2,4,5-TP (Silvex) Acrylamide Alachlor (Lasso) Aldicarb (Temik) Aldicarb sulfone Aldicarb sulfoxide Atrazine (Atranex, Crisazine)

Drinking Water Health Effects

MCLG mg/L

MCL mg/L

Aesthetic, not health effect Aesthetic, not health effect Aesthetic, not health effect

SMCLs mg/L or Unit Noted 15 CU 3 TON 5 TU

Skin cancer Decreases longevity, Blood effects Aesthetic, not health effect Benign tumors Circulatory system effects Bone/lung effects, cancer risk Kidney effects Aesthetic, not health effect Gastrointestinal effects Vomiting, Wilson's disease Spleen/brain/liver effects Aesthetic, not health effect Aesthetic, not health effect Aesthetic, not health effect Aesthetic, not health effect Neurological, circulatory, growth, gestational effects Aesthetic, not health effect Kidney effects Nervous system, liver effects Methemoglobinemia Methemoglobinemia

0.2 7 million fibers/L 2 0.004 0.005

7 million fibers/L 2 0.004 0.005 250

0.1 1.3 0.2 2

0.1 TT

a

0.20

Zero

TT a

0.002

0.002

4 0.5 ND by Consumer 0.3 0.05

50 (as NO3) 0.1(as NO2) 10 (as N)

Aesthetic, not health effect Kidney, liver, brain, intestine effects Neurological effects Aesthetic, not health effect Circulatory system, aesthetic Aesthetic, not health effect Aesthetic, not health effect Stomach distress, aesthetic Aesthetic, not health effect Liver, kidney effects Liver effects Probable cancer Probable cancer Kidney/, liver effects Kidney, liver effects Known carcinogen Probable cancer Nervous system, liver, kidney effects Liver, kidney effects Liver, kidney, respiratory, nervous system effects Nervous system, lung, liver, kidney effects Liver, kidney effects Cancer risk Possible cancer, liver, nervous system effects Nervous system, liver, kidney effects Probable cancer Nervous system, lung, liver effects Probable cancer Known carcinogen Central nervous system effects

0.05 0.006

0.006

50 (as NO3) 0.1(as NO2) 10 (as N) 6.5 - 8.5

0.0005 0.05

0.002 0.05 0.1

0.20 250 500 5 0.001

1

0.007 0.20 Zero Zero 0.003 0.07 Zero Zero 0.07 0.7 0.1 0.6 0.075 Zero 0.1 0.1 Zero 1 Zero Zero 10

Cancer risk Liver, kidney effects Liver, kidney effects Probable cancer Probable cancer Nervous system toxicity Nervous system toxicity Nervous system toxicity Nervous system, liver, heart

Zero 0.07 0.05 Zero Zero 0.001 0.001 0.001

24


0.007 0.20 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.07 0.005 0.005 0.07 0.7 0.1 0.6 0.075 0.005 0.1 0.1 0.005 1 0.005 0.002 10 0.00000003 0.07 0.05 TT 0.002 Delayed Delayed Delayed 0.003

Water, SASC-S-01

Contaminant

TABLE 9 - Continued Drinking Water MCLGs(Maximum Contaminant Level Goals), MCLs (Maximum Contaminant Levels), and SMCLs (Secondary Maximum Contaminant Levels) MCLG MCL Drinking Water Health Effects mg/L mg/L

Synthetic Organic Compounds Continued Carbofuran (Furadan4F) Chlordane Dalapon Di (2-ethylhexyl) adipate Dibromochloropropane (DBCP) Diethylhexyl Phthlate Dinoseb Diquat Endothall

Picloram Simazine Toxaphene Total Pesticides Total Trihalomethanes (TTHMs)

Nervous system, reproductive Nervous system effects, probable cancer Kidney, liver effects Liver, reproductive effects Probable cancer Cancer risk Thyroid, reproductive organ effects Ocular, liver, kidney, gastrointestinal effects Liver, kidney, gastrointestinal, reproductive effects Liver, kidney, heart effects Probable cancer Probable cancer Liver, kidney effects Probable cancer Probable cancer Cancer risk Kidney, stomach effects Neurological, liver, kidney effects Central nervous system effects Kidney effects Cancer risk Probable cancer, reproductive effects Organ and central nervous system effects, cancer Kidney, liver effects Cancer risk Probable cancer Probable cancer Probable cancer

Radioactivity Gross Alpha Emitters Gross Beta Emitters Radium 226 Radium 228 Uranium

Cancer risk Cancer risk Cancer risk Cancer risk Cancer risk/kidney effects

Endrin Ethylenedibromide (EDB) Epichlorohydrin Glyphosate Heptachlor (H34, Heptox) Heptachlor epoxide Hexachlorobenzene Hexachlorocyclopentadiene (HEX) Lindane Methoxyclor (DMDT, Marlate) Oxamyl (Vydate) PAHs PCBs Pentachlorophenol

a

0.04 Zero 0.20 0.40 Zero Zero 0.007 0.02 0.10

0.04 0.002 0.20 0.40 0.0002 0.006 0.007

0.002 Zero Zero 0.70 Zero Zero Zero 0.05 0.0002 0.04 0.20 Zero Zero Zero

0.002 0.00005 TT 0.70 0.0004 0.0002 0.001 0.05 0.0002 0.04 0.20 0.0002 0.0005 0.001

0.50 0.004 Zero Zero

0.50 0.004 0.003 0.005 0.08

Zero Zero Zero Zero Zero

0.1Bq/L** 0.5Bq/L 0.5Bq/L 0.5Bq/L 0.020mg/L

SMCLs mg/L or Unit Noted

0.10

TT- Treatment Technique- Should copper or lead exceed action levels, treatment technique must be implemented to reduce concentrations below action levels.

* Measured in the ninetieth percentile at the consumer's tap. ** Bq/L Becquerel per liter, 1 Bq==27Pico Curie

25


Water, SASC-S-01

14

13.3

Raw water quality standards will be in general compliance with the requirements in Table 9, however, specific requirements will be reviewed on a case by case basis.

13.4

The 90 percentile concentrations for lead and copper (measured at the consumers tap) shall not exceed 0.015 mg/L lead and 1.3 mg/L copper. Concentrations exceeding these action limits will require treatment technology to be implemented to reduce the levels of these contaminants below the action levels.

th

PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL WATER QUALITY MONITORING REQUIREMENTS 14.1

The frequency of monitoring shall comply with requirements outlined in Table 10 except for lead and copper, which are stated in sub-sections 13.2 and 13.3 of this Code Section.

14.2

All water systems serving a population of 100 or more shall be sampled for lead and copper from a specific number of sites (see Table 11) once every six-months. Samples (1 L) of firstdraw tap water must be taken from the cold sweet water tap in the kitchen. Water must be allowed to stand motionless in plumbing pipes for at least 6 hours before sample collection. If high-risk locations -- facilities in which lead solder has been installed, facilities that have lead pipes and facilities that have lead service lines -- are identified, these sites shall be included.

14.3 Systems that meet the lead and copper action levels or maintain optimal corrosion control treatment for two consecutive six-month monitoring periods may reduce the number of tap sampling sites and collection frequency to once a year. Systems that meet the lead and copper action level or maintain optimal corrosion control treatment for three consecutive years may reduce tap sampling sites and collection frequency to once every three years.

TABLE 10 Compliance Monitoring Requirements Contaminant

Base Monitoring Frequency

Triggers Increased Monitoring

Increased Monitoring Frequency

Groundwater Inorganics Asbestos Nitrate Nitrite

Other Inorganics

Triggers Return to Base Frequency* Groundwater

1 sample every 9 years Annual sample 1 initial sample. If <50% of MCL, further monitoring discretionary 1 sample every 3 years

>50% of MCL

Quarterly

Minimum
of

4

samples

>50% of MCL

Quarterly

of

4

samples

>MCL

Quarterly

Minimum of 2 samples
Copper/lead

See Text Sec 13.2, 13.3

Volatile Organic Compounds

Quarterly for 1 year. Annual after 1 year of no detection. Every 3 years after 3 rounds of no detection.

>MCL

Quarterly

Minimum of 2 samples
Synthetic Organic Compounds

4 quarterly samples every 3 years. Systems >3,300 - reduce to 2/year every 3 years after 1 round of no detection. Systems <3,300 - reduce to 1 sample every 3 years after 1 round of no detection 1 Sample every year

Detection

Quarterly

Reduce to annual if minimum of 2 samples < MCL

>MCL

Quarterly

2 Consecutive samples
Radioactive Nuclides

26


Water, SASC-S-01

System Size Population >100,000 10,001 to 100,000 3,301 to 10,000 501 to 3,300 101 to 500 100

14.4

TABLE 11 Tap sampling requirements for lead and copper Number of Sampling Sites Number of Sampling Sites Initial Base Monitoring Reduced Monitoring 100 50 60 30 40 20 20 10 10 5 5 5

Radioactive Contaminants monitoring 14.4.1

For the purpose of monitoring radioactivity concentrations in drinking water, internationally acceptable analysis protocols shall be used such as ISO or US EPA protocols.

14.4.2

The required sensitivity of the radio analysis is defined in terms of a detection limit, which is the minimum contaminant concentration that can be measures at the 95% confidence level.

14.4.3

To determine compliance with radioactivity contaminants limits as specified by table 9 the detection limit of the analysis protocol shall not exceed 30% of the corresponding MCL specified in table 9.

14.4.4

If the radioactive contaminant MCL specified in table 9 was exceeded, the Radiation Protection Unit/ECD/EPD shall be consulted to determine the necessary remedial measures.

14.4.5

If more than one radioactive nuclide is detected in a water sample, the combined effects shall be considered in decisions/recommendations pertinent to the water quality.

14.4.6

Screening for radioactive contaminants shall be conducted as shown in the following flow chart

27


Water, SASC-S-01

Determine Gross Alpha Gross Beta

Determine Ra-226 and Ra-228

Determine total Uranium

Determine K-40 and subtract

Compliance with GuidelinesNo further Action

Determine Ra-228

Determine other Beta Emitters

Contact RPU

Denotes unaccounted alpha particles requiring further nuclide assessment Guidelines Value exceeded

15

THE COLIFORM RULE (Potable Water) 15.1

Coliforms are one of a group of microbiological contaminants regulated by this Code Section. Total coliforms, which include the fecal coliforms, are usually not pathogenic. However, their presence in drinking water indicates the potential presence of pathogens associated with waterborne disease outbreaks. In particular, the presence of fecal coliforms in drinking water indicates that an urgent public health problem may exist.

15.2

The Total Coliform Rule is based on the presence or absence of total coliforms in a given sample, not on an estimate of the specific number of coliforms. All samples testing positive for total coliforms shall be followed by repeat sampling and tested further to determine whether fecal coliforms are present.

15.3

The maximum contaminant level (MCL) for total coliforms is stated in terms of a certain percentage of positive sampling results per month. Specifically, to be in compliance: 15.3.1

No more than 5 percent of the monthly samples can test positive if 40 or more samples are analyzed each month; or no more than one sample per month can test positive if fewer than 40 samples are analyzed per month.

15.3.2

The following points are also important: a) the minimum sample size is 100 milliliters; and b) all positive coliform samples, including repeat samples, must be used in compliance calculations.

28


Water, SASC-S-01

15.4

A public water system has 25 or more service connections or regularly serves 40 people 60 or more days per year. For regulatory purposes, public water systems are divided into two categories -community and non-community systems. Community systems serve water to a resident population. Non-community systems serve either transient populations, such as a bus stop, or non-transient populations, such as schools, hospitals, or factories that are not served by a community system.

15.5

The number of samples to be analyzed is determined by the size of the population served by the water system as shown in Table 12. Different rules govern community water systems and noncommunity water systems. TABLE 12 Sampling Requirements Based On Population Minimum Number of Samples Minimum Number of of Population Served Per Month of Population Served 40 - 1000 1 12,901 to 17,200 1,001 to 2,500 2 17,201 to 21,500 2,501 to 3,300 3 21,501 to 25,000 3,301 to 4,100 4 25,001 to 33,000 4,101 to 4,900 5 33,001 to 41,000 4,901 to 5,800 6 41,001 to 50,000 5,801 to 6,700 7 50,001 to 59,000 6,701 to 7,600 8 59,001 to 70,000 7,601 to 8,500 9 70,001 to 83,000 8,501 to 12,900 10 83,001 to 96,000 96,001 to 130,000

Samples Per Month 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

15.6

The minimum sampling requirement is per Table 12. This "minimum" may be reduced by Saudi Aramco’s EPD under certain conditions. First, the system has to demonstrate a history of no coliform contamination. Second, the results of a sanitary survey conducted by Saudi Aramco’s EPD must verify that the system is supplied solely by a protected groundwater source and that it is free of sanitary defects. If both these conditions are met, Saudi Aramco’s EPD may reduce its sampling frequency to a minimum of once a quarter.

15.7

Non-community water systems are required to analyze a minimum of one sample per quarter. However, if such a system uses unfiltered water, it must sample at the same frequency as a community water system of a like size, or at least once a month.

15.8

The following test methods are approved for total coliform: a) the multiple-tube fermentation technique; b) the membrane filter technique; c) the presence-absence (P-A) coliform test; and d) the Colilert system (MMO-MUG test). Regardless of the method selected, a 100 milliliters (4 ounce) standard sample shall be used. The protocols for the multiple-tube fermentation, membrane filter, and presence-absence techniques are given in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater. APHA, AWWA, WPCF. Washington, D.C. (latest edition).

15.9

The Total Coliform Rule also addresses the problem of interference by heterotrophic bacteria -- a broad class of organisms that use organic nutrients for growth -- in total coliform analysis. Because the presence of coliforms in drinking water indicates the possible presence of pathogens, the masking of coliforms by high levels of heterotrophic bacteria can prevent the detection of a potential public health threat. Three conditions indicate that high levels of heterotrophic bacteria are present. 15.9.1

Using the multiple-tube fermentation technique, the coliform sample produces a turbid culture in the absence of gas production.

15.9.2

Using the membrane filter technique, the sample produces a confluent growth or a colony number that is too numerous to count. ("Confluent growth" means continuous bacterial 29


Water, SASC-S-01

growth covering the entire filtration area of a membrane filter or a portion of the membrane filter in which the bacterial colonies are not discrete. "Too numerous to count" means that the total number of bacterial colonies exceeds 200 on a 47-mm-diameter membrane filter used for coliform detection.) 15.9.3

Using the P-A test, the sample produces a turbid culture in the absence of an acid reaction (an acid reaction is indicated when the medium changes to a yellow color). Should any of these outcomes occur, the coliform sample is invalid. If the sample is declared invalid, another water sample shall be collected from the same location as the original sample and submitted to the laboratory within 8 hours of collection (or up to 30 hours if the sample is maintained between 0-4°C [32-39°F]).

15.10

15.11

Water systems can be in violation of the monthly MCL for total coliforms in two ways: 15.10.1

If the number of total coliform-positive samples exceeds 5.0 percent of the monthly samples when 40 or more samples are analyzed or if more than one sample is positive when less than 40 samples are analyzed; and

15.10.2

If there is a combination of: a) a coliform-positive original sample that is also positive for fecal coliform (or Escherichia coli [E. coli]) followed by a positive coliform repeat sample; or b) a coliform-positive original sample followed by a coliform-positive repeat sample that is also positive for fecal coliform or E. coli.

15.10.3

Saudi Aramco’s EPD may invalidate a sample if it can be demonstrated that the contamination is limited to the service connection and that the distribution system is unaffected. Also, Saudi Aramco’s EPD may declare a sample invalid if the laboratory agrees that it made an error or Saudi Aramco’s EPD determines that there are mitigating circumstances which justify the change.

If total coliforms are detected in any sample, the following measures shall be taken immediately:

15.11.1

The coliform-positive sample shall be analyzed to determine whether fecal coliforms are present. Alternatively, the coliform-positive sample may be tested for E. coli.

15.11.2

Repeat samples shall be collected. The number of repeat samples shall be determined by the size of the population served as indicated in Table 13.

15.11.3

If coliforms are detected in any repeat sample, another set of repeat samples shall be collected from the same location unless Saudi Aramco’s EPD determines that some other sampling scheme is indicated.

15.11.4

If coliforms are detected in any original or repeat sample and the sample is validated by Saudi Aramco’s EPD, a minimum of five routine samples shall be collected from the system the next month it is in operation unless the system serves more than 4,100 persons. If the system does serve more than 4,100 persons, it is already routinely collecting five samples per month.

TABLE 13 Repeat Sampling Requirements Based On Population Number Number of Routine Samples Next System Size of Repeats* Month No community water system 4 5/month for 1 more month Community water system 40 to 1,000 4 5/month for 1 more month 30


Water, SASC-S-01

1,001 to 2,500 2,501 to 3,300 3,301 to 4,100 >4,100

3 3 3 3

5/month for 1 more month 5/month for 1 more month 5/month for 1 more month See Table 12

* Number of repeat samples in the same month for each coliform-positive routine sample.

15.11.5

If any original or repeat sample is coliform-positive, that result counts as a positive result in compliance calculations, and the system has to determine whether the coliforms in the sample(s) include fecal coliforms. Presence of fecal coliforms or E. coli in a repeat sample constitutes an acute violation.

15.12

Coliform contamination requires quick corrective actions, e.g. mains shall be flushed, disinfection shall be increased and treatment processes shall be improved.

15.13

The Total Coliform Rule does not allow for variances and exemptions.

16 FLUORIDE - Recommended fluoride control ranges for drinking water provided to various Saudi Aramco communities by month based upon the monthly average of maximum daily air temperatures are presented in Table 14. TABLE 14 Recommended Fluoride Control Ranges for Drinking Water *

Month January February March April May June July August September October November December •

Abqaiq/Udhailiyah Low Opt High mg/L mg/L mg/L 0.85 0.90 1.20 0.75 0.80 1.10 0.65 0.70 0.90 0.55 0.60 0.70 0.55 0.60 0.70 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.55 0.60 0.70 0.55 0.60 0.70 0.65 0.70 0.80 0.75 0.80 0.90

Low mg/L 0.85 0.75 0.75 0.65 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.65 0.65 0.75

Dhahran Opt High mg/L mg/L 0.90 1.20 0.80 1.10 0.80 1.00 0.70 0.80 0.60 0.70 0.60 0.65 0.60 0.65 0.60 0.65 0.60 0.70 0.70 0.75 0.70 0.80 0.80 0.90

Ras Tanura/Rabigh Low Opt High mg/L mg/L mg/L 0.85 0.90 1.20 0.85 0.90 1.10 0.75 0.80 1.00 0.65 0.70 0.80 0.55 0.60 0.70 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.55 0.60 0.65 0.55 0.60 0.70 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.65 0.70 0.80 0.75 0.80 1.00

Temperatures are from official Saudi Aramco data for 48 years from 1950 to 1998.

REFERENCES: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

American Water Works Association (AWWA) Standards 1998 Edition. Freedman, Ben, Sanitarians Handbook. Johnson Division, University of Oregon Press Inc., “Groundwater and Wells”, 1975 National Primary Drinking Water Regulations, U.S.E.P.A., CFR 1990, Part 141, 1990; FR 1990/91 World Health Organization (WHO): “International Standards for Drinking Water”. Salvato, Joseph, Environmental Engineering and Sanitation. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) Consumers Guide, 1998 Edition Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater. APHA, AWWA, WPCF. Washington, D.C. (latest edition)

31


Sanitary wastewater and sewerage systems SASC-S-02

SASC-S-02 SANITARY WASTEWATER AND SEWERAGE SYSTEMS This Section contains the operation and maintenance requirements for the treatment and disposal of sanitary and industrial wastewaters in Saudi Aramco. NOTE: All sub-sections should be read in conjunction with the applicable Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards and any referenced documents listed at the end of this Code Section. ACRONYMS AND DEFINITIONS ACRONYMS EPD HMA LPD MEPA MSO OM PCBs RCSHF SAES SAMSO SO TCLP TEL

Environmental Protection Department Hazardous Material Advisor Loss Prevention Department Meteorology & Environmental Protection Administration Material Supply Organization Operating Manual Polychlorinated Biphenyls Reclamation Chemicals Storage and Handling Facility Saudi Aramco Engineering Standard Saudi Aramco Medical Services Organization Storehouse Operations Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure Tetraethyl Lead

DEFINITIONS Acidity: Quantitative capacity of aqueous solutions to react with hydroxide ions to a designated pH. Measured by titration, with a standard solution of a base to a specified end point. Usually expressed as milligrams per liter of calcium carbonate. Activated Carbon: Carbon “activated” by high-temperature heating with steam or carbon dioxide, producing an internal porous particle structure. Total surface area of granular activated carbon is 2 estimated to be 1,000m /gm. Alkalinity: Capacity of water to neutralize acids, imparted by the water’s content of carbonates, bicarbonates, hydroxides, and occasionally borates, silicates, and phosphates. Expressed in milligrams per liter of equivalent calcium carbonate. Anaerobic Waste Treatment: Waste stabilization brought about by the action of microorganisms in the absence of air or elemental oxygen. Usually refers to waste treatment by methane fermentation. Approved Facility: Any waste management facility approved by EPD. Backwash: Process by which water is forced through a filtration bed in the direction opposite to the normal flow (usually upward). During backwashing, the granular bed expands, allowing material previously filtered out to be washed away. Bioassay: Assay method using a change in biological activity as a qualitative or quantitative means of analyzing the response of biota to industrial wastes and other wastewaters. Viable organisms, such as live fish or daphnia, are used as test organisms. Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD): Measure of the concentration of organic impurities in wastewater. The amount of oxygen required by bacteria while stabilizing organic matter under aerobic

32



conditions, expressed in milligrams per liter, is determined entirely by the availability of material in the wastewaters to be used as biological food and by the amount of oxygen utilized by the microorganisms during oxidation. Biological Oxidation: Process in which living organisms in the presence of oxygen convert the organic matter contained in wastewater into a more stable or mineral form. Buffer: Any combination of chemicals used to stabilize the pH or alkalinities of solutions. Chlorination: Application of chlorine to water or wastewater, generally for the purpose of disinfections, but frequently for accomplishing other biological or chemical results. Chlorine Contact Chamber: Detention basin in which a liquid containing diffused chlorine is held for a sufficient time to achieve a desired degree of disinfection. Chlorine Demand: Difference between the amounts of chlorine added to the wastewater and the amount of residual chlorine remaining at the end of a specific contact time. The chlorine demand for given water varies with the amount of chlorine applied, time of contact, temperature, pH, and nature and amount of impurities in the water. Clarification: Any process or combination of processes to reduce the concentration of suspended matter in a liquid. Coagulation: Process by which chemicals (coagulants) are added to an aqueous system, to render finely divided, dispersed matter with slow or negligible settling velocities into more rapidly settling aggregates. The coagulants neutralize forces that cause dispersed particles to repel each other. Comminution: Process of cutting and screening solids contained in wastewater flow before it enters the pumps or other units in the treatment plant. Denitrification: Chemically bound oxygen in nitrate or nitrate ions stripped away by microorganisms, producing nitrogen gas, which can cause floc to rise in the final sedimentation process. An effective method of removing nitrogen from wastewater. Detention Time: Average period of time a fluid element is retained in a basin or tank before discharge. Dual Media Filtration: Filtration process that uses a bed composed of two distinctly different granular substances (such as anthracite coal and sand), as opposed to conventional filtration through sand only. Electrical Conductivity: Reciprocal of the resistance in ohms measured between opposite faces of a centimeter cube of an aqueous solution at a specified temperature. Expressed as microhms per centimeter in degrees Celsius. Food to Microorganism Ratio (F/M): Aeration tank loading parameter. Food may be expressed in pounds BOD added per day to the aeration tank; microorganisms may be expressed as mixed liquor volatile suspended solids (MLVSS) in the aeration tank. Freeboard: Vertical distance from the top of a tank, basin, column, or wash trough (in the case of sand filters) to the surfaces of its contents. Grease Skimmer: Device for removing floating grease or scum from the surface of wastewater in a tank. Grit Chamber: Detention chamber or an enlargement of a sewer, designed to reduce the velocity of flow of the liquid, to permit the separation of mineral from organic solids by differential sedimentation.

33



Hardness: Characteristic of water imparted by salts of calcium, magnesium, and iron (such as bicarbonates, carbonates, sulfates, chlorides, and nitrates), which causes curdling of soap, deposition of scale in boilers, damage in some industrial processes, and sometimes objectionable taste. It may be determined by a standard laboratory procedure or computed from the amounts of calcium, magnesium, iron, aluminum, manganese, barium, strontium, and zinc, and is expressed as equivalent calcium carbonate. Hydraulic loading: Quantity of flow passing though a column or packed bed, expressed in the units 2 3 2. of volume per unit time per unit area; e.g., ga./min/ft (m /m s). Influent: Wastewater or other liquid (raw or partially treated) flowing into a reservoir, basin, treatment process, or treatment plant. Landfarming: A controlled disposal process that uses naturally occurring bacteria to biodegrade nonleaded oily sludges in soil. Leaded Oily Sludge: Any oily sludges, whether solid or semi-solid, collected from leaded gasoline and tetraethyl lead tanks and vessels containing 100 mg/Kg total lead or greater. Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD): Measure of the oxygen-consuming capacity of inorganic and organic matter present in water or wastewater, expressed as the amount of oxygen consumed from a chemical oxidant in a specific test. It does not differentiate between stable and unstable organic matter and thus, does not necessarily correlate with biochemical oxygen demand. Mixed Liquor Suspended Solid (MLSS): Concentration of suspended solids carried in the aeration basin of an activated sludge process. Mixed Liquor: Mixture of activated sludge and wastewater undergoing activated sludge treatment in the aeration tank. Neutralization: Reaction of acid or alkali with the opposite reagent until the concentrations of hydrogen and hydroxyl ions in the solution are approximately equal. Nitrification: Conversion of nitrogenous matter to nitrates. Non-Leaded Oily Sludge: Any oily sludge, whether solid or semi-solid, containing less than 100 mg/Kg total lead. Non-Settleable Sludge: Suspended matter that does not settle or float to the surface of water in a period of 1 hour. Organic Nitrogen: Nitrogen combined in organic molecules, such as protein, amines, and amino acids. Oxidation Pond or Lagoon: Basin used for retention of wastewater before final disposal, in which biological oxidation of organic material is affected by natural or artificially accelerated transfer of oxygen to the water from air. Oxidation: Addition of oxygen to a compound. More generally, any reaction involving the loss of electrons from an atom. Oxygen Uptake Rate: Amount of oxygen utilized by an activated sludge system during a specific time period. Parshall Plume: Calibrated device developed by Ralph Parshall for measuring the flow of liquid in an open conduit, which consists essentially of a contracting length, a throat, and an expanding length. A sill, over which the flow passes at critical depth, is located at the throat. The upper and lower heads are individually measured at a definite distance from the sill. The lower head need not be measured

34



unless the sill is submerged more than about 67 percent. Physical-Chemical Treatment: (PCT) Plant Treatment sequence in which physical and chemical processes are used to the exclusion of explicitly biological process (including incidental biological treatment obtained on filter media or absorptive surfaces). In this sense, a PCT scheme is a substitute for conventional biological treatment. A PCT scheme following an existing biological plant may, by contrast, be termed simply a tertiary plant, although it is also a PCT in a general sense. Polyelectrolyte: Chemicals consisting of high molecular weight molecules with many reactive groups situated along the length of the chain. Polyelectrolytes react with the fine particles in the waste and assist in bringing them together into larger and heavier masses for settling. Primary Settling Tank: First settling tank for the removal of settleable solids through which wastewater is passed in a treatment works. Primary Treatment: 1) First (sometimes only) major treatment in a wastewater treatment works, usually sedimentation; or 2) removal of a substantial amount of suspended matter, but little or no colloidal and dissolved matter. Raw Sludge: Settled sludge promptly removed from sedimentation tanks before decomposition has much advanced. Frequently referred to as undigested sludge. Recirculation Rate: Rate of return of part of the effluent from a treatment process to the incoming flow. Sanitary Sewer: Sewer that carries liquid and water-carried human waste from residences, commercial buildings, industrial plants, and institutions, together with minor quantities of storm, surface, and groundwater(s) that are not admitted intentionally. Significant quantities of industrial wastewater are not carried in sanitary sewers. Screen: Device with openings, generally of uniform size, used to retain or remove suspended or floating solids in flowing water or wastewater and to prevent them from entering an intake or passing a given point in a conduit. The screening element may consist of parallel bars, rods, wires, grating, wire mesh, or perforated plate; the openings may be of any shape, although they are usually circular or rectangular. Also a device used to segregate granular material, such as sand, crushed rock, and soil, into various sizes. Secondary Settling Tank: Tank through which effluent from some prior treatment process flows for the purpose of removing settleable solids. Secondary Wastewater Treatment: Treatment of wastewater by biological methods after primary treatment by sedimentation. Sedimentation: Process of subsidence and deposition of suspended matter carried by water, wastewater, or other liquids, by gravity. Usually accomplished by reducing the velocity of the liquid to below the point at which it can transport the suspended material. Also called settling. Skimming Tank: Tank so designed that floating matter will rise and remain on the surface of the wastewater until removed, while the liquid discharges continuously under certain walls or scum baffles. Sludge Age: In the activated sludge process, a measure of the length of time (expressed in days) a particle of suspended solids has been undergoing aeration. Usually computed by dividing the weight of the suspended solids in the aeration tank by the daily addition of new suspended solids having their origin in the raw waste. Sludge Volume Index (SVI): Numerical expression of the settling characteristics of activated sludge. The ratio of the volume in milliliters of sludge settled from a 1,000-ml sample in 30 minutes to the

35



concentration of mixed liquor in milligrams per liter multiplied by 1,000. Stabilization Pond: Type of oxidation pond in which biological oxidation of organic matter is effected by natural or artificially accelerated transfer of oxygen to the water from air. Submerged Weir: Weir that, when in use, results in the water level on the downstream side rising to an elevation equal to or higher than, the weir crest. The rate of discharge is affected by the tailwater. Also called drowned weir. Suspended Solid: Solids that float on the surface of, or are in suspension in, water, wastewater, or other liquids, and that are largely removable by laboratory filtering. Also the quantity of material removed from wastewater in a laboratory test, as prescribed in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater and referred to as non-filterable residue. Total Organic Carbon (TOC): Measure of the amount of organic material in a water sample, expressed in milligrams per liter of carbon. Measured by Beckman carbonaceous analyzer or other instrument in which the organic compounds are catalytically oxidized to CO2 and measured by an infrared detector. Frequently applied to wastewaters. Turbidity: Condition in water or wastewater caused by the presence of suspended matter, resulting in the scattering and absorption of light rays. Measure of fine suspended matter in liquids. Analytical quantity, usually expressed in Jackson turbidity units (Jtu) or Nephelometric turbidity units (NTU’s), determined by measurements of light diffraction. Turbulent Flow: Flow of a liquid past an object so that the velocity at any fixed point in the fluid varies irregularly. Type of fluid flow in which there is an unsteady motion of the particles and the motion at a fixed point varies in no definite manner. Sometimes called eddy or sinuous flow.

1

ENGINEERING DESIGN Wastewater shall be treated and disposed of by processes that meet the design requirements in SAES-A-104 “Wastewater Treatment, Reuse, and Disposal”. Copies of the preliminary and detailed engineering reports, design drawings, and specifications prepared in accordance with SAES-A-104 shall be submitted to the Manager, Environmental Protection Department, (EPD) for review and approval.

2

PROTECTION OF WATER SUPPLIES 2.1

Minimum Separation Distances 2.1.1

Minimum horizontal separation distances between sewerage components and water systems shall be as indicated in Table 1.

2.1.2

Sewer line crossing with potable water lines shall comply with the requirements of SAES-S-010, Sanitary Sewers.

36



TABLE 1 Minimum Horizontal Separation Distances Minimum Distance To Be Maintained From:

Water Wells

Water Lines

m(ft)

m(ft)

Sewer Lines

15 (50)

3 (10)

Septic Tank/Grease Traps

15 (50)

3 (10)

Disposal Field

30 (100)

3 (10)

Seepage Pit

45 (150)

3 (10)

Areas Irrigated with Reclaimed Wastewater

150 (500)

15 (50)

Reclaimed Water Line

15 (50)

3 (10)

Sewage Treatment Plants (onshore)

150 (500)

Sewage Lift Stations (onshore)

90 (300)

a

b

a

a -In the event that these separation distances can not be met, see SAES-S-010. b - This buffer zone applies to spray irrigation areas only.

2.2

Water Supply and Prevention of Cross Connections 2.2.1

Water Supply: An adequate supply of potable water under pressure that complies with requirements described in SASC-S-01 shall be provided for sanitary and drinking purposes, use in the laboratory, and for general cleaning duties around the plant. The design and construction of all plumbing shall comply with the requirements of the Saudi Aramco Plumbing Code, SAES-S-060. Where it is not possible to provide potable water from a public water supply, separate water well may be provided. The location, design, construction and quality of water obtained from the well shall comply with SASC-S-01. Since the plant operators and visitors will use this water supply for sanitary and drinking purposes, it shall be plumbed as outlined above.

2.2.2

Prevention of Cross Connections: Cross connecting the potable water supply with any non-potable or other water supply of questionable quality is prohibited. The use of water in a wastewater treatment plant is a necessity, but special precautions are required to protect the potable water supply. In this regard, two separate water systems must be provided which are not physically connected in any way; i.e., a plant potable water system and a plant non-potable water system. 2.2.2.1

Backflow Prevention: Atmospheric vacuum breakers shall be installed for all potable water wash down hoses. Reduced pressure backflow devices (RPBDs) or air gap and break tank shall be installed on all potable water lines serving wastewater lift stations and wastewater treatment plants unless a totally separate non-potable water system using reclaimed water is installed for all cleaning requirements and chemical make-up water requirements. The RPBD should be installed with adequate space to facilitate maintenance and testing. Adequate clearance from the floor, ceiling, and walls must be provided to facilitate the removal of the relief valve. An RPBD shall not be installed in a pit below ground level. The RPBD must be inspected regularly for indication of failure.

2.2.2.2

Separate Non-Potable Water System: Where water from a separate potable water supply is used to provide make-up water to the non-potable water system, then the potable water must be discharged to a break tank with an air gap of at least 15 centimeters (6 inches) above the maximum water level, or the overflow outlet of the tank, whichever is higher.

2.2.2.3

Separate Non-Potable Water System Using Reclaimed Wastewater: If break tank shall not be required between the source of reclaimed wastewater and the wastewater treatment plant.

37



3

2.2.2.4

Non-potable water systems shall be properly color-coded as identified in Table 2 of SAES-A-104.

2.2.2.5

All outlets from a non-potable water system shall be posted with permanent signs and logos (artist's drawing), in Arabic and English, indicating that the water is non-potable and is not safe for drinking.

WASTEWATER PUMP STATIONS 3.1

Wastewater pump stations shall not be subject to flooding. A suitable superstructure, preferably located off the right of way of streets and alleys to collect the stormwater shall be provided. The station shall be readily accessible.

3.2

Pump systems shall be designed to handle unexpected downtime. Design of the pump facility shall incorporate ease of maintenance and repair. The design of the pumps shall be in accordance with SAES-S-010.

3.3

Each pump station shall have at least two units of the same capacity. The capacity of each must exceed the expected maximum wastewater flow. If more than two pumps are provided, the capacity of the pump system must be such that with one pump out of service, the capacity of the remaining pumps exceeds the expected maximum wastewater flow. Each pump shall have a separate suction.

3.4

Pneumatic ejector-type pump stations require at least two pneumatic ejectors unless the ejector pot has been located in a dry well with all parts accessible for the repair of leaks. If the ejector pot forms the lower part of the lift, two pots shall be required.

3.5

Pumps handling raw wastewater shall be preceded by readily accessible bar racks with clear openings not exceeding 5 centimeters (2 inches) unless pneumatic ejectors are used or special devices are installed to protect the pumps from clogging or damage. Where the size of the installation warrants, a mechanically cleaned bar screen with a grinder or comminution device shall be used. Where screens are located below ground, convenient facilities shall be provided for handling screenings.

3.6

Adequate ventilation shall be provided for all lift stations. Where the pump pit is below the ground surface, mechanical ventilation is required and arranged to ventilate the dry well and the wet well independently. There shall be no interconnections between the wet well and the dry well ventilating systems. In pits over 4.5 meters (15 feet) deep, multiple inlets and outlets shall be used. Dampers shall not be used on exhaust or fresh air ducts and fine screens and other obstructions in the air ducts shall be avoided to prevent clogging.

3.7

There shall be no physical connection between any potable water supply and a wastewater pump station, which under any conditions might cause contamination of the potable water supply. If a potable water supply is brought to the pump station, it must comply with conditions stipulated in SASC-S-01

3.8

Alarm systems shall be provided for all pump stations. The alarm shall be activated in cases of power failure, pump failure, or any cause of pump station malfunction. Where a municipal facility of 24-hour attendance is not available, pump station alarms shall be telemetered. Where no such facility exists, an audiovisual device shall be installed at the station for external observation.

3.9

Force mains shall be a minimum of 10 centimeters (4 inches) in diameter. Air release valves shall be provided on lines at all peaks in elevation.

38



4

SANITARY WASTEWATER TREATMENT SYSTEMS 4.1

General 4.1.1

Industrial wastewater and stormwater run-off shall not be mixed with sanitary wastewater prior to treatment. The streams may be combined after treatment, prior to disposal.

4.1.2

Hauling of raw sewage from holding tanks will not normally be considered an acceptable method of waste disposal unless specifically approved by Manager, EPD.

4.1.3

All outside areas shall be kept free of nuisances and safety hazards (refer to SASCS-18).

4.1.4

All on-shore treatment units shall be located a minimum of 150 meters (500 feet) from any residential areas, camp areas, or office areas.

4.1.5

All treatment plants and holding ponds shall be surrounded by a Saudi Aramco Type V Security fence.

4.1.6

Routine housekeeping of buildings and grounds shall be included in the operators’ regular daily responsibilities. All buildings and equipment should be routinely cleaned. Doors, windows, walls and other areas should be kept clean, dry, and in good repair. Outside grounds should be mowed regularly with the grass clippings removed promptly. Equipment and piping should be cleaned and painted as required for appearance and identification purposes.

4.1.7

The direction of prevailing winds shall be considered when selecting the plant site.

4.1.8

Effluent quality requirements for wastewater treatment plants shall conform to applicable requirements as outlined in: (1) Table 3 of this section; (2) SAES-A-103, Marine Wastewater Discharges; (3) SAES-A-104, Wastewater Treatment, Reuse, and Disposal; (4) Meteorology & Environmental Protection Administration Standards; (5) Jubail or Yanbu Royal Commission Standards; and (6) Al Hasa Irrigation and Drainage Authority (HIDA).

4.1.9

All municipal wastewater treatment plants shall be operated in accordance with the latest version of “Operation of Municipal Wastewater Treatment Plants” published by the US Water Environmental Federation (WEF). All industrial wastewater treatment plants shall be operated in accordance with the latest versions of the applicable industrial manuals (e. g. API instructions).

4.1.10 Exceptions to Table 1 of SAES-A-104 requirements may be granted on a case-bycase basis for sanitary wastewater that is discharged into an evaporation pond, which meets the design requirements of Standard 8.1 of SAES-A-104. 4.1.11 Sanitary sewage discharged more than 4 nautical miles from shore does not need to be treated to meet Table 1 requirements; it shall be comminuted and disinfected prior to discharge in accordance with SAES-A-103. 4.1.12 Discharges to the land are not permitted unless written approval is obtained. 4.1.13 Sanitary wastewater sludge shall be stabilized (aerobic digestion) prior to drying in sludge drying beds. Dried sludge shall be disposed of in an approved sanitary landfill designed as per SAES-S-007 and operated as per Section SASC-S-03.

39



4.1.14 All sanitary wastewater reuse applications must be designed and installed as per SAES-A-104. Adequate control measures must be taken to prevent inappropriate alterations in the piping that could result in cross connections with potable water. All warning signs, backflow preventors, and cross connection control measures shall be maintained as originally designed. The minimum horizontal separation distances between sewerage components and wastewater system shall be in accordance to Table 1 of this instruction. 4.1.15 For any waste or mixture of wastes not specifically mentioned in this instruction or in the event of incidents involving wastes, the treatment and disposal method must be approved by Manager, EPD. 4.2

4.3

Preliminary Treatment 4.2.1

All sanitary wastewater treatment plants shall have bar screens, mesh screens, and/or comminutors. Bar screens shall be located upstream of the grit chambers and shall be readily accessible at all times to allow inspection and maintenance.

4.2.2

A stairway and/or ladder shall be provided for access if bar screens, mesh screens, or comminutors are located one or more meters below or above ground level. Equipment shall be provided to transfer the screenings to ground elevation.

4.2.3

In order to provide for drainage of the screenings, manually cleaned bar screens shall be constructed having 30 degrees to 60 degrees slope to a horizontal platform. The bar spacing shall be from 25 to 40 millimeters for manually cleaned screens. The mechanically cleaned screens shall have spacing as small as 10 millimeters.

4.2.4

An accessible platform shall be provided for the manually cleaned screening facilities. The operators to rake screenings shall use the platform. A drainage system shall be provided for the platform.

4.2.5

Auxiliary manually cleaned screens shall be provided where mechanically operated screening devices are used. The design shall include provisions for automatic diversion of the entire wastewater flow through the auxiliary screens if the regular units fail.

4.2.6

Grit removal equipment shall be provided for all sanitary wastewater treatment plants and shall be located upstream of pumps and comminuting devices.

4.2.7

Equipment to wash the grit shall be provided unless the grit is handled in such a manner as to prevent odors and fly nuisance. The grit collecting chambers shall be installed with the capability to be dewatered.

4.2.8

The screenings and grit shall be stored in covered containers.

4.2.9

The screenings and the grit shall be disposed of in a sanitary landfill that is approved by EPD

Primary Treatment 4.3.1

The waste oil and the oily sludges resulted from the operation of the separators shall be disposed of in a waste disposal facility that is approved by the Manager,

EPD 4.3.2

Waste oil or wastewater containing oil shall be stored in either an above ground tank with secondary containment or in a lined pit (or sump). The liner for the pit (or sump) shall be as a minimum 30-mil high-density polyethylene. The sump or the pit shall be

40



constructed of reinforced concrete.

4.3.3 Equalization shall be installed in wastewater treatment plants in order to protect the biological system from fluctuations in organics, pH, flow rates, and toxic substances. 4.3.4 Equalization tanks having a detention time of more than two hours shall have mixers. The air shall be supplied at a rate of 1.25 to 2.0 ft3/103 gal. /min. (0.01 to 0.015 m3/min.).

41



4.3.5

Each sedimentation basins shall be provided with walkways with guard rails along the perimeter. A stairway shall be installed for sedimentation basins with vertical walls terminating one or more meter above or below ground level.

4.3.6

Sedimentation basins shall be provided with scum baffles and a means for collection and disposal of the separated scum into the sludge digester. Sedimentation basins designed for flow rates less than 100 cubic meters per day shall have hydraulic skimming provided that the scum pick-up is capable of removing scum from the entire operating surface of the sedimentation basin. Sedimentation basins designed for flow rates of 100 cubic meters per day or more shall be equipped with mechanical skimmers.

4.3.7

Sedimentation basin access platforms shall have a pressure hose and hose rack for cleaning the effluent weirs.

4.3.8

Mechanical skimmers shall be equipped with a means to automatically clean the weirs. Brushes or scraper blade to be attached to the end of the skimmer can be used for this service.

4.3.9

Mechanical sludge collecting equipment shall be provided for sedimentation units with a design flow equal to or greater than 100 cubic meters per day and shall have provisions for individual inspection and sampling.

4.3.10 A smooth wall finish and a hopper bottom slope of not less than 60 degrees shall be provided for sedimentation basins that are not equipped with mechanical sludge collecting equipment. 4.4

Secondary Treatment 4.4.1 The activated sludge process may be used where the wastewater is amenable to biological treatment; some of the modified processes require a greater degree of attention and operating supervision. These requirements shall be considered when proposing this type of treatment. 4.4.2 Biological wastewater treatment ponds (facultative ponds) and associated equipment shall be designed to meet the wastewater disposal requirements in Table 3 of this instruction unless the wastewater will be disposed in an evaporation pond. Discharges to an evaporation pond do not need to meet the Table 3 requirements provided the treatment pond is designed and operated according to Standard 8.1.1.2 of SAES-A-104 and approval is granted by Manager, EPD. 4.4.3 Pond-based wastewater treatment shall only be used in remote areas. Consideration shall be given to such factors as prevailing winds, pond configuration, soil conditions, use of effluent, and distance to populated areas. 4.4.4 Facultative ponds shall either be preceded by facilities for primary treatment of the raw sewage or shall include a minimum of two ponds in series. The first pond shall be used for solids separation and biological treatment and the second pond shall be for biological treatment only. 4.4.5 Oily wastewater shall be pretreated for removal of free oil before discharge to the biological treatment system. 4.4.6 A tank-based activated sludge process is the preferred treatment method where the wastewater is amenable to biological treatment.

42



4.4.7 Extended aeration and oxidation ditches are the preferred activated sludge treatment methods; other methods may be used as per the approval of the Manager, EPD. 4.4.8 Extended aeration is the preferred method when high effluent quality and ammonia removal is required. Extended aeration shall be used in applications where a high probability of shock loads exists. 4.4.9 The oxidation ditch may be used where treatment needs are similar to those for extended aeration. All oxidation ditch systems shall provide final clarification and return sludge capability equal to that required for the extended aeration system. Provision shall be made to easily vary the immersion depth of the rotor for flexibility of operation. 4.4.10 If the design flow exceeds 1000 cubic meters per day (250,000 gallons per day), the total aeration tank volume shall be divided among two or more units, each capable of independent operation. 4.4.11 Equipment for measuring return sludge, excess sludge, and air shall be provided in activated sludge plants having a design flow of 7500 cubic meters per day or more. 4.4.12 Aeration tanks shall be constructed of reinforced concrete or steel unless approved by the Materials Engineering and Corrosion Control Division. 4.4.13 Aeration tank equipment in contact with wastewater shall be constructed of 316 stainless steel unless approved by the Materials Engineering and Corrosion Control Division. 4.4.14 Surface mechanical aerators are the preferred type of aerators for wastewater treatment systems that treat greater than 3800 cubic meters per day. Mechanical aeration devices shall be of such capacity to provide oxygen transfer to and mixing of the vessel contents equivalent to that provided by compressed air. 4.4.15 The diffuser systems shall have devices for removing and replacing diffusers without de-watering the tank. They shall also have non-clog diffusers for all systems using intermittent aeration. 4.4.16 The diffuser systems shall have individual diffuser header assemblies with air control valves. The diffuser head control valves shall allow for throttling of the airflow. 4.4.17 The air diffuser system, including piping, shall be capable of delivering 150 percent of design air requirements. 4.4.18 The blower/compressor units shall be equipped with automatic reset and restart mechanisms to place the units back in operation after periods of power outage. 4.4.19 Air filters shall provide for a flow rate of 120 percent of the design requirements. 4.4.20 The requirements for the secondary sedimentation units are the same as those for primary sedimentation units. The secondary sedimentation units shall have dual skimmers or heavy-duty full-length skimmers. 4.5

Tertiary Treatment 4.5.1

The flocculation equipment shall be designed and operated in order to obtain

43



optimum floc growth, control of deposition of solids, and prevent floc destruction at peak hourly flow.

4.6

4.5.2

Polymers are to be used as flocculation aids and shall be introduced into a flash mix tank upstream of a flocculation tank or into the flocculation zone using several alternate input points.

4.5.3

Air flotation units shall not be used to treat sanitary wastewater. If the units are used for industrial wastewater they shall be located downstream of the gravity oil/water separators and equalization equipment.

Chemical Treatment 4.6.1

Chemical addition equipment shall be provided in cases where the pH of the discharge is outside of the pH range in Table 3 of this instruction or in cases where conventional gravity settling or biological treatment is not able to treat the discharge to Table 1 of SAES-A-104 concentrations.

4.6.2

Chemical treatment systems shall be of multiple-unit flexibility to allow for operational adjustments in chemical feed point locations, chemical feed rates, and use of alternative chemicals.

4.6.3

The chemical dosage required shall be the minimum necessary to bring about optimum treatment. The choice of treatment chemical(s) shall be based upon the characteristics of the raw wastewater, the quality requirement of the final effluent and the economics of the process.

4.6.4

Coagulation feed systems shall be provided with standby feeders, adequate chemical storage and conveyance facilities, adequate reserve chemical supply, and automatic dosage control.

4.6.5

In instances where only pH correction is needed, holding tanks and metering pumps may be used when pH adjustment is required. Other simple pH control system with either acid or base addition can be used when gradual mixing will not provide a sufficient buffering capacity.

4.6.6

Selection of chemical feed points shall be based on the type of chemicals used, the type of wastewater treatment process, the reaction times, and the type of components in use. There shall be flexibility in feed point location with multiple feed points.

44



4.6.7

The dry chemical feeders shall be equipped with a mixing tank which is capable of providing a minimum 5-minute retention time at the peak hourly flow rate. Polyelectrolyte feed installations shall be equipped with multiple solution vessels and transfer piping.

4.6.8

Mixing of the chemicals shall be accomplished using a large diameter low speed mixer. Flash mixing shall be provided for chemicals such as polymers, metal salts and pH control chemicals. The flash mixer shall have a mean temporal velocity gradient, G (sec.), of at least 800. The detention period shall be at least 30 seconds at peak hourly flow.

4.6.9

Secondary spill containment shall be provided around all chemical feed system components.

4.6.10 An adequate supply of treatment chemicals shall be provided at the treatment plant. 4.6.11 The liquid storage tanks and tank fill connections shall be located within a secondary spill containment structure. 4.6.12 Bag or drum storage shall be located near the solution make-up point with trolleys in order to provide for the convenient movement of drum or bag. 4.6.13 Platforms, ladders and railings shall be provided as necessary to afford convenient and safe access to all filling connections, storage tank entry locations, and measuring devices. 4.6.14 Containment areas shall be sloped into a sump area and shall not contain floor drains that drain into a sewer. 4.6.15 Chemical precipitation sludge shall be disposed of in a facility approved by the Manager, EPD. 4.6.16 Eye washes and safety showers shall be provided in areas where chemicals are being handled. 4.6.17 Chemical feed equipment and storage facilities shall either be constructed of corrosion-resistant materials or have a protective coating as approved by the Materials Engineering and Corrosion Control Division. 4.7

Wastewater Filtration 4.7.1

Convenient access to the component of the filters shall be provided at the treatment plants for cleaning and maintenance.

4.7.2

The backwash rate shall be adequate to fluidize each media layer a minimum of 20 percent.

4.7.3

Waste filter backwash waters shall be returned to the inlet of the wastewater treatment plant. Filtered water shall be used as the source of backwash water.

4.7.4

Selection of media size shall depend on the filtration rate selected, the type of treatment provided for the filter influent, the filter configuration and the effluent quality objectives. The manufacturers of the filters should approve the use of local sand.

4.7.5

A manual override for operating equipment and critical valves shall be provided if automatic control is used.

45



4.7.6

The distribution of the backwash air through the under drain system shall be uniform.

4.7.7

The filter shall be equipped with water troughs, a means of measurement and control of the backwash rate, equipment for indicating filter head loss, surface wash or air scouring equipment, a positive means of shutting off flow to the filter being backwashed, and filter influent and effluent sampling points.

4.7.8

Adequate pumping capacity shall be available with the largest unit out of service, where waste backwash water is returned for treatment by pumping.

4.7.9

The rate of return of waste filter backwash water to the treatment units shall not exceed 15 percent of the design flow rate to the treatment units.

4.7.10 Filtration rates shall not exceed 110 liters per minute per square meter (3 gallons per minute per square foot) for single media (sand) filters, 150 liters per minute per square meter for dual media filters, and 190 liters per minute per square meter for multi-media filters (based on the design flow rate applied to the filter units). 4.7.11 Intermittent sand filters shall be protected from surface wash and blowing sand. 4.7.12 Gravity or pressure type filters shall be used for wastewater filtration. 4.8

Sludge Handling 4.8.1 The sludge pipe to the beds shall terminate at least 30 centimeters (12 inches) above the surface and be arranged so that it shall drain. Concrete splash plates for the percolation-type beds shall be provided at sludge discharge points. 4.8.2 Provision shall be made to maintain sufficient continuity of service so sludge may be de-watered without accumulation beyond storage capacity. 4.8.3 If it is proposed to de-water or dispose of sludge by other methods, a detailed description of the process and design data shall accompany the plans. The final quality of the de-watered sludge must be such that the disposal of the dried sludge does not create a health hazard. 4.8.4 Filtrate from de-watering units shall be returned to the process for adequate treatment.

4.9

Grease Traps 4.9.1

Grease traps shall be provided for communal kitchens catering to 10 or more

4.9.2

Grease traps should normally be located within 9 meters (30 feet) of the plumbing fixtures served to prevent congealing of the grease in the lines.

4.9.3

Grease traps shall be maintained in efficient operating condition by regular removal of accumulated grease and sediment.

4.9.4

The minimum capacity of the grease trap shall be equal to the maximum volume of water used in the kitchen during a mealtime period or as specified in latest edition of the Uniform Plumbing Code, whichever is greater. An estimate of 9.5 to 11.3 liters (2.5 - 3.0 gallons) of water per meal served can be used to determine the required volume.

4.9.5

Grease removed from the grease trap shall be disposed in an approved sanitary landfill.

46



4.10

Onsite Disposal Systems (Holding Tanks, Septic Tanks and Disposal Fields) 4.10.1 General 4.10.1.1 Onsite disposal systems include holding tanks, septic tanks, absorption beds, seepage pits, and evapotranspiration beds. Onsite disposal systems are only acceptable at locations with less than 30 employees where no connection to a sanitary sewer is available, and the systems are designed per Standard 12 of SAES-A-104. The Manager, EPD, may allow facilities with greater than 30 employees conditional approval for the use of an onsite disposal system on a case-by-case basis. (Any wastewater being trucked off-site for disposal must be treated in an approved wastewater treatment plant). 4.10.1.2 All onsite disposal systems (with the exception of holding tanks) shall be preceded by a septic tank designed in accordance with Standard 12 of SAES-A-104, Wastewater Treatment, Reuse, and Disposal. 4.10.1.3 Septic tanks with disposal to absorption beds or seepage pits are not acceptable in areas where the ground water is within 1.5 meters (5 feet) of the surface. 4.10.1.4 Septic tanks shall be maintained in efficient operating condition by regular removal of accumulated sediment and sludge. 4.10.1.5 Absorption beds, seepage pits, and evapotranspiration beds shall be routinely inspected to ensure proper operation. Any evidence of surface contamination with wastewater must be investigated and the underlying cause corrected immediately. 4.10.1.6 Effluent from septic tanks contains a high level of pathogenic bacteria and shall not be considered safe. Appropriate safety precautions such as the use of protective clothing (e.g., gloves and overalls) shall be used when contact with the tank contents is unavoidable. 4.10.1.7 Roof drains, foundation drains and drainage from other sources producing large intermittent or constant volumes of clear water shall not be piped into the septic tank or absorption area. Such large volumes of water will stir up the contents of the tank and carry some of the solids into the outlet line; the disposal system following the septic tank will likewise become flooded or clogged, and may fail. Drainage from garage floors, or other sources of oily waste, shall also be excluded from the septic tank. 4.10.1.8 Toilet paper substitutes should not be flushed into a septic tank. Paper towels, newspaper, wrapping paper, rags, and sticks may not decompose in the septic tank, and are likely to lead to clogging of the plumbing and disposal system. 4.10.1.9

Adequate venting is obtained through the building plumbing if the septic tank and the plumbing are designed and installed in accordance with SAES-A-104 and SAES-S-060. A separate vent on a septic tank is not necessary.

4.10.1.10 A chart showing the location of the septic tank and disposal system should be placed at a suitable location in the facility served by such a system. The chart should contain brief instructions as to the inspection and maintenance required. The chart should assist in acquainting operators of the necessary maintenance that septic tanks require, thus forestalling

47



failures by assuring satisfactory operation. 4.10.1.11 Abandoned septic tanks shall be filled with earth or rock. 4.10.1.12 Septage and portable toilet wastes shall be disposed of at an approved wastewater treatment system designed as per SAES-A-104. 4.10.1.13 Any facility using off-site disposal of wastewater shall maintain records that can demonstrate that the wastewater shipments were received by the approved wastewater treatment system (Saudi Aramco 9564). 4.10.2 Percolation Tests Percolation tests shall be performed to determine the suitability of the soil for absorption/seepage type systems. Results from the percolation tests shall be used in conjunction with the standards in SAES-A-104, Wastewater Treatment, Reuse, and Disposal to develop the design of the absorption bed or seepage pit. The Manager, EPD, must approve all percolation test procedures and results. Percolation test procedures are as follows: 4.10.2.1 Number and Location of Tests: Six or more tests shall be made in separate test holes spaced uniformly over the proposed soil absorption field. 4.10.2.2 Type of Test Hole: Dig or bore a hole, with horizontal dimensions from 10 to 30 centimeters (4.0 to 12 inches) and vertical side to the depth of the proposed absorption trench. In order to save time, labor, and volume of water required per test, the holes can be bored with a 10 centimeters (4.0 inches) auger. 4.10.2.3 Preparation of Test Hole: Carefully scratch the bottom and sides of the hole with a knife blade or sharp pointed instrument in order to remove any smeared soil surfaces and to provide a natural soil interface into which water may percolate. Remove all loose material from the hole. Add 5.0 centimeters (2.0 inches) of coarse sand or fine gravel to protect the bottom from scouring and sediment. 4.10.2.4 Saturation and Swelling of the Soil: It is important to distinguish between saturation and swelling. Saturation means that the void spaces between soil particles are full of water. This can be accomplished in a short period of time. Swelling is caused by intrusion of water into the individual soil particle. Swelling is a slow process, especially in clay-type soil, and is the reason for requiring a prolonged soaking period. Carefully fill the hole with clear water to a minimum depth of 30 centimeters (12 inches) over the gravel. In most soils, it is necessary to refill the hole by supplying a surplus reservoir of water, possibly by means of an automatic siphon, to keep water in the hole for at lease 4.0 hours and preferably overnight. Determine the percolation rate 24 hours after water is first added to the hole. This procedure is to insure that the soil is given ample opportunity to swell and to approach the condition it will be in during the wettest season of the year. Thus, the test will give comparable results in the same soil, whether made in a dry or in a wet season. In sandy soils containing little or no clay, the swelling procedure is not essential. 4.10.2.5 Percolation-rate measurement: With the exception of sandy soils, percolation-rate measurements shall be made on the day following the procedure described under item 4.10.2.4 above.

48



If water remains in the test hole after the overnight swelling period, adjust the depth to approximately 15 centimeters (6.0 inches) over the gravel. From a fixed reference point measure the drop in water level over a 30minute period. This drop is used to calculate the percolation rate. If no water remains in the hole after the overnight swelling period, add clear water to bring the depth of water in the hole to approximately 15 centimeters (6.0 inches) over the gravel. From a fixed reference point, measure the drop in water level at approximately 30-minute intervals for 4.0 hours, refilling 15 centimeters (6.0 inches) over the gravel as necessary. The drop that occurs during the final 30-minute period is used to calculate the percolation rate. The drops during prior periods provide information for possible modification of the procedure to suit local circumstances. In sandy soils or other soils in which the first 15 centimeters (6.0 inches) of water seeps away in less than 30 minutes, after the overnight swelling period, the time interval between measurements shall be taken as 10 minutes and the test run for one hour. The drop that occurs during the final 10 minutes is used to calculate the percolation rate. 4.10.3 Cleaning of Septic Tanks Septic tanks shall be cleaned before too much sludge or scum is allowed to accumulate. If either the sludge or scum approaches too closely to the bottom of the outlet device, particles will be scoured into the disposal field and will clog the system. Eventually, when this happens, liquid may break through to the ground surface, and the wastewater may back up in the plumbing fixtures. When a disposal field is clogged in this manner, it is not only necessary to clean the tank, but it also may be necessary to construct a new disposal field. 4.10.3.1 There are wide differences in the rate that sludge and scum will accumulate from one system to the next. Tanks should be inspected at least once a year. The depth of sludge and scum should be measured in the vicinity of the outlet baffle. The tank should be cleaned if either: a) the bottom of the scum mat is within approximately 7.5 centimeters (3.0 inches) of the bottom of the outlet device; or b) sludge comes within the limits specified in Table 2. TABLE 2 Allowable Sludge Accumulation Liquid Depth Liquid Capacity Septic Tank

of

75 cm (2.5ft)

90 cm (3.0 ft)

120 cm (4.0 ft)

150 cm (5.0 ft)

Distance From Bottom of Outlet to Top of Sludge

Liters

Gallons

cm

in

cm

in

cm

in

cm

in

2835

750

12.5

5.0

15.0

6.0

25.0

10.0

32.52

13.0

3400

900

10.0

4.0

10.0

4.0

17.5

7.0

25.0

10.0

3780

1000

10.0

4.0

10.0

4.0

15.0

6.0

20.0

8.0

7560

2000

10.0

4.0

10.0

4.0

10.0

4.0

10.0

4.0

4.10.3.2 Scum can be measured with a stick to which a weighted flap has been hinged, or with any other suitable device. The stick is forced through the mat, the hinged flap falls into a horizontal position, and the stick is raised until resistance from the bottom of the scum is felt. 4.10.3.3 A long stick wrapped with rough, white toweling and lowered to the bottom of the tank will show the depth of sludge and the liquid depth of the tank.

49



The stick should be lowered behind the outlet device to avoid scum particles. After several minutes, if the stick is carefully removed, the sludge line can be distinguished by sludge particles adhering to the toweling. 4.10.3.4 Cleaning is usually accomplished by pumping the contents of the tank into a tank truck. Septic tanks should not be washed or disinfected after pumping. A small residual of sludge should be left in the tank for seeding purposes. When a large septic tank is being cleaned, care shall be taken not to enter the tank until it has been thoroughly ventilated and gases have been removed to prevent explosion hazards and asphyxiation of workmen. Preferably, workmen required to enter the tank should wear self-contained breathing apparatus. If not available, a stout rope shall be tied around the workman's chest under his armpits, with the other end held above ground by another person(s) strong enough to pull him out if any gas remaining in the tank should overcome him. 4.10.3.5 The material removed may be buried in an approved sanitary landfill or, with permission of the proper authority, emptied into a sanitary sewer system. Sludge should never be emptied into storm drains or discharged directly into any stream or watercourse. Waste shipments shall be manifested to the disposal location as per Standard 6.0 of GI 430.001. 4.10.4 Holding Tanks 4.10.4.1 Holding tanks for wastewater may only be used by facilities with less than 30 employees and no connection to a sanitary sewer is available. The Manager, EPD, must approve design drawings and specifications of holding tanks. 4.10.4.2 Holding tanks must be pumped out at intervals of sufficient frequency to prevent overflow of the contents onto the ground adjacent to the tank. A designated representative of a camp or facility served by the tank must maintain a written record of these pumping intervals to ensure this requirement is met. 410.4.3

Any holding tanks which have overflowed, or otherwise have created an odor or public health nuisance, must be immediately reported to EPD.

4.10.4.4 Contents removed from holding tanks must be disposed of in an approved septage receiving facility or other approved wastewater treatment facility. The disposal contractor must provide, when requested by EPD, proof of proper disposal by submission of the Waste Manifest Form (Saudi Aramco 9564) as a requirement for continuing to provide waste disposal service at Saudi Aramco facilities 4.11

Operation and Maintenance of Sanitary Wastewater Treatment Plants All wastewater treatment plants shall be operated and maintained in manner that: (1) risks to public health and the environment are minimized, and (2) all applicable standards are achieved. Note: that the following Section is not intended to replace a detailed operations and maintenance manual. In all cases, the original equipment manufacturer’s operation and maintenance instructions should be followed. 4.11.1 Operation and Maintenance Manuals: All plants shall provide and maintain Operation and Maintenance manuals at the site. All new plants shall submit Operation and Maintenance manuals to the Manager, EPD, for review and approval. The degree of complexity of the operation and maintenance manual shall be as required by the complexity of the wastewater treatment system. A suggested table of

50



contents for operation and maintenance manuals follows: • Description of Process • Description of Facilities • Operation and Control • Laboratory Testing • Records • Preventive Maintenance Program • References 4.11.2 No wastewater may be disposed of to the marine environment if it does not meet the MEPA discharge requirements in Table 3 of these instructions. Discharges to evaporation ponds and other approved discharge locations must meet Table 3 of these instructions; however, the Manager, EPD, may waive specific discharge requirements on a case-by-case basis. No desert dumping of wastewater is permitted. 4.11.3 Record keeping: The maintenance of good records is essential to the efficient and orderly operation of any treatment plant. Only by maintaining clear and concise records of operation will past experiences be of assistance in guiding future operations. Sanitary wastewater treatment plants shall be sampled per the instructions shown on Table 5 of this document. 4.11.3.1 At a minimum, the records should include the daily operators log, laboratory reports, and maintenance activities. The daily operating log should note any unusual conditions, routine operational and maintenance activities, etc. 4.11.3.2 Sanitary wastewater treatment facilities shall maintain daily records of influent and effluent flow rates to aid staff in ensuring that design flow rates are not exceeded and to warn of possible process upsets. 4.11.4 Wastes discharged shall at no time contain substances in concentrations toxic to human, animal, plant or fish life. The wastes discharged shall not contain phenols, cresols, or any other substances in concentration sufficient to impart objectionable tastes, odors, or foaming to usable waters. 4.11.5 Disinfection: All wastewater treatment plants which discharge effluent or reuse effluent on land must provide disinfection to achieve the required bacteriological effluent water quality requirements as identified in sub-section 6 of this Code Section 4.11.5.1 Chlorination facilities shall be operated to provide an effluent total residual chlorine concentration of at least 1.0 mg/L (1.0 ppm) after a contact time of at least 30 minutes at peak hourly flow. The operator for all wastewater treatment plants shall maintain daily records of total effluent chlorine residual levels. 4.11.5.2 Other disinfection processes require approval of the Manager ,EPD. Where other processes are proposed, the design report shall include evidence of successful disinfection under similar conditions. 4.11.6 Removal, Handling And Storage of Screenings and Grit 4.11.6.1 Screenings and grit shall be wasted, dried, and disposed of in a landfill approved by the Manager, EPD.

51



4.11.6.2 Screenings and grit that are temporarily stored on the premises shall be bagged or stored in covered containers. 4.11.6.3 Handling of screenings and grit should only be performed with appropriate protective clothing such as gloves and coveralls. 4.11.6.4 Routinely monitor equipment such as traveling bar screens, comminutors, etc. for proper operation. Lubricate all equipment as recommended by the original equipment manufacturer. 4.11.7 Waste Facultative Ponds 4.11.7.1 Facultative ponds shall be maintained to eliminate weeds, floating grease, floating mats of algae and scum, etc. These materials provide harborage for insects, which can act as disease vectors. Breeding insects in the ponds can be treated with an appropriate pesticide such as Abate. Weeds can be manually removed from the dike areas or carefully sprayed with an herbicide taking care not to poison the pond. Floating materials can be removed by vacuum truck and disposed of at an approved landfill. 4.11.7.2 A minimum of 0.75 to 1.0 meter (2.5 - 3.0 feet) water depth should be maintained in ponds to prevent rooting of plants and minimize odors. 4.11.7.3 Odors resulting from temporary overloading of a pond system may be able to be mitigated by the addition of sodium nitrate in quantities of 11.2 grams per cubic meter (100 pound per acre). The sodium nitrate should be spread evenly across the lagoon. 4.11.7.4 Routine maintenance for permanent facultative ponds requires periodic removals of accumulated solids, removal of floating materials, correction of bank erosion, and routine clearing of shrubs and grasses from the dike area. The Manager, EPD, shall approve disposal of dredged solids. Protective clothing such as gloves and coveralls should be worn when working with wastewater or sludge. 4.11.8 Activated Sludge Treatment Process 4.11.8.1 A well operated activated sludge system will generally be brown in color and should have an "earthy" odor. 4.11.8.2 Maintain at least 2.0 mg/L (2.0 ppm) of dissolved oxygen under all conditions of loading in all parts of the aeration tanks except immediately beyond the inlet. Monitor the aeration basin dissolved oxygen level daily. A dark blackish color may indicate an anaerobic condition caused by low air. Increase the air to maintain the dissolved oxygen in the appropriate range. 4.11.8.3 Maintain sufficient velocity of movement and turbulence to bring sludge particles into intimate contact with all portions of the wastewater and to prevent deposition of solids on the tank bottom. 4.11.8.4 Inspect aeration system frequently to ensure the proper operation of blowers or mechanical aerators. Clean blower air filters regularly. Routinely check belt tensioning and alignment. Check equipment oil levels routinely and lubricate equipment as recommended by the original equipment manufacturer. Perform all other preventive maintenance as recommended by the original equipment manufacturer. 4.11.8.5 Monitor the aeration basin total suspended solids levels daily through

52



either laboratory determination of total suspended solids, through monitoring the 30 minute settled sludge volume in a one liter graduated cylinder, or with the sludge volume index (SVI). A good operating rule of thumb is to maintain enough sludge in the aeration system to record 300500 mL for the 30-minute settled sludge volume with adjustment as necessary to cope with process upsets, presence of filamentous organisms, and other variations on a plant-by-plant basis. 4.11.8.6 Clean floating sludge and scum from the clarifier surface daily. Floating sludge can normally be forced to settle with a water spray. Scum may have to be removed manually with a net or other skimming device. Any materials removed from the surface should be placed in the plant digester or on drying beds for dewatering with ultimate disposal to an approved landfill. Check the functioning of the return sludge system to ensure it is functioning correctly. Take corrective action as required. Routinely check oil levels of the equipment and perform preventive maintenance as recommended by the original equipment manufacturer. 4.11.9 Rotating Biological Contactors (RBC): A rotating biological contactor consists of a series of closely spaced circular disks of polystyrene or polyvinyl chloride. The disks are partially submerged in wastewater and rotated slowly through it. All RBC’s must be preceded by preliminary treatment to remove rags and other trash and primary treatment for the removal of solids and oils and greases. 4.11.9.1 Maintain preliminary and primary treatment units in good working order. 4.11.9.2 Observe and record the appearance of the biomass routinely. Note any unusual changes in the appearance of the biomass. 4.11.9.3 Monitor and record the dissolved oxygen concentration in the first stage routinely. Dissolved oxygen concentrations below 0.5 mg/L (0.5 ppm) in the first stage are an indicator that the facilities are overloaded. 4.11.9.4 Routinely perform all preventive maintenance as recommended by the original equipment manufacturer. Monitor the temperature of the contactor shaft bearings. Listen for unusual noises from all rotating equipment. Check lubricant levels in all rotating equipment. Ensure chain drives are well lubricated. Check belt drives for alignment and tensioning. 4.11.9.5 Clean floating sludge and scum from the clarifier surface daily. Floating sludge can normally be forced to settle with a water spray. Scum may have to be removed manually with a net or other skimming device. Any materials removed from the surface should be placed in the plant digester or on drying beds for dewatering with ultimate disposal to an approved landfill. Routinely check oil levels of the equipment and perform preventive maintenance as recommended by the original equipment manufacturer. 4.11.10 Aerobic Sludge Digestion: All sludge shall be stabilized prior to dewatering. A well digested sludge will drain rapidly, dry faster, and will not generate an obnoxious odor. Operation and maintenance of aerobic sludge digestors is similar to operation of activated sludge systems. 4.11.10.1 Ensure adequate and even distribution of air to provide oxygen for solids digestion and for solids mixing.

4.11.10.2 Maintain a minimum of 1.0 mg/L (1.0 ppm) dissolved oxygen in the digester.

53



4.11.10.3 Concentrate digested sludge by turning off the air for approximately 4.0 hours prior to decanting supernatant back to the wastewater treatment system. 4.11.10.4 Ensure proper operation of upstream oil and grease removal equipment such as grease traps. Excessive levels of oil and grease levels in the wastewater can cause problems in the aerobic digester and in sludge drying beds. Oil and grease are oxidized slowly and can be concentrated in the digester. Too much oil and grease in digested sludge results in a sludge with poor dewatering characteristics and which is likely to generate odors as it dries. 4.11.11 Sludge Drying Beds: - Normal Operating Procedures: Sludge drying beds are a relatively simple method of sludge dewatering. Sludge dewatering is required prior to final disposal of digested sludge to an approved sanitary landfill. 4.11.11.1Start flow of liquid sludge into bed. Stop flow when the liquid is approximately 20 to 30 centimeters (8 to 12 inches) deep through out the bed. Do not apply new sludge on top of a layer of dry sludge. 4.11.11.2 Inspect the beds every few days noting any odors or insect problems. Remove any weed growth. 4.11.11.3 When sludge is dry (normally up to three weeks depending on weather and depth of sludge) remove the sludge taking care not to damage the sand and gravel layers. Remove as little sand with the sludge as possible. Sludge can be removed by shovel or forks at a moisture content of 60 to 70 percent, but if it is allowed to dry to 40 percent moisture, it will weigh only half as much and is still easy to handle. If the sludge gets too dry (10 to 20 percent moisture) it will be dusty and will be difficult to remove because it will crumble as it is removed. 4.11.11.4 After the sludge is removed, inspect the bed, rake the surface of the sand to level it and to remove any debris, and add make up sand if necessary. The bed is ready for the next application of sludge. 4.11.11.5 All sludge beds produce some odor when in operation; however, obnoxious odors are generally not a problem unless the sludge being dewatered is insufficiently stabilized or there are excessive levels of oil and grease in the system. Odor control should begin at the source. Inspect the digester to ensure a minimum dissolved oxygen concentration of 1.0 mg/L (1.0 ppm). Increase the aeration if necessary. Inspect the system for signs of excessive oil and grease such as grease balls in the aeration basin and ashing (small gray floating globules of grease) in the secondary clarifier. If grease is a problem, eliminate the source of oil and grease. If operational constraints prevent the elimination of the odors at the source, chemical masking agents may be sprayed at the sludge beds or the pH of the digester contents can be raised to 12 for three hours prior to disposal to the beds. Raising the pH to 12 with sodium hydroxide or hydrated lime should inhibit the biological reactions, which are responsible for producing the odors. 4.11.11.6 Flies may be a problem in certain areas and seasons and shall be controlled by destruction of breeding and use of traps and poisons. The fly may be controlled most effectively in the larva stage. Borax or calcium borate applied to the surface of the sludge will kill the larvae. Neither chemical is dangerous to man or to domestic animals. These chemicals

54



can be sprinkled on the sludge, especially in the cracks of the drying cake. Other chemicals sometimes used are chloride of lime and sulfate of iron. The adult fly can be killed by spraying. Fly trapping is particularly suited for outdoor conditions. A satisfactory form of trap consists of a conical, gauzecovered structure leading into a larger space in which poisoned bait is placed. 4.12

Safety 4.12.1 General: 4.12.1.1 Adequate provision must be made to protect operators and visitors from hazards. A brief outline of some of the major safety considerations is given below. Contact the Loss Prevention Department regarding detailed requirements for gas piping, and safety features of chlorine installations. See also SAES-A-104, Wastewater Treatment, Reuse, and Disposal. 4.12.1.2. Wastewater discharges must be disinfected to meet the discharge standards as shown in MEPA, SAES-A-l03, SAES-A-104 and this document, as applicable. The hazards of disinfectants must be considered in the design. 4.12.1.3 Chlorination: Chlorination facilities shall be designed to provide at least 30 minutes at peak hourly flow. The contact structure may be a tank or a combination of tank and out fall sewer. The structure must be baffled to prevent short-circuiting. The chlorine feed equipment shall be oversized to meet emergency situations. Where other disinfection processes are proposed, the design report shall include evidence of successful disinfection under similar conditions. 4.12.2 Gas Chlorination Facilities 4.12.2.1 Detailed safety handling, storage instructions and procedures shall be included in all operation and maintenance manuals for plants using chlorine gas. 4.12.2.2 A chlorine gas detection system with alarm shall be provided in the vicinity of the gas storage cylinders. 4.12.2.3 A leakage test kit, consisting of ammonia, water and swab, or other acceptable chlorine detector, shall be provided in a clearly marked location. 4.12.2.4 At least one self contained, air type, breathing apparatus which provides a 30 minute air supply, such as manufactured by Scott Aviation Company, shall be provided and hung in a conspicuous place outside the chlorination room. Larger installations must also have several canister-type masks. Air packs shall be inspected regularly to ensure proper functioning. 4.12.2.5 A mechanism for flushing the eyes with potable water shall be in close proximity to the chlorination facility. Operation of the eyewash shall be by means of a push bar. 4.12.2.6 Gas chlorine cylinders shall be shielded from direct sunlight or from o o overheating above 60 C (140 F) from any source, either while in storage or in use. 4.12.2.7 Safety chains must be provided to hold the cylinders securely upright, both on the scales and in storage areas.

55



4.12.2.8 Leak repair kits shall be provided for the type of gas cylinder used. Kits are available for 100 and 150 pound cylinders, one-ton cylinders, and tank cars. 4.12.2.9 Operator training shall be provided annually in the proper response actions to be followed in the event of an accidental chlorine leak. 4.12.2.10 Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs) or Chemical Hazard Bulletins (CHBs) shall be posted in a conspicuous location. 4.12.2.11 A separate house or room at or above ground level must be provided exclusively for chlorination purposes. If the chlorination space is a part of a larger building, the door of the chlorination area must open to the outside of the building and must be outward-opening. The door shall have a 30 by 30 centimeters (12 by 12 inches) “one-light” window to allow observance of conditions in the room prior to entering. 4.12.2.12 Sufficient ventilation shall be provided to allow one complete air change in the chlorination room every two minutes. The exhaust duct must take in air for exhausting within 30 centimeters (12 inches) of the floor level. A louvered fresh air intake must be provided to serve as a make-up air supply when the exhaust fan is operating. This intake shall be located in the ceiling or near ceiling level. The exhaust fan must be wired to automatically activate when the light is turned to the “ON” position. The light switch shall be located outside the room. As an additional safety factor, a pressure-type switch shall be located in the door to the chlorination room, which shall activate the exhaust fan automatically when the door is opened in case the operator fails to turn on the light switch. The exhaust outlet shall be directed away from the fresh air intake and away from other occupied areas. 4.12.3 Hypochlorination Systems 4.12.3.1 Detailed safety handling, storage instructions and procedures shall be included in all operation and maintenance manuals. 4.12.3.2 A safety shower with an eye wash mechanism for flushing the eyes with potable water shall be located in close proximity to the dosing facility. Operation of the eyewash shall be by means of a push bar. 4.12.3.3 Calcium hypochlorite and sodium hypochlorite are strong oxidants and must be stored safely in a cool and dry location. 4.12.3.4 Operator training shall be provided annually in the proper response actions to be followed in the event of an accidental hypochlorite spill. 4.12.3.5 Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs) or Chemical Hazard Bulletins (CHBs) shall be posted in a conspicuous location. 4.12.4 Lifesaving Buoys and Rescue Poles shall be provided adjacent to large bodies of wastewater. 4.12.5 Sanitary Facilities and Personal Hygiene: 4.12.5.1 Sanitary facilities shall be provided at all manned wastewater treatment plants per Section SASC-S-12 ‘Places of employment’. Ensure that:

•

Toilet facilities are clean and in good repair.

56



• •

Hand washing and shower facilities are clean and in good repair. For permanent plants with design flows greater than 1000 cubic meters per day (264,000 gpd), a separate changing/locker room or enclosure is provided and that it is kept clean and in good repair.

4.12.5.2 Employees at wastewater plants shall wear clean protective overalls, footwear and gloves as necessary. Employees must wash their hands regularly, particularly before smoking or eating.

5

SANITARY WASTEWATER EFFLUENT DISCHARGE & REUSE REQUIREMENTS 5.1

General Requirements 5.1.1

Toxic Wastes: The wastes discharged shall at no time contain substances in concentrations toxic to human, animal, plant or fish life.

5.1.2

Objectionable Wastes: The wastes discharged shall not contain phenols, cresols, or any other substances in concentration sufficient to impart objectionable tastes, odors, or foaming to usable waters.

5.1.3

Maximum Allowable Limits: The minimum effluent quality standards for sanitary wastewater discharges are presented in Table 3 (or the most recent revision of Meteorology and Environmental Protection Administration standards or the standards of the Yanbu or Jubail Royal Commission, depending upon the location of the discharge). Additional requirements for effluent reuse are presented in sub-section 5.2. EPD will monitor these standards on a monthly or quarterly basis, through effluent sample collection and analysis.

5.1.4

Discharges of untreated wastewater to the land are not permitted. Discharges of treated wastewater to the land require written approval from the Manager, EPD.

5.1.5

The Table 3 limits do not apply to wastewater treatment systems which discharge to properly designed, lined evaporation ponds and to onsite wastewater treatment systems. All exceptions to Table 3 requirements must receive approval from the Manager, EPD.

5.1.6

Sanitary sewage from offshore facilities that is discharged more than 4 nautical miles from shore does not need to meet Table 3 requirements; it shall be comminuted and disinfected prior to discharge.

57



TABLE 3 (1) - Effluent Discharge Limitations

Pollutant

(2)

MEPA Limit

Physical -Chemical Pollutants Floatable None pH Units 6-9 Total Suspended Solids (TSS) 15 mg/L (5) Temperature (6) Turbidity 75 NTU Dissolved Oxygen Salinity -

Jubail Royal (3) Commission Limit Monthly Maximum Mean

Yanbu Royal (4) Commission Limit Monthly Maximum Mean

None 6-9

None 6-9

None 6-9

25 mg/L +10°C 75 NTU 2.0 mg/L min. -

10 mg/L 50 NTU -

15 mg/L

8 mg/L

(5)

(5)

15 NTU 4 mg/L min. + 2 ppt

8 NTU 5 mg/L min. + 1 ppt

None 6-9

Non-Organic Pollutants Aluminum Ammonia (as N) Arsenic Barium Cadmium (7) Chlorine (residual) Chromium (total) Cobalt Copper Cyanide Fluoride Lead Manganese Mercury Nickel Phosphates (7) (total, as P) Sulfide Zinc

mg/L (30 day mean) 1.0 0.1 0.02 0.5 0.1 0.2 0.05 0.1 0.001 0.2 1.0

mg/L

mg/L

mg/L

mg/L

25 3 0.5 2.0 0.05 2.0 1.0 2.0 0.5 0.1 25 0.5 1.0 0.005 0.5 2

15 1 0.1 1.0 0.01 0.5 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.05 15 0.1 0.2 0.001 0.2 1

25 3 0.5 2 0.05 0.3 1 2 0.5 0.1 25 0.5 1 0.005 0.5 2.0

15 1 0.1 1 0.01 <0.2 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.05 15 0.1 0.2 0.001 0.2 1.0

1.0

0.1 5.0

0.05 2.0

0.1 5

0.05 1

Organic Pollutants Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD5) Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) Total Organic Carbon (TOC) Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (TKN) Total Chlorinated Hydrocarbons (8) Oil & Grease Phenols Biological Pollutants

mg/L

mg/L

mg/L

mg/L

mg/L

25

50

25

30

15

150

350

150

200

75

50

150

50

150

50

5

10

5

5

2.5

0.1 8 0.1

15 1.0

8 0.1

0.5 10 0.5

2.5 8 0.1

MPN/100 mL 2400

MPN/100 mL 1000

MPN/100 mL 2400

MPN/100 mL 1000

Total Coliform

(9)

MPN/100 mL 1000 (30-day geometric mean)

Notes: (1) Royal Commission Standards shall apply to Saudi Aramco facilities within the Royal Commission jurisdictions. SAES-A-103, Appendices I and II for Royal Commission boundary maps. (2) See SAES-A-103, Table B for analytical methods. (3) Limits taken from Engineering Manual, Jubail Royal Commission, 1988.

58


See


(4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)

Limits taken from Environmental Protection Manual, Royal Commission for Jubail and Yanbu/Yanbu Project, Madinat Yanbu Al-Sinaiyah, 1991. To be determined on a case-by-case basis. Nephelometric Turbidity Units. Also to be determined on a case-by case basis in areas deemed by EED to be biologically sensitive. Not applicable for wastewater reuse applications or discharge into evaporation ponds. For Jubail R.C. area, this value should read Phosphorus reported as total P Not to exceed 15 mg/L in any individual discharge. Most probable number

5.1.7

Reuse of treated effluent requires written approval of the Manager, EPD.

5.1.8

Appropriate advisory signs in Arabic and English shall be permanently posted at all reclaimed wastewater surface impoundments, storage tanks, irrigation areas, reclaimed water outlets, etc.

5.1.9

All reclaimed wastewater lines and appurtenances shall be clearly marked as such.

5.1.10 To preclude interchange of hoses on potable and reclaimed water lines, where hose bibs are present on potable and reclaimed water lines, different size hose bibs shall be used. 5.1.11 Any potable water service connection shall be separated by an air gap of at least 15 cm (6 inches) and shall be approved by the Manager, EPD. 5.1.12 Tanker trucks used to haul reclaimed wastewater shall be clearly marked in Arabic and English that the water is sewage effluent and is unsafe for drinking or washing. 5.1.13 Reclaimed wastewater shall not be ponded without the written approval of the Manager, EPD, and other concerned Departments. 5.1.14 Irrigation of areas with unrestricted access to the public shall only be irrigated when the facilities would not be in use by the public, such as between 9 PM and 6 AM. 5.2

Requirements Applicable to Marine Discharges of Sanitary Wastewater Each installation shall be reviewed by EPD and other concerned organizations to determine the need for more restrictive discharge requirements than those specified in Table 3. This analysis will be based upon proximity to recreational waters or shellfish beds, quantity and quality of effluent to be discharged, depth of receiving waters, and distance from shoreline. These regulations apply to all installations discharging sanitary wastewater effluent into marine environments. Sanitary wastewater discharges shall be in accordance with the requirements of Table 3 and SAES-A-103, Marine Wastewater Discharge Standard and the most recent MEPA Environmental Protection Standards, and/or Standards of the Royal Commission. 5.2.1

Bacteriological Objectives for Recreational Waters: Recreational areas are marine areas specifically designated by Saudi Aramco or other authorities for water contact sports (swimming, diving, etc.) or other areas used for such purpose by the general public. Within these areas the following bacteriological objectives shall be maintained throughout the water column: Samples of water from each sampling station shall have a most probable number of coliform organisms less than l, 000 per 100 milliliters (10 per milliliter) provided that no more than 20 percent of the samples at any sampling station in any 30 day period exceed 1,000 per 100 milliliters (10 per milliliter), and provided further that no single sample, when verified by a repeat sample taken within 48 hours, shall exceed 10,000 per 100 milliliters (100 per milliliter).

5.2.2

Bacteriological Objectives for Shellfish Areas: At all areas where shellfish may be harvested for human consumption, the following bacteriological objectives shall be

59



maintained throughout the water column: The median total coliform concentration shall not exceed 70 per 100 milliliters, and not more than 10 percent of the samples shall exceed 230 per 100 milliliters. 5.2.3

Physical and Chemical Objectives for Water: The minimum effluent quality requirements for marine discharges of treated sanitary wastewater are listed in Table 3. In cases of conflict between SASC-S-02 and any other recognized Standard (MEPA, Royal Commission, SAES-A-103), the most restrictive standard shall apply.

5.2.4

Principles for Management of Wastewater Discharges to Marine Environments: Wastewater management systems that discharge into the marine environments must be designed and operated in a manner that shall maintain the indigenous marine life and preserve a healthy and diverse marine community. 5.2.4.1

Dilution: Outfalls and diffusion systems must be designed to achieve rapid initial dilution and effective dispersion to minimize concentrations of substances not removed by treatment.

5.2.4.2

Location of Discharges: The discharge locations must be determined after a detailed assessment of the oceanographic and biological characteristics of the location to assure that:

• • •

5.3

Pathogenic organisms and viruses are not present in areas where shellfish are harvested for human consumption or in areas used for swimming or other body-contact sports. Natural water quality conditions are not altered in areas designated as being of special biological significance. Maximum protection is provided to the marine environment.

5.2.4.3

Areas of Special Biological Significance: Waste shall be discharged a sufficient distance and depth from areas designated as being of special biological significance to assure maintenance of natural water quality conditions in those areas.

5.2.4.4

Sludge: The discharge of municipal and industrial waste sludge or digester supernatant directly to the ocean without further treatment, is prohibited.

5.2.4.5

Bypassing: The bypassing of untreated waste to the sea is prohibited.

5.2.4.6

Sewer Outfalls: Body-contact sports or the harvesting of shellfish shall not be allowed in the vicinity of a sewer outfall. The restricted area shall be determined after extensive bacteriological and/or viral studies have been completed and reviewed by EPD.

Requirements Applicable to No-Discharge Systems for Sanitary Wastewater Wastewater discharged to lined evaporation ponds shall receive primary treatment in a facultative stabilization pond at a minimum and may be exempt from meeting some of the effluent quality requirements given in Table 3 of this sub-section. Exceptions to the Table I requirements may be granted on a case-by-case basis by the Manager, EPD. Wastewater treated in an existing sanitary wastewater treatment plant prior to discharge to the pond shall receive a minimum of secondary treatment. Stabilization pond sizing shall be per the requirements of SAES-A-104. The public health impacts of other methods of disposal will be evaluated on a case-specific basis.

60



5.4

Reuse of Treated Wastewater 5.4.1

5.4.2

General 5.4.1.1

All sanitary wastewater reuse applications must be designed and installed as per SAES-A-104, Standard 13.

5.4.1.2

Reuse of treated effluent requires written approval of the Manager, EPD.

Reuse of Treated Wastewater within Family Communities 5.4.2.1

Reuse practice within Saudi Aramco family communities includes spraybubbler and drip irrigation of unrestricted areas such as parks, playgrounds and landscape shrubbery and spray irrigation of restricted areas (spray fields).

5.4.2.2

All wastewater to be used for irrigation in unrestricted areas shall be a welloxidized, tertiary treated effluent. Tertiary treatment shall mean effluent from a secondary treatment plant such as activated sludge, which has subsequently been coagulated, clarified, filtered and disinfected.

5.4.2.3

All wastewater to be used for irrigation in restricted areas shall be a well oxidized, filtered, disinfected effluent. All restricted areas shall be provided with a Saudi Aramco Type V security fence with lockable gates. A minimum buffer zone of 2 times the diameter of the largest spray irrigation pattern shall be provided between the nearest spray gun and the perimeter fence.

5.4.2.4

Bacteriological and Viral Quality: The total coliforms as determined by the Multiple Tube Fermentation Method (MPN) shall normally be less than 2.2 colonies per 100 ml. sample and shall not exceed 23 colonies per 100 ml. on any individual grab sample. Effluent to be reused for irrigation in unrestricted areas shall be free from enteric viruses. Facility effluent will be sampled and analyzed on a random basis, at the discretion of EPD, to ensure compliance with the enteric virus standard.

5.4.2.5

Residual Chlorine Concentration: A total chlorine residual of at least 0.50 mg/L (0.5 ppm) shall be maintained in all parts of the irrigation system at all times.

5.4.2.6

Effluent Water Quality For Unrestricted Areas: Effluent to be reused, as irrigation water in unrestricted areas shall meet the requirements in subsection 5.1.3 except as noted below: • BOD5 < 10 mg/L • TSS < 5 mg/L • Turbidity < 2.5 NTU 30 Day Avg/ 5.0 NTU Maximum Daily

5.4.2.7

Effluent Water Quality For Restricted Areas: Effluent to be reused as irrigation water in restricted, spray irrigation areas, shall meet the requirements of sub-section 5.1.3 except as noted below:

• • •

BOD5 < 20 mg/L TSS < 15 mg/L Turbidity < 10 NTU 30 - Day Avg/ 15 NTU Maximum Daily

61



5.4.2.8

Special Effluent Monitoring Requirements: Wastewater treatment plants producing effluent to be reused within family communities shall be equipped with a continuous recording turbidimeter and a continuous recording residual chlorine analyzer. Minimum effluent monitoring frequencies for other parameters are as indicated in Table 4. Records for turbidity and residual chlorine shall be provided upon request to EPD. Records for other parameters shall be available for review at the treatment plant.

TABLE 4 Minimum Monitoring Requirements for Facilities Producing Reclaimed Wastewater in Family and Non-Family Communities Parameter Frequency

5.4.3

6

Effluent BOD

3 x / Week

Effluent COD

1 x / Week

Effluent TSS

Daily

Effluent TKN

1 x / Week

Effluent NH3

1x / Week

Reuse of Treated Wastewater in Non-Family Communities, Camps and Industrial Areas 5.4.3.1

These requirements apply to the reuse of wastewater for irrigation of landscape shrubbery, plants, grasses, and trees within all non-family, residential and industrial areas and camps.

5.4.3.2

All wastewater to be used for irrigation in work camps and non-family communities and other restricted areas shall be a well-oxidized, tertiary treated effluent as described in sub-section 5.4.2 of this Code Section.

5.4.3.3

Bacteriological and Viral Quality: The total coliforms as determined by the Multiple Tube Fermentation Method (MPN) shall normally be less than 2.2 colonies per 100 ml. sample and shall not exceed 23 colonies per 100 ml. on any individual grab sample. Effluent to be reused for irrigation in non-family communities, work camps and industrial areas shall be free from enteric viruses. Facility effluent will be sampled and analyzed on a random basis, at the discretion of EPD, to ensure compliance with the enteric virus standard.

5.4.3.4

Residual Chlorine Concentration: A total chlorine residual of at least 0.50 mg/L (0.5 ppm) shall be maintained in all parts of the irrigation system at all times.

5.4.3.5

Effluent Water Quality: Effluent to be reused as irrigation water in unrestricted areas in non family camps and industrial areas shall meet the requirements in Table 3 except as noted below: • BOD5 < 10 mg/L Maximum Day • TSS < 15 mg/L Maximum Day • Turbidity < 10 NTU Maximum

DISPOSAL / REUSE OF SANITARY WASTEWATER SLUDGE & ASSOCIATED WASTES 6.1

Sanitary Wastewater - Sludge 6.1.1

Sanitary wastewater sludge shall be stabilized (aerobic digestion) prior to drying in

62



sludge drying beds. Dried sludge shall be disposed in an approved sanitary landfill designed as per SAES-S-007 and operated as per SASC-S-03. 6.1.2

6.2

Because of the nature and public health risks of the material, dried sludge from wastewater treatment plants may only be reused with the specific written permission of EPD. Each application shall be reviewed on an individual basis. The following regulations shall apply, if permission is granted. 6.1.2.1

The sludge must be well mixed with sand at the time of using.

6.1.2.2 6.1.2.3

There must be a cover layer of 12 to 18 centimeters (4.8 to 7.2 inches) of sand over the mixed sludge. The sludge must not be stored where it is readily accessible to the public.

6.1.2.4

The sludge must not be stockpiled for periods of more than 24 hours.

6.1.2.5

Persons handling sludge shall wash their hands frequently, particularly before smoking or eating.

6.1.2.6

Liaison with wastewater works supervisors on points and times of collection of the sludge must be undertaken.

Sanitary Wastewater - Grit & Screenings Screenings and grit shall be washed, dried, bagged (or stored in a covered container) and disposed in an approved sanitary landfill designed as per SAES-S-007.

6.3

Sanitary Wastewater - Oil & Grease Oil & Grease collected in a sanitary wastewater treatment system shall be disposed in an approved landfill designed as per SAES-S-007.

6.4

Septage / Portable Toilet Waste Septage and portable toilet wastes shall be disposed at an approved wastewater treatment system.

7

PUBLIC TOILETS 7.1

Permanent Public Toilets The plumbing fixtures, piping, and the required number of fixtures shall be in accordance with SAES-S-060. The building shall be fly-tight, easily cleanable, with the floors sloped to the drain. Plugged toilets, wash basins, and defective flush tanks shall be immediately serviced and maintained in good operating condition at all times. The facilities shall be cleaned daily or as often as necessary.

7.2

Temporary Public Toilets 7.2.1

Temporary public toilets (temporary hammams) shall be used for a period not exceeding 90 days. After that time period a water carriage disposal system shall be installed unless the Manager, EPD, authorizes a waiver of the time period in writing.

7.2.2

The only type of temporary public toilet that will be considered for use is the purposebuilt, portable chemical toilet that is provided by a contractor who specializes in the maintenance and services of portable chemical toilets. Depending on the circumstances, the Manager, EPD, may approve the use of portable chemical toilets

63



owned by Saudi Aramco if the toilets will be maintained and serviced by a contractor who has the specialized equipment and trained personnel required to perform the work in a safe and sanitary manner. 7.2.2.1 Purpose-built, portable chemical toilets shall be designed and constructed such that the enclosure is structurally safe, screened, has easily cleanable floors and walls, and is adequately ventilated. The walls, floors and all fittings shall be made of nonabsorbent, smooth, easily cleanable materials, such as fiberglass or stainless steel. 7.2.2.2 Purpose-built, portable chemical toilets shall be thoroughly cleaned at least once daily. The holding tank shall be emptied and serviced at least once weekly, or as often as is necessary to ensure that the capacity of the tank is never exceeded. 7.2.3

8

In emergency situations in remote locations (i.e. major pipeline leak requiring a large number of employees in a remote area), EPD may approve the use of properly constructed and operated field-type toilets until proper portable toilets can be delivered to the site.

INDUSTRIAL WASTE / WASTEWATER TREATMENT & DISPOSAL 8.1

General 8.1.1 All industrial Wastewater Treatment Plants shall be operated in accordance with the latest approved industrial standards related to the facility. This Section applies to wastewater disposal systems that discharge to ponds, injection wells and marine waters. Wastewater disposal to absorption trenches, seepage pits and evapotranspiration wastewater disposal fields are covered in sub-section 4.3. The Manager, EPD, shall approve any discharge of wastewater to ponds or marine waters. The Manager, EPD, with concurrence of the Chief Hydrologist; General Supervisor, Facilities & Projects, PE&FOD; shall approve any discharge of wastewater to injection wells. Industrial wastewater treatment plants shall be sampled per the instructions shown on Table 5 of this document. 8.1.2 Industrial wastewater shall be treated in a process that will achieve the discharge limits shown in Table 3 of this document. 8.1.3 No discharge of an oil-based drilling fluid is allowed. Other discharges shall comply with Table 3 requirements except as allowed in SAES-A-103.

64



TABLE 5. Wastewater monitoring frequency Seawater Parameter Gas Plant Treatment Discharges Plant Discharges Flow rate D Temperature D D Turbidity D pH D D O&G M TSS M M BOD M COD M TOC M M TKN M Phenols M NH3N M C12 M Cadmium Chromium Copper Lead Zinc Sulfite PO4-P Total Coliform M

Refinery Discharges

Terminal Discharges

D D D D D M M M M M M

D D D D D M M M M M M

M M M M M M

M M M M M M

M

M

Cooling Water Discharges D D

Sanitary Discharges D M

D W

M

M Y Y Y Y Y

M M M M M M M M

M M

8.1.4

Exceptions to the Table 3 requirements may be granted on a case-by-case basis for industrial wastewater that is discharged into an evaporation pond that meets the design requirements of Standard 14.2 of SAES-A-104.

8.1.5

Wastewater disposal to an injection well must be approved on a case-bycase basis. EPD shall be contacted for guidance on the actions necessary to obtain approval.

8.1.6

Off-site disposal of industrial wastewater must be approved. It shall be transported and treated by an approved carrier and facility, respectively. Manifest records shall be kept to assure that the waste arrives at the intended waste disposal facilities. Discharges to the land are not permitted unless written approval is obtained.

8.1.7 8.1.8

Industrial wastewater shall not be discharged into a sanitary sewer system without prior approval.

8.1.9 The discharge of untreated wastewater is prohibited, except for high TDS wastewater meeting Table 1 of SAES-A-104 requirements, hydrotest water disposed of per GI-432.000, and injected wastewater when approved by the appropriate organizations. 8.1.10 Dilution of a wastewater discharge shall not be used to meet effluent discharge limitations.

65



8.2

Hydrotest Water

8.3

SAEP-327, “Disposal of Wastewater from Cleaning, Flushing, and Hydrostatic Tests” controls the management of hydrotest water. Oily Waste / Wastewater Oily waste shall be characterized through chemical analysis for total oil and grease, lead and other heavy metals (e.g., cadmium, chromium, etc.) prior to disposal. Mixing of leaded and non-leaded oily wastes is not permitted. 8.3.1

8.3.2

Non-Leaded Oily Sludge: Non-leaded oily sludge contains less than 100 mg/kg of total lead or less than 5 mg/L of TCLP lead. 8.3.1.1

Collection and Transport: These wastes shall be collected and transported in such a manner to ensure that no leakage or spillage takes place during collection and transportation activities. Oily sludges shall be transported in tanker trucks, vacuum trucks, dump trucks or drums. The waste manifest in GI 430.001 (Standard 6) shall be utilized for all waste shipments.

8.3.1.2

Storage: Oily sludges shall be disposed of immediately after generation. If logistics prevent the immediate transport to disposal facilities, storage is allowed for a maximum of 90 days. Storage is allowed in containers such as drums, tanks, lined pits, and lined ponds (as per SAES-A-104 Standard 7.1.4). Above ground storage requires spill containment.

8.3.1.3

Treatment: As much as is economically feasible, oil shall be recovered from non-leaded oily sludges and wastewaters. For this purpose, readily available and cost effective technologies, such as gravity separation and centrifugation, shall be utilized.

8.3.1.4

Disposal: Oily sludge shall only be disposed of at an approved oily waste landfarm that has been designed as per SAES-A-104 Standard 11.5. Disposal of oily sludge requires advanced coordination with the disposal facilities. To avoid unnecessary storage of oily sludge, facilities shall contact disposal sites at least 30 days prior to shipment.

Non-Leaded Oily Water: Non-leaded oily water contains less than 100 mg/L of total lead or less than 5 mg/L of TCLP lead. 8.3.2.1

Collection and Transport: Oily water shall be collected and transported in such a manner to ensure that no leakage or spillage takes place during collection and transportation activities. Oily water shall be transported in tanker trucks or vacuum trucks. The waste manifest requirements in GI 430.001 (Stqandard6) shall be followed.

8.3.2.2

Treatment: Oily water shall be treated to minimize oil content and to maximize recovery of oil prior to disposal. Oil removal shall be accomplished through the use of a gravity oil/water separator designed as per SAES-A-104, Standard 4.4.1.1, or by other approved methods. If the final discharge of the oily water is to the marine environment, the treatment system must achieve effluent oil and grease content less than 8 mg/L.

8.3.2.3

Disposal: After treatment, recovered oil shall be recycled (e.g. slop system, blending with crude, refining). Treated oily water shall be sent for final disposal to an approved evaporation pond, landfarm, injection well, or marine outfall.

66



8.3.3

Leaded Oily Waste / Sludge (TEL tank wastes, gasoline tank sludge and any oily wastes that contain lead concentrations in excess of 100 mg/kg total lead are defined as leaded oily wastes.) Leaded oily waste poses serious health hazards and has adverse environmental impacts if not handled properly. Special precautions must be taken during cleanup, collection, transportation, treatment and disposal operations. EPD and Loss Prevention Department should be contacted to advise on proper precautionary measures. Note: If a waste contains over 100-mg/kg total lead and the TCLP derived lead concentration is less than 5 mg/L, the waste shall be disposed of at an approved landfarm.

8.3.4

8.3.5

8.3.3.1

Leaded sludges and oily wastewaters from TEL storage vessels must be disposed of at an approved incineration facility. Other leaded oily sludge shall be managed according to the following:

8.3.3.2

Collection and Transport: Leaded oily sludge shall be collected and transported in such a manner to ensure that no leakage or spillage takes place during collection and transportation activities. Containers used during collection and transportation shall be limited to sealed drums, vacuum trucks and closed tanker trucks.

8.3.3.3

Storage: Storage of leaded sludge is not permitted. If logistics prevent the immediate transport to disposal facilities, short-term storage is permitted with the approval of EPD. Leaded sludge shall be transported to an approved disposal facility.

8.3.3.4

Treatment: Leaded sludge shall be treated in an approved leaded waste weathering area designed as per SAES-A-104, Standard 11.5.1.8.

8.3.3.5

Disposal: Treated leaded sludge shall be collected and either be disposed of at an approved landfarm or a Class I Landfill. EPD shall determine the proper disposal method based on the lead and oil content.

Leaded Oily Water 8.3.4.1

Collection and Transport: Leaded oily water shall be collected and transported in such a manner to ensure that no leakage or spillage takes place during collection and transportation activities. Containers used during collection and transportation shall be limited to sealed drums, vacuum trucks and closed tanker trucks.

8.3.4.2

Treatment: Leaded oily water shall be treated to recover product prior to final disposal of the wastewater. Product recovery is accomplished through the use of a gravity oil/water separator designed as per SAES-A-104, Standard 4.4.1.1, or by other approved methods. If simple oil/water separation does not provide sufficient treatment to eliminate floating oil in evaporation ponds, the ponds must be designed to provide additional treatment (SAES-A-104 Standard 7.1.2) and oil removal equipment (e.g. floating booms, skimmers) must be provided for the ponds.

8.3.4.3

Disposal: The wastewater from the separator shall be disposed of in an approved evaporation pond (designed as per SAES-A-104, Standard 14.2) or disposed at an approved incineration facility.

Other Industrial Waste For any industrial wastewater or mixture of wastes not mentioned in this Section, or

67



in the event of incidents involving wastes, EPD shall be contacted for advice. 8.4

Industrial Wastewater Discharges 8.4.1

Discharges to Marine Environment from Onshore Facilities: Industrial wastewater shall be treated in a process that will achieve the discharge limits shown in Table 3.

8.4.2

Discharges to Marine Environment from Offshore Facilities: No discharge of an oil-based drilling fluid is allowed. Other marine discharges shall comply with Table 3 requirements, except as allowed in SAES-A-103. 8.4.2.1

Land-based wastewater treatment systems with discharges into the marine environment shall be designed to meet the discharge standards in SAESA-103 and the most recent MEPA Environmental Protection Standards and/or Royal Commission Standards, whichever are applicable.

8.4.2.2

The location of a discharge into the marine environment shall be located at a distance from shore such that proper mixing can take place. Effluent diffusers shall be used to provide for rapid mixing of the wastewater discharge. Manager EPD, may add additional restrictions if the discharge will be located in an area of special biological significance

. 8.4.3

Discharges to an Evaporation Pond: Exceptions to the Table 3 requirements may be granted by EPD on a case-by-case basis for industrial wastewater that is discharged into an evaporation pond that meets the design requirements of Standard 14.2 of SAES-A-104. 8.4.3.1

A minimum of one upgradient and two downgradient groundwater monitoring wells shall be installed around disposal ponds unless otherwise approved by the General Supervisor, EED.

8.4.3.2

The quality of the effluent discharged from wastewater treatment plants into lined evaporation ponds shall comply with the criteria set in Table 1 of SAES-A-104 and shall at no time contain substances in concentrations toxic to human, animal, plant or fish life. Sanitary wastewater discharges that have been treated in a properly designed and operated facultative stabilization pond may be discharged into an evaporation pond without meeting all of the Table 1 requirements. The Manager, EPD, may grant exceptions to the requirements on a case-by-case basis.

8.4.3.3

Evaporation ponds shall be sized to maintain a minimum depth of 0.75 meters and a minimum freeboard of 0.6 meters, based on minimum and maximum operating depths. Multiple ponds in a series configuration may be used to maintain this minimum depth.

8.4.3.4

The pond embankment walls shall be compacted thoroughly and compaction details shall be included in the construction specifications. The interior and exterior slopes of the embankment wall shall not be steeper than 1 meter vertical for every 3 meters horizontal.

8.4.3.5

Systems to protect embankment walls from wave action shall be provided.

8.4.3.6

The pond's drainage system shall be designed to exclude surface water from all ponds.

8.4.3.7

The pond design shall provide access areas for truck traffic and the

68



removal of weeds around the pond. These areas shall be cleared and maintained for a distance of at least 5 meters from the outside edge of the pond embankment walls. This requirement shall be included in the Operating and Maintenance Manual. 8.4.3.8

The use of multiple cells in pond systems is required when the ponds have an area of 6300 square meters (6 acres) or more. The design of the ponds or cells shall allow operational flexibility, permitting parallel or series operation and allowing one or more of the ponds or cells to be taken out of service without affecting the operation of the remaining ponds.

8.4.3.9

Ponds shall be surrounded with a Type V fence, as specified SAES-M-006

8.4.3.10 Evaporation ponds for the disposal of treated effluent shall have a 30-mil high-density polyethylene liner or, if compatible with the effluent, may be lined with 0.5 meters of compacted marl (with a permeability of 1x10-5 cm/sec or less). The Manager EPD may make exemptions to these lining requirements. 8.4.4

Discharges to an Injection Well: Wastewater disposal to an injection well must be approved on a case-by-case basis. EPD shall be contacted for guidance on the actions necessary to obtain approval.

8.4.4.1

An Injection Well Proposal shall be prepared and submitted with the Preliminary Engineering Report prior to approval of an injection well for wastewater disposal.

8.4.4.2

After approval of the Preliminary Engineering Report and Injection Well Proposal, a Detailed Engineering Report shall be prepared covering the treatment system details.

8.4.4.3

Injected wastewater shall meet the quality requirements specified on a case-by-case basis by the Manager, EPD, with concurrence of the Chief Hydrologist.

8.4.4.4

Produced water (and desalter water) may be injected into any reservoir from which hydrocarbons are produced without approval.

8.4.4.5

Produced water (and desalter water) may be injected into any formation containing groundwater exceeding 40,000 mg/L total dissolved solids (TDS) with the approval of the General Supervisor, EED and concurrence of the Chief Hydrologist.

8.4.4.6

All engineering reports are required for the injection of produced water (and desalter water) into any formation containing groundwater having less than 40,000 mg/L TDS with the approval of the Manager, EPD, and the concurrence of the Chief Hydrologist.

8.4.5

Discharges to an Off-Site Facility: Off-site disposal of industrial wastewater must be approved by EPD. It shall be transported and treated by an approved carrier and facility, respectively. Manifest records shall be kept to assure that the waste arrives at the intended waste disposal facilities.

8.4.6

Discharges to Land Areas: Discharges to the land are not permitted unless written approval is obtained from EPD.

69



8.4.7

9

Discharges to Sanitary Sewers: Industrial wastewater shall not be discharged into a sanitary sewer system without prior approval from EPD and applicable treatment system operator.

RESPONSIBILITIES 9.1

Wastewater Generators 9.1.1

Contracts for treatment, transportation and disposal of sanitary and industrial wastewater shall be separate from all other general service contracts. All contracts for wastewater disposal shall be prepared by the waste generator, in conjunction with the Contracting Department, reviewed by EPD and procured by the Contracting Department (for long form contracts) or waste generator according to established Saudi Aramco Contracting Manual Policies and Procedures.

9.1.2

Waste generators shall contact EPD to obtain a list of all approved company and private contractors wastewater disposal facilities, (e.g. wastewater treatment plants, evaporation ponds, incinerators, landfarms, weathering areas, etc.).

9.1.3

Prior to awarding any wastewater hauling contract, proponents and/or Contracting Department shall, in consultation with EPD, ensure that:

• • • • 9.1.4

9.2

9.3

The terms and conditions of the contract comply with applicable Saudi Aramco standards and requirements. An approved wastewater treatment facility has agreed to accept the wastewater (in writing). The hauling contractor is capable of executing the contractual terms/conditions The hauling manifest is utilized by the hauling contractor and the receiving facility.

Waste generators are responsible for managing and budgeting funds associated with wastewater treatment and disposal.

EPD 9.2.1

Provide environmental consulting and technical services to all Company organizations that generate wastes. This includes services and studies in the areas of wastewater, air emissions, solid and hazardous waste disposal, and groundwater monitoring.

9.2.2

Survey contractors’ facilities to ensure compliance with all pertinent environmental regulations and standards.

9.2.3

Advise Corporate Management and all Company organizations on waste issues affecting the environment and occupational health.

Loss Prevention Department 9.3.1

Assist Company organizations in identifying and resolving safety issues associated with waste generation, handling, and disposal.

9.3.2

As the Responsible Standardization Agent for Class-21 safety materials, assist proponents in determining appropriate personal protective equipment, labels, and signs.

70



9.4

Material Supply/Storehouse Operations Storehouse Operations (SO) is the company contact point for handling of redundant, spent, and expired chemicals. The HMA or designate approves the disposition of these chemicals sent to SO’s reclamation facilities.

9.5

Lab Research & Development Center Provide specialized technical service support for air, ground and surface water quality assessment and hazardous waste characterization.

10

WASTE MANIFEST FORM A waste manifest form (Attachment III of G.I. 430.001) shall be used to track the generation, transport, treatment, and final disposal of all wastewater and waste covered by this Section. The form is available at all Stationery Units

REFERENCES: 1. APHA, AWWA and WPCF: “Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater”, Edition 19, 1995. 2. Environmental Protection Standards, Document No 1401-01/1402H, Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, Meteorology and Environmental Protection Administration 3. Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code 1996 4. Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards 5. “Sludge handling and conditioning operations manual” United States Environmental Protection Agency, 1978 6. U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare “Manual of Septic Tank Practice”, 1972 7. “Irrigation with reclaimed Municipal Wastewater- a guidance Manual” California State Water Resources Control Board, 1984

71


Solid Waste Management, SASC-S-03

SASC-S-03 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT

Inadequate solid waste collection, storage and disposal practices are a nuisance, hazardous to health and they adversely impact the environment. This Section specifies the public health requirements, limitations and procedures pertinent to treatment, storage, collection, transportation and disposal of solid waste. Compliance with these requirements will protect the public health and welfare while preserving the quality of the air, water and land. NOTE: All sub-sections should be read in conjunction with appropriate referenced documents listed at the end of this Code Section and Saudi Aramco Engineering Standard SAES-S-007. DEFINITIONS: Composting: Controlled microbial degradation of organic waste yielding a nuisance-free product of potential value as a soil conditioner. Cover Material: Granular material, generally soil that is used to cover compacted solid waste in a sanitary landfill, generally free of large objects that would hinder compaction and free of organic content that would be conducive to vector harborage, feeding and/or breeding. Hazardous Solid Waste; Solid waste that may, by itself or in combination with other solid waste, be infectious, explosive, poisonous, highly flammable, caustic, toxic, or otherwise dangerous or injurious to human, plant or animal life. Incinerator: Any device used for the burning of refuse where the factors of combustion, i.e. temperature, retention time, turbulence; and combustion air, can be controlled. Landfill Gas: A by-product of the digestion by microorganisms of putrescible matter present in the waste deposited in landfill sites. The gas is predominantly methane (64%) together with carbon dioxide (34%) and trace concentrations of vapors and other gases. Landfill, sanitary: (1) A method of disposing of refuse on land without creating nuisances or hazards to public health or safety, by utilizing the principles of engineering to confine the refuse to the smallest practical area, to reduce it to the smallest practical volume, and to cover it with a layer of earth at the conclusion of each day’s operation or at such more frequent intervals as may be necessary. (ASCE definition). (2) A sanitary landfill is a system for final disposal of solid waste on land, in which the waste is spread and compacted on an inclined, minimized working face in a series of cells and a daily cover of earth is provided so that no hazard or insult to the environment results. Leachate: The result of liquid seeping through a landfill and, by doing so extracting substances from the deposited waste. Lower Explosive Limit (LEL): The lower percentage by volume of a mixture of explosive gases in air that will propagate a flame at 25°C at atmospheric pressure. Modified landfill: The disposal of solid waste by compaction in or upon the land and the covering of all wastes deposited with earth or other approved cover material at specific designated intervals, but not each operating day. Open burning: Uncontrolled burning of wastes in the open or in an open dump. Scavenging: The uncontrolled picking of materials by animals or humans. Sludge: Means any solid, semi-solid or liquid waste generated from a municipal commercial or industrial wastewater treatment plant or air pollution control facility exclusive of the treated effluent from a wastewater treatment plant. 71 Copyright©Saudi Aramco 2009. All rights reserved.


Solid waste: Means any garbage, or refuse, or sludge from a wastewater treatment plant, water supply treatment plant, or air pollution control facility and other discarded material including solid, liquid, semi-solid or contained gaseous material resulting from commercial, mining and agricultural operations, and from community activities but does not include solid or dissolved materials in irrigation return flows, or regulated hazardous materials. 1

DETAILED PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Before a new treatment facility/disposal site is established, constructed or operated, and before an existing site is substantially altered, expanded or modified, the proponent shall submit all data and reports required by SAES-S-007 together with a detailed operating plan and timetable for implementation to the Environmental Protection Department (EPD) for review, concurrence and approval. The operating plan shall include the proposed method and sequence of site development, utilization and operation, procedures for monitoring and reporting any environmental effects resulting there from and address the design criteria specified by SAES-S-007. The design study shall address the provision of composite liners, leachate collection and gas management systems in Class I and II landfill sites.

2

3

REQUIRED APPROVALS 2.1

The proponent shall receive written approval for the site study and operating plan from EPD before beginning construction, modification or operation of a treatment facility/disposal site. The proponent shall ensure that the approved plans and specifications, including any conditions or limitations attached thereto, are implemented.

2.2

EPD, on application, may approve a variance, of any requirements of this Code Section, when circumstances at the treatment facility/ disposal site, operating procedures or other condition indicate that the purpose and intent of this Code Section can be achieved through equally effective methods that do not adversely impact public health or the environment. Waivers to any engineering standards must be reviewed and concurred by Manager, EPD for any public health related issues.

SUPERVISION OF SITES Every landfill, incinerator, composting plant and other solid waste processing and disposal facility shall be operated under the close supervision of a responsible individual who is thoroughly familiar with the established operating procedures, including a) the types of wastes that are approved for disposal in the facility; b) the individuals/agencies authorized to deposit waste in the facility; c) air, dust, flood, noise, vermin, landfill gas and water control concepts and methods; d) the flow and processing of waste from receipt to final disposition; e) keeping of records; and f) site safety and general sanitation.

4

5

REQUIRED RECORDS FOR SITES 4.1

EPD may require such records and reports as are considered to be reasonably necessary to ensure compliance with this Code Section.

4.2

Waste Manifests specified by GI 430.001 must be retained at the waste disposal/treatment facility for inspection by EPD.

4.3

An operating record stating the quantity of each waste delivery must be maintained by every incineration plant and waste treatment facility. Combustion conditions, waste analyses, monitoring and testing carried out must be logged daily.

4.4

Records must be available for inspection by EPD.

STORAGE AND COLLECTION 72 Copyright©Saudi Aramco 2009. All rights reserved.


6

7

8

5.1

Storage and collection of waste shall be conducted in a way that prevents a) vermin breeding and harborage; b) conditions conducive to transmission of disease to man or animals; c) hazards to workers, users and the public; d) air, noise and water pollution; e) objectionable odors, dust, unsightliness and nuisance conditions, f) corrosion or wear of storage containers, and g) accidental spillage or leakage during storage or transport.

5.2

Hazardous wastes shall be disposed of in accordance with the Materials Supply Organization Instruction, CU 13.1’ Processing of Hazardous Material’.

STORAGE, COLLECTION AND TRANSFER DEVICES AND VEHICLES 6.1

The containment compartment of storage, collection and transfer devices and vehicles shall be made of durable, impervious materials and shall be designed to provide a watertight tank with smooth and easily cleanable surfaces. The containment compartment and appurtenances thereto shall be cleaned at least once weekly to prevent propagation of odors, insects, rodents or other nuisance conditions (more often if necessary).

6.2

Storage, collection and transfer devices and vehicles shall be loaded and operated so as to prevent dropping, leaking, sifting, blowing or other escape of waste from the device or vehicle. Storage containers shall be covered when not in immediate use.

6.3

Collection and transfer devices and vehicles carrying loads that are likely to blow from the containment compartment shall have a cover which is either an integral part of the device or vehicle, or which is a separate cover of suitable material with fasteners designed to secure all sides of the cover to the device or vehicle. The cover shall be used while in transit.

FACILITIES FOR CLEANING STORAGE, COLLECTION AND TRANSFER DEVICES AND VEHICLES 7.1

If storage, collection and transfer devices and vehicles are cleaned on the site after they are emptied, the following minimum facilities shall be provided: a) live steam or hot water delivered at a minimum pressure of at least 1.4 kilograms per square centimeter (20 pounds per square inch) with a minimum flow of at least 3.8 liters per minute (1 gallon per minute); and b) a floor or pavement constructed of a smooth, easily cleanable, non-absorbent material, such as sealed concrete, which is properly sloped to a holding basin or disposal system that complies with requirements outlined in SAES-A-104.

7.2

Storage, collection, transfer equipment and vehicles that are used for toxic or hazardous waste, shall not be used for ordinary solid waste.

CONTROL OF DRAINAGE AND RUNOFF FROM SITES 8.1

All disposal sites, e.g. sanitary landfills, incinerators, composting plants and sludge disposal sites, shall be designed, located, sloped or protected so that rainfall, contaminated surface water run-off and other surface water drainage will be diverted around or away from the operational area of the site. Any water which, comes into contact with waste, is leachate and shall be collected and treated in the manner specified in paragraph 9 below.

8.2

The surface contours of the site shall be maintained such that surface water runoff will not flow into or through the site.

8.3

Sanitary landfills, sludge disposal sites and composting plants that may be subject to flooding shall, be protected by dikes that are impervious to the passage of water and are designed to prevent erosion and washout of operational and disposal areas of the site.

73 Copyright©Saudi Aramco 2009. All rights reserved.


9

CONTROL OF LEACHATE Leachate production shall be minimized. If there is any likelihood or evidence to indicate that leachate will pollute groundwater or the environment, then leachate shall be collected, treated or otherwise controlled in a manner approved by EPD

10

11

12

RESTRICTIONS ASSOCIATED WITH GROUNDWATER 10.1

The vertical distance between the bottom of a sanitary landfill, composting site or sludge disposal site and the maximum water table elevation shall be restricted to a distance that prevents leachate from entering the groundwater.

10.2

Wastes that will decompose shall not be deposited in areas of the disposal site that are directly or indirectly connected with the restricted groundwater zone. Uncontaminated rock, dirt, brick, concrete rubble and similar materials that will not decompose may be placed in the restricted groundwater zone.

MONITORING WELLS 11.1

To properly assess compliance with approved plans and conditions of operation, EPD may require monitoring wells to be installed at the boundaries of waste disposal sites, including sanitary landfills, composting plants and sludge disposal sites, to monitor the effect of the disposal process on usable groundwater resources and detect gas migration from landfill sites. Monitoring wells shall be designed and operated to detect the movement of groundwater and gas migration. If not equipped with continuous monitoring equipment, monitoring wells must be constructed in a manner to facilitate the ready collection of samples.

11.2

EPD may require monitoring for explosive gases at least quarterly. Records must be maintained of all gas measurements.

11.3

If the gas level exceeds 25% of the lower explosive limit (LEL) the operator must immediately notify EPD.

ACCESS ROADS All-weather roads shall be provided from the highway to the disposal sites, as well as within the disposal site. Roads shall be designed and maintained to prevent traffic congestion, traffic hazards, dust and noise pollution.

13

14

FENCING 13.1

Access to a sanitary landfill that is not attended on a twenty-four hour per day basis shall be controlled by means of lockable gates. The site shall be completely enclosed by a perimeter fence, unless, access is adequately controlled by the natural terrain features of the site.

13.2

Access to an incinerator, composting plant, and sludge disposal site shall be controlled by means of a complete perimeter fence and lockable gates.

SCREENING As far as is practicable, the active waste disposal site shall be screened or blocked from public view.

15

FIRE PROTECTION AND CONTROL 15.1

Fire protection shall be provided in accordance with design and operating plans approved by the Chief Fire Prevention Engineer. 74 Copyright©Saudi Aramco 2009. All rights reserved.


15.2

All reasonable precautions, such as segregation of combustible wastes and early removal of “hot spots", shall be taken to prevent accidental ignition or spontaneous combustion of waste at a sanitary landfill. Hot or burning materials, or any materials likely to cause a fire, shall be deposited temporarily at a safe distance from the fill area and shall not be included in the landfill operation until the fire hazard is eliminated.

15.3

Where necessary and practicable, a pressurized fire water system and appropriate fire fighting equipment shall be provided at the site. If not practicable, a supply of water provided in fire water drums equipped with appropriate buckets, a stockpile of earth or other means recommended by the Chief Fire Prevention Engineer shall be available to extinguish such fires as may occur. The use of mechanical equipment such as a bulldozer may be utilized for such purposes, providing that machinery is operated in a safe manner by person(s) qualified and trained in the use of such equipment.

16

15.4

Open burning of waste at a sanitary landfill site is prohibited.

15.5

Immediate action shall be taken to extinguish and control the spread of fire occurring at or in the vicinity of any waste disposal site or waste treatment facility. The Fire Master at the nearest Saudi Aramco facility must be notified immediately a fire is out of control.

SIGNS AND RULES Clearly visible, legible signs, written in Arabic, English and other appropriate language stating disposal site rules shall be erected at the site entrance and wherever necessary to ensure adequate compliance with the approved operating plan. As a minimum, signs shall contain the following information: a) name of facility and owner; b) emergency phone number of attendant; c) permitted materials; and d) hours of operation during which wastes will be received for disposal. Depending of the type of waste disposal site and degree to which access is restricted, additional signs may be required, e.g. a sign warning herdsmen of the hazards to animals and human beings should animals graze on garbage.

17

18

CONTROL OF NUISANCES AND HEALTH HAZARDS 17.1

Blowing debris shall be controlled such that the entire disposal site is free of litter.

17.2

Dust and odors shall be controlled.

17.3

Insects, rodents and vermin shall be controlled. The control program shall be based on proper handling and disposal of waste to prevent attraction, propagation and harborage of vectors and pests. Trapping, baiting and insecticide spraying may be required to control insects, rodents and vermin, which are inadvertently delivered to the site in waste. The services of a competent person or firm shall be retained to carry out periodic surveys and implement eradication and control measures.

17.4

Any condition that could promote the transmission of disease to man or animals shall be controlled.

17.5

Protection and conservation of the air, water and land environment over, on, under and around the disposal site shall be emphasized. This shall include prevention, control and treatment of discharges, emissions and other factors, which could degrade the environment or create a public health hazard/nuisance.

SALVAGING AND SCAVENGING Salvaging or scavenging shall be controlled so as not to interfere with optimum disposal site operation and not to create unsightly conditions or vector harborage. All salvaged materials shall be removed from the disposal site at the end of each operating day, unless some other recycling or storage program is authorized in the operating plan approved by EPD. Food products, garbage, hazardous materials, 75 Copyright©Saudi Aramco 2009. All rights reserved.


containers used for hazardous materials and furniture and bedding with concealed filling shall not be salvaged from a disposal site. 19

20

HANDLING OF SPECIAL TYPES OF WASTE 19.1

Large dead animals or bulk animal waste, sewage sludge, septic wastewater, hospital waste and other materials which may be hazardous or difficult to manage shall not be deposited at a disposal site unless special provisions for such disposal are included in the operating plan approved by EPD

19.2

No toxic or hazardous waste shall be deposited at any disposal site without prior written approval of EPD. A program shall be implemented for detecting and preventing the disposal of toxic or hazardous waste and other non-approved waste. The program will make provision for the random inspection of incoming loads, maintenance of records and staff training. EPD must be notified immediately if non-approved wastes are received at the site. In general, toxic or hazardous waste shall be properly contained and stored pending reclamation or final disposal, at a facility specifically designed for this purpose. Refer to GI 430.001, Waste Management and Materials Supply Organization instruction, CU 13.1 Processing of Hazardous Material, for requirements in relation to the classification, manifesting and handling of difficult and hazardous wastes.

19.3

Large quantities of waste oil, grease, oil sludge or oil-soaked waste shall not be placed in any disposal site unless the disposal site is specifically designed and approved for the disposal of such waste, and designated as an ‘oil waste disposal site’ and special precautions are taken to prevent fires and to protect and conserve the air, water and land environment in accordance with the operating plan approved by EPD.

19.4

Whole, scrap tires shall not be disposed of in Company operated sanitary or construction waste landfill sites. Tires that have been suitably shredded may be disposed of in landfill sites. Proponent organizations are responsible for the proper disposal of all scrap and used tires. Upon request, proponent organizations shall furnish EPD with documentation verifying proper disposal.

19.5

Containers holding liquid must not be placed in a landfill site unless the container is small in size similar to that typically found in household waste.

19.6

Sanitary landfills incorporating large quantities of combustible materials shall be sectioned into cells by earth dikes designed to prevent the spread of fire between cells. Equipment shall be provided of sufficient size and design to densely compact materials included in the landfill.

SPECIAL FACTORS PERTINENT TO THE SANITARY LANDFILL METHOD OF WASTE DISPOSAL 20.1

Approved types of landfills: 20.1.1 The sanitary landfill method of waste disposal according to the operating plan approved by EPD and other concerned agencies. 20.1.2 The modified landfill method of waste disposal if it is determined by EPD and other concerned agencies that special circumstances, such as climate, geographic area, site location, nature or quantity of waste material to be landfilled or population density justifies less than daily compaction and cover. Note that modified landfills shall be located at least 0.4 kilometers (0.25 miles) from the nearest existing residence or commercial establishment other than those used by the landfill operator. 20.1.3 Open dumps and burn-pits are prohibited.

20.2

Adequate quantities of cover material shall be available to provide for daily cover of the active waste cells at the end of each operating day and for final cover and phased restoration of the site. The consistency of the final cover material shall be such that it can be compacted, and that the 76 Copyright©Saudi Aramco 2009. All rights reserved.


compacted cover material is not prone to cracking and that the compacted cover material will minimize percolation of surface water. 20.3

Sufficient equipment, including provision of auxiliary or standby equipment which is adequate to operate a landfill site including placement, compaction and covering of waste under all anticipated weather and soil conditions shall be available at all times.

20.4

Methods of operation: 20.4.1 Unloading of waste on the site shall be confined to the smallest area practicable. The area of exposed waste material on the active landfill face shall be kept to a minimum. 20.4.2 Waste shall be spread on a slope no steeper than 3 horizontal to 1 vertical and compacted in layers not to exceed 61 centimeters (2 feet) in depth up to maximum cell height. Each layer shall be covered with not less than 15 centimeters (6 inches) of compacted cover material. 20.4.3 A layer of not less that 61 centimeters (2 feet) of compacted cover material, in addition to intermediate cover material, shall be placed over the completed fill following the final placement of waste. The final cover shall be graded to prevent cracking, erosion and ponding of water.

20.5

Closure of landfills: 20.5.1 Before a landfill may be closed or abandoned to further use, all waste at the disposal site shall be covered, compacted and graded according to requirements outlined in sub-section 20.4.3 of this Code Section. The site shall be restored in a manner approved in writing by EPD. 20.5.2 A maintenance program for continued control of erosion, repair and stabilization of the compacted cover material shall be provided until the completed fill has stabilized to the point where maintenance is no longer required. Groundwater and landfill gas monitoring shall continue post closure, until the site has stabilized.

21

INCINERATION OF SOLID WASTE 21.1

All incineration equipment and air pollution control appurtenances shall comply with air pollution control rules and regulations and emission standards of Saudi Aramco and the Meteorology and Environmental Protection Administration (MEPA).

21.2

The delivery of waste shall be coordinated with the producers and transporters to ensure that a steady stream of waste is received for incineration. Too little or too much waste can adversely impact the handling capabilities of the facility and the efficiency of the incineration process. In general, waste shall be incinerated as it is received. Accumulation of waste shall be kept to a minimum.

21.3

All waste that is not incinerated upon delivery to the site shall be confined to a designated staging area. Special provisions shall be made to handle and contain waste stored in the staging area. Note that hospital and other potentially hazardous waste shall be properly contained until incinerated according to the operating plan approved by EPD.

21.4

Accumulation of ashes and residues shall be kept to a minimum.

21.5

Ashes and residues in a cold state shall be disposed of in an approved landfill or handled otherwise in accordance with a written plan approved by EPD.



22

23

21.6

During start up and shut down waste must not be fed into the incinerator unless it is operating within its design specification for temperature and air feed rate.

21.7

Automatic cut-off devices must be installed to prevent wastes being fed into the incinerator when the operating temperature and combustion gas conditions are outside the design specification.

21.8

Combustion temperature and waste feed rate must be monitored on a continuous basis. Carbon monoxide must be monitored on a continuous basis at a point in the incinerator downstream of the combustion zone and prior to release to atmosphere.

21.9

The incinerator and associated equipment (pumps, valves and pipes) must be subject to a thorough visual inspection at least daily, for leaks, spills and fugitive emissions. Daily inspection logs must be maintained and made available for inspection as required by paragraph 4.3 above.

21.10

The emergency waste feed cut-off system and associated alarms must be tested at least daily to verify operability. A daily inspection log must be maintained and made available for inspection as required by paragraph 4.3 above.

COMPOSTING METHOD OF WASTE DISPOSAL 22.1

All compostable waste shall be subjected to complete processing in accordance with the equipment manufacturer's operating instructions.

22.2

Facilities and procedures shall be provided for handling, recycling or disposing of wastes that are non-biodegradable by composting.

22.3

An adequate supply of water shall be available for plant operation and cleaning purposes. There shall be no direct connection between a potable water supply and any processing plant or equipment or cross-connection with any unsafe or questionable water supply, sewerage system or any source of pollution that might contaminate or otherwise degrade the potable water supply.

22.4

Composting operations shall not be located in odor-sensitive areas. Odors shall be maintained at the lowest levels practicable.

22.5

Provisions shall be made to effectively collect, treat and dispose of leachate or drainage from stored compost and the composting operation.

22.6

Compost shall be removed from the composting plant site as frequently as possible, but not later than one year after treatment is completed.

22.7

Composted waste offered for use by the general public shall contain no pathogenic organisms, shall be relatively odor-free and shall not endanger public health or safety.

22.8

All waste delivered to the composting plant shall be placed in the compost stream or confined to a designated staging area prior to composting. Stored waste shall be handled according to requirements outlined in sub-section 5.1 of this Code Section. The volume of stored waste shall be kept to minimum.

22.9

Residues shall be handled according to requirements outlined in sub-sections 8 and 9 of this Code Section. Accumulation of residues shall be kept to a minimum.

SLUDGE DISPOSAL METHOD 23.1

Prohibited methods of sludge disposal: 23.1.1 Septic tank waste and raw sewage sludge shall not be disposed of by land spreading unless specifically approved in writing by EPD. 78 Copyright©Saudi Aramco 2009. All rights reserved.


23.1.2 Except for heat-treated sewage sludge, sewage sludges, including septic tank waste and raw sewage sludges, shall not be: a) used as fertilizer on root crops, vegetables, low growing berries or fruits that may be eaten raw; b) applied to land later than one year prior to planting where vegetables are to be grown; c) used on grass or shrubbery in public areas; or d) be given or sold to the public. 23.1.3 Sewage sludge shall normally have a minimum solids content of 30% prior to disposal in a landfill. Sludge will be considered at 30% when it is in the form of a dry cake. Liquid sludges shall not be deposited in landfills except according to the operating plan approved by EPD. 23.2

Operation of sludge disposal sites: 23.2.1 Sludge lagoons shall be located at least 1.6 kilometers (1 mile) from the nearest existing residence or commercial establishment other than those used by the lagoon operator or attendant. 23.2.2 Sludge shall not be spread on land where natural run-off could carry a residue into surface or ground waters. 23.2.3 If non-digested sludge is spread on land within 1.6 kilometers (1 mile) of residence, community or public use area, it shall be plowed under the ground, buried or otherwise incorporated into the soil within five (5) days after application. 23.2.4 Lagoons shall be designed and constructed in accordance with SAES-A-104. 23.2.5 Water or sludge shall not be pumped or otherwise removed from a lagoon, except according to a written plan approved by EPD.

REFERENCES 1. State of California, “California Solid Waste Management”, 1973. 2. USEPA 40 CFR Ch.1: Parts; 258 - “Criteria For Municipal Solid Waste Landfills, 7-1-99 Edition 264 - “ Standards for Owners and Operators of Hazardous Waste treatment, Storage and Disposal Facilities. 1987/97 3. UK, Department of the Environment, Waste Management Paper 26B “Landfill Design Construction and Operational Practice, 1995. 4. Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code, 1996. 5. GI 430.001 “Waste Management General Instruction” 6. SAES-S-007 “Solid Waste Landfill Standard”, 1998. 7. SAES-A 104 Wastewater Treatment, Reuse and Disposal 2001 8. CU 13.1 “Processing of Hazardous Material”


Food Establishments, SASC-S-04

SASC-S-04 FOOD ESTABLISHMENTS This Section specifies public health requirements for food establishments. Compliance with facility and equipment Sections, temperature control and prevention of contamination, and good hygiene and handling practices, will protect Saudi Aramco employees and their dependents from the threat of foodborne illness. NOTE: All subsections should be read in conjunction with referenced documents listed at the end of this Code Section. DEFINITIONS Adulterate: To make impure by the addition of a foreign, inferior, or harmful substance. Bactericidal Soap: A soap containing a chemical, which kills bacteria. Bakery: Any room, building, premises or place which is used or operated for commercial baking, preparing, manufacturing, processing or packaging of bakery products. It includes all rooms of a bakery in which bakery products or ingredients are stored or handled. Beverage: Liquid for drinking, including water. Blast Chiller: Equipment designed to cool food rapidly after cooking. Usually employs a combination of cooled air and rapid air circulation (movement) over the products. Chilled Display Unit: Food display unit with facility to keep food at reduced temperature. CIP: “Cleaned in place” by the circulation or flowing by mechanical means through a piping system of a detergent solution, water rinse, and sanitizing solution onto or over equipment surfaces that require cleaning. CIP does not include the cleaning of equipment such as band saws, slicers or mixers that are subjected to in-place manual cleaning without the use of a CIP system. Contamination: The introduction (into food or water) of unwanted, undesirable materials including microorganisms, chemicals or foreign bodies. Comminuted: Reduced in size by methods including chopping, flaking, grinding, or mincing. It includes fish or meat products that are reduced in size and restructured or reformulated such as formed roast beef, ground beef or a mixture of 2 or more types of meat that have been reduced in size and combined, such as sausages. Cook Chill: System of food preparation in which food is prepared in advance to be reheated several days later. Strict control of chilled storage temperature is needed if the food is to remain safe. Cook Freeze: System of food preparation in which food is prepared in advance and then deep frozen. If properly packaged the food may be kept for several months with no loss of quality. Coved: Rounded finish to the junction between walls and floors, or between two walls, to make cleaning easier. Critical limit: The maximum or minimum value to which a physical, biological, or chemical parameter must be controlled at a critical control point to minimize the risk that the identified food safety hazard may occur. Cross Contamination: The transfer of bacteria from contaminated (normally raw) food to other foods. This may be by: 1) Direct contact by foods stored next to each other; 2) Drip from contaminated food stored above other food; 3) Food handlers who handle contaminated food and then other food; 4) Equipment and work surfaces used first for contaminated food and then other food.

80



Defrost System: Refrigeration system for a freezer consisting of a blower evaporator coil, heating unit and controls. Electric type employs heating elements; hot gas type uses heat exchanger to remove frost from the coil and allow condensate to flow to the drain pan under the coil. Detergent: Technically, any cleansing agent. In popular usage, washing and cleaning agents with a composition other than soap that clean by much the same mechanisms as soap. A cleaning agent, as soap; any of numerous synthetic water soluble or liquid organic preparations that are chemically different from soaps, but are able to emulsify oils, hold dirt in suspension, and act as wetting agents. Disinfectant: A chemical or physical agent that kills pathogenic microorganisms (see 'disinfect' above). Food-contact surface: A surface of equipment or a utensil, with which food normally comes into contact; or a surface of equipment or a utensil from which food may drain, drip, or splash into a food, or onto a surface normally in contact with food. Food Processing Plant: A commercial operation that manufactures, packages, labels, or stores food for human consumption and does not provide food directly to a consumer. Food Preservative: Any substance which is capable or inhibiting, retarding or arresting the growth of microorganisms, or any deterioration of food due to microorganisms, or of masking the evidence of any such deterioration. Food Service Establishment: Any place where food is prepared and intended for individual portion service and includes the sites at which individual portions are provided. The term includes any such place regardless of whether consumption is on or off the premises and regardless of whether there is a charge for the food. The term also includes delicatessen-type operations that prepare sandwiches intended for individual portion service. The term does not include private homes where food is prepared or served for individual family consumption, retail food stores, the location of food vending machines and supply vehicles. Foreign Body: Materials or objects from the building, equipment, people, environment or previous production run which may contaminate the food. Hermetically Sealed: Sealed so that air and other contaminants cannot enter the pack in which the product is contained, e.g. a can, thereby preventing deterioration. Ice: The product, in any form, obtained as a result of freezing water by natural, mechanical or artificial means. Ice Dispenser: A floor, counter or wall mounted stationary ice storage bin with motor driven agitator and conveyor mechanism, or gravity feed, that dispenses a measure of ice (cubed or crushed) through a discharge chute into a container at working level. Insect-Proof Screens: Fine mesh screens of gauge no less than 6 per linear centimeter (16 per linear inch) fitted to windows and occasionally other openings to prevent the entry of flying insects such as flies into the building. Packaged: Bottled, canned, cartooned, securely bagged, or securely wrapped, whether packaged in a food establishment or in a food processing plant. Personal Hygiene: Those protective measures, primarily within the responsibility of the individual, which promote health and limit the spread of infectious diseases transmitted through food, water, air, or by direct contact. These protective measures include: keeping the body clean by sufficiently frequent soap and water baths; wearing clean clothes and good grooming; washing hands in soap and water immediately after voiding bowels or bladder, after contact with any potential contamination, and always before eating. Pest: Any unwanted animal that can or does enter a food premises and may live in the premises or the food, e.g. rats, mice, insects, and birds. Poisonous or Toxic Materials: Substances that are not intended for ingestion. Included in 4 categories: 81



1) Cleaners and sanitizers, which include cleaning and sanitizing agents and agents such as caustics, acids, drying agents, polishes, and other chemicals; 2) Pesticides, which include substances such as insecticides and rodenticides; 3) Substances necessary for the operation and maintenance of the establishment such as nonfood grade lubricants and personal care items that may be deleterious to health; and 4) Substances that are not necessary for the operation and maintenance of the establishment and are on the premises for retail sale, such as petroleum products and paints. Potentially Hazardous Food or Ingredient: Signifies any food, which consists of, in whole or part, milk or milk products, eggs, meat, poultry, fish, shellfish, or other ingredient, including synthetic ingredients capable of supporting rapid and progressive growth of infectious or toxigenic organisms. Probe: Part of the temperature measuring equipment that is affected (heated or cooled) by the temperature of the surroundings. This then produces an electrical signal, which is converted by the thermometer into a numerical figure for the temperature of the surroundings. Ready-To-Eat Food: Food that is in a form that is edible without washing, cooking or additional preparation by the food establishment or the consumer and that is reasonably expected to be consumed in that form. Sanitizer: An agent, usually chemical, that reduces the number of bacterial contaminants to safe levels as determined by public health requirements. The term sanitizing generally refers to inanimate objects (particularly food related utensils, equipment, and surfaces) and implies providing a satisfactory condition of cleanliness in addition to a safe bacterial level. Thus, detergent sanitizers combine cleaning and sanitizing. The same kinds of compounds that provide disinfecting action in cleansers and hard surface cleaners also contribute sanitizing capability. Single Service Articles: Articles intended by the manufacturer, and generally recognized by the public, as being for one usage only, then discarded. Such articles include cups, containers, lids, closures, plates, knives, forks, spoons, stirrers, paddles, straws, napkins, wrapping materials, toothpicks, and similar articles designed for one-time, one person use. Sous-vide: Prepared recipe dishes that have been sealed in a vacuum pack and then heat-treated and cooled for chilled storage and distribution. Temperature Measuring Device: A thermometer, thermocouple, thermistor, or other device that indicates the temperature of food, air, or water.

1

APPLICATION TO OPERATE A FOOD ESTABLISHMENT 1.1

Any person, company or Saudi Aramco organization, either separately or jointly, desiring to sell or give food, beverage or ice intended for human consumption to the Saudi Aramco population shall make a written application through the appropriate Saudi Aramco proponent organization as outlined in sub-section 1.2 of this Code Section.

1.2

Submission of written application: 1.2.1

A Saudi Aramco organization proposing to operate a food establishment that will be controlled by Saudi Aramco, including Saudi Aramco facilities operated by concessionaires, contractors and self-directed groups, shall submit their application to Saudi Aramco Environmental Protection Department (EPD). As a minimum, the application shall include the following: 1.2.1.1

The name, address and telephone number of each applicant.

1.2.1.2

The exact location of the existing/proposed food establishment.

1.2.1.3

The type of food establishment. 82



1.2.2

1.2.1.4

The design, materials and layout of work and support areas, and the type, model and arrangement of fixed equipment.

1.2.1.5

The methods and vehicles that will be used to transport food.

1.2.1.6

For temporary food establishments the date of commencement of operations shall be given.

1.2.1.7

Whenever a Saudi Aramco food establishment is to be constructed, an existing Saudi Aramco structure is converted to use as a food establishment, or whenever any Saudi Aramco food establishment is remodeled or altered, properly prepared plans and specifications for such construction, conversion, remodeling or alteration shall be submitted during the planning phase of the proposed project.

1.2.1.8

The signatures of all applicants.

Owners of privately operated food manufacturers, vendors, warehouses and food establishments wishing to conduct business with Saudi Aramco shall apply through Saudi Aramco EPD, except for water and ice manufacturers who shall apply through Purchasing Department, in accordance with their procedures. Formalities as required by other involved Saudi Aramco departments such as Contracting Department or Community Services Department shall be followed as dictated by protocol.

1.3

Only those products, goods and services specifically defined in the application will be considered, but the evaluation process will assess ALL factors that could directly or indirectly affect products, goods and services offered to Saudi Aramco.

1.4

After receiving a written application from a Saudi Aramco organization or written notice from the food manufacturer, vendor, food establishment or warehouse, or in the case of water and ice manufacturers through Saudi Aramco Purchasing Department, requesting that a food establishment be evaluated, Saudi Aramco EPD shall, as appropriate: 1.4.1

Review the terms of the application according to the requirements of the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code to verify that the application is complete and valid.

1.4.2

Review plans and specifications.

1.4.3

Inspect the food establishment to ensure that the facility, management, supervisors and systems in place are in full compliance with this and other relevant Sections of the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code. 1.4.3.1

1.5

If Saudi Aramco EPD finds that the premises are in full compliance with the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code, apart from minor discrepancies, EPD shall give conditional ‘approval’. If it is found that the facility meets all Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code Sections, EPD shall ‘approve’ the facility or, in the case of water and ice manufacturers, recommend to the Purchasing Department that the facility be ‘approved’.

If Saudi Aramco EPD find that the products, goods and services; the operating methods, practices and procedures; or equipment and facilities proposed in the application do not comply with the requirements of the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code, then EPD will not ‘approve’ the facility, or in the case of water and ice manufacturers forward pertinent findings to the Saudi Aramco proponent organization or Purchasing Department with the recommendation of not ‘approving’ the facility. Until such time that the food establishment is ‘approved’ Saudi Aramco shall not accept products, goods or services, whether offered for sale or as a gift, from the non-compliant applicant.

83



1.6

1.7

When a conditional ‘approval’ is granted, outstanding deficiencies must be corrected within a specified time frame. 1.6.1

If significant new deficiencies have not developed and all conditional deficiencies are corrected by the required date, i.e. the food establishment achieves compliance with provisions of this Code Section, Saudi Aramco EPD will ‘approve’ the facility or in the case of water and ice manufactures recommend to the proponent Organization or Purchasing Department that the facility be ‘approved’.

1.6.2

If the applicant fails to correct identified deficiencies within the specified time frame, or if significant new deficiencies have developed since the original inspection, Saudi Aramco EPD will suspend the ‘approval’, or issuance of a ‘warning notice’.

After a facility has been ‘approved’, a NEW APPLICATION is required: 1.7.1

Prior to any proposed addition, alteration, conversion, expansion or modification to the physical facility or any change in the ownership, location, physical facility, equipment, process or procedure related to products, goods or services offered to Saudi Aramco.

1.7.2

Prior to any proposed addition of products, goods or services to be offered to Saudi Aramco.

1.8

If an ‘approved’ food establishment fails to submit a new application, prior to making a change defined in sub-section 1.7 of this Code Section, Saudi Aramco EPD shall rescind the ‘approval’, or in the case of water and ice manufacturers recommend to the proponent, or Purchasing Department that the original "approval" is rescinded.

1.9

If an ‘approved’ food establishment fails to continue to comply with the requirements of this Code Section:

1.10

1.9.1

EPD may send a ‘Warning Notice’, or in the case of water and ice manufacturers, recommend to the proponent Organization or Purchasing Department that the offending Company be sent a ”Warning Notice”.

1.9.2

If EPD determines that deficiencies are of a nature that there is a serious risk to health, or all administrative efforts have failed to have the deficiencies corrected, then EPD will issue a ‘Suspension Notice’, or in the caser of water and ice manufacturers, recommend to the proponent Organization or Purchasing Department that the offending Company be sent a “Suspension Notice” and all food purchases be suspended until such time that the Company is re-instated on the ‘approved’ list.

EPD Definition of "approved’: 1.10.1

The approval by EPD of a food establishment indicates that, at the time of inspection, the structure, products, practices, procedures and associated equipment and facility, as stated in the application, complied with all requirements of the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code.

1.10.2

As noted in sub-section 1.11.1, of this Code Section, the "approval" is valid only for the specific person, location, processes, facilities, products, goods and services included in the application.

1.10.3

“Approval” by EPD indicates only that the food establishment complies with all Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code requirements and does not imply or suggest approval or acceptance of the products or services by Saudi Aramco Purchasing Department, or any other Saudi Aramco organization or affiliated concessionaire, contractor, vendor or other agency.

84



1.11

2

"Objections" and "voiding" of "approvals" by Saudi Aramco EPD: 1.11.1

All "approvals" are based on a substantial body of evidence that verifies compliance with requirements of the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code. When the terms of the original application are found to be devoid of such substantive verification, this "void" is reported by Saudi Aramco EPD to the Saudi Aramco proponent organization, or Purchasing Department who directly or indirectly controls the products, goods or services provided by the deficient water or ice manufacturer. For all other food manufacturers, vendors, food establishments EPD will notify such Companies directly of the ‘void’

1.11.2

With respect to food, beverage and ice, the protection of the health of Saudi Aramco employees and their dependents is the responsibility of the Saudi Aramco proponent organization that directly or indirectly controls the provision of associated products, goods and services. 1.11.2.1

If Saudi Aramco EPD informs a proponent that a Saudi Aramco food establishment does not comply with the requirements of the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code, it is the proponent’s responsibility, directly or in conjunction with the contracting agency, to ensure that required corrective actions are implemented.

1.11.2.2

If Saudi Aramco EPD informs a proponent Organization or Purchasing Department in the case of water and ice manufacturers, that a non-Saudi Aramco operated establishment indirectly controlled by the proponent, or Purchasing Department does not comply with the requirements of the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code, it is the proponent's responsibility, in conjunction with Purchasing Department to take whatever action is required to protect Saudi Aramco employees and dependents from potentially hazardous products, goods and services provided by the deficient food establishment.

INSPECTIONS 2.1

Saudi Aramco EPD will inspect each food establishment as often as is deemed necessary to ensure that the food establishment is in compliance with this Code Section. The food establishment management shall cooperate with Saudi Aramco EPD during inspections and ensure that deficiencies reported shall be corrected in a timely manner.

2.2

If Saudi Aramco EPD finds that a food establishment does not comply with one or more requirements of this Code Section, it shall report the violation(s) to the Saudi Aramco proponent and/or in the case of water and ice manufacturers, Purchasing Department. Depending on the significance of the public health risk and past experience with the manufacturer's/vendor's compliance, EPD shall take one of the following steps:

2.3

2.2.1

Recommend compliance by Saudi Aramco EPD’s next unannounced inspection; or

2.2.2

Issue a “Warning Notice” to the manufacturer, vendor or supplier, or In the case of water and ice manufacturers recommend through Purchasing Department that a “Warning Notice’ be issued by a specific date; or

2.2.3

Issue a “Suspension Notice” to the manufacturer, supplier or vendor, or in the case of water and ice manufacturers recommend that Purchasing Department issue a “Suspension Notice”.

Food establishment management shall conduct periodic (at least weekly) "in-plant" sanitation inspections. Records of these inspections, as well as follow-up actions, shall be kept on file. The reports shall be made available to Saudi Aramco EPD representatives at the time of each inspection. 85



3


The food establishment, and all parts of the facility used directly or indirectly in connection with the operation of the food establishment, shall be kept free of public health nuisances (see SASC-S-18). The building(s) shall be used for no other purpose. The building shall be located as far away from objectionable odors, smoke, dust, or other contaminants as is possible. The building shall not be located in an area subject to flooding.

3.2

Only persons necessary to the operation and maintenance of the food establishment shall be allowed to enter the food establishment. All such necessary persons shall comply with the requirements outlined in sub -section 4 of this Code Section.

3.3

Only articles necessary to the operation and maintenance of the food establishment shall be stored in the food establishment or on any part of the facility used directly or indirectly in connection with the operation of the food establishment.

3.4

No laundry operation shall be conducted in the toilet or shower rooms; utility or janitor's closets; or any area where ingredients and packaging are stored; ingredients and food are manufactured, processed, packaged, prepared, cooked, chilled, frozen, stored or served; equipment and utensils are washed and stored; or where food or food contact surfaces are exposed. If laundry operations are conducted on the premises, the laundry shall be located in a building separate from the food establishment or, if sharing a common wall with the food establishment, all doors to the laundry shall open to the outside, i.e. no door shall connect the laundry to the food establishment. In all cases, the ventilation system for the laundry shall be separate and independent of the food establishment system.

3.5

Clean uniforms shall be stored in a clean, dry place protected from contamination. After use, or when they become soiled, damp or unclean, uniforms shall be placed in a nonabsorbent container or washable laundry bag where they shall be held until they are removed for laundering. Laundry containers and bags shall be cleaned or washed when emptied.

3.6

No operation of the food establishment shall be conducted in any room used as living or sleeping quarters. If living or sleeping quarters are provided on the premises, they shall be located in a building separate from the food establishment or, if sharing a common wall with the food establishment, all doors to these quarters shall open to the outside, i.e. no door shall connect the living and sleeping quarters to the food establishment. In all cases, the ventilation system for the living and sleeping quarters shall be separate and independent of the food establishment ventilation system.

3.7

Live animals, including those intended for slaughter, shall be excluded from all portions of the food establishment and all parts of the property used directly or indirectly in connection with the operation of the food establishment. Animals shall not be slaughtered in any food establishment other than a Saudi Arab Government approved slaughterhouse.

3.8

"No Smoking" signs shall be posted and maintained in storage, preparation, handling, processing, warewashing, manufacturing, packaging, retail sales and similar areas.

3.9

All public entrances, exits, corridors and stairways shall be properly illuminated. Fire exits shall be provided with illuminated exit signs equipped with emergency power sources. Public entrances, exits, corridors, stairways, fire exits and fire escapes shall be kept free of obstructions. Illumination levels will meet the necessary requirements of the Saudi Aramco Engineering Standard SAES-P-123.

3.10

Hawking of food on Saudi Aramco premises is prohibited.

3.11

The use, sale or storage of Genetically Modified (GM) foods of animal origin, or products manufactured or prepared from animals fed GM material is prohibited.

86



3.11.2

The importation of (GM) foods of animal origin or products containing ingredients of animals fed on GM matter is prohibited

3.11.3 GM food of plant origin (fruits and vegetables) may be imported, used, stored or sold providing that all such food is clearly labeled in both Arabic and English that the food contains ingredients that are genetically modified 4

PERSONNEL 4.1

Personnel shall have a valid photo identification card in their possession that identifies them as an employee of the food establishment. Identification cards are not transferable.

4.2

Personnel shall have a valid medical examination certificate.

4.3

4.2.1

As a minimum, all personnel shall be given a physical health examination prior to commencement of employment, when required by illness or injury and whenever requested by Saudi Aramco EPD. The medical examination shall be equivalent to, and completed with the same thoroughness as, those conducted by the Saudi Aramco Medical Services Organization.

4.2.2

All medical examinations shall be conducted in a medical clinic or hospital approved by the Saudi Arab Government for food handler examination and by a physician licensed by the Saudi Arab Government. Validity of the Health Certificate shall be for a period of 1 year or as stated by the Saudi Arab Government.

4.2.3

As a minimum, the examination shall include stool analysis (ova and parasites, as well as bacterial tests for Salmonella sp., Shigella sp. and Cholera), blood test for Hepatitis A. The extent of the examination may be expanded at the discretion of Saudi Aramco EPD but as a minimum will fulfill the requirements of the Saudi Arab Government ‘food handler examination’.

4.2.4

The medical examination report shall include a statement, signed by the licensed physician conducting the examination, declaring that the individual is physically fit to perform his assigned duties as a food handler and is free of chronic skin ailment, communicable disease or other condition that could promote the transmission of foodborne illness.

4.2.5

A copy of the employee's medical examination, with a photograph of the employee attached, shall be kept on file at his work site. The results of medical examinations shall be available for review by authorized Saudi Aramco representatives prior to and throughout the individual's employment by the food establishment.

Any employee who is ill, has an infection, diarrhea, cuts on his hands, or other condition, no matter how minor, that could promote the transmission of foodborne illness SHALL NOT be allowed to work in ANY food facility in ANY capacity. The employee shall be removed from duty and referred to a licensed physician for evaluation. An explanation of the employee's duties and a specific request that he be examined and tested for communicable disease or other condition that could promote the transmission of foodborne illness shall be submitted to the physician. The employee shall not be allowed to return to duty until: 4.3.1

He has been examined and found to be free of communicable disease or other conditions that could promote the transmission of foodborne illness.

4.3.2

He has been treated and is free of communicable disease or other condition that could promote the transmission of foodborne illness.

4.3.3

A statement signed by the examining/treating physician to the effect that the employee has been examined/treated and is free of communicable disease or other condition that could promote the transmission of foodborne illness is in the employee's file at his work site. This 87



report shall be available for review by authorized Saudi Aramco representatives and, if so requested, a copy of the report shall be transmitted to Saudi Aramco EPD. 4.3.4

If a foodborne illness is suspected, food establishment management and/or the treating physician shall immediately report the case to any of the following Saudi Aramco representatives: Manager, EPD. General Supervisor, ECD Supervisor, Environmental Health Unit

4.4

An on-the-job food sanitation-training program shall be developed, implemented and documented. This shall be an ongoing program designed to teach personnel the food sanitation principles and practices required by this Code Section and to encourage them to achieve the highest possible hygienic Sections in their personal habits and in the workplace. Seminars, lectures, films and posters shall be introduced to emphasize the importance of food handling under hygienic conditions and precautions required to prevent contamination of foods.

4.5

Personnel shall maintain a high degree of personal cleanliness and shall conform to good hygienic practices, whenever handling, preparing or serving food.

4.6

Food handlers shall shower or bathe daily. In this respect, adequate and suitable facilities with hot and cold water, showers and/or baths must be available at employees’ accommodation. (SASC-S-07)

4.7

Personnel shall thoroughly wash their hands and the exposed portions of their arms before starting work; after using the toilet; after touching their ears, nose, mouth or hair; after handling any food waste or refuse; before and after any cleaning procedure; after handling raw meat, poultry, fish, fruit or vegetables; before moving from a raw food preparation area to any other area; after smoking, eating or drinking; and during work as often as necessary to keep hands clean. They shall keep their fingernails clean and trimmed.

4.8

Personnel shall not eat, drink, spit, clean their nose, chew gum or use tobacco in any form while in areas where ingredients and packaging are stored; ingredients and food are manufactured, processed, packaged, prepared, cooked, chilled, frozen, stored or served; equipment and utensils are washed and stored; or where food or food contact surfaces are exposed. Personnel shall eat, use tobacco and chew gum in designated areas only, not food preparation areas, during non-work periods only. An area shall not be designated as a dining or tobacco use area if eating or the use of tobacco might result in contamination of packaging, ingredients, food, equipment, utensils or food contact surfaces.

4.9

Personnel shall be provided with, and be required to wear, neat, clean, light colored uniforms that are changed at least daily. Clothing that is used once and then discarded is permissible.

4.10

Personnel shall be provided with and required to wear clean and sound gloves, boots and other protective clothing, when deemed necessary.

4.11

Personnel shall be provided with, and be required to wear, clean hair restraints that effectively contain the hair on their head, as well as facial hair, if applicable.

4.12

Personnel shall wear closed shoes, preferably steel-toed safety shoes. Open sandals and bare feet shall be prohibited in all rooms where food is stored, prepared or served.

4.13

Personnel shall remove all jewelry while preparing or handling ingredients, food and food contact surfaces.

4.14

Personnel shall not sleep or lie in areas where ingredients and packaging are stored; food is manufactured, processed, packaged, prepared, cooked, chilled, frozen, stored or served; equipment is washed or stored; or where food contact surfaces are exposed. 88



4.15

Personnel shall handle soiled tableware in a way that avoids contamination of hands. Conversely, personnel shall handle clean tableware in a way that prevents contamination of the tableware.

4.16

The person in charge shall be responsible for assuring that personnel comply with the requirements of this Code Section. He shall demonstrate knowledge of the principles and practices critical to food protection and sanitation, such as the proper sources of food, safe time and temperature relationships for potentially hazardous foods, the elements of good personal hygiene, proper handling techniques, approved warewashing procedures, storage and use of toxic items, and control of insects, rodents and other vermin.

4.17

Food handlers shall be provided with, and wear, suitable disposable gloves, when handling, preparing or serving foods that are not to be further processed, e.g. salad vegetables, sandwiches, cooked meats etc. Food handlers, similarly, will wear disposable gloves on serving lines when handling cutlery, crockery or dispensing food. All food handlers required to wear such protective gloves shall handwash prior to applying gloves and will discard the gloves immediately after leaving the work area, after touching any surface that is liable to be contaminated or after touching any part of his exposed skin, hair or mouth. NOTE: The use of disposable gloves is not a substitute for good personal hygiene and proper hand washing. Disposable gloves must be considered contaminated once they have come into contact with any working surface (including refrigerator handles, drawer handles etc) and shall be discarded accordingly.

5

POISONOUS OR TOXIC MATERIALS 5.1

Only those poisonous or toxic materials specifically designed for use in food establishments, such as approved sanitizing agents and pesticides that are required for proper maintenance and operation of the facility shall be present in the food establishment.

5.2

Detergents, sanitizers, caustics, acids, lubricants and other chemicals shall not be stored above or mingled with food, food contact surfaces, equipment or utensils. This requirement does not prohibit the convenient location and availability of cleaning and sanitizing agents in warewashing areas.

5.3

Containers of poisonous or toxic materials, including detergents, sanitizing agents, insecticides and rodenticides, shall be specifically and plainly labeled as to the contents and as to its hazardous nature and instructions for use. Material Safety Data Sheets shall be available on all hazardous materials used or stored in the facility. Poisonous or toxic materials shall be stored in their original, labeled container except that cleaning agents and sanitizers may be removed from bulk drums of greater than 38 liters (10 gallons) and placed in properly labeled, purpose-made smaller containers that can be more easily managed in the workplace (the use of empty food containers for this purpose is expressly prohibited). The working containers shall be identified with the common name and intended use of the cleaning agent or sanitizer.

5.4

Poisonous or toxic materials shall be stored in locked cabinets or rooms that are used for no other purpose. They shall not be stored in areas where packaging, ingredients, food, equipment or utensils are stored; where food is stored, prepared, processed, cooked, packaged, chilled, frozen or served; or where warewashing takes place. Sanitizing agents and cleaning compounds shall not be stored in the same cabinet or area of a locked room where insecticides, rodenticides or other poisonous or toxic materials are kept. None of these products shall be stored in a way that causes contamination or adulteration of food, food contact surfaces, utensils or equipment (extreme care shall he taken to avoid such adulteration/contamination).

5.5

Sanitizing agents, cleaning compounds and other chemicals intended for use on food contact surfaces shall not be used in a way that contaminates or leaves a toxic residue on packaging, ingredients, food, equipment, utensils or other food contact surfaces; that is hazardous to personnel; nor in a way that is not in compliance with the manufacturers' instructions printed on the label.

5.6

Poisonous or toxic materials not intended for use on food contact surfaces shall not be used in a way that directly or indirectly contaminates food contact surfaces. They shall not be used in a way that 89



contaminates or leaves a toxic residue on packaging, ingredients, food, equipment, utensils or other food contact surfaces; that is hazardous to personnel; or in a way that is not in compliance with the manufacturers' instructions printed on the label.

6

5.7

Personal medications shall not be kept in areas where packaging, ingredients, food, equipment, utensils or other food contact surfaces are stored or used.

5.8

First aid supplies shall be stored and used in a way that does not contaminate packaging, ingredients, food, equipment, utensils or other food contact surfaces.

PEST CONTROL 6.1

All outside pest breeding places, as well as all inside harboring and hibernating spots, shall be under periodic control. Regular surveys should be conducted to detect the presence of insects/rodents. Experienced Pest Control personnel who are fully familiar with survey techniques using traps, and other survey tools should carry out surveys. Areas along fences, around buildings, at loading docks, under stored materials, in and around refuse facilities, as well as floors, walls, ceilings, bucket elevators and conveyors in the building, shall be inspected frequently to detect the presence of insects, rodents and other vermin. Preventive control measures are preferable to eradication campaigns.

6.2

The food establishment shall be designed, constructed, equipped, maintained and operated to prevent the entrance and harborage of insects, rodents, animals, birds and other vermin, as well as environmental contaminants such as smoke and dust. Effective measures, such as excluding, inspecting and exterminating, shall be used to minimize the entry, presence and propagation of vermin, both inside and outside of the food establishment.

6.3

All floor drains shall be properly trapped and provided with a tight fitting metal cover with perforations no greater than 13 millimeters (0.5 inch) diameter.

6.4

There shall be no openings in exterior walls, foundations, basements, and roofs that admit insects, rodents or other vermin. Openings for pipes, conduits and other utility services in foundations or exterior walls, floors or roofs shall be closed solidly by metal sheeting, concrete or other impervious material. If metal sheeting is used to seal holes around pipes, conduits and other opening, it shall extend at least 7.6 centimeters (3 inches) beyond all sides of the opening.

6.5

All pesticides used in and around the food establishment shall be registered with, and approved for use in food establishments, by the Saudi Arab Government. Pesticides should be of low toxicity for humans.

6.6

Pesticides shall be dispensed and handled by authorized, properly trained personnel. Pesticides shall only be used when necessary, i.e. when there is evidence of pest activity. Pesticides will be applied with the utmost of care and only by qualified personnel. Only those pesticides that are approved for use in the food facilities will be permitted.

6.7

Pesticides shall not be applied in areas where food handling, warewashing or other such operations are in progress or in a way that contaminates packaging, ingredients, food, equipment, utensils or other food contact surfaces. As a precautionary measure after application of pesticides, the food contact surfaces of potentially contaminated equipment and utensils shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove residues.

6.8

Fly electrocution devices, if used, shall be designed to have "escape- resistant" trays. They shall be installed so that dead insects are prevented from falling on food and food contact surfaces. Trays shall be emptied into an outside refuse container at least once each day.

6.9

Bait stations shall be tamper-proof by having locking devices fitted and shall have installed baiting rods that hold the bait securely in place. Bait stations shall be used in non-food handling areas only and shall be restricted to rodenticides falling within the anticoagulant group. 90



6.10

7.

Trapping is the preferred method of rodent control inside a food establishment. Tracking powders shall not be used inside a food establishment.

CONTROL OF OPERATION 7.1

The operator of the food establishment shall carry out a ‘Food Safety Risk Assessment’ by developing an appropriate and effective HACCP (Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point) plan. The plan shall: 1) Identify any steps in the operation that are critical to food safety; 2) Make provisions for incorporating adequate safety controls into the operations; and 3) Include monitoring of control procedures to ensure continuing effectiveness.

7.2

The following seven HACCP principles shall be followed: • Carry out a hazard analysis; • Identify critical control points (CCPs); • Establish critical limits for each CCP; • Implement monitoring procedures at each CCP; • Develop corrective action procedures in the event that critical limits are exceeded; • Incorporate an effective record keeping system into the plan; • Develop procedures to verify that the system is working; With respect to the above, the following guidelines are provided: 7.2.1

Assemble a HACCP team: to develop an effective HACCP plan it is essential to assemble a HACCP team that has the expertise and knowledge to determine the full scope of the plan. The scope should describe which segment of the food chain is involved and the general classes of hazards to be addressed (e.g. does the plan cover all foods, all hazards or only selected classes).

7.2.2

Describe the product: develop a full description of the product. This should include relevant safety information such as ingredients, physical and chemical structure (including pH, water content etc), description of processes such as cooking, freezing, brining, smoking, storage requirements during the various stages of processing, and any other relevant information regarding the safe handling of the ingredients and final product

7.2.3

Construct a process flow diagram (PFD): a PFD is essential to show all processes of the food preparation chain from delivery of the raw ingredients, to the use by the final consumer. The flow diagram should show all steps of the entire operation. When applying HACCP, consideration should be given to steps preceding and following the specified operation.

7.2.4

Onsite confirmation: it is important before proceeding further to confirm that the processes as described in the PFD are correct. At this stage, necessary changes to the PFD should be made where appropriate.

7.2.5

List all potential hazards associated with each step, consider any measures to control identified hazards. (Principle 1) The HACCP team shall list all of the hazards that may be reasonably expected to occur at each step from primary production, processing, manufacture, and distribution until the point of consumption. The HACCP team shall identify those hazards in the plan, which must be eliminated or reduced in order to produce safe food. 7.2.5.1 Wherever possible the following should be included: • • • •

The likely occurrence of the hazards and severity of their adverse health effects; The qualitative and/or quantitative evaluation of the presence of hazards; Survival or multiplication of microorganisms of concern; Production or persistence in foods of toxins, chemicals or physical agents; 91



• 7.2.6

Determine CCPs (principle 2). In order to prevent the hazards of food poisoning, or physical or chemical contamination it is necessary to identify CCPs. A CCP point is a step in the preparation, handling or storage of food, which has to be carried out to ensure that the hazard is either eliminated or reduced to a safe level. Here, the following two questions are to be considered: Is there a hazard at this step? Is it necessary to control the hazard at this step, or will a subsequent step eliminate or reduce the hazard to an acceptable limit?

7.2.7

Establish critical limits for each CCP (principle 3). This step involves establishing a criterion that must be met for each preventive measure associated with a CCP. Critical limits can be thought of as boundaries of safety for each CCP and may be set for preventive measures such as temperature, time, physical dimensions, water content, pH and available chlorine. Critical limits must be based on recognized Standards such as regulatory Standards, scientific literature, experimental studies and consultation with experts.

7.2.8

Establish a monitoring system for each CCP (principle 4). Monitoring is a planned sequence of observations or measurements to assess whether a CCP is under control and to produce an accurate record for use in further verification procedures. There are three main reasons for monitoring: It tracks the system’s operations so that a trend towards a loss of control can be recognized and corrective action can be taken to bring the process back into control before a deviation occurs. It indicates when a loss of control and a deviation have actually occurred, when corrective action must be taken, and It provides written documentation for use in verification of the HACCP plan. 7.2.8.1

8

Conditions which could lead to the above. The HACCP team then should consider what control measures, if any, can be applied for each hazard identified.

Instrumentation used for monitoring critical limits must be carefully calibrated for accuracy. Records of calibration must be kept as part of the HACCP plan documentation

7.2.9

Establish corrective actions (principle 5). Specific corrective actions shall be developed for each CCP in the system to deal with deviations when they occur. The corrective actions must be clearly defined and be specific for that CCP. For example: “If the temperature of the food falls below 60ºC (145ºF) it must be reheated to over 74ºC (165ºF) in its entirety for a minimum of 3 minutes. If the temperature of the food falls below 60ºC (145ºF) again then it must be discarded”.

7.2.10

Establish documentation and record keeping (principle 6). Efficient and accurate record keeping is essential to the application of a HACCP system. Documentation and record keeping shall be appropriate to the nature and size of the operation, but should include: Hazard Analysis, CCP determination, Critical limit determination, CCP monitoring activities, deviations and associated corrective actions, temperature records and employee training

7.2.11

Establish verification procedures (principle 7). Verification and auditing methods, procedures and tests, including random sampling and analysis, can be used to determine if the system is working. The frequency of verification shall be sufficient to confirm that the system is working effectively. Examples of verification activities can include: Review of the HACCP systems and documents to ensure that the plan is being followed. Review of CCP records and determination of correct actions being taken when deviations occur, independent auditing, random sampling, visual inspections of operations to observe if CCPs are under control

FACILITY DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION (GENERAL) 8.1

The exterior walking and driving areas shall be surfaced with concrete, asphalt, or other materials that have been effectively treated to facilitate maintenance and to minimize dust. If subject to flooding or accumulation of water, exterior walking and driving surfaces shall be graded to drain. 92



9

10

8.2

The food establishment shall be enclosed in a building consisting of floors, walls and overhead structures that comply with the minimum requirements prescribed by this Code Section. The size of the building shall be compatible with the purpose intended without crowding of equipment, personnel or materials. It shall include sufficient space for storage of both raw materials and finished products. The design shall allow sufficient space for maintenance and cleaning operations and for sound hygienic control at all stages of production.

8.3

The food establishment shall be so designed as to apply hygienic operation in a regulated flow in the process lines, from the arrival of raw materials to the complete processing of the finished product. Different food establishment operations shall be conducted independently of each other, as applicable. Separate areas shall be provided for each of the following functional categories: a) maintenance; b) water treatment; c) dry storage of nonperishable ingredients and packaging; d) bulk storage of goods; e) cold storage of perishable ingredients and products; f) manufacturing, processing, packaging, preparing (bakery, meat, vegetables, etc.), cooking and serving; g) warewashing and storage; h) product holding, storage and shipping; i) laboratory; j) toilet and dressing areas; and k) storage of refuse prior to final disposal; l) retail sales outlets; and m) general offices. Where this is not feasible, the various operations shall be located in a way that does not contribute to cross contamination or interfere with one another.

FLOORS 9.1

Floors of all rooms where perishable ingredients are stored; ingredients and food are manufactured, processed, packaged, prepared, cooked, chilled, frozen, stored or served; equipment and utensils are washed and stored; food or food contact surfaces are exposed; as well as floors in dressing rooms, locker rooms, toilet rooms and vestibules; shall be constructed of non-slippery, nontoxic, sealed concrete, terrazzo, ceramic tile or other equally impervious material that is not affected by weak acids, alkalis or steam; shall be finished such that they are smooth, free from crevices and pits and are easily cleanable; and shall be properly sloped to a trapped drain. These floor surfaces shall be coved at the juncture of the floor and wall, as well as at the wall and ceiling, with a 10 millimeter (3/8 inch) minimum radius coving. The coving material shall extend up the wall at least 10 centimeters (4 inches). All materials shall be properly grouted and sealed.

9.2

Floors of all other rooms, including those where nonperishable dry ingredients, packaging materials and nonperishable finished products are stored, shall comply with the above specifications, except floor drains need not be provided. Coving of wall/floor junctions is desirable, but is not mandatory if junctions can be kept clean.

9.3

Floors of walk-in refrigerators and freezers shall be graded to drain all parts of each floor to the outside through a wastepipe, doorway, or other opening.

9.4

Mats and duckboards are prohibited, except as permitted in Section SASC-S-9.

9.5

Utility lines and pipes shall not be unnecessarily exposed on floors.

9.6

Carpeting, if used, shall be of closely woven construction, properly installed, easily cleanable and maintained in good repair. Carpeting is prohibited in rooms where ingredients and food are manufactured, processed, packaged, prepared, cooked, chilled, frozen, stored or served; equipment and utensils are washed and stored; food or food contact surfaces are exposed; as well as in dressing rooms, locker rooms, toilet rooms and vestibules.

WALLS, CEILINGS AND APPURTENANCES 10.1

Walls, ceilings and non-supporting partitions, including all appurtenances thereto, of rooms where perishable ingredients are stored; ingredients and food are manufactured, processed, packaged, prepared, cooked, chilled, frozen, stored or served; equipment and utensils are washed and stored; food or food contact surfaces are exposed; as well as floors in dressing rooms, locker rooms, toilet 93



rooms and vestibules; shall have a durable, nonabsorbent, smooth, washable, light colored and easily cleanable surface. They shall not support the accumulation of dirt, condensation or mold development. The use of rough or unsealed and unfinished building materials, such as brick, concrete blocks and wooden beams, is prohibited in these rooms. Concrete or pumice blocks used for interior wall construction shall be finished and sealed to provide a smooth, easily cleanable surface.

11

10.2

Studs, joists and rafters shall not be exposed in rooms outlined above. If exposed in other rooms of the food establishment, they shall be properly finished to provide a smooth, easily cleanable surface.

10.3

All surfaces shall be continuous, easily cleanable and free from cracks, crevices and open joints.

10.4

Conduits, pipes and cables shall be properly ‘chased’ into the structure of the building wherever practicable. When otherwise installed conduits, pipes and cables shall be kept to a minimum, properly protected and covered with a material that will facilitate easy cleaning.

10.5

Wall or ceiling mounted light fixtures, vent covers, fans, decorative materials, equipment and appurtenances shall be installed in a way that does not obstruct or prevent cleaning, shall be designed and constructed to facilitate cleaning, shall be made of easily cleanable materials, and shall be maintained in good repair.

DOORS AND WINDOWS 11.1

All openings to the outside shall have solid doors or glazed windows that shall be kept tightly closed when not in use. Doors, windows and appurtenances thereto, shall be designed and constructed to avoid accumulation of dirt and shall be finished such that they are smooth, nonabsorbent and easily cleanable.

11.2

All outer doors shall be tight fitting and self-closing. All doors, including sliding or folding types, shall be constructed so that the space between the lower edge of the door and the threshold does not exceed 6.4 millimeters (0.25 inch). The space between sections of folding and sliding doors, when closed, shall not exceed 6.4 millimeters (0.25 inch). All exposed edges of the lower 20.3 centimeters (8 inches) of wooden doors and jambs serving exterior entrances, or any other door easily accessible to rodents shall be protected by covering such edges of doors and jambs with metal sheeting that cannot be gnawed through.

11.3

All ventilation and other non-window openings that cannot be solidly sealed and that remain accessible to insects and rodents shall be appropriately screened by grills, hardware cloth or other material capable of precluding the entrance of insects, rodents and other vermin. Note that the swingtype louvered flaps that automatically close when an exhaust or ventilation fan is switched off are deemed to be acceptable screening if they are kept clean and in good repair.

11.4

Effective means shall be provided to prevent entrance of flies when outside doors must be opened for immediate passage through the door. This shall be deemed satisfied when all outside door openings are fitted with properly operated air curtain devices or other equally effective means for impeding the entry by flies. Note that these devices are designed to hamper, not completely stop, the movement of flies through a door. They do not block entry by crawling insects, rodents, animals or other vermin; and they do not hold cool air in or keep hot air, dust smoke and other potential sources of contamination out of the food establishment. Provision of such devices does not in any way reduce the need for solid, tight-fitting, self-closing doors that are kept tightly closed when not in immediate use.

11.5

Openable windows shall be provided with suitable screens made of non- corrosive materials and designed in such a way as to facilitate their cleaning and maintenance (screening shall not be less than six mesh per centimeter {16 mesh per inch}). Note that the desert environment of Saudi Arabia is very dusty and subject to high temperatures and extreme temperature shifts. Opened windows represent a contamination hazard and are likely to tax ventilation and temperature control systems. It is recommended that windows not be opened except to air the building in response to a specific emergency situation. Openable windows shall be kept tightly closed at all other times. 94



12

ILLUMINATION 12.1

Shatter-proof protective light shields designed to contain broken glass from exploding electric light bulbs shall be provided for all artificial lights fixed and suspended over areas where ingredients and packaging are stored; food is manufactured, processed, packaged, prepared, cooked, chilled, frozen, stored or served; equipment and utensils are washed or stored; and food contact surfaces are exposed.

12.2

The levels of illumination, whether from natural or artificial sources, shall be provided as per requirements in Table 1. In all cases, illumination shall be evenly distributed and of sufficient intensity to avoid discoloration, shadows and strong glare. Illumination shall meet the requirements of SAES-P123, Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards.

Area to be Illuminated Desk in office Dining room Food service area Hallway Packaging areas Processing at work surface/ preparation areas Stairway Storage areas Warewashing area All other indoor areas Walk in chiller/freezers Dry good stores Buffets/salad bars Handwashing areas Toilets •

13

14

TABLE 1 Illumination Illumination Levels Required* Lux Foot candles 320 30 320 30 540 50 110 10 215 20 540 50 110 215 540 110 110 110 220 220 220

10 20 50 10 10 10 22 22 22

Measured at a distance of 76 centimeters (30 inches) above the floor, unless otherwise stated.

VENTILATION 13.1

Ventilation shall be provided to remove gases, odors, steam, excessive heat, grease, vapors and smoke from the food establishment. Ventilation systems shall be installed and operated according to Standards equivalent to those outlined in Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards.

13.2

Intake air ducts shall be designed and maintained to prevent the entrance of dust, dirt and other contaminating materials. Grills, hardware cloth or other material capable of precluding entrance of insects and rodents shall appropriately screen all ventilation openings. Note that automatic fan ventilation openings are acceptable for rodent stoppage if the fan covering is maintained in good repair.

13.3

Positive air pressure shall be required between clean areas and less clean areas. A clean area is defined as an area where foods are manufactured, processed, packaged, prepared, cooked, chilled, frozen or stored.

PLUMBING AND CROSS CONNECTION CONTROL 95



14.1

Plumbing shall be designed, sized and installed according to Standards equivalent to the Saudi Aramco Plumbing Code. Plumbing and plumbing fixtures shall be operated and maintained in a way that prevents contamination. Plumbing and plumbing fixtures shall be kept clean, operative and in good repair.

14.2

The water supply to any kitchen, processing or manufacturing area, and food preparation room or to any potable water faucet shall be adequately protected against back siphonage and backflow of contaminated water. In a system where there is the potential for backflow or back siphonage of water, no hose will be fitted to the faucet unless a suitable back flow prevention device is installed.

14.3

There shall be no cross connection between the potable water supply and any unsafe or questionable water supply, sewerage system or any source of pollution that might contaminate or otherwise degrade the potable water supply.

14.4

There shall be no direct physical connection between the sewerage system and any drain originating from equipment that contains food or food equipment and utensils. 14.4.1

Drainage from equipment, refrigeration units and other equipment shall be discharged to a floor sink, funnel drain or evaporator basin. An air gap of at least twice the inner diameter of the discharge outlet shall be provided between the discharge outlet and the flood-level rim of the receiving drain/basin.

14.4.2

Dishwashing machines may be connected directly to the sewer immediately downstream from a floor drain or they may be drained through an approved indirect connection.

14.4.3

Indirect waste receptors shall be located to be readily accessible for inspection and cleaning.

14.5

Where a carbonating device is installed on equipment, the integrity of the water supply to the device shall be protected against contamination by carbon dioxide or carbonic acid by being a completely enclosed system, with air gap or proper effective check valves installed between the two systems.

14.6

A non-potable water system is permitted only for purposes such as air conditioning and fire protection. There shall be no connection whatsoever between a potable water supply and a nonpotable water supply unless there is no other alternative. Where a connection does exist the maximum protection shall be installed between the two systems in the provision of a reduced pressure back flow preventor or other devices approved by EPD upon application/request.

14.7

Piping systems, exclusive of food establishment process and product systems shall be color-coded. Non-toxic paints shall be used (the use of paints containing lead shall be avoided). The following colorcoding scheme is recommended:

TABLE 2 Piping System Color-Code Piping System Chilled Water Chlorine, Gas and Liquid Condensate Water

Base Color Blue Yellow Blue

Identifying Color Stripe 1-Gray 1-Oxide Red 1-White

Distilled and Demineralized Water Raw Water Sea, Salt or Brine Water Treated (any process)

Blue Blue Blue Blue

1-Aluminum 1-Black 1-Yellow 1-Oxide Red

Note:

HVAC lines and electrical conduits are not color-coded but are painted the same color as the background construction

96



15

WATER 15.1

Water shall be obtained, conveyed, treated, stored and distributed in a closed system. Design, construction, maintenance and operational Standards, as well as quality criteria, shall comply with requirements equivalent to those outlined in Section SASC-S-01 of this Code and Standards referenced in Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards.

15.2

Water wells (or other water source) and collection, conveyance, treatment, storage and distribution systems, or parts thereof, which are newly constructed, have been repaired or have otherwise become contaminated, shall be disinfected according to requirements outlined in Section SASC-S-01 of this Code before being used. The supply shall be purged of all but normal residual amounts of disinfectant (less than 3.0 milligrams per liter if chlorine is used to disinfect the system) before a sample for bacteriological testing is collected.

15.3

All water not provided directly by pipe to the food establishment from the source shall be transported in a bulk water transport system that is used for no other purpose. Hauled water shall be delivered directly to the closed water system at the food establishment. The bulk water transport system shall comply with requirements outlined in Section SASC-S-01 of this Code.

15.4

Water storage tanks shall be enclosed from the filling inlet to the discharge outlet. Tanks shall be designed with openings that permit visual inspection of the tank and provide access for cleaning and disinfection. All openings shall be covered. Covers shall overlap openings, be sloped so they are selfdraining and shall be provided with gaskets and devices for securing them in place. All openings in the top of the tank shall be flanged upward to form a curb that prevents surface water from entering openings. Vents and overflows shall terminate in a downward direction and shall be screened to prevent entry by birds and other animals. All water storage tanks shall be provided with a sample tap.

15.5

All potable water supplied to the food establishment shall be disinfected by chlorination or other means or methods of equal efficacy in the killing or removal of organisms capable of causing infection. When chlorination is employed, a sufficient amount of chlorine shall be added to the water to maintain a chlorine residual of at least 0.5 milligrams per liter (0.5 parts per million) at all points in the distribution system from which water may be withdrawn.

15.6

Cold running water shall be delivered to all equipment that uses water. Additionally, hot water shall be provided to all hand washbasins, showers and warewashing facilities. Water shall be delivered at a minimum pressure of at least 1.4 kilograms per square centimeter (20 pounds per square inch) with a minimum flow of at least 3.8 liters per minute (1 gallon per minute). The temperature of hot water shall equal or exceed 49°C (120°F).

15.7

Sufficient taps and hoses shall be provided to support food establishment operations. A hose used for conveying potable water to water storage tanks shall be constructed of safe materials, shall have a smooth interior surface, shall be used for no other purpose and shall be clearly identified as to its use. Caps and keeper chains shall be provided for water system inlet and outlet fittings, as well as hose fittings. All such fittings shall be capped when not in immediate use. The hose shall be stored and used so as to be kept free of contamination.

15.8

Water treatment equipment, devices, filters, or any other water treatment or conditioning apparatus, shall be made of safe materials; shall be designed to be disassembled for periodic replacement of active elements/media, cleaning and service; shall be operated, inspected and serviced according to the manufacturers' instructions and specifications; and shall not be operated beyond their rated capacity. All such equipment shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition and, if necessary, shall be sanitized by approved means.

15.9

Steam used in contact with food or food contact surfaces shall be produced from potable water and shall be free from any harmful materials or additives. 97



15.10

16

17

Drinking water fountains and associated requirements: 15.10.1

Drinking fountains, if provided, shall be approved angle-jet type and shall be provided with an adequate supply of water under pressure.

15.10.2

Spillage, overflow, drainage or wastewater from drinking fountains and faucets shall be discharged to the sewerage system through approved drains to prevent impoundment of water, creation of mud holes or other nuisance conditions.

15.10.3

Open containers from which water must be dipped or poured, such as barrels, pails or tanks, whether or not they are fitted with a cover, are prohibited.

15.10.4

Where single service paper cups are provided, cups shall be dispensed from a sanitary device designed for this purpose and a waste receptacle shall be provided for disposal of used cups.

15.10.5

The common drinking cup is prohibited.

SEWAGE 16.1

Sewage and all liquid wastes shall be disposed of according to requirements equivalent to those outlined in Section SASC-S-02 of this Code. Pit latrines, outhouses and other non- water-carried sewage disposal methods are prohibited.

16.2

Sewage shall be discharged to a municipal sewerage system. Where no such system is available, sewage shall be discharged to a suitable treatment and disposal facility that is sized, constructed, maintained and operated according to requirements equivalent to those outlined in Section SASC-S-02 of this Code.

16.3

Floor drains and sewer pipes shall be large enough to carry off all wash and wastewater and sanitary sewage. Sufficient clean-out places shall be provided in sewer drainpipes.

16.4

If used, grease traps shall be located so they are easily accessible for cleaning.

TOILETS, SHOWERS AND HANDWASHING (GENERAL) 17.1 Sufficient individually accessible toilet and handwashing facilities shall be provided, as appropriate. They shall be designed and located to permit simultaneous use.

Number of employed in establishment From 1 to 10 From 11 to 20 From 21 to 30 From 31 to 50 From 51 to 60 From 61 to 70 More than 70

TABLE 3 Numbers and Types of Fixtures Required persons Number of toilets and Number of hand washbasins the food urinals* 1 2 3 4 6 7 one for each 10 additional persons

1 2 3 4 6 7 one for each persons

98


10 additional


Installation Hand washbasin Shower cubical Shower stall Toilet compartment Urinal

TABLE 4 Minimum Space Required for Each Type of Installation Minimum Minimum Minimum Space Per Width Depth Unit 2 60 cm 105 cm 1.1 m 2 75 cm 75 cm 1.3 m 2 75 cm 75 cm 1.3 m 2 80 cm 105 cm 1.5 m 2 60 cm 105 cm 1.1 m

17.2

Urinals may be substituted for water closets on a one to one basis, except that the number of water closets may not be reduced to less than two-thirds of the number required. Toilet rooms, and where provided, shower rooms, shall be completely enclosed. They shall be designed, constructed and maintained according to Sections outlined in this Code.

17.3

Toilet and handwashing facilities shall be accessible and conveniently located for employees use. Facilities are not considered to be readily accessible if an employee is required to climb more than one floor-to-floor flight of stairs or if they are located more than 61 meters (200 feet) from the location where the employee normally works.

17.4

Entrance/exit doors to toilet rooms and shower rooms shall be tight fitting, self-closing and shall be kept closed when not in immediate use. Toilet room/shower room doors shall not open directly into areas where ingredients and packaging are stored; ingredients and food are manufactured, processed, packaged, prepared, cooked, chilled, frozen, stored or served; equipment and utensils are washed and stored; or where food or food contact surfaces are exposed. An exception to the above requirement is if there is provided an intervening ventilated space between the entrance to the toilet and an entrance to a food room. The intervening ventilated space shall be exhausted to the outside through its own mechanical exhaust system independent of the food establishment ventilation system, or the toilet/shower room ventilation system.

17.5

Walls and ceilings shall be constructed of durable materials and shall have light colored, smooth, easily cleanable surfaces. Ceilings shall be at least 2.1 meters (7 feet) high as measured to the lowest projection from the ceiling. The junctions between the walls and floors shall be sealed and coved. The walls in toilet compartments and next to handwashing facilities shall be impervious to water, detergents and disinfectants and tiled to a minimum of 1.2 meters (4 feet). The walls in shower compartments shall be lined with glazed ceramic tiles or other suitable, continuous, easily cleanable surface to a minimum of 1.8 meters (6 feet)

17.6

The walls or partitions between toilet/shower compartments may be less than the height of the room walls, but the tops shall not be less than 1.8 meters (6 feet) from the floor. If partitions are used, the bottoms of the partitions shall be raised at least 15 centimeters (6 inches) above the floor. In situations where a raised partition is not desirable, such as partitions separating eastern style toilet fixtures where a raised partition may not afford suitable privacy, partitions shall be placed on a continuous raised masonry or concrete base at least 15 centimeters (6 inches) high, or a properly designed and constructed wall that joins the floor shall be provided.

17.7

Floors shall be constructed of durable materials, which are slip- resistant, smooth, easily cleanable, and impervious to water, detergents and disinfectants (carpeting is prohibited). Floors shall be sloped to trapped floor drains. The junctions between floors and walls shall be sealed and coved.

17.8

Each toilet fixture (water closet) shall occupy a separate compartment. 17.8.1

Toilet bowls shall be set entirely free and open from all enclosing structures and shall be so installed that the space around the fixture can be easily cleaned. This does not prohibit the use of wall-hung toilets. 99



18

17.8.2

Every western-type toilet shall be made of substantial materials having a smooth, nonabsorbent, easily cleanable finish. They shall be fitted with a hinged, open-front seat. A holder supplied with toilet tissue shall be provided in each toilet compartment.

17.8.3

Every eastern-type toilet shall be made of substantial material having a smooth, nonabsorbent, easily cleanable finish. Each toilet compartment shall be provided with a water tap for washing (and a supply of toilet paper with holder, where indicated). Water taps in eastern toilet compartments shall be fitted with appropriate backflow prevention devices designed to protect the water distribution system from contamination.

17.8.4

Covered waste receptacles shall be provided in all toilet compartments used by women.

17.9

Toilet room handwashing facilities shall comply with the same requirements as those outlined in sub-section 18 of this Code Section

17.10

Each shower fixture (shower bath) shall occupy a separate compartment. The compartment shall be composed of a cubical with a bench and a clothes hook and a separated shower stall. The visual privacy of the bather shall be maintained. Privacy curtains, if used, shall be of easily cleanable material and kept clean. 17.10.1

Shower floors shall be self-draining. The design shall preclude the flow of water into adjacent areas.

17.10.2

Shower floors shall be slip-resistant or be provided with impervious, non-slip mats. If impervious mats are used, they shall be cleaned, sanitized and air dried at least once daily. Mats shall not be kept on the shower floor when not in use.

17.10.3

Showers shall be supplied with water at a temperature of at least 32°C (90°F) at a rate of at least 11.4 liters (3 gallons) per minute. Thermostatic, tempering or mixing valves shall be installed to prevent scalding of bathers. Any slow-closing faucet used, shall provide a flow of water for at least 30 seconds without the need to reactivate the faucet.

17.11

All facilities shall be well ventilated and free of excessive condensation. They shall be suitably cooled or heated. They shall be provided with mechanical ventilation systems capable of providing the equivalent of five air changes per hour. At least 20 percent of the air supply shall be taken from the outside. Note that the requirements regarding the circulation of air from clean to "less clean" areas may dictate that an independent mechanical ventilation system be provided. If this is not feasible, mechanical extract fans may be used in lieu of the required mechanical ventilation system. Extract fans shall be capable of exhausting 1 cubic meter (35 cubic feet) of air per minute for each toilet, urinal, shower or hand washbasin installed.

17.12

The storage of ingredients, equipment, utensils or single service articles in toilet rooms, shower rooms, handwashing areas or vestibules is prohibited.

17.13

Legible signs made of durable materials directing all users to wash their hands after using the toilet/urinal shall be posted in every toilet room (in Arabic, English and other appropriate languages).

HANDWASH BASINS AND HAND WASHING 18.1

Conveniently located, accessible handwash basins shall be provided for food handlers to wash hands. As a minimum all food handlers in food production areas, processing areas, food preparation or packaging areas, and those persons engaged in cooking, serving or ware-washing should have access to conveniently located handwash basins. EPD will determine, on a case-by-case basis, whether handwash basins are conveniently located, adequate or accessible. Sinks that are used for food preparation, utensil washing and janitor sinks are not considered acceptable as substitutes for handwash basins.

100



19

20

18.2

Where there are adequate food preparation and ware-wash sinks, EPD may permit the use of a food preparation sink to be used for hand washing purposes provided that the sink is dedicated for hand washing only, has a sign indicating that the sink is for hand washing only and there are extenuating circumstances for not providing a proper handwash sink.

18.3

Hand washing facilities that are constructed or remodeled shall be provided with tempered water from a self-closing combination or premixing faucet that supplies warm water for a minimum of 15 seconds while both hands are free for washing and rinsing (also refer to water supply requirements in sub-section 15 of this Code Section). A foot, knee or elbow operated combination or premixing faucet may be substituted for a self-closing faucet. The manually operated, stem-type hot and cold mixing valves currently installed in existing facilities shall be scheduled for remodeling at the earliest possible date.

18.4

Hand washing cleanser and single-use paper towels shall be provided in dispensers at or next to hand washbasins at all times (common towels are prohibited). A refuse container lined with a disposable plastic bag shall be provided next to paper towel dispensers. The refuse container need not be covered if used on a continuing basis for nothing other than the disposal of paper towels.

CHANGING AREAS AND LOCKERS 19.1

A changing area, separate from toilet rooms and food related areas, shall be provided wherever the work performed involves exposure to excessive dirt, heat, fumes, vapor or moisture.

19.2

Where the process in which the worker is engaged is such that his work clothing becomes wet or has to be washed between shifts, provision shall be made to ensure that such clothing is dry before reuse.

19.3

Lockers or other suitable facilities shall be provided and used for the storage of employee's street clothing and personal belongings. Since a clean uniform must be worn each day, facilities for storing wet uniforms for reuse are not required.

19.4

Hooks or a rail fitted with captive hangers shall be provided for hanging aprons and other reusable protective clothing. The hooks/hangers shall be sufficiently spaced to allow free air circulation around all items when all hooks/hangers are used.

19.5

Shoe/boot racks shall be provided for proper air-drying of shoes and boots. The racks shall be sufficiently spaced to allow free air circulation around all items when all hooks/racks are used.

19.6

Clothes shall not be hung in any area other than those areas specifically designated in sub-section 19 of this Code Section.

AMBIENT STORAGE FACILITIES 20.1

Non-refrigerated storage facilities: 20.1.1

Adequate and suitable space, fixed shelving and movable storage dollies, skids, racks and open-ended pallets shall be provided to accommodate orderly, uncluttered, off-the-floor storage of all dry goods, packaging materials and products.

20.1.2

Fixed shelving shall be designed and made of (or finished with) materials that are durable, smooth, impervious and easily cleanable. The bottom shelf of a fixed shelving unit shall be raised at least 15 centimeters (6 inches) above the floor. In warehouses and large dry stores, as a minimum, an aisle 60cm (2 feet) but preferably 90cm (3 feet) shall be provided between walls and fixed shelving units, and between fixed shelving units running parallel to each other.

101



20.2

20.1.3

Movable dollies, skids, racks and open-ended pallets may rest directly on the floor if the storage device can be moved easily by hand operated or motorized moving equipment. If used, movable dollies, skids, racks or open-ended pallets shall be placed at least 46 centimeters (18 inches) away from all walls.

20.1.4

Temperatures in dry goods and non-refrigerated ‘ambient’ food stores shall be maintained at below 30°C (86°F).

Non-refrigerated storage practices: 20.2.1

Dry goods, packaging materials and products shall be stored in an orderly, uncluttered, offthe-floor manner on fixed shelving or on movable dollies, skids, racks or open-ended pallets in a way that allows access for proper cleaning, ventilation, stock rotation and pest control activities, and that protects stored items from contamination.

20.2.2

Dry goods, packaging materials and products shall not be stored under exposed sewer lines or in areas subject to flooding, drainage, overhead leakage, condensation or other physical, bacterial or chemical contaminants. They shall be protected from contamination and adulteration by all agents, including dust, coughs and sneezes, insects, vermin, toxic substances, unclean equipment and utensils.

20.2.3

An easily distinguishable first-in first-out stock rotation system, such as expiry date placarding of pallets, shall be used in the facility to avoid using outdated stock. The first- in first-out system shall identify and use supplies that will expire first, not those that were received first.

20.2.4

All stored items shall be examined regularly for signs of damage, pest infestation and to ensure that they are used before they expire. Unusable items, e.g. blown, severely dented and seam damaged cans, as well as outdated items, shall be discarded. If such items must be held until they have been written-off, a separate area shall be designated and utilized for storage of damaged and/or outdated stock. Damaged and/or outdated stock shall be removed from the premises expeditiously to avoid mixing with regular stock.

20.2.5

Stored foods, whether raw or prepared, if removed from the containers they were received in, shall be enclosed in clean, covered, food-grade containers that have been used for no purpose other than food storage. 20.2.5.1

Bulk storage containers and container covers shall be labeled to identify stored foods by their common names. The use of cloth towels or plastic bags as container covers is prohibited.

20.2.5.2

Properly designed and constructed plastic or stainless steel scoops shall be provided for bulk ingredient/ food dispensing. Cans and garden shovels are not acceptable substitutes for proper scoops. Scoops shall be jabbed into the bulk food item with the handle up for storage.

20.2.6

Foods not subject to further washing or cooking shall be protected from contamination by foods requiring washing or cooking, e.g. washed fruit shall be stored separately from unwashed fruit.

20.2.7

After a fire, flood, power outage or other disaster that might result in the contamination of food or that might prevent potentially hazardous food from being held at required temperatures, the person in charge shall immediately contact Saudi Aramco EPD. On receiving notice of this occurrence, EPD shall take whatever action is required to protect public health.

102



21

REFRIGERATED STORAGE 21.1

21.2

Refrigerated storage facilities: 21.1.1

Sufficient and adequate, conveniently located refrigeration/freezer units shall be provided to accommodate orderly, uncluttered, off-the-floor storage of all ingredients and products on shelves and racks that comply with requirements outlined in sub-section 25 of this Code Section. Each refrigerator/freezer shall be designed to include at least one built-in temperature indicating device that is accurate to ±1°C (±2°F). The temperature-sensing probe shall be located to measure the air temperature in the warmest part of the unit. The temperature display device shall be positioned so that it is easily readable, preferably built-in to the outside face of the refrigerator/freezer unit at eye level.

21.1.2

Where cook-chill is practiced a commercial blast chiller shall be provided to reduce the temperature of hot foods rapidly to below 5°C (41°F). Where cook-freeze is practiced, a commercial blast freezer shall be provided to reduce the temperature of hot foods rapidly to below -18°C (0°F).

21.1.3

Refrigeration units shall be capable of maintaining a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or below at all times under maximum load/use conditions.

21.1.4

Freezer units shall be capable of maintaining a temperature of -18°C (0°F) or below at all times under maximum load/use conditions.

Refrigerated storage practices: 21.2.1

All foods requiring refrigeration shall be maintained at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or below. The temperature of frozen food shall be maintained at -18°C (0°F) or below.

21.2.2

If a separate refrigeration unit is used to rapidly cool foods from hot/warm temperatures to 5°C (41°F) or below, cooled foods shall be transferred immediately to a Section holding refrigeration unit for routine storage. This is required to ensure that adequate space and capacity is available for rapid cooling of hot/warm foods.

21.2.3

Temperature gauges of refrigerators chill display cabinets and freezers shall be checked a minimum of twice daily, 8 – 12 hour intervals but preferably thrice daily and the temperature recorded on a log sheet. Log sheets to be kept at the facility for a minimum of 6 months. In open chill display cabinets food product temperatures shall also be checked on a daily basis and the temperature recorded. Checking of food temperature may be by the use of an approved commercial ‘Infra-red’ directional thermometer or by the use of a sanitized probe thermometer.

21.2.4

Refrigerators and freezers shall not be over stocked. All items shall be stored in an orderly, uncluttered, off-the-floor manner on shelves or racks.

21.2.5

The free circulation of air shall be maintained in refrigerators and freezers. Stored items shall not be placed in front of the cooling unit.

21.2.6

Freezers shall be defrosted regularly.

21.2.7

Food shall not be stored in contact with undrained ice.

21.2.8

Stored foods, whether raw or processed, if removed from the original containers, shall be enclosed in clean, covered, food-grade containers that have been used for no purpose other than food storage. Additionally, frozen foods shall be adequately wrapped to avoid freezer burn.

103



22

21.2.9

Cloth, toweling and other fabrics shall not be used to cover containers, except that specially cared for towel covers essential to the leavening of dough may be permitted if suitable alternative materials are unavailable for this unique process.

21.2.10

All raw foods considered as potentially contaminated shall be totally segregated in storage from cooked and ready to eat foods. Wherever practical, separate refrigerators, suitably labeled, shall be provided. Where it is unavoidable to store raw and cooked foods together in the same refrigerator then raw foods shall be placed on the lowest shelves in the refrigerator. All possible steps shall be taken to prevent cross contamination in the refrigerator. Raw and cooked foods shall be totally segregated and there shall be no risk of drips or spillage from raw foods contaminating cooked and ready to eat foods.

21.2.11

Containers shall be arranged in the refrigerator/freezer to provide for unrestricted heat transfer through the container walls. Containers subject to rapid cooling shall be loosely covered during the cooling period so as not to restrict airflow to the surface of the food. Cooled containers shall be tightly covered.

21.2.12

Ice that has been used for cooling stored food; food containers or food utensils shall not be used for human consumption.

GARBAGE AND REFUSE 22.1

22.2

Garbage and refuse facilities: 22.1.1

Prior to removal from the premises all garbage and refuse shall be stored in a way that makes it inaccessible to insects, rodents and other vermin. Outside storage of garbage or refuse in open piles or in any container other than an approved garbage or refuse container is prohibited. Inside storage of waste in open piles on the floor of the garbage/refuse storage room is prohibited, but waste may be stored in properly closed, heavy duty plastic bags that may be stacked on the floor of a properly designed and constructed refuse facility.

22.1.2

A garbage/refuse storage room, whether located outside or inside the food establishment, shall be large enough to store the garbage/refuse containers that accumulate between disposal periods. Walls, ceilings and all attachments thereto, shall be constructed of smooth, easily cleanable, nonabsorbent materials. The floor shall be constructed of a smooth, easily cleanable, nonabsorbent material, such as sealed concrete, and shall be properly sloped to a trapped drain. The structure shall be insect and rodent-proof. The entrance door to the room shall be fitted with an air curtain device. The storage room shall be kept clean and maintained in good repair. Additionally, garbage/refuse storage rooms shall not be located inside a food facility unless they are refrigerated to 5°C (41°F) or less.

22.1.3

All dedicated garbage rooms shall be of adequate size to accommodate refuse generated from the food establishment that accumulates between collection periods.

22.1.4

Facilities shall be provided for cleaning garbage/refuse containers, lugger boxes and compactor systems after they are emptied. As a minimum, the facility shall be provided with hot running water delivered at a minimum pressure of at least 1.4 kilograms per square centimeter (20 pounds per square inch) with a minimum flow of at least 3.8 liters per minute. A floor constructed of a smooth, easily cleanable, nonabsorbent material, such as sealed concrete, that is properly sloped to a trapped drain connected to the sewerage system.

Garbage and refuse containers: 22.2.1

Approved garbage and refuse containers shall include Standard 115 liters (30 gallons) steel garbage cans, modified 210 liters (55 gallons) steel drums, purpose-built lugger boxes and compactor systems. All such containers shall be made of durable, nonabsorbent, easily cleanable materials that are impervious to attack by insects, rodents and other vermin. They 104



shall be designed and constructed so that they do not leak. Drain plugs, where required, shall be in place at all times except during cleaning. 22.2.2

22.3

23

Refuse equipment and containers shall be provided with tight- fitting lids, doors or covers. 22.2.2.1

The lids, doors or covers of outside refuse equipment and containers shall be kept in the closed position when not in immediate use.

22.2.2.2

Refuse containers that are being actively used in the food facility need not be covered. Refuse containers shall be covered when not being actively used. Filled refuse containers shall be covered and removed from the food establishment to the refuse storage facility.

22.2.3

The cover and the outside surface of the 210 liters (55 gallons), 115 liters (30 gallons) and smaller containers shall be labeled with the word "GARBAGE" or "REFUSE." Once used as garbage or refuse container, the lid and container shall not be used for any other purpose, especially food preparation or storage.

22.2.4

The 210 liters (55 gallons), 115 liters (30 gallons) and smaller containers shall be lined with heavy duty plastic bags to minimize cleaning requirements and facilitate removal of refuse.

22.2.5

Refuse containers shall be provided where refuse is generated. There shall be a sufficient number of approved containers to hold all the garbage and refuse that is produced at the work site and to accommodate the total amount accumulated in the refuse holding facility between disposal periods.

22.2.6

After being emptied, each container shall be thoroughly washed with hot water and detergent on the inside and outside in a way that does not contaminate food, equipment, utensils or food preparation areas.

22.2.7

Refuse equipment and containers shall not, by their location or installation, create a nuisance or prevent cleaning of adjacent space.

Garbage and refuse disposal: 22.3.1

Refuse shall be disposed of often enough to prevent the development of odors and the attraction of insects and rodents.

22.3.2

Waste shall be removed to the disposal facility in a purpose- built refuse transport vehicle.

22.3.3

All refuse shall be disposed of in a municipal sanitary landfill. Open dumps and burn pits are prohibited.

JANITOR'S CLOSET 23.1

A room, area, or cabinet separated from areas where ingredients and packaging are stored; ingredients and food are manufactured, processed, packaged, prepared, cooked, chilled, frozen, stored or served; equipment and utensils are washed and stored; or where food or food contact surfaces are exposed shall be provided for the storage of cleaning equipment and supplies, e.g. mops, buckets, brooms, cleansers and waxes.

23.2

The food establishment shall be equipped with at least one of the following to be used exclusively for general cleaning purposes and for the disposal of mop bucket wastes and other liquid wastes: a) a one compartment, nonporous janitorial sink; or b) a slab, basin, or floor constructed of concrete or equivalent material, curbed and sloped to a drain. Such systems shall be connected to a properly trapped drain, provided with a hot and cold water supply through a mixing valve, and the water supply protected against back siphonage. 105



24

CLEANING AND PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 24.1

A single individual shall be assigned responsibility for the cleanliness of the food establishment. This individual shall have assistant personnel, all of whom are well trained on the assembling and use of special cleaning tools and the safe and effective use of detergents and disinfectants. At least one of these assistants shall be capable of assuming his responsibilities should he be absent from the food establishment. All personnel shall be aware of the hazards of contamination.

24.2

A cleaning and preventive maintenance program shall be developed and implemented. For purposes of this Code Section, non-food contact surfaces of some large equipment, e.g. conveyer lines, outer surfaces of washing machines, outer surfaces of ovens and outer surfaces of refrigeration units, are part of the physical facility and shall be subject to programmed cleaning as well as routine equipment cleaning. 24.2.1

The program shall identify all physical facilities, both inside and outside the food establishment. Each individual facility shall be assessed as to how it might contribute to the contamination of ingredients, products, equipment, utensils and other food contact surfaces. After this is completed, assess how cleaning and maintenance of each individual facility can most effectively reduce or prevent contamination. Formulate specific cleaning/maintenance policies, procedures and methods designed to reduce the risk of contamination.

24.2.2

The completed program shall include a manual that lists all facilities; the cleaning and/or maintenance needs unique to each facility; the specific equipment, tools and chemicals, as well as the step by step procedures and methods required to complete each cleaning and/or maintenance task; and the name of the individual(s) responsible for completing the task.

24.3

A cleaning schedule shall be developed and implemented. The schedule shall outline the frequency that all facilities identified in the cleaning program will be cleaned. Specific dates and times shall be assigned to daily, weekly, monthly and quarterly cleaning cycles.

24.4

Maintenance and cleaning tools, such as brooms, mops, buckets, vacuum cleaners, shall be stored in a way that prevents contamination of ingredients, equipment, utensils and products; and in a way that expedites cleaning of the maintenance equipment facility (refer to sub-section 22 of this Code Section).

24.5

The cleaning of mops and similar cleaning tools, and the disposal of mop water and similar liquid wastes in food preparation sinks, hand washbasins and warewashing facilities, are prohibited (refer to sub-section 22 of this Code Section).

24.6

Single-use, disposable paper towels shall be used for cleaning food contact surfaces. If multi-use, disposable paper cloths are used for cleaning non-food contact surfaces, they shall be rinsed frequently in an approved sanitizing solution, stored in that solution between uses and shall be used for no other purpose. If hypochlorite solution is used the concentration of available chlorine shall not be less than 100 parts per million. The disposable paper cloth shall be replaced as often as is necessary.

24.7

All facilities shall be kept clean, in good repair and free of insects, rodents and objectionable odors. All toilet, shower and handwashing fixtures, and adjacent floors and walls subject to splash, shall be cleaned with detergent, rinsed and then sanitized with a 0.3 to 0.6 percent hypochlorite solution, or equivalent, at least once daily.

24.8

Dustless methods shall be used, such as vacuum cleaning, wet cleaning, or the use of dust-arresting sweeping compounds on floors.

24.9

High level cleaning of ceilings, gantries, rafters and light fixtures requires special access equipment that shall be available, either in the food establishment or through an agreement with a company that provides such equipment when needed. 106



24.10

25

Cleaning, except emergency cleaning, shall be done during periods when the least amount of equipment, ingredient and product is exposed, such as after the day's production is completed.

EQUIPMENT AND UTENSILS (GENERAL) 25.1

25.2

All new and replacement equipment shall meet or be equivalent to applicable U.S. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) Standards or, in the absence of applicable NSF Standards, be approved by Saudi Aramco EPD. Equipment components, such as doors, seals, hinges and fasteners, shall be kept intact, tight and adjusted according to the manufacturers' specifications and good engineering practices.

25.3

All machines shall be designed to perform their functions with minimal operator assistance. If operators must perform a task manually, the machine shall be designed such that manual operation may be performed without the operator or his clothing touching food contact surfaces or the product.

25.4

Color-coded knife handles and matching cutting boards shall be provided for different food preparation activities. This is required to minimize and control cross contamination (also see subsection 31.5 of this Code Section). Where color coded knives and boards are provided the following recognized color scheme is recommended: Red Yellow White Green Brown Blue

25.5

-

Raw meats products Cooked meat products Bakery/Dairy products Salad vegetables Raw vegetables Raw fish

Materials: 25.5.1

All equipment and utensils shall be made of, repaired with and finished with safe, nontoxic, corrosion resistant, nonabsorbent materials which are resistant to denting, buckling, pitting, chipping and crazing. Materials shall not impart odors, color or taste, nor contribute to the contamination of food.

25.5.2

Food contact surfaces shall not contain lead, antimony or cadmium; whether it be contained in the base metal alloy or it is plated onto the surface of the base metal.

25.5.3

The use of solder containing antimony, cadmium or lead for repairing food equipment is prohibited. All solder used shall be specifically formulated for repair of food equipment and shall be composed of safe materials and be corrosion resistant.

25.5.4

Galvanized metal shall not be used as a food contact surface.

25.5.5

Cast iron shall not be used for utensils or food contact surfaces of equipment, except that cast iron may be used as a heated cooking surface for grills and griddles, and as a utensil serving surface if the utensil is used as part of an uninterrupted cooking process from cooking through service.

25.5.6

Copper and copper alloys shall not be used for acid foods or for fittings or tubing downstream from either a check valve or a backflow device exposed to carbon dioxide. Equipment made of copper or its alloys shall be plated with tin so that foods shall not directly contact the copper or copper alloy metal.

25.5.7

Hardwood, such as maple may be used for baker's tables or butchers blocks. The use of wood as a food contact surface under any other circumstance is prohibited, except that wood may be used for shipping crates that only contact fresh, whole fruits and vegetables.

107



25.6

25.7

25.5.8

Glass, plastic and rubber or rubber-like materials are permitted for repeated use as food contact surfaces if they: a) are resistant under normal conditions of use to scratching, scoring, decomposition, crazing, chipping and distortion; b) are of sufficient weight and thickness to permit cleaning and sanitizing by normal dishwashing methods; c) are free of formaldehyde or any other substance that can affect the characteristics of the food it contacts; and d) they comply with all other requirements outlined in sub-section 25 of this Code Section.

25.5.9

Conveyor belts shall be made of suitable, easily cleanable, nonabsorbent materials.

Design and fabrication: 25.6.1

All equipment and utensils shall be designed and fabricated for durability under conditions of normal use. Food contact surfaces, as well as non-food contact surfaces that require frequent cleaning or are exposed to splash or food debris, shall be designed and fabricated to be smooth and easily cleanable; free of breaks, open seams, cracks, chips, pits and similar imperfections; and free of unnecessary ledges, projections and difficult-to-clean internal corners and crevices. Threads shall be designed to facilitate cleaning. Ordinary "V" type threads are prohibited.

25.6.2

Unless designed for in-place cleaning, food contact surfaces shall be accessible for cleaning and inspection by one of the following methods: a) cleaning and inspection without disassembly; b) cleaning and inspection after disassembly without the use of tools; or c) cleaning and inspection after disassembly with the use of simple tools kept available near the equipment, such as a mallet, a screwdriver or an open-ended wrench.

25.6.3

Cutting or piercing parts of package openers shall be readily removable for cleaning.

25.6.4

Sinks and drain boards shall be self-draining.

25.6.5

Equipment requiring unsafe lubricants shall be designed and constructed so that the lubricant cannot leak, drip or be forced onto a food contact surface.

25.6.6

Ventilation hoods and devices shall be designed to prevent condensate from dripping into ingredients, products, or onto food contact surfaces. Filters, if used, shall be readily removable for cleaning and replacement. Ventilation equipment shall be properly operated and maintained.

25.6.7

Unless water-tight joints are provided, all piping, thermometers, rotary shafts and other parts extending into a food container shall be collared with a condensation, drip or dust sealing apron.

25.6.8

Equipment shall be self-draining. The drain shall comply with requirements outlined in subsection 14.4 of this Code Section.

25.6.9

Equipment and utensils fitted with blades, saws or other sharp-edged cutting tools shall be guarded and otherwise designed to protect operators from injury.

Location and installation: 25.7.1

Food equipment and food contact surfaces shall not be located in a locker room, toilet room, toilet room vestibule, garbage room, mechanical room, bedroom, or under an exposed sewer line, exposed non-potable water line, leaking water line, a surface where water condenses, any surface that drips, an open stairwell or under any other potential source of contamination.

25.7.2

Aisles and working spaces between units of equipment and between equipment and walls shall be unobstructed and of sufficient width to permit personnel to perform their duties 108



readily without contamination of ingredients, products or food contact surfaces by clothing or personal contact.

26

25.7.3

Equipment that is placed on a table or counter unless portable shall be sealed to the table or counter or mounted on legs at least 10 centimeters (4 inches) high. All equipment shall be installed to facilitate cleaning of the equipment and adjacent areas.

25.7.4

Equipment is not portable within the meaning of this Code Section unless: a) it is small and light enough to be moved easily by one person; and b) it has no utility connection, or has a utility connection that can be disconnected quickly, or has a flexible utility connection line of sufficient length to permit the equipment to be easily moved for cleaning.

25.7.5

Floor mounted equipment, unless readily movable, shall be installed in one of the following ways: a) sealed to the floor; b) installed on a raised platform of concrete or other smooth material in a way that prevents liquids or food debris from seeping or settling underneath, between, or behind the equipment in spaces that are not open for cleaning and inspection; or c) installed on legs at least 15 centimeters (6 inches) off the floor, except that vertically mounted floor mixers may be elevated as little as 10 centimeters (4 inches) off the floor if no part of the floor under the mixer is more than 15 centimeters (6 inches) from the cleaning access.

25.7.6

Unless sufficient space is provided for ease of cleaning between and behind each unit of floor mounted equipment, the space between it and adjoining equipment and between it and adjacent walls shall be closed. If exposed to seepage, the equipment shall be sealed to the adjoining equipment or adjacent walls.

25.8

Only safe food grade lubricants shall be used on equipment designed to receive lubrication of bearings and gears on, or within, a food contact surface.

25.9

A three-compartment sink with two integral drain boards, accessory drain boards and drying racks shall be provided. Sink compartments and drain boards shall be large enough to accommodate the largest object cleaned. Hot and cold potable water that complies with requirements outlined in subsection 14 of this Code Section shall be provided to each sink compartment through a mixing valve.

TRANSPORTATION 26.1

All food, food products, drink and drink products transported to or between food establishments shall be protected by individually wrapped cartons, cases or crates, packaged so as to properly safeguard them from dust, dirt, filth, droplet infection, contamination, pollution, tastes, odor or other noxious substances.

26.2

All perishable foods shall be transported in a way that protects them against deterioration, spoilage or lowering of quality. Precautions shall be taken to ensure that they reach their destination in the same quality and sanitary condition as when they were loaded on the vehicle. Refrigerated vehicles shall be used to transport chilled foods. Hot foods shall be transported in insulated containers that keep them hot.

26.3

All vehicles used to transport food shall be so constructed and operated as to protect their contents from contamination and to ensure that required temperature limits, if applicable, are maintained. They shall not be used for any purpose other than the transport of food. They shall be kept clean and in good repair.

26.4

Where cooked or chilled foods are transported between sites in containers that meet the requirements of this Code, prior to leaving the preparation site the temperature of all hazardous foods shall be checked with an accurate thermometer and the temperatures recorded. When the food arrives at the destination site the temperature of hazardous foods shall be checked by a competent, trained food services supervisor and the temperatures recorded. Throughout transportation, delivery and serving chilled food must be maintained at 5°C (41°F) or below and hot foods at 60°C (140°F) or 109



above. If, when checked, the temperature of the food is greater than 5C (41F) or below 60C (140F) then it must be consumed within 2 hours. 27

CLEANING AND SANITIZATION OF EQUIPMENT 27.1

The cleaning frequency of equipment and utensils shall be based on the temperature conditions during processing operations, type of ingredients (whether hazardous or non-hazardous foods), and degree of processing and potential exposure to contamination. The frequency of cleaning and sanitization shall be increased as the ambient temperature increases, the amount of processing increases, etc. 27.1.1

Utensils and food-contact surfaces that are not used continuously shall be cleaned and sanitized: a) after a substantial interruption in their continuous use, and b) after each period of use.

27.1.2

Food-contact surfaces of mixers, production line, processing or continuously operating equipment shall be cleaned and sanitized: a) after a substantial interruption in the operation; b) throughout the day at intervals required to eliminate food temperature hazards and to reduce food particle accumulation; and c) at the end of each day's production.

27.1.3

The food-contact surfaces of cooking devices shall be cleaned at least once per day except that this shall not apply to hot oil cooking equipment and hot oil filtering systems.

27.1.4

Utensils and food contact surfaces of equipment not specified shall be cleaned and sanitized at a frequency based upon the type of food, temperature, risk of contamination and the amount of food particle accumulation. In general, such items shall be cleaned and sanitized after each period of use or at least once every four (4) hours.

27.1.5

Non-food contact surfaces of equipment shall be cleaned as frequently as is necessary to keep surfaces free of accumulated dust, dirt, food particles and other soil. Refer to programmed cleaning schedules for physical facilities discussed in sub-section 24.2 of this Code Section.

27.1.6

The boxes, baskets and other receptacles in which food establishment products are transported shall be maintained in good repair and kept free of accumulated dust, dirt, insects, rodents and other contamination.

27.2

Soiled equipment, utensils, etc shall be handled in a way that precludes contamination of cleaned items with soiled items.

27.3

Dry cleaning methods such as scraping, brushing or vacuuming shall be used to remove accumulations of dust or dry food particles from surfaces that contact only dry, non-potentially hazardous food. Sanitization of those surfaces is not required. Equipment used in dry cleaning methods shall not be used for any other purpose.

27.4

Multi-use dishes, utensils, pots/pans and disassembled parts of food contact equipment shall be subjected to the successive steps of washing, rinsing and sanitizing in a three compartment sink or warewashing machine. When cleaning in sinks or warewashing machines is impractical, e.g. when the equipment is too large or is fixed, cleaning shall be done by alternate methods. Alternative procedures shall provide for all three steps of the warewashing process.

27.5

Utensils and equipment shall be disassembled to permit access to internal food contact surfaces.

27.6

Dishes, utensils, pots/pans and disassembled parts shall be pre-flushed and/or pre-scraped and, when necessary, pre-soaked to remove gross food particles and soil. Fixed equipment shall be flushed, scraped or rough cleaned, as appropriate, to remove gross food particles and soil.

110



27.7

Cleaning agent(s) shall be applied to all food contact surfaces to remove food particles and soil, e.g. hand swabbing while immersed in a hot detergent solution (35°C [95°F] or hotter) in the first compartment of a three compartment sink; mechanical cleaning as outlined in sub-section 28 of this Code Section; application of high pressure detergent sprays or low pressure foams on fixed equipment; or by other task specific cleaning method.

27.8

Washed items shall be rinsed with hot water (35°C [95°F] or hotter) to remove cleaning agents and flush away abrasives (note that there may be special situations where the rinse and sanitization process is combined in one step [see sub-sections 27.9 and 27.9.7 of this Code Section). If using a three-compartment sink, immerse each item in the hot rinse water contained in the second sink compartment, turning and agitating the item as it is placed in the rinse water.

27.9

Rinsed equipment and utensils shall be sanitized by one of the following methods (note that sanitizers and detergent-sanitizers shall be of the type which does not require a potable water rinse and they shall not be used in a concentration which exceeds the maximum concentration indicated by the manufacturers' label instructions): 27.9.1

Contact with a solution of 100 milligrams per liter (100 parts per million) residual chlorine for 30 seconds. Large vessels and fixed equipment may be sprayed with a solution containing not less than 100 milligrams per liter residual chlorine (100 parts per million) that is allowed to stand for at least 30 seconds before the equipment is used. Items shall not be rinsed and shall be allowed to air dry.

27.9.2

Contact with hot water at a temperature of at least 77°C (170°F) for 30 seconds. When this method is used, the following facilities shall be provided and used: a) an integral heating device or fixture installed in or under the sanitizing compartment of the sink that is capable of maintaining the water temperature in the sink at 77°C (170°F) or above; and b) dish baskets of such size and design to permit complete immersion of the equipment and utensils in the hot water.

27.9.3

Contact with a solution of 12.5 milligrams per liter (12.5 parts per million) available iodine for one minute. Iodine based chemical sanitizers shall be used only in solutions which have a pH of 5.0 or less, unless the container label specifies a higher pH limit of effectiveness.

27.9.4

Contact with a quaternary ammonium solution at a concentration and a contact time indicated by the manufacturers' label instructions. Quaternary ammonium compounds shall be used only in water with 500 milligrams per liter (500 parts per million) hardness or less.

27.9.5

Exposure to clean steam that is free from harmful materials or additives while enclosed in a steam cabinet or closed tank, piping network or other such closed system. Equipment and utensils shall be exposed to steam in the closed system for at least 15 minutes at a temperature of at least 82°C (180°F) or for at least five minutes at a temperature of at least 93°C (200°F).

27.9.6

Exposure to an enclosed jet of clean, live steam that is free from harmful materials or additives for not less than one minute.

27.9.7

When a detergent-sanitizer is used in the first compartment of a two-compartment sink, the same detergent-sanitizer shall be used to sanitize in the second compartment (note that chlorine may be used as the sanitizer in the second sink compartment in lieu of the detergent-sanitizer if it is used in accordance with the requirements outlined in sub-section 27.9.1 of this Code Section). If the detergent-sanitizer is a chlorine based compound, the chlorine concentration and contact time of the sanitizing solution shall comply with the requirements outlined in sub-section 27.9.1 of this Code Section. If the detergent- sanitizer is a non-chlorine based compound, the concentration of the sanitizing solution shall comply with the limits indicated by the manufacturers' label instructions, the contact time shall be increased from 30 seconds to one minute and the sanitizing solution shall be at a temperature of at least 24°C (75°F). 111



28

27.10

All cleaned and sanitized equipment and utensils shall be allowed to air dry in a self-draining position on approved, properly protected hooks or racks.

27.11

Testing equipment and materials shall be provided to adequately measure applicable chemical, temperatures and other pertinent parameters. For example, a numerically scaled indicating thermometer accurate to ±1°C (±2°F) shall be provided to check water temperatures.

27.12

All cleaned and sanitized equipment; pans, apparatus and utensils shall be handled so as to be protected from contamination. Cleaned items shall be handled in a way that precludes cross contamination with soiled items. Spoons, knives and forks shall be touched only by their handles. Cups, glasses and bowls shall be handled without contact with inside surfaces or with surfaces that contact the user's mouth.

27.13

Cleaned and sanitized equipment and utensils shall be stored in a way that protects them from contamination. Cleaned and sanitized equipment and utensils and movable equipment shall be stored at least 46 centimeters (18 inches) above the floor in a clean, dry location that protects them from contamination by splash, dust and other means. The food contact surfaces of fixed equipment shall also be protected from contamination.

27.14

Cleaned and sanitized equipment and utensils shall not be stored in a locker room, toilet room, toilet room vestibule, garbage room, mechanical room, bedroom, or under an exposed sewer line, exposed non- potable water line, leaking water line, a surface where water condenses, any surface that drips, an open stairwell or under other potential source of contamination.

27.15

In-Place Cleaning (CIP): Pipes, tubes, valves and lines intended for in- place cleaning shall be designed and fabricated so: a) cleaning and sanitizing solutions can be circulated throughout a fixed system using an effective cleaning and sanitizing regimen; b) cleaning and sanitizing solutions will contact all interior food contact surfaces; c) in-line thermometers are located to measure the least heated sections of the line; d) the system is self-draining and can be evacuated completely; and e) the equipment can be dismantled for interior inspection and microbiological sampling.

27.16

Wherever practical, stored utensils shall be covered or inverted. Facilities for the storage of spoons, knives and forks shall be provided and shall be designed to present the handle to the employee or customer.

27.17

Tableware should be set prior to serving a meal only if glasses and cups are inverted, and knives, forks and spoons are wrapped or otherwise covered. All unused preset tableware shall be collected for washing and sanitizing after the meal period.

MECHANICAL CLEANING AND SANITIZATION 28.1

Mechanical cleaning and sanitizing may be done by spray-type or immersion-type warewashing machines, or other device if it can be proved to thoroughly clean and sanitize a specific item or class of items. Such machines and devices shall be installed and maintained in good repair according to the manufacturers' instructions. All equipment shall display the U.S. National Sanitation Foundation "Seal of Approval" or comply with requirements equivalent to the U.S. National Sanitation Foundation's Sections for mechanical warewashing machines.

28.2

Warewashing machines and their auxiliary components shall be operated in accordance with the manufacturers' instructions.

28.3

Warewashing machine conveyors shall be accurately timed to assure proper exposure times during wash, rinse and sanitizing cycles in accordance with the specifications attached to the machines.

112



28.4

Detergents, sanitizing agents and other chemicals shall be automatically dispensed to the various compartments of the machine. Automatic dispensers shall be properly installed, operated and maintained.

28.5

The pressure of water supplied to a spray-type dishwashing machine shall not be less than 1 kilogram per square centimeter (15 pounds per square inch) or more than 1.8 kilograms per square centimeter (25 pounds per square inch) measured in the water line immediately adjacent to the machine. A 6.3 millimeters (0.25 inch) IPS valve shall be provided immediately upstream from the final rinse control valve to permit checking the flow pressure of the final rinse water.

28.6

Separate, easily readable, numerically scaled, indicating thermometers accurate to ±2°C (±3°F) shall be provided to indicate water temperature in each tank of the machine and the temperature of the final rinse water as it enters the manifold.

28.7

Staging tables and racks shall be of adequate size for the proper handling of soiled pans. They shall be located so they do not interfere with the proper use of the dishwashing facilities.

28.8

If necessary, items shall be scraped and soaked prior to being washed in the warewashing machine.

28.9

After precleaning, items shall be loaded into racks, trays or baskets or onto conveyors in a selfdraining position that will expose each item to the unobstructed spray from all cycles.

28.10

The temperature of the wash water in spray-type ware-washers shall not be less than: a) 74°C (165°F) in a single-tank, stationary-rack, single temperature machine; b) 71°C (160°F) in a single-tank, conveyor machine; c) 65.6°C (150°F) in a single-tank, stationary-rack, dual temperature machine; d) 65.6°C (150°F) in a multi-tank, conveyor machine; e) 65.6°C (150°F) in a single-tank, pot, pan and utensil washer (stationary or moving rack; or f) 50°C (120°F) in a spray-type glass washer.

28.11

Rinse water tanks shall be protected by baffles or other effective means to minimize the entry by wash water into the rinse water. Washed items shall be rinsed free of particulate matter, detergent and abrasives with potable water.

28.12

When machines use hot water for sanitization, rinse waters shall be kept clean. The temperature of the primary rinse water shall be maintained at not less than 71°C (160°F) and the temperature of the final rinse water shall not be less than 82°C (180°F) except that the temperature shall be 74°C (165°F) in a single-tank, stationary rack, single temperature machine. The temperature of the primary rinse shall be measured in the rinse compartment tank and the temperature of the final rinse water shall be measured at the manifold.

28.13 The suggested schedule for cleaning and sanitizing dishwashing, bottle washing and other warewashing machines is outlined in Table 5. TABLE 5 Suggested Schedule and Procedure for Cleaning and Sanitizing Dishwashing, Pan Washing, Bottle Washing and Warewashing Machines Part of Machine to be Frequency of Cleaning Procedure Cleaned(If Cleaning Applicable) Prerinse Compartment Twice daily Inspect and flush if foreign matter has accumulated or bad odor present. Weekly Drain and remove foreign matter. Flush with hot water. Sanitize with 100 ppm chlorine solution with 4 hour contact time. Caustic Soda Each time recharged Drain and remove foreign matter Compartments Flush thoroughly with hot water 113



Wash Compartments

Each time recharged

Screens/Pans Inside Brushes

Daily Twice daily Weekly

Rinse Compartments

Twice daily Daily Weekly

Entire Machine 29

As required

Drain and remove foreign matter. Flush thoroughly with hot water. Remove debris, flush, air dry Inspect and flush with hot water. Inspect and flush with hot water. Sanitize with 25 ppm chlorine solution allowing overnight contact time. Drain and leave to dry. Inspect jets and remove any material clogging jets. Drain and flush with hot water. Drain and leave to air dry. Drain and flush with hot water. Sanitize with 100 ppm chlorine solution with 4 hour contact time. Drain and leave to air dry. De-scale machine.

HANDLING FOODS, INGREDIENTS AND PACKAGING 29.1

Raw materials, foods, ingredients and packaging materials shall be obtained from sources that produce such items in purpose-built food establishments under sanitary conditions and according to generally accepted industry practices. They shall be unadulterated, wholesome and free from spoilage, filth or other contamination. They shall be safe for human consumption. They shall have a fresh, wholesome flavor and odor and shall be sound and have a normal appearance. All foods, ingredients and raw materials shall be maintained within a temperature range that is considered optimum for maximum shelf life. Potentially hazardous food shall be maintained at or below 5°C (41°F) or above 60°C (140°F) at all times. They shall be at a safe temperature when received. They shall be handled and processed according to requirements outlined in this Code Section.

29.2

All raw materials, foods, ingredients and packaging materials shall obtained from reputable sources such as those vendors currently on the Saudi Aramco Approved Vendors List or those approved by EPD.

29.3

Only those raw materials, foods, ingredients and packaging materials packed in the original manufacturers' labeled container shall be received and used.

29.4

29.3.1

The label shall honestly represent the package contents in accordance with Saudi Arab Government Sections. The label must list all additives. The item is misbranded if the labeling is false or misleading in any way or the package contains a chemical preservative not stated on the label.

29.3.2

The dates of production and expiration shall be recorded on the packaging.

Raw materials, foods, ingredients and packaging materials shall not be accepted: 29.4.1 If they contain decomposed, toxic or extraneous substances that will not be removed to acceptable levels by normal food establishment procedures of sorting, preparation or processing. 29.4.2 If the packaging in which they are received exhibits signs of damage, contamination, deterioration, spoilage or intentional tampering which may have rendered the contents unsafe and unfit for use.

29.5

If raw materials, foods, ingredients or packaging materials are inadvertently received and then defects outlined in sub-section 29.4 of this Code Section are discovered, the offending item(s) shall be segregated, audited, written-off and disposed of in accordance with the organization's Section operating procedures. 114



30

29.6

Raw materials, foods, ingredients and packaging materials shall be stored in a manner that protects them against contamination, infestation and quick deterioration. Stores and their doors and windows shall be constructed so as to prevent entrance of rodents. If rodents are present, stores shall be completely emptied and the rodent infestation shall be eliminated. The store shall be tightly closed to prevent reentry by rodents.

29.7

Raw materials, foods, ingredients and packaging materials shall be protected at all times, including while being manufactured, processed, cooked and packaged, from contamination. They shall be protected against contamination resulting from the addition of, or cross contamination with, unsafe or unapproved foods, ingredients and additives.

29.8

Prior to introduction into the processing line, or at a convenient point within it, raw materials and ingredients shall be inspected, sorted and selected as required to remove unsuitable materials. Such steps shall be carried out under hygienic conditions so that only sound and clean raw materials and ingredients shall be processed.

29.9

Raw materials shall be washed as needed to remove dust or other contaminants. Water used for such purposes shall not be recirculated unless suitably treated.

INGREDIENTS 30.1

Water: The quality of water used in the food establishment shall conform to requirements equivalent to those described in Section SASC-S-01 of this Code. If water is used for conveying raw materials, it shall also comply with Section SASC-S-01 of this Code.

30.2

All sweeteners, preservatives, anti-oxidants, acids, flavorings, emulsifiers, stabilizers and coloring agents shall comply with the relevant Saudi Arabian Standards Organization (SASO) Standards. No food additives other than those approved by SASO shall be permitted.

30.3

All food additives, including preservatives, anti-oxidants, flavoring, emulsifiers, stabilizers and coloring agents shall be stored in suitable, sealed, easily cleanable containers, or their original packaging, until opened. Once opened, remaining food additives shall be transferred to containers with lids that are properly labeled.

30.4

Acids and flavors: Citric, tartaric, or other edible organic acids and their salts may be used in food establishment products. Acids and flavors shall be stored in suitable containers, properly labeled and protected against contamination.

30.5

Colors: Only caramel, U.S. certified coal tar and approved vegetable colors, shall be used in food establishment products. Note that the use of coloring agents in bread products is prohibited.

30.6

30.5.1

All colors shall be prepared in small batches.

30.5.2

All color solutions shall be boiled for at least two minutes immediately before being added to the product.

30.5.3

Color solutions shall be stored in a dark place.

Eggs: Only clean, whole eggs with shells intact and without cracks or checks, or pasteurized egg products, shall be used. 30.6.1

Eggs and pasteurized egg products shall be obtained from Saudi Aramco approved sources. They shall be delivered to the food establishment in refrigerated vehicles. The internal temperature of eggs and pasteurized egg products shall not exceed 5°C (41°F) at the time they are off-loaded from the refrigerated vehicle. Note that properly packaged dried egg products are exempt from these temperature requirements. 115



30.7

30.6.2

Upon receipt, all eggs and egg products shall be placed in approved refrigeration equipment and held at a temperature equal to or less than 5°C (41°F) until used. This requirement is waived if the eggs or egg products will be used as an ingredient in a food that will achieve a time/temperature relationship adequate to pasteurize the entire volume of the processed food within two hours of receipt of the eggs or egg products.

30.6.3

Eggs and egg products shall only be used as an ingredient in foods, which are heated. The heating process shall achieve a time/temperature relationship adequate to pasteurize the entire volume of the processed food. Eggs and egg products shall not be added to the food after the food has been pasteurized.

30.6.4

Eggs and egg products that will be served directly, i.e. not incorporated as an ingredient in a processed food, shall be heated to 74°C (165°F) or higher before being served. Dried eggs and dried egg products shall be reconstituted before they are heated.

Pasteurized milk and milk products: 30.7.1 Only pasteurized milk and milk products shall be used, or intended for use or for sale, in whole or in part, for human consumption. 30.7.2

All pasteurized milk and milk products, including condensed evaporated or dried milk, shall comply with requirements outlined in SASC-S-06 of this Code for grade "A" pasteurized milk (requires an average bacterial plate count not exceeding 20,000 per cubic centimeter or gram). A specific exception to this requirement is permitted in the case of a pasteurized milk or milk product that will be used as an ingredient in a food that will be processed and pasteurized in a commercial food plant, i.e. the maximum bacterial plate count may be increased to 50,000 per cubic centimeter or gram if the pasteurized milk or milk product complies with all other grade "A" quality Standards (note that the exception may be increased to a maximum bacterial plate count of 100,000 per cubic centimeter or gram in the case of cream).

30.7.3

All pasteurized milk and milk products shall have an internal temperature of not more than 5°C (41°F) when delivered to the food establishment (condensed, evaporated and UHT milk are exempt from this temperature requirement).

30.7.4

All pasteurized milk and milk products shall, upon receipt, be placed in approved refrigerators and held at a temperature equal to or less than 5°C (41°F) until used. This is not required if the milk or milk product will be used as an ingredient in a food that will achieve a time/temperature relationship adequate to pasteurize the entire volume of the food within two hours of receipt of the milk or milk product.

30.7.5

Dry milk products shall only be used as an ingredient in foods, which are heated. The heating process shall achieve a time/temperature relationship adequate to pasteurize the entire volume of the processed food. Dry milk ingredients shall not be added to the food after the food has been pasteurized.

30.7.6

Dried milk and dried milk products that will be served directly, i.e. not incorporated as an ingredient in a processed food, shall be reconstituted and then heated to 74°C (165°F) or higher before being served.

30.8

Ice intended for human consumption or that may contact ingredients; water or food contact surfaces shall be produced in accordance with requirements outlined in sub-section 39 of this Code Section.

30.9

Compressed air used in the food, beverage or ice production process shall be filtered or otherwise treated to render it free of dust, insects and extraneous material. Air intakes shall be properly located and maintained. Filters shall be located upstream from the compressor and shall be easily removable for cleaning and replacement. The blower or compressor supplying air shall be designed so that it will deliver oil-free air. 116



31

FOOD PREPARATION AND PROCESSING 31.1

Food shall be processed and prepared with the least possible manual contact, with suitable utensils and on surfaces that, prior to use, have been cleaned and sanitized. Utensils may be placed in the food with the handle extended or laid flat on a clean portion of the food preparation table or cooking equipment during brief pauses in preparation.

31.2

The time that potentially hazardous foods are between 5°C (41°F) and 60°C (140°F) shall be kept to a minimum. During cooking, the time taken to increase the temperature from 5°C to 60°C (41°F 140°F) shall be undertaken as quickly as practicable without ‘simmering’ or slow cooking. 31.2.1

Potentially hazardous foods that are displayed for service shall be maintained at over 60°C (140°F) at all times.

31.2.2

Potentially hazardous foods that are normally sold ‘cold’ shall be kept at below 5°C (41°F) except foods that are consumed within 2 hours of preparation from ingredients that have been maintained at or below 5°C (41°F) i.e. sandwiches that have been prepared using ingredients that are potentially hazardous may be exempt from the temperature control requirement providing they are consumed within 2 hours of preparation.

31.2.3

Any potentially hazardous food that is not kept within the temperature requirements of the requirements will be discarded after a period of 2 hours outside of the required temperatures. Foods that are to be chilled after cooking must be chilled as quickly as possible after final cooking and preparation. A blast chiller or blast freezer shall be used for chilling and freezing of such food products.

31.2.4

Other methods of quick cooling such as placing the product in thin layers/flat trays or portioning of large joints of meat and placing in chiller or freezer may be acceptable if approved by EPD.

31.3

Raw fruits and raw vegetables shall be washed thoroughly before being cooked. Those to be processed raw shall be sanitized in a solution containing 100 milligrams per liter (100 parts per million) residual chlorine with a minimum contact time of 10 minutes.

31.4

Separate utensils shall be used for raw and cooked ingredients or, if this is not possible, they shall be thoroughly cleaned and sanitized between each use. Color-coding is the recommended method of keeping utensils separate, e.g. different colored knife handles and cutting boards for different activities.

31.5

All reasonable precautions shall be taken to prevent the contamination or cross contamination of food whilst being prepared. Separate areas, equipment and cutting surfaces shall be available for the various activities undertaken in the kitchen. Where a single food preparation surface is the only one available, all necessary steps shall be taken to prevent cross contamination. Proper disinfection techniques shall be practiced, and in this event separate color coded boards and utensils shall be provided.

31.6

Frozen food shall be thawed by one of the following methods only: 31.6.1 Approximately 24 to 48 hours in advance of planned cooking time, place the frozen food in a refrigerator operating at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or less. 31.6.2

As part of the continuous uninterrupted regular cooking process, i.e. by continuously cooking from the frozen state until the food is thoroughly cooked. (This refers to frozen food items, which, according to manufacturer’s instructions, may be cooked directly from frozen).

31.6.3

Thaw food in a microwave oven and immediately transfer to regular cooking units as part of a continuous cooking process.

31.6.4

Thaw food in a microwave oven when the entire uninterrupted cooking process takes place in the microwave oven. 117



31.7

Food that requires cooking will be cooked to heat all parts of the food to a temperature of at least 63°C (145°F) except that: 31.7.1

Roast beef may be cooked to an internal temperature of 60°C (140°F).

31.7.2

Poultry, poultry stuffing, stuffed meat and all precooked frozen food shall be cooked to heat all parts of the food to at least 74°C (165°F) with no interruption of the cooking process.

31.8

Food that was cooked and then refrigerated shall be reheated quickly to a center temperature of at least 74°C (165°F) for a minimum of 15 seconds before being placed in a hot holding unit for use. Steam tables or other hot food holding units are neither designed to, nor are they capable of, rapidly heating food to a center temperature of 74°C (165°F) in 30 minutes. Attempting to use hot holding equipment for reheating food is strictly prohibited.

31.9

Dried milk, reconstituted dried milk, dried-milk products, dried eggs, and dried-egg products that will be served directly, i.e. not incorporated as an ingredient in a processed food, shall be heated to 74°C (165°F) for a minimum of 15 seconds or higher before being served (see sub-section 30 of this Code Section).

31.10

Non-dairy products may be reconstituted on the premises only when they will be prepared and stored in sanitized, covered containers not exceeding 3.8 liters (1 gallon) in capacity and are rapidly cooled to 5°C (41°F) or below after preparation.

31 PACKAGING AND LABELING

33

32.1

Every commercial product that is sold, offered for sale, or held for sale shall have a protective wrapping, or other packaging.

32.2

Packaging materials shall be non-absorbent, tasteless and odorless and shall assure convenient protection of the product against contamination. Packaging materials shall not contain substances that cause objectionable organoleptic changes in the product, that render the product toxic or that adversely affect the product in any way.

32.3

Packaging materials shall be protected from contamination during storage and production. They shall be kept in a clean, dry place until used. Handling shall be minimized.

32.4

Packaging shall be carried out under suitable hygienic conditions. The packaging shall protect the product from contamination and infestation.

32.5

Processed products prepared for sale, or those distributed during processing or packaging, shall be coded to enable identification of lots and their production date, so that a specified lot that may have become contaminated or unfit for the purpose of its intended use shall be segregated. Labeling of food products shall comply with the latest edition of Saudi Arab Standards Organization Standard #1, Labeling of Prepackaged Foods.

STORAGE OF FINISHED GOODS 33.1

The finished product shall be stored under such conditions as to preclude contamination or proliferation of microorganisms. The product shall be protected against deterioration or damage to packaging. The product shall be stored in a way that does not interfere with processing, production or packaging operations.

33.2

During storage, periodic inspection shall be carried out on the finished product to ensure that it is fit for human consumption and that it complies with the Standard specifications of the finished product.

33.3

Store rooms shall be rodent-proof, moisture free and air conditioned and refrigerated, as appropriate, per the requirements of sub-sections 20 and 21 of this Code Section. 118



33.4

34

35

The finished product shall be transported under such conditions as to preclude contamination or proliferation of microorganisms. The product shall be protected against deterioration or damage to packaging. Transport vehicles shall comply with requirements outlined in sub-section 26 of this Code Section.

FOOD DISPLAY AND SERVICE 34.1

Potentially hazardous foods shall be kept at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or lower, or at a temperature of 60°C (140°F) or higher during display and service.

34.2

Food on display shall be protected from consumer contamination by the use of easily cleanable, counter-protector devices, display cases and similar equipment, as well as other means of protection.

34.3

Suitable utensils shall be used by employees and provided to consumers who serve themselves to avoid unnecessary contact with food. Between uses during service, utensils shall be stored in the food containers with the food they are being used to serve; clean and dry; or in running water.

34.4

Ice for consumer use shall be dispensed by automatic, self-service ice dispensing machines or by a food service employee. Food service employees shall dispense ice with scoops, tongs, or other ice dispensing utensils. Ice dispensing utensils and receptacles shall be protected from contamination during service and storage.

34.5

Condiments, sugar, seasonings and dressings for self-service use shall be provided only in individual packages or from dispensers that protect their contents. Milk and milk products for drinking purposes shall be provided to the consumer in an unopened, commercially filled package not exceeding 1 liter (1.06 quart) in capacity, or served from an approved bulk milk dispenser. Once served to a consumer, individual portions of food shall not be served again.

SINGLE-SERVICE ARTICLES Single-service articles shall be commercially packaged for individual use or shall be available to the consumer from a dispenser in a way that prevents contamination of surfaces that may contact food or the user's mouth. Single- service articles shall be used only once. Handling of single-service articles in bulk should be conducted in a way that protects them from contamination. Single-service articles shall be stored above the floor on clean shelves and in closed containers that protect them from contamination.

36

QUALITY STANDARDS 36.1

36.2

Carbonated beverages and non-carbonated juices: 36.1.1

Heterotrophic Plate Count (HPC) shall not exceed 100 bacteria per milliliter.

36.1.2

Most Probable Number (MPN) of coliform bacteria shall not exceed 2.2 per 100 milliliters.

36.1.3

Yeasts and molds shall not exceed 20 per milliliter.

Ice-cream and frozen desserts: 36.2.1

Heterotrophic Plate Count (SPC) shall not exceed 50,000 bacteria per gram.

36.2.2

Coliform bacteria shall not exceed 10 per gram.

36.2.3

Phosphatase shall be less than 1 microgram per gram if milk or milk products are used as an ingredient.

119



36.2.4

37

Yeasts and molds shall not exceed 10 per gram if cultured milk products are used as an ingredient.

MOBILE FOOD ESTABLISHMENTS 37.1

Mobile food establishments shall comply with the requirements of this Code Section, including application and inspection requirements outlined in sub-sections 1 and 2 of this Code Section. Except as otherwise provided in this Section, Saudi Aramco EPD may impose additional requirements to prevent hazards and protect health, may prohibit the sale of some or all potentially hazardous foods, and when no health hazard will result, may waive or modify requirements of this Code Section relating to physical facilities (requirements outlined in sub-sections 37.2 through 37.7 of this Code Section shall not be waived).

37.2

Running water and central sewage are not required for a mobile food unit which serves only food that was prepared and packaged in individual servings which are transported and stored as required by this Code Section. Beverages served in such a mobile unit must not be potentially hazardous and must be dispensed from covered urns; other protected equipment or in commercially packaged individual serving containers. For those mobile food units not provided with water or adequate cleaning facilities, all equipment and utensils shall be thoroughly cleaned and sanitized at a central food service establishment at least once each day.

37.3

A mobile food unit requiring a water system shall have a potable water system under pressure. The system shall be of sufficient capacity to furnish enough hot and cold water for food preparation, equipment and utensil cleaning and sanitization and hand washing in accordance with the requirements of this Code Section. All water distribution pipes and tubing shall be constructed and installed in compliance with the general requirements of Section SASC-S-01 of this Code. The water inlet shall be located in a position that prevents contamination by waste discharges, road dust or other sources. The water inlet shall be provided with a transition connection of a size or type that prevents connection to any other service.

37.4

Mobile food units shall provide only single-service articles for use by the consumer.

37.5

If liquid waste results from operation of a mobile food unit, it shall be stored in permanently installed retention tanks that are at least 50 percent larger than the water supply tank. Liquid wastes shall not be discharged from the retention tank when the mobile food unit is in motion. Utility service connections for waste disposal shall be of a different size or type than those used for supplying potable water to the mobile food unit. Waste connections shall be located below the level of water connections to preclude contamination of the potable water system.

37.6

Mobile food units shall operate from an approved base commissary or other fixed food service establishment that is constructed and operated in compliance with the requirements of this Code Section.

37.7

An enclosed service building separated from the base commissary operations shall be provided for supplying and maintaining mobile food units. The service area shall be constructed and operated in compliance with the requirements of this Code Section. 37.7.1

Potable water transfer equipment shall be stored and handled in a way that protects the water and equipment from contamination.

37.7.2

The mobile food unit liquid waste retention tank, where used, shall be thoroughly flushed and drained each time the mobile food unit is serviced. All liquid waste shall be discharged to a sanitary sewage disposal system. The flushing and draining area for liquid wastes shall be separate from the area used for loading and unloading of food and related supplies.

120



38

TEMPORARY FOOD SERVICE ESTABLISHMENTS 38.1

A temporary food service establishment shall comply with the requirements of this Code Section, except as otherwise provided in this Section. Saudi Aramco EPD may impose additional requirements to protect against health hazards related to the conduct of temporary food service establishments, may prohibit the sale of some or all potentially hazardous foods, and when no health hazard will result, may waive or modify requirements of this Code Section, except those requirements of sub-sections 38.2 through 38.12 of this Code Section.

38.2

Self-directed groups, service organizations or anyone else preparing and/or handling food for public consumption shall present the following details prior to "approval" from Saudi Aramco EPD: a) type of food; b) origin of food; c) methods of storage, transportation and preparation; d) date of preparation; and e) proposed date of consumption.

38.3

Only those potentially hazardous foods requiring limited preparation, such as hamburgers and frankfurters, which require seasoning and cooking, shall be prepared or served by temporary food establishments permitted under the provisions of sub-sections 38.1 and 38.2 of this Code Section. The preparation or service of other potentially hazardous foods, including pastries filled with cream or synthetic cream, custards and similar products, and salads or sandwiches containing meat, poultry, eggs or fish, is prohibited. This prohibition does not apply, however, to any potentially hazardous food that has been prepared and packaged under conditions meeting the requirements of this Code Section, is obtained in individual servings, is stored at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or below or at a temperature of 60°C (140°F) or above in facilities that meet the requirements of this Code Section.

38.4

Ice that is consumed or that contacts food or food contact surfaces shall have been made under conditions meeting the requirements of sub-section 39 of this Code Section. The ice shall be obtained only in chipped, crushed, or cubed form and in single-use, food-grade plastic or wet-strength paper bags filled and sealed at the point of manufacture.

38.5

Equipment shall be located and installed in a way that facilitates cleaning the establishment and that prevents food contamination. Food contact surfaces of equipment shall be protected from contamination by consumers and other contaminating agents. All necessary steps shall be taken to prevent consumers contaminating food or food contact surfaces.

38.6

Sufficient potable water shall be available in the establishment for cleaning and sanitizing utensils and equipment and for hand washing. A heating facility located on the premises and capable of producing enough hot water for these purposes shall be provided.

38.7

The storage of packaged food in contact with water or undrained ice is prohibited, although cans or bottles of non-hazardous beverages may be so stored when the water contains at least 100 milligrams per liter (100 parts per million) of available chlorine and is changed often enough to keep both the water and containers clean.

38.8

Liquid waste shall be disposed of in accordance with Sections equivalent to those outlined in SASCS-02 of this Code.

38.9

A facility shall be provided for employee/operator hand washing. Where water under pressure is unavailable, the facility shall consist of at least a basin, warm water, soap and individual paper towels.

38.10

Floors shall be made of concrete, tight wood, asphalt, or other easily cleanable material.

38.11

Walls and ceilings of food preparation areas shall be constructed in a way that prevents the entrance of insects and rodents. Ceilings shall be made of wood, canvas, or other material that protects the interior of the establishment from the weather. Screening material used for walls shall be at least six mesh per centimeter (16 mesh per inch). This Section does not prohibit outdoor cooking where the operation is conducted in a sanitary manner. 121



38.12

39

Service openings, if any, shall not be larger than is necessary for the particular operation conducted. These openings shall be provided with tight-fitting solid or screened doors or windows or shall be provided with fans installed and operated to restrict the entrance of flying insects. Doors and windows, if any, shall be kept closed when not in use.

ICE PLANTS 39.1

Production of ice in automatic ice making machines is a very limited process. An automatic ice plant is a food establishment and shall comply with the requirements of this Code Section, except as otherwise provided in this Section. Saudi Aramco EPD may waive or modify requirements of this Code Section when no health hazard will result (requirements outlined in sub-sections 39.2 through 39.17 of this Code Section shall not be waived).

39.2

The "general requirements" outlined in sub-section 3 of this Code Section shall apply.

39.3

The "personnel" requirements outlined in sub-section 4 of this Code Section shall apply except:

39.4

39.3.1

The on-the-job food sanitation training program may be limited to personal hygiene, equipment handling, proper packaging techniques and storage of packaging and filled ice bags.

39.3.2

Requirements pertaining to bathing and wearing of masks are relaxed.

39.3.3

Uniform and hair restraint requirements are limited to individuals that fill ice bags or work with ice contact surfaces.

40.3.4

Requirements pertaining to jewelry and handling soiled tableware are not applicable.

All requirements pertaining to poisonous or toxic materials; general facility design and construction; floors; walls, ceilings and appurtenances thereto; doors, windows and ventilation openings; illumination; ventilation; plumbing and cross connection control; water; and sewage are applicable. 39.4.1

Ice shall be made from potable water that complies with requirements outlined in Section SASC-S-01 of this Code.

39.4.2

Ice shall be free of rust and other foreign materials and shall meet the same bacteriological, chemical and physical Sections of quality as for drinking water as outlined in Section SASCS-01 of this Code.

39.5

Requirements pertaining to toilets and toilet room hand washing facilities apply, but showers are not required. Separate handwashing facilities are not required in the packaging area if the toilet room handwashing facilities are readily accessible. The requirement for a dressing area and lockers is relaxed.

39.6

Requirements pertaining to non-refrigerated storage facilities and practices are limited to packaging materials.

39.7

Requirements pertaining to refrigerated storage facilities and practices are relaxed. Freezer units need not be maintained at any required temperature as long as the unit keeps the ice solidly frozen (as evidenced by the fact that bags in which ice is stored remain dry).

39.8

Requirements pertaining to garbage and refuse facilities are relaxed. Refuse facilities shall comply with Sections applicable to any other place of employment (see Section SASC-S-12 of this Code).

122



39.9

Requirements pertaining to the janitor's closet and cleaning and preventive maintenance of physical facilities are generally applicable.

39.10

General requirements pertaining to equipment and utensils apply. Requirements pertaining to specialized equipment and installations do not apply, except that an eye wash sink is required in the area where large refrigeration units area maintained.

39.11

In response to Company-wide practice, requirements pertaining to transportation of ice do not apply.

39.12

Requirements pertaining to cleaning and sanitization of equipment apply.

39.13

Requirements pertaining to mechanical cleaning and sanitization; ingredients (other than water); raw materials handling; and preparation and processing (other than prevention of contamination) do not apply.

39.14

40

39.13.1

Ice, while being manufactured, processed, packaged, stored and transported, shall be protected from contamination.

39.13.2

Hands shall not come into direct contact with the ice when other methods of handling can be used. If ice must be touched with the hands, clean/sanitized rubber gloves or disposable plastic gloves shall be worn.

Packaging requirements apply, but labeling requirements are not applicable. 40.14.1

Ice shall not be processed or packaged on open platforms or on trucks or other vehicles used for delivery.

40.14.2

Ice shall be packaged in single-use, food-grade plastic or wet- strength paper bags. Packaging shall not impart odors, color or taste, nor contribute to the contamination of ice.

39.15

Requirements pertaining to the storage of the finished product apply.

39.16

Requirements pertaining to food display and service and single-service articles (other than ice bags) do not apply.

39.17

Requirements pertaining to laboratory control methods and specialized product quality Standards apply.

MARINE VESSEL GALLEYS Refer to Code Section SASC-S-09 ‘Marine Vessels’ sub-section 7.

123



REFERENCES: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

12. 14. 15. 17. 19.

22. 23. 25. 26

rd

‘The Prevention of Food Poisoning’ Jill Trickett (3 Edition) Stanley Thorne’s Publishers, Cheltenham, England ‘Industry Guide to Good Hygiene Practice’ ‘Baking Guide’ Chadwick House Group Ltd., London, England ‘HACCP Standard for Food Business’. A complete management system for hazard analysis. STS Ltd., Farnham, Surrey, England ‘HACCP A practical approach’ Sara Mortimore and Carol Wallace. Chapman and Hall (Publishers), London, England ‘The 1997 Codex Alimentarius - Food Standards Program’ Codex Alimentarius, Rome, Italy. ‘HACCP Reference Book’ National Restaurant Association, The Educational Foundation - Chicago, USA ‘Food Safety - Questions and Answers’ Food Safety Advisory Center, London, UK 8. ‘Health Service Catering Hygiene’ UK Dept. of Health, HMSO 10. UK Department of Health guide ‘General Temperature Regulations’ 11. UK Department of Health guide ‘Assured Safe Catering’ UK Department of Health guide ‘Guide to the 1995 Food Hygiene Regulations’ 13. UK Department of Health guide ‘Food Hazards and Your Business’ UK Department of Health article ‘A guide to Food Hazards and Your Business’ UK Department of Health article ‘A guide to the General Food Hygiene Regulations 1995’ 16. USFD Administration ‘Seafood HACCP Regulations.’ USFDA Article ‘Application of HACCP to Retail Food Systems’ 18. USFDA Article ‘Food Additives’ USFDA Article ‘Sulfites Safe for Most – Dangerous for Some’ 20. USFDA Article ‘Monosodium Glutamate’ 21. Australian Food Council fact sheet ‘Australian Safe Food’ USFDA Food Consumers report ‘HACCP a State of the Art Approach to Food Safety’ Industry Guide to ‘Good Hygiene Practices’ ‘Catering Guide’ HMSO London, England 24. US Department of Health and Human Services ‘1997 FOOD CODE’ ‘Managing Food Safety - A HACCP principles guide for operators of food establishments at the retail level’ USFDA Guidebook for the preparation of HACCP plans’. US Dept of Agriculture

124



SASC-S-03 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT

Inadequate solid waste collection, storage and disposal practices are a nuisance, hazardous to health and they adversely impact the environment. This Section specifies the public health requirements, limitations and procedures pertinent to treatment, storage, collection, transportation and disposal of solid waste. Compliance with these requirements will protect the public health and welfare while preserving the quality of the air, water and land. NOTE: All sub-sections should be read in conjunction with appropriate referenced documents listed at the end of this Code Section and Saudi Aramco Engineering Standard SAES-S-007. DEFINITIONS: Composting: Controlled microbial degradation of organic waste yielding a nuisance-free product of potential value as a soil conditioner. Cover Material: Granular material, generally soil that is used to cover compacted solid waste in a sanitary landfill, generally free of large objects that would hinder compaction and free of organic content that would be conducive to vector harborage, feeding and/or breeding. Hazardous Solid Waste; Solid waste that may, by itself or in combination with other solid waste, be infectious, explosive, poisonous, highly flammable, caustic, toxic, or otherwise dangerous or injurious to human, plant or animal life. Incinerator: Any device used for the burning of refuse where the factors of combustion, i.e. temperature, retention time, turbulence; and combustion air, can be controlled. Landfill Gas: A by-product of the digestion by microorganisms of putrescible matter present in the waste deposited in landfill sites. The gas is predominantly methane (64%) together with carbon dioxide (34%) and trace concentrations of vapors and other gases. Landfill, sanitary: (1) A method of disposing of refuse on land without creating nuisances or hazards to public health or safety, by utilizing the principles of engineering to confine the refuse to the smallest practical area, to reduce it to the smallest practical volume, and to cover it with a layer of earth at the conclusion of each day’s operation or at such more frequent intervals as may be necessary. (ASCE definition). (2) A sanitary landfill is a system for final disposal of solid waste on land, in which the waste is spread and compacted on an inclined, minimized working face in a series of cells and a daily cover of earth is provided so that no hazard or insult to the environment results. Leachate: The result of liquid seeping through a landfill and, by doing so extracting substances from the deposited waste. Lower Explosive Limit (LEL): The lower percentage by volume of a mixture of explosive gases in air that will propagate a flame at 25°C at atmospheric pressure. Modified landfill: The disposal of solid waste by compaction in or upon the land and the covering of all wastes deposited with earth or other approved cover material at specific designated intervals, but not each operating day. Open burning: Uncontrolled burning of wastes in the open or in an open dump. Scavenging: The uncontrolled picking of materials by animals or humans. Sludge: Means any solid, semi-solid or liquid waste generated from a municipal commercial or industrial wastewater treatment plant or air pollution control facility exclusive of the treated effluent from a wastewater treatment plant. 71 Copyright©Saudi Aramco 2009. All rights reserved.


Solid waste: Means any garbage, or refuse, or sludge from a wastewater treatment plant, water supply treatment plant, or air pollution control facility and other discarded material including solid, liquid, semi-solid or contained gaseous material resulting from commercial, mining and agricultural operations, and from community activities but does not include solid or dissolved materials in irrigation return flows, or regulated hazardous materials. 1

DETAILED PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Before a new treatment facility/disposal site is established, constructed or operated, and before an existing site is substantially altered, expanded or modified, the proponent shall submit all data and reports required by SAES-S-007 together with a detailed operating plan and timetable for implementation to the Environmental Protection Department (EPD) for review, concurrence and approval. The operating plan shall include the proposed method and sequence of site development, utilization and operation, procedures for monitoring and reporting any environmental effects resulting there from and address the design criteria specified by SAES-S-007. The design study shall address the provision of composite liners, leachate collection and gas management systems in Class I and II landfill sites.

2

3

REQUIRED APPROVALS 2.1

The proponent shall receive written approval for the site study and operating plan from EPD before beginning construction, modification or operation of a treatment facility/disposal site. The proponent shall ensure that the approved plans and specifications, including any conditions or limitations attached thereto, are implemented.

2.2

EPD, on application, may approve a variance, of any requirements of this Code Section, when circumstances at the treatment facility/ disposal site, operating procedures or other condition indicate that the purpose and intent of this Code Section can be achieved through equally effective methods that do not adversely impact public health or the environment. Waivers to any engineering standards must be reviewed and concurred by Manager, EPD for any public health related issues.

SUPERVISION OF SITES Every landfill, incinerator, composting plant and other solid waste processing and disposal facility shall be operated under the close supervision of a responsible individual who is thoroughly familiar with the established operating procedures, including a) the types of wastes that are approved for disposal in the facility; b) the individuals/agencies authorized to deposit waste in the facility; c) air, dust, flood, noise, vermin, landfill gas and water control concepts and methods; d) the flow and processing of waste from receipt to final disposition; e) keeping of records; and f) site safety and general sanitation.

4

5

REQUIRED RECORDS FOR SITES 4.1

EPD may require such records and reports as are considered to be reasonably necessary to ensure compliance with this Code Section.

4.2

Waste Manifests specified by GI 430.001 must be retained at the waste disposal/treatment facility for inspection by EPD.

4.3

An operating record stating the quantity of each waste delivery must be maintained by every incineration plant and waste treatment facility. Combustion conditions, waste analyses, monitoring and testing carried out must be logged daily.

4.4

Records must be available for inspection by EPD.

STORAGE AND COLLECTION 72 Copyright©Saudi Aramco 2009. All rights reserved.


6

7

8

5.1

Storage and collection of waste shall be conducted in a way that prevents a) vermin breeding and harborage; b) conditions conducive to transmission of disease to man or animals; c) hazards to workers, users and the public; d) air, noise and water pollution; e) objectionable odors, dust, unsightliness and nuisance conditions, f) corrosion or wear of storage containers, and g) accidental spillage or leakage during storage or transport.

5.2

Hazardous wastes shall be disposed of in accordance with the Materials Supply Organization Instruction, CU 13.1’ Processing of Hazardous Material’.

STORAGE, COLLECTION AND TRANSFER DEVICES AND VEHICLES 6.1

The containment compartment of storage, collection and transfer devices and vehicles shall be made of durable, impervious materials and shall be designed to provide a watertight tank with smooth and easily cleanable surfaces. The containment compartment and appurtenances thereto shall be cleaned at least once weekly to prevent propagation of odors, insects, rodents or other nuisance conditions (more often if necessary).

6.2

Storage, collection and transfer devices and vehicles shall be loaded and operated so as to prevent dropping, leaking, sifting, blowing or other escape of waste from the device or vehicle. Storage containers shall be covered when not in immediate use.

6.3

Collection and transfer devices and vehicles carrying loads that are likely to blow from the containment compartment shall have a cover which is either an integral part of the device or vehicle, or which is a separate cover of suitable material with fasteners designed to secure all sides of the cover to the device or vehicle. The cover shall be used while in transit.

FACILITIES FOR CLEANING STORAGE, COLLECTION AND TRANSFER DEVICES AND VEHICLES 7.1

If storage, collection and transfer devices and vehicles are cleaned on the site after they are emptied, the following minimum facilities shall be provided: a) live steam or hot water delivered at a minimum pressure of at least 1.4 kilograms per square centimeter (20 pounds per square inch) with a minimum flow of at least 3.8 liters per minute (1 gallon per minute); and b) a floor or pavement constructed of a smooth, easily cleanable, non-absorbent material, such as sealed concrete, which is properly sloped to a holding basin or disposal system that complies with requirements outlined in SAES-A-104.

7.2

Storage, collection, transfer equipment and vehicles that are used for toxic or hazardous waste, shall not be used for ordinary solid waste.

CONTROL OF DRAINAGE AND RUNOFF FROM SITES 8.1

All disposal sites, e.g. sanitary landfills, incinerators, composting plants and sludge disposal sites, shall be designed, located, sloped or protected so that rainfall, contaminated surface water run-off and other surface water drainage will be diverted around or away from the operational area of the site. Any water which, comes into contact with waste, is leachate and shall be collected and treated in the manner specified in paragraph 9 below.

8.2

The surface contours of the site shall be maintained such that surface water runoff will not flow into or through the site.

8.3

Sanitary landfills, sludge disposal sites and composting plants that may be subject to flooding shall, be protected by dikes that are impervious to the passage of water and are designed to prevent erosion and washout of operational and disposal areas of the site.



9

CONTROL OF LEACHATE Leachate production shall be minimized. If there is any likelihood or evidence to indicate that leachate will pollute groundwater or the environment, then leachate shall be collected, treated or otherwise controlled in a manner approved by EPD

10

11

12

RESTRICTIONS ASSOCIATED WITH GROUNDWATER 10.1

The vertical distance between the bottom of a sanitary landfill, composting site or sludge disposal site and the maximum water table elevation shall be restricted to a distance that prevents leachate from entering the groundwater.

10.2

Wastes that will decompose shall not be deposited in areas of the disposal site that are directly or indirectly connected with the restricted groundwater zone. Uncontaminated rock, dirt, brick, concrete rubble and similar materials that will not decompose may be placed in the restricted groundwater zone.

MONITORING WELLS 11.1

To properly assess compliance with approved plans and conditions of operation, EPD may require monitoring wells to be installed at the boundaries of waste disposal sites, including sanitary landfills, composting plants and sludge disposal sites, to monitor the effect of the disposal process on usable groundwater resources and detect gas migration from landfill sites. Monitoring wells shall be designed and operated to detect the movement of groundwater and gas migration. If not equipped with continuous monitoring equipment, monitoring wells must be constructed in a manner to facilitate the ready collection of samples.

11.2

EPD may require monitoring for explosive gases at least quarterly. Records must be maintained of all gas measurements.

11.3

If the gas level exceeds 25% of the lower explosive limit (LEL) the operator must immediately notify EPD.

ACCESS ROADS All-weather roads shall be provided from the highway to the disposal sites, as well as within the disposal site. Roads shall be designed and maintained to prevent traffic congestion, traffic hazards, dust and noise pollution.

13

14

FENCING 13.1

Access to a sanitary landfill that is not attended on a twenty-four hour per day basis shall be controlled by means of lockable gates. The site shall be completely enclosed by a perimeter fence, unless, access is adequately controlled by the natural terrain features of the site.

13.2

Access to an incinerator, composting plant, and sludge disposal site shall be controlled by means of a complete perimeter fence and lockable gates.

SCREENING As far as is practicable, the active waste disposal site shall be screened or blocked from public view.

15

FIRE PROTECTION AND CONTROL 15.1

Fire protection shall be provided in accordance with design and operating plans approved by the Chief Fire Prevention Engineer. 74 Copyright©Saudi Aramco 2009. All rights reserved.


15.2

All reasonable precautions, such as segregation of combustible wastes and early removal of “hot spots", shall be taken to prevent accidental ignition or spontaneous combustion of waste at a sanitary landfill. Hot or burning materials, or any materials likely to cause a fire, shall be deposited temporarily at a safe distance from the fill area and shall not be included in the landfill operation until the fire hazard is eliminated.

15.3

Where necessary and practicable, a pressurized fire water system and appropriate fire fighting equipment shall be provided at the site. If not practicable, a supply of water provided in fire water drums equipped with appropriate buckets, a stockpile of earth or other means recommended by the Chief Fire Prevention Engineer shall be available to extinguish such fires as may occur. The use of mechanical equipment such as a bulldozer may be utilized for such purposes, providing that machinery is operated in a safe manner by person(s) qualified and trained in the use of such equipment.

16

15.4

Open burning of waste at a sanitary landfill site is prohibited.

15.5

Immediate action shall be taken to extinguish and control the spread of fire occurring at or in the vicinity of any waste disposal site or waste treatment facility. The Fire Master at the nearest Saudi Aramco facility must be notified immediately a fire is out of control.

SIGNS AND RULES Clearly visible, legible signs, written in Arabic, English and other appropriate language stating disposal site rules shall be erected at the site entrance and wherever necessary to ensure adequate compliance with the approved operating plan. As a minimum, signs shall contain the following information: a) name of facility and owner; b) emergency phone number of attendant; c) permitted materials; and d) hours of operation during which wastes will be received for disposal. Depending of the type of waste disposal site and degree to which access is restricted, additional signs may be required, e.g. a sign warning herdsmen of the hazards to animals and human beings should animals graze on garbage.

17

18

CONTROL OF NUISANCES AND HEALTH HAZARDS 17.1

Blowing debris shall be controlled such that the entire disposal site is free of litter.

17.2

Dust and odors shall be controlled.

17.3

Insects, rodents and vermin shall be controlled. The control program shall be based on proper handling and disposal of waste to prevent attraction, propagation and harborage of vectors and pests. Trapping, baiting and insecticide spraying may be required to control insects, rodents and vermin, which are inadvertently delivered to the site in waste. The services of a competent person or firm shall be retained to carry out periodic surveys and implement eradication and control measures.

17.4

Any condition that could promote the transmission of disease to man or animals shall be controlled.

17.5

Protection and conservation of the air, water and land environment over, on, under and around the disposal site shall be emphasized. This shall include prevention, control and treatment of discharges, emissions and other factors, which could degrade the environment or create a public health hazard/nuisance.

SALVAGING AND SCAVENGING Salvaging or scavenging shall be controlled so as not to interfere with optimum disposal site operation and not to create unsightly conditions or vector harborage. All salvaged materials shall be removed from the disposal site at the end of each operating day, unless some other recycling or storage program is authorized in the operating plan approved by EPD. Food products, garbage, hazardous materials, 75 Copyright©Saudi Aramco 2009. All rights reserved.


containers used for hazardous materials and furniture and bedding with concealed filling shall not be salvaged from a disposal site. 19

20

HANDLING OF SPECIAL TYPES OF WASTE 19.1

Large dead animals or bulk animal waste, sewage sludge, septic wastewater, hospital waste and other materials which may be hazardous or difficult to manage shall not be deposited at a disposal site unless special provisions for such disposal are included in the operating plan approved by EPD

19.2

No toxic or hazardous waste shall be deposited at any disposal site without prior written approval of EPD. A program shall be implemented for detecting and preventing the disposal of toxic or hazardous waste and other non-approved waste. The program will make provision for the random inspection of incoming loads, maintenance of records and staff training. EPD must be notified immediately if non-approved wastes are received at the site. In general, toxic or hazardous waste shall be properly contained and stored pending reclamation or final disposal, at a facility specifically designed for this purpose. Refer to GI 430.001, Waste Management and Materials Supply Organization instruction, CU 13.1 Processing of Hazardous Material, for requirements in relation to the classification, manifesting and handling of difficult and hazardous wastes.

19.3

Large quantities of waste oil, grease, oil sludge or oil-soaked waste shall not be placed in any disposal site unless the disposal site is specifically designed and approved for the disposal of such waste, and designated as an ‘oil waste disposal site’ and special precautions are taken to prevent fires and to protect and conserve the air, water and land environment in accordance with the operating plan approved by EPD.

19.4

Whole, scrap tires shall not be disposed of in Company operated sanitary or construction waste landfill sites. Tires that have been suitably shredded may be disposed of in landfill sites. Proponent organizations are responsible for the proper disposal of all scrap and used tires. Upon request, proponent organizations shall furnish EPD with documentation verifying proper disposal.

19.5

Containers holding liquid must not be placed in a landfill site unless the container is small in size similar to that typically found in household waste.

19.6

Sanitary landfills incorporating large quantities of combustible materials shall be sectioned into cells by earth dikes designed to prevent the spread of fire between cells. Equipment shall be provided of sufficient size and design to densely compact materials included in the landfill.

SPECIAL FACTORS PERTINENT TO THE SANITARY LANDFILL METHOD OF WASTE DISPOSAL 20.1

Approved types of landfills: 20.1.1 The sanitary landfill method of waste disposal according to the operating plan approved by EPD and other concerned agencies. 20.1.2 The modified landfill method of waste disposal if it is determined by EPD and other concerned agencies that special circumstances, such as climate, geographic area, site location, nature or quantity of waste material to be landfilled or population density justifies less than daily compaction and cover. Note that modified landfills shall be located at least 0.4 kilometers (0.25 miles) from the nearest existing residence or commercial establishment other than those used by the landfill operator. 20.1.3 Open dumps and burn-pits are prohibited.

20.2

Adequate quantities of cover material shall be available to provide for daily cover of the active waste cells at the end of each operating day and for final cover and phased restoration of the site. The consistency of the final cover material shall be such that it can be compacted, and that the 76 Copyright©Saudi Aramco 2009. All rights reserved.


compacted cover material is not prone to cracking and that the compacted cover material will minimize percolation of surface water. 20.3

Sufficient equipment, including provision of auxiliary or standby equipment which is adequate to operate a landfill site including placement, compaction and covering of waste under all anticipated weather and soil conditions shall be available at all times.

20.4

Methods of operation: 20.4.1 Unloading of waste on the site shall be confined to the smallest area practicable. The area of exposed waste material on the active landfill face shall be kept to a minimum. 20.4.2 Waste shall be spread on a slope no steeper than 3 horizontal to 1 vertical and compacted in layers not to exceed 61 centimeters (2 feet) in depth up to maximum cell height. Each layer shall be covered with not less than 15 centimeters (6 inches) of compacted cover material. 20.4.3 A layer of not less that 61 centimeters (2 feet) of compacted cover material, in addition to intermediate cover material, shall be placed over the completed fill following the final placement of waste. The final cover shall be graded to prevent cracking, erosion and ponding of water.

20.5

Closure of landfills: 20.5.1 Before a landfill may be closed or abandoned to further use, all waste at the disposal site shall be covered, compacted and graded according to requirements outlined in sub-section 20.4.3 of this Code Section. The site shall be restored in a manner approved in writing by EPD. 20.5.2 A maintenance program for continued control of erosion, repair and stabilization of the compacted cover material shall be provided until the completed fill has stabilized to the point where maintenance is no longer required. Groundwater and landfill gas monitoring shall continue post closure, until the site has stabilized.

21

INCINERATION OF SOLID WASTE 21.1

All incineration equipment and air pollution control appurtenances shall comply with air pollution control rules and regulations and emission standards of Saudi Aramco and the Meteorology and Environmental Protection Administration (MEPA).

21.2

The delivery of waste shall be coordinated with the producers and transporters to ensure that a steady stream of waste is received for incineration. Too little or too much waste can adversely impact the handling capabilities of the facility and the efficiency of the incineration process. In general, waste shall be incinerated as it is received. Accumulation of waste shall be kept to a minimum.

21.3

All waste that is not incinerated upon delivery to the site shall be confined to a designated staging area. Special provisions shall be made to handle and contain waste stored in the staging area. Note that hospital and other potentially hazardous waste shall be properly contained until incinerated according to the operating plan approved by EPD.

21.4

Accumulation of ashes and residues shall be kept to a minimum.

21.5

Ashes and residues in a cold state shall be disposed of in an approved landfill or handled otherwise in accordance with a written plan approved by EPD.



22

23

21.6

During start up and shut down waste must not be fed into the incinerator unless it is operating within its design specification for temperature and air feed rate.

21.7

Automatic cut-off devices must be installed to prevent wastes being fed into the incinerator when the operating temperature and combustion gas conditions are outside the design specification.

21.8

Combustion temperature and waste feed rate must be monitored on a continuous basis. Carbon monoxide must be monitored on a continuous basis at a point in the incinerator downstream of the combustion zone and prior to release to atmosphere.

21.9

The incinerator and associated equipment (pumps, valves and pipes) must be subject to a thorough visual inspection at least daily, for leaks, spills and fugitive emissions. Daily inspection logs must be maintained and made available for inspection as required by paragraph 4.3 above.

21.10

The emergency waste feed cut-off system and associated alarms must be tested at least daily to verify operability. A daily inspection log must be maintained and made available for inspection as required by paragraph 4.3 above.

COMPOSTING METHOD OF WASTE DISPOSAL 22.1

All compostable waste shall be subjected to complete processing in accordance with the equipment manufacturer's operating instructions.

22.2

Facilities and procedures shall be provided for handling, recycling or disposing of wastes that are non-biodegradable by composting.

22.3

An adequate supply of water shall be available for plant operation and cleaning purposes. There shall be no direct connection between a potable water supply and any processing plant or equipment or cross-connection with any unsafe or questionable water supply, sewerage system or any source of pollution that might contaminate or otherwise degrade the potable water supply.

22.4

Composting operations shall not be located in odor-sensitive areas. Odors shall be maintained at the lowest levels practicable.

22.5

Provisions shall be made to effectively collect, treat and dispose of leachate or drainage from stored compost and the composting operation.

22.6

Compost shall be removed from the composting plant site as frequently as possible, but not later than one year after treatment is completed.

22.7

Composted waste offered for use by the general public shall contain no pathogenic organisms, shall be relatively odor-free and shall not endanger public health or safety.

22.8

All waste delivered to the composting plant shall be placed in the compost stream or confined to a designated staging area prior to composting. Stored waste shall be handled according to requirements outlined in sub-section 5.1 of this Code Section. The volume of stored waste shall be kept to minimum.

22.9

Residues shall be handled according to requirements outlined in sub-sections 8 and 9 of this Code Section. Accumulation of residues shall be kept to a minimum.

SLUDGE DISPOSAL METHOD 23.1

Prohibited methods of sludge disposal: 23.1.1 Septic tank waste and raw sewage sludge shall not be disposed of by land spreading unless specifically approved in writing by EPD. 78 Copyright©Saudi Aramco 2009. All rights reserved.


23.1.2 Except for heat-treated sewage sludge, sewage sludges, including septic tank waste and raw sewage sludges, shall not be: a) used as fertilizer on root crops, vegetables, low growing berries or fruits that may be eaten raw; b) applied to land later than one year prior to planting where vegetables are to be grown; c) used on grass or shrubbery in public areas; or d) be given or sold to the public. 23.1.3 Sewage sludge shall normally have a minimum solids content of 30% prior to disposal in a landfill. Sludge will be considered at 30% when it is in the form of a dry cake. Liquid sludges shall not be deposited in landfills except according to the operating plan approved by EPD. 23.2

Operation of sludge disposal sites: 23.2.1 Sludge lagoons shall be located at least 1.6 kilometers (1 mile) from the nearest existing residence or commercial establishment other than those used by the lagoon operator or attendant. 23.2.2 Sludge shall not be spread on land where natural run-off could carry a residue into surface or ground waters. 23.2.3 If non-digested sludge is spread on land within 1.6 kilometers (1 mile) of residence, community or public use area, it shall be plowed under the ground, buried or otherwise incorporated into the soil within five (5) days after application. 23.2.4 Lagoons shall be designed and constructed in accordance with SAES-A-104. 23.2.5 Water or sludge shall not be pumped or otherwise removed from a lagoon, except according to a written plan approved by EPD.

REFERENCES 1. State of California, “California Solid Waste Management”, 1973. 2. USEPA 40 CFR Ch.1: Parts; 258 - “Criteria For Municipal Solid Waste Landfills, 7-1-99 Edition 264 - “ Standards for Owners and Operators of Hazardous Waste treatment, Storage and Disposal Facilities. 1987/97 3. UK, Department of the Environment, Waste Management Paper 26B “Landfill Design Construction and Operational Practice, 1995. 4. Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code, 1996. 5. GI 430.001 “Waste Management General Instruction” 6. SAES-S-007 “Solid Waste Landfill Standard”, 1998. 7. SAES-A 104 Wastewater Treatment, Reuse and Disposal 2001 8. CU 13.1 “Processing of Hazardous Material”


Food Manufacturing, Processing and Packaging, SASC-S-05

SASC-S-05 FOOD MANUFACTURING, PROCESSING AND PACKAGING This Section specifies requirements for food manufacturers, processors and/or packers. These requirements, where applicable, are in addition to the ‘general’ requirements of Section SASC-S-04 ‘Food Establishments’. Food manufacturers and processors covered by this Section include: meat processors, both raw and cooked, poultry slaughterhouse and processors, bakeries, juice and beverage producers, both carbonated and noncarbonated, confectioners, frozen vegetable processors, food canneries, fish and shellfish processors and food packers. Note: All sub-sections should be read in conjunction with appropriate referenced documents listed at the end of this Code Section. DEFINITIONS: – Refer also to glossary at the beginning of SASC-S-04. Acid Foods or Acidified Foods: Foods that have an equilibrium pH of 4.6 or below Batter: A semi fluid substance, usually composed of flour and other ingredients, into which principal components of food are dipped or with which they are coated, or which may be used directly to form bakery foods. Blanching: Except for tree nuts and peanuts, means a prepackaging heat treatment of foodstuffs for a sufficient time and at a sufficient temperature to partially or completely inactivate the naturally occurring enzymes and to effect other physical or biochemical changes in the food. Carcass: The commercially prepared or dressed body of any animal intended for human food. Disinfection Unit: A container for sanitizing knives, cleavers, and hand held saws and other hand held tools used during slaughter, dressing, boning, portioning or meat cutting operations. Lot: The food produced during a period of time indicated by a specific code. Meat/poultry Processing Plant: A commercial plant that slaughters, processes, supplies or stores meat or meat products or poultry or poultry products. It may be one or more buildings and includes barns, holding pens, slaughtering facilities, meat/poultry processing rooms, cold stores and freezers. Microorganisms: Means yeasts, molds, bacteria, and viruses and includes, but is not limited to, species having public health significance. The term "undesirable microorganisms" includes those microorganisms that are of public health significance, that subject food to decomposition, that indicate that food is contaminated with filth. Offal: Waste parts of a slaughtered or butchered animal. Plant: The building or facility, or parts thereof, used for or in connection with the manufacturing, packaging, labeling, or holding of human food. Processing: Steps in the manufacture, preparation and packaging of a food product into its final form. Production Room: The room or area in which processing occurs.

1

APPLICATION BY FOOD MANUFACTURERS OR PROCESSORS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH APPROVAL 1.1 Owners of privately operated food manufacturers wishing to conduct business with Saudi Aramco shall apply through Saudi Aramco Environmental Protection Department (EPD) accordance with 125



procedures. (Exception for ’Concessionaire Contracts’) Water and ice manufacturers shall apply through Saudi Aramco Purchasing Department as per their procedures 1.2 All such applicants shall comply with relevant requirements of sub-section 1 of SASC-S-04. 2

INSPECTIONS 2.1 Once approval has been granted, Saudi Aramco EPD will conduct, from time to time, inspections of the plant, operations and facility as deemed necessary. 2.2 If Saudi Aramco EPD finds that a food manufacturer, processor or packer does not comply with one or more requirements of any relevant Sections of the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code, then action as detailed in SASC-S-04 sub-section 2 will be implemented. (Warning or Suspension).

3

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 3.1 The food manufacturer, processor or packer shall comply with all of sub-sections in SASC-S-4 ‘Food Establishments’ and SASC-S-05 ‘Food Manufacturing, Processing and Packaging’, where applicable. 3.2 Quality Assurance, and Quality Control procedures, protocols and operating plans shall be documented. 3.3 ‘Good Manufacturing Practice’ shall be followed at all times. Recognized ‘Good Manufacturing Practices’ in the food industry are the procedures that identify, control or eliminate hazards resulting in a quality, safe product, free of harmful microorganisms, chemicals or foreign bodies. 3.4 Food manufacturers, processors and packers shall implement HACCP (Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point) operating systems or other recognized ‘Quality System’ to assess food hazards, determine critical control points and implement monitoring procedures. Requirements of SASC-S-04, sub-section 7 ‘Control of Operations’ shall be followed. A fully documented system is required. 3.5 Only food additives such as preservatives, flavorings, coloring agents, anti-oxidants, emulsifiers, stabilizers, anti-caking agents etc. that are approved and used in accordance with Saudi Arab Government SASO Standards shall be permitted. 3.6 A written ‘Standard Operating Procedure’ (SOP) shall be developed for the use, and application, of all food additives used. The SOP shall describe fully the composition of the additive, storage conditions, methods of mixing and application to the food. Product information such as toxicity, handling procedures, personal protective equipment to be used when handling the substances and other pertinent information shall also be included in the SOP. 3.7 Labeling of all food products shall meet the requirements of the Saudi Arab Government SASO Standards and: 3.7.1

All packaged food items shall display a 'Principle Display Panel' that is large enough to accommodate all relevant information clearly and conspicuously.

3.7.2

The principle display panel shall display the following information: • Identify the common or usual name of the product. • List the ingredients of the food by common or usual names in descending order of predominance by weight. • The name and place of business of the manufacturer, packer and/or distributor. • List all food additives by their common or usual name, chemical name or recognized 'E' number.

126



3.8 Date codes, including date of production and date of expiry shall be included on all packaging and meet the requirements of the Saudi Arab Government SASO Standards. Re-labeling or re-dating of products that have not been processed shall be deemed as inappropriate. Date of production of foods that have simply being‘re-packaged’ shall display original production date. Simply portioning of foods, also, is not considered ‘processing’ so therefore original production date must be displayed on new packaging. ‘Processing’ shall include one of the following: pasteurization or sterilization by cooking, autoclaving, heat-treating, irradiation or other method of treatment to remove all pathogenic organisms from the food, change of composition of the food to extend the shelf life by the addition of approved or GRAS (generally recognized as safe) preservatives or other food additives, or other processes approved by EPD. 4

GOOD MANUFACTURING PRACTICE PERSONNEL 4.1 Plant Management shall take all reasonable measures and precautions to ensure the following: 4.1.1

Any person who, by medical examination or Supervisory observation, is shown to have, or appear to have, an illness or lesion including boils, sores, or infected wounds, or any other abnormal source of microbial contamination by which there is a reasonable possibility of food, food contact surfaces or food packaging materials becoming contaminated, shall be excluded from any operation, which may result in such contamination, until the condition is corrected. Personnel shall be instructed to report such health conditions to their Supervisors.

4.1.2

All persons working in direct contact with food, food contact surfaces, and food packaging material shall conform to hygiene practices while on duty to the extent necessary to protect against contamination of food and shall: 4.1.2.1 Wear outer garments suitable to the operations in a manner that protects against the contamination of food, food contact surfaces, or food packaging materials. 4.1.2.2 Maintain adequate personal cleanliness. Handwash thoroughly and as necessary to protect against contamination with undesirable organisms in an adequate hand washing facility before starting work, after re-entering the working area after breaks and at any other time when the hands may have become soiled or contaminated. 4.1.2.3 Remove all unsecured jewelry and other objects that might fall into food, equipment or containers and remove hand jewelry that cannot be adequately sanitized during periods in which food is manipulated by hand. 4.1.2.4 Wear, where appropriate, in an effective manner, hairnets, headbands, caps, beard covers or other effective hair restraints. 4.1.2.5 Store clothing, or other personal belongings in areas other than where food is exposed or where equipment or utensils are stored or washed. 4.1.2.6 Abstain from eating food, chewing gum, using tobacco or drinking beverages in places where foods are stored, manufactured or prepared and in areas where utensils or equipment are washed.

4.2 Education and Training. Personnel responsible for Quality Control/Quality Assurance shall have a background of education or experience, or combination thereof, to provide a level of competency necessary for production of clean and safe foods. Food handlers and Supervisors shall receive appropriate training on proper food handling techniques and food protection principles and shall be informed of the danger of poor personal hygiene and insanitary practices. 127



4.3 Supervisor. Supervisors shall be competent, experienced and hold necessary certification demonstrating that they are fully cognizant with good food hygiene practices, appropriate food manufacturing procedures and capable of effective supervision including personal and food hygiene training. 5

GROUNDS 5.1 The grounds about a food plant, under the control of the operator shall be kept in a condition that will protect against the contamination of food. The method for adequate maintenance of grounds shall include, but not necessarily be limited to:

6

5.1.1

Properly storing equipment, necessary litter and waste, and cutting weeds or grass within the immediate vicinity of the plant buildings or structures that may contribute an attraction, breeding place or harborage for pests.

5.1.2

Maintaining roads, yards and parking lots so that they do not constitute a source of contamination in areas where food is exposed

5.1.3

Adequately draining areas that may contribute to contamination to food by seepage, footborne filth, or providing breeding places for pests.

5.1.4

Operating systems for waste management and waste disposal in an adequate manner so that they do not constitute a source of contamination in areas where food is exposed.

5.1.5

Where grounds in the immediate vicinity are not in the control of the operator, the operator shall, through inspections and appropriate control methods, take steps to prevent pests, dirt and filth entering the premises.

PLANT CONSTRUCTION AND DESIGN 6.1

Plant buildings and structures shall be suitable in size, construction and design to facilitate maintenance and sanitary operations for the specific food manufacturing operations undertaken at the plant. The plant shall: 6.1.1

Provide sufficient space for such placement of equipment as is necessary for the production of food without creating congested, unsafe, crowded or hazardous conditions.

6.1.2

Provide sufficient space for the proper storage of equipment, raw ingredients and finished products necessary for the maintenance of sanitary operations and the production of safe food.

6.1.3

Permit the taking of proper precautions to reduce or eliminate the potential for contamination of food, food contact surfaces or food packaging materials with microorganisms, chemicals, filth or other extraneous materials.

6.1.4.

Be constructed in such a manner that all walls, floors and ceilings can be adequately cleaned and kept clean and in good repair; that drip or condensate from fixtures, ducts and pipes does not contaminate food, food contact surfaces or food packaging materials and that aisles or working spaces are provided between equipment and walls and are unobstructed and of adequate width to permit employees to perform their duties and to protect against contaminating food or food contact surfaces with clothing or personal contact.

6.1.5

Provide adequate lighting as per SASC-S-04, sub-section 12, Table I.

128



6.1.6

7

8

Provide safety type light bulbs, shatter proof diffusers, fixtures, skylights or other glass suspended over exposed food in any step of preparation or otherwise protect against food contamination in case of glass breakage.

SANITARY OPERATIONS 7.1

Buildings, fixtures, and other physical facilities of the plant shall be maintained in a sanitary condition and shall be kept in repair sufficient to prevent food from contamination. Cleaning and sanitizing of utensils and equipment shall be conducted in a manner that protects against contamination of food, food contact surfaces, or food packaging materials.

7.2

Substances used in cleaning and sanitizing shall be safe and adequate under the conditions of use.

7.3

Only the following toxic materials shall be used or stored in a plant where food is processed or exposed: • Those required maintaining clean and sanitary conditions; • Those necessary for use in laboratory testing procedures; • Those necessary for plant and equipment maintenance and operations; • Those necessary for use in the plant’s operations.

7.4

Toxic cleaning compounds, sanitizing agents, and pesticide chemicals shall be identified, held, and stored in a manner that protects against contamination of food, food contact surfaces, or food packaging materials.

7.5

No pests shall be allowed in any area of a food plant. Effective measures shall be taken to exclude pests from food processing areas and to protect against the contamination of food on the premises by pests. The use of insecticides or rodenticides is permitted only under precautions and restrictions that will protect against the contamination of food, food contact surfaces, and food packaging materials.

7.6

All food contact surfaces, including utensils and food contact surfaces of equipment, shall be cleaned as frequently as necessary to protect against contamination of food.

7.7

Food contact surfaces used for manufacturing or holding low moisture food shall be in a dry, sanitary condition at the time of use. When the surfaces are wet cleaned, they shall, when necessary, be sanitized and thoroughly dried before subsequent use.

7.8

In wet processing, when cleaning is necessary to protect against the introduction of microorganisms into food, all food contact surfaces shall be cleaned and sanitized before use and after any interruption during which the food contact surfaces may have become contaminated. Where equipment and utensils are used in a continuous production operation, the utensils and food contact surfaces of the equipment shall be cleaned and sanitized as necessary.

7.9

Non food contact surfaces of equipment used in the operation of food plants shall be cleaned as frequently as necessary to protect against contamination of food.

SANITARY FACILITIES AND CONTROL 8.1

Each plant shall be equipped with adequate sanitary facilities and accommodations, including, but not limited to: 8.1.1

Water supply. The water supply shall be sufficient for the operations intended and shall be derived from an approved source. The water supply in all respects, shall meet requirements of SASC-S-01.

8.1.2

Sewage disposal. Sewage disposal shall be made into an adequate sewerage system or disposed of through other adequate means. 129



9

8.1.3

Toilet facilities. Each plant shall provide its employees with adequate, readily accessible toilet facilities that meet, in full, requirements of SASC-S-04, sub-section 17.

8.1.4

Hand washing facilities shall be provided as necessary and comply in full with SASC-S04, sub-section 18. Readily understandable signs directing employees handling unprotected food, unprotected food packaging materials, of food contact surfaces to wash and, where appropriate, sanitize their hand before they start work, after each absence from post of duty, and when their hands may have become soiled or contaminated. These signs may be posted in the processing room(s) and in all other areas where employees may handle such food, materials, or surfaces.

8.1.5

Refuse receptacles that are constructed and maintained in a manner that protects against contamination of food. Rubbish and any offal shall be so conveyed, stored, and disposed of as to minimize the development of odor, minimize the potential for the waste becoming an attractant and harborage or breeding place for pests, and protect against contamination of food, food contact surfaces, water supplies, and ground surfaces.

EUIPMENT AND UTENSILS 9.1

All plant equipment and utensils shall be so designed and of such material and workmanship as to be adequately cleanable, and shall be properly maintained. The design, construction, and use of equipment and utensils shall preclude the adulteration of food with lubricants, fuel, metal fragments, contaminated water, or any other contaminants. All equipment shall be so installed and maintained as to facilitate the cleaning of the equipment and of all adjacent surfaces. Food contact surfaces shall be corrosion resistant. They shall be made of non-toxic materials and designed to withstand the environment of their intended use and the action of food, and, if applicable, cleaning compounds and sanitizing agents. Food contact surfaces shall be maintained to protect food from being contaminated by any source, including unlawful indirect food additives.

9.2

Seams on food contact surfaces shall be smoothly bonded or maintained so as to minimize accumulation of food particles, dirt, and organic matter and thus minimize the opportunity for growth of microorganisms.

9.3

Equipment that is in the manufacturing or food handling area and that does not come into contact with food shall be so constructed that it can be kept in a clean condition.

9.4

Holding, conveying, and manufacturing systems, including gravimetric, pneumatic, closed, and automated systems, shall be of a design and construction that enables them to be maintained in an appropriate sanitary condition.

9.5

Each freezer and cold storage compartment used to store and hold food capable of supporting growth of microorganisms shall be fitted with an indicating thermometer, temperature measuring device, or temperature recording device so installed as to show the temperature accurately within the compartment, and shall be fitted with an automatic control for regulating temperature or with an automatic alarm system to indicate a significant temperature change in a manual operation.

9.6

Instruments and controls used for measuring, regulating, or recording temperatures, pH, acidity, water activity, or other conditions that control or prevent the growth of undesirable microorganisms in food shall be accurate and adequately maintained, and adequate in number for their designated uses.

9.7

Compressed air or other gases mechanically introduced into food or used to clean food contact surfaces or equipment shall be treated in such a way that food is not contaminated with unlawful indirect food additives.

130



10

PROCESSES AND CONTROLS 10.1

All operations in the receiving, inspecting, transporting, segregating, preparing, manufacturing, packaging, and storing of food shall be conducted in accordance with adequate sanitation principles. Appropriate quality control operations shall be employed to ensure that food is suitable for human consumption and that food-packaging materials are safe and suitable. Overall sanitation of the plant shall be under the supervision of one or more competent individuals assigned responsibility for this function. All reasonable precautions shall be taken to ensure that production procedures do not contribute contamination from any source. Chemical, microbial, or physical material testing procedures shall be used where necessary to identify sanitation failures or possible food contamination.

10.2

Raw materials and other ingredients shall be inspected and segregated or otherwise handled as necessary to ascertain that they are clean and suitable for processing into food and shall be stored under conditions that will protect against contamination and minimize deterioration. Raw materials shall be washed or cleaned as necessary to remove soil or other contamination. Water used for washing, rinsing, or conveying food shall be safe and of adequate sanitary quality. Water may be reused for washing, rinsing, or conveying food if it does not increase the level of contamination of the food. Containers and carriers of raw materials shall be inspected on receipt to ensure that their condition has not contributed to the contamination or deterioration of food.

10.3

Raw materials and other ingredients shall either not contain levels of microorganisms that may produce food poisoning or other disease in humans, or they shall be pasteurized or otherwise treated during manufacturing operations so that they no longer contain levels that would cause the product to be harmful.

10.4

Raw materials, other ingredients and rework shall be held in bulk, or in containers designed and constructed so as to protect against contamination and shall be held at such temperature and relative humidity and in such a manner as to prevent the food deteriorating.

10.5

Frozen raw materials and other ingredients shall be kept frozen. If thawing is required prior to use, it shall be done in a manner that prevents the raw materials and other ingredients from becoming contaminated or adulterated.

10.6

Liquid or dry raw materials and other ingredients received and stored in bulk form shall be held in a manner that protects against contamination.

10.7

Equipment and utensils and finished food containers shall be maintained in an acceptable condition through appropriate cleaning and sanitizing, as necessary. Insofar as necessary, all equipment shall be taken apart for thorough cleaning.

10.8

All food manufacturing, including packaging and storage, shall be conducted under such conditions and controls as are necessary to minimize the potential for the growth of microorganisms, or for the contamination of food.

10.9

Work in process shall be handled in a manner that protects against contamination.

10.10

Effective measures shall be taken to protect finished food from contamination by raw materials, other ingredients, or refuse. When raw materials, other ingredients, or refuse are unprotected, they shall not be handled simultaneously in a receiving, loading or shipping area if that handling could result in contamination of food. Food transported by conveyor shall be protected against contamination as necessary.

10.11

Equipment, containers, and utensils used to convey, hold, or store raw materials, work in process, rework, or food shall be constructed, handled, and maintained during manufacturing or storage in a manner that protects against contamination. 131



10.12

Effective measures shall be taken to protect against the inclusion of metal or other extraneous material in food. Compliance with this requirement may be accomplished by using sieves, traps, magnets, electronic metal detectors, and other suitable effective means.

10.13

Food, raw materials, and other ingredients that are to be destroyed shall be disposed of in a manner that protects against the contamination of other food.

10.14

Mechanical manufacturing steps such as washing, peeling, trimming, cutting, sorting and inspecting, mashing, dewatering, cooling, shredding, extruding, drying whipping, defatting, and forming shall be performed so as to protect food against contamination. Compliance with this requirement may be accomplished by providing adequate physical protection of food from contaminants that may drip, drain, or be drawn into the food. Protection may be provided by adequate cleaning and sanitizing of all food contact surfaces, and by using time and temperature controls at and between each manufacturing step.

10.15 Heat blanching, when required in the preparation of food, shall be affected by heating the food to the required temperature, holding it at this temperature for the required time, and then either rapidly cooling the food or passing it to subsequent manufacturing without delay. Thermophilic growth and contamination in blanchers should be minimized by the use of adequate operating temperatures and by periodic cleaning. Where the blanched food is washed prior to filling, water used shall be safe and of adequate sanitary quality. 10.16

Batter, sauces, gravies, dressings, and other similar preparations shall be treated or maintained in such a manner that they are protected against contamination. Compliance with this requirement may be accomplished by any effective means, including one or more of the following: • • • • •

10.17

Filling, assembling, packaging, and other operations shall be performed in such a way that the food is protected against contamination. Compliance with this requirement may be accomplished by any effective means, including: • • • • •

10.18

Use of a quality control operation in which the critical control points are identified and controlled during manufacturing. Adequate cleaning and sanitizing of all food contact surfaces and food containers Using materials for food containers and food packaging materials that are safe Providing physical protection from contamination, particularly airborne contamination Using sanitary handling procedures

Food such as, but not limited to, acid and acidified food, that relies principally on the control of pH for preventing the growth of undesirable microorganisms shall be monitored and maintained at a pH of 4.6 or below. Compliance with this requirement may be accomplished by any effective means, including employment of one or more of the following practices: • •

10.19

Using ingredients free of contamination Employing adequate heat processes where applicable Using adequate time and temperature controls Providing adequate physical protection of components from contaminants that may drip, drain, or be drawn into them. Cooling to an adequate temperature during manufacturing

Monitoring of pH of raw materials, food in process and finished food. Controlling the amount of acid or acidified food added to low acid food.

When ice is used to contact with food, it shall be made from water that is safe, of adequate sanitary quality that meets SASC-S-01, and shall be used only if it has been manufactured in accordance with current good manufacturing practice as outlined in this part. 132



10.20

Food manufacturing areas and equipment used for manufacturing human food shall not be used to manufacture non-human food, animal feed or inedible products, unless there is no risk to human food.

10.21

Storage and transportation of finished food shall be under conditions that will protect food against physical, chemical, and microbial contamination as well as against deterioration of the food and the container.

10.22

National Food Manufacturers on Saudi Aramco’s list of ‘Approved’ manufacturers or vendors shall not use ‘Genetically Modified’ (GM) foods of animal origin, or of animals fed GM foods in the manufacturer of any food product. Nor shall any food, or food product containing GM products of animal origin be permitted to be stored, handled or packaged within the food facility.

10.23

GM foods of plant origin (fruits and vegetables), may be used in the manufacture of foods, or sold without further treatment, modification or change providing that the food or food product containing any GM material of plant origin is clearly labeled in both Arabic and English, indicating that the food contains such material.

11 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS FOR RAW MEAT/POULTRY PROCESSING PLANTS In addition to all requirements of SASC-S-04 and general requirements and good manufacturing practices in this Section, raw meat/poultry processing plants shall meet the following: 11.1

11.2

Premises: 11.1.1

The premises shall present a clean and orderly appearance, be well drained and free of environmental conditions and/or materials that are a nuisance or a hazard to sanitation.

11.1.2

Outside areas shall be free of weeds, debris and unused equipment and materials.

11.1.3

Solid and liquid waste shall be stored in such a manner that they do not create nuisance or are a health hazard.

Construction of buildings: 11.2.1

The building(s) shall be large enough to accommodate the entire operation without compromising good sanitary practices.

11.2.2

Floors, walls and ceilings shall be constructed of materials that can be kept clean, sanitary and in good repair. Overhead wiring, pipes, hangers and ducts shall be constructed or appropriately enclosed to prevent contaminants such as dust, paint or other debris from falling on food or food contact surfaces.

11.2.3

11.2.4

Exterior openings, including doors, windows, conveyor openings, pipe openings and vents shall be in good repair and be equipped with screens or other effective means to prevent the ingress of insects, birds and/or other animals.

11.2.5

Screen doors, where fitted, shall open outwards, and be self-closing.

11.2.6

Meat or poultry processing rooms shall not open directly into barns, stables, living quarters, toilet rooms, garages, retail sales stores, or maintenance shops.

11.2.7

Separate facilities shall be provided, where applicable, for:

Dry goods (non-food) and packaging materials Dry goods (food) 133



11.3

11.4

11.5

Finished products Cleaning chemicals Toilet rooms, dressing rooms, hand washing: 11.3.1

Toilets shall be provided in accordance with SASC-S-04 sub-section 17.

11.3.2

Toilet rooms shall be conveniently located, constructed of materials that can be easily and satisfactorily cleaned and sanitized.

11.3.3

Toilet rooms shall be separately ventilated to the outside. Extracted air from toilet rooms shall not be recirculated.

11.3.4

Toilet rooms shall not open directly to any food room or area where components or products are processed or stored.

Livestock pens: 11.4.1

Livestock pens, ramps, unloading chutes, curbs and runways shall be of such construction, materials and finish that they can be readily and easily cleaned.

11.4.2

Pens shall be provided with a water supply with well-located hose connections equipped with back flow prevention devices.

11.4.3

Adequate curbing of an impervious material, a minimum of 12 inches (30.48cm) shall be installed around the borders of the pens to confine liquid waste.

11.4.4

Water troughs, or devices, with suitable overflows shall be located over, or next to, pen floor drains.

11.4.5

A separate pen shall be provided to isolate sick animals.

11.4.6

Holding pens shall be well ventilated, well lit and adequate in size to perform antemortem inspection.

11.4.7

Livestock pens shall be cleaned daily.

Holding and shackling pens: Holding and shackling pens shall be located outside of, or effectively separated from, the slaughtering area by a full height partition of impervious material to avoid dust, odor and contamination of the slaughtering area.

11.6

Slaughtering area: 11.6.1

Adequate facilities shall be provided for slaughtering operations. Construction and materials in the slaughtering area shall be such that all surfaces can be readily and easily cleaned and sanitized.

11.6.2

Beef shall be dressed on either a moveable rail system or cradles and hoists.

11.6.3

Sheep, goats and veal shall be slaughtered on either a manual or mechanical rail system.

11.6.4

Poultry shall be inverted, shackled and slaughtered over a bleed trough.

11.6.5

Handwash basin(s) shall be installed in the slaughtering area. The handwash basin shall have hot and cold water through a mixer valve at a minimum temperature of 45°C (105°F). The faucets to the handwash basin shall be operated by means other than the hands. 134



11.7

11.6.6

A cold water supply shall be provided in the 'dressing' area for washing carcasses. The water used for washing carcasses shall contain a minimum of 20mg/L of available chlorine.

11.6.7

Areas for de-horning, skinning, evisceration and head, carcass and offal inspection shall be provided. Materials and surface in all areas shall be easily cleanable.

Lighting: 11.7.1

Each and every room in the plant shall have sufficient natural and/or artificial lighting for the purpose for which it is to be used. Sufficient lighting shall be present in all areas to permit adequate visibility for cleaning and sanitary inspection of operations. (See Table I).

11.7.2

Lights in production areas and other rooms where food is processed, stored, or chilled shall be fitted with protective shields or diffusers or be so constructed that they will not shatter if broken.

11.7.3

The following levels of light, whether from natural sources or artificial sources, shall be provided. (Table 1) Light shall be evenly distributed and of sufficient intensity to avoid distortion, shadows and strong glare. Table I Illumination Area to be illuminated

Illumination levels required* Lux 215 110 110 540 110 320 320 540 215 215

Pens Stairways Storage Areas Processing Areas (Boning/Portioning) Hallway Slaughtering Eviscerating Inspection area (QA/QC) Locker room/toilets Coolers/chillers

Foot Candles 20 10 10 50 10 30 30 50 20 20

* Measured at a distance of 76 centimeters (30 inches) above the floor

11.8

11.9

Ventilation and humidity: 11.8.1

Humidity shall be regulated with ventilation or air movement to control condensation, objectionable odors and mold growth.

11.8.2

Air for ventilation shall be adequately filtered or directed outside as appropriate to prevent contamination.

11.8.3

Ventilation systems shall be clean and maintained in good repair at all times.

11.8.4

All openable windows shall be fitted with mesh screen to prevent flying insects entering the biding when the widows are left open.

Water supply: The water supply shall meet all requirements of Section SASC-S-01.

135



11.10

11.11

Disposal of waste: 11.10.1

Liquid waste shall be conveyed to a public sewer system through enclosed piping or shall be disposed of in an alternate sewage system such as septic tanks.

11.10.2

Liquid waste from the plant shall not be disposed of in such a manner that it can cause contamination of the land, water table, streams, camel troughs, or water wells.

11.10.3

All solid and liquid waste shall be placed in suitable covered receptacles conveniently located throughout the plant premises.

11.10.4

Waste offal and putrescible waste shall be stored in an air-conditioned room that is only used for the purpose of holding such material. The temperature of the room shall be maintained at or below 10°C (48°F).

11.10.5

All solid waste material removed from the premises shall be done so in a hygienic manner that does not cause nuisance from odor, flies or spillage.

11.10.6

All liquid and solid waste removed from the premises shall be disposed of at an approved municipality treatment plant, landfill or disposal site. It is the responsibility of the facility management to ensure that all wastes are properly handled and disposed of or otherwise treated.

11.10.7

Waste food material that is contaminated or 'unfit' for human consumption shall be stored in waterproof containers that are colour coded and bear the words 'unfit for human consumption'.

11.10.8

All waste containers/receptacles shall be thoroughly cleaned, steam cleaned or sanitized regularly.

Toilet/dressing rooms and hand washing facilities: 11.11.1

A suitable changing/locker room shall be provided for staff to change into coveralls/working clothes.

11.11.2

All process workers shall be provided with a locker for storing personal clothing, boots, and coveralls.

11.11.3

The locker room shall be located adjacent or conveniently near a toilet/washroom so workers can hand wash prior to commencing work.

11.11.4

A sign shall be displayed in the locker room; changing room and toilet room reminding staff to hand wash before entering food production or slaughtering areas. Handwash sinks shall be provided in accordance with SASC-S-04 sub-section 18.

11.11.5 11.11.6

Hot and cold water from a mixer valve shall be provided to all handwash sinks. Minimum temperature of the hot water shall be not less than 105°F (45°C).

11.11.7

Soap and soap dispenser (liquid or powder) shall be provided at hand wash sinks. Sanitary single service towels or hot air blower type hand dryer shall be provided and conveniently located in all toilet rooms. NOTE: Warm air hand dryers shall not be the sole means of hand drying in employee lavatories.

11.11.8

Toilet rooms and fixtures, dressing and changing rooms and hand washing facilities shall be maintained in a clean orderly manner.

136



11.11.9

Toilet rooms, dressing and changing rooms shall not be used for storage of cleaning equipment.

11.11.10 Dressing and changing rooms/locker rooms shall be separated from toilet rooms but may adjoin one another 11.12

11.13

11.14

Construction and repair of equipment and utensils: 11.12.1

Equipment and utensils shall be designed, constructed and used to preclude adulteration of food with toxic lubricants, fuel, metal fragments, contaminated water or other contaminants.

11.12.2

Lubricants used on product handling and processing equipment shall be 'food-grade' and non-toxic and used sparingly in a manner that prevents contamination of food or food contact surfaces.

11.12.3

All equipment and utensils shall be of such material and workmanship to be smooth, easily cleanable and durable. All materials shall be non-absorbent and corrosion resistant.

11.12.4

Food contact surfaces and solder shall not contain antimony, bismuth, brass, copper, cadmium, lead, zinc and/or other toxic materials.

11.12.5

Equipment shall be located in a manner that provides adequate space for cleaning, maintenance and inspection.

Cleaning and sanitizing: 11.13.1

Methods used for cleaning and sanitizing shall not contaminate nor adulterate food/food products.

11.13.2

Cleaning and sanitizing chemicals shall be properly labeled and stored.

11.13.3

Cleaning and sanitizing chemicals shall be used as prescribed by the manufacturer.

11.13.4

If water alone is used as a sanitizer, it must be not less than 170°F (77°C) with a minimum contact time of 30 seconds.

11.13.5

All personnel employed in cleaning and sanitizing shall be properly trained in such procedures.

11.13.6

A cleaning schedule detailing all surfaces, pieces of equipment and items to be cleaned and sanitized shall be developed. The cleaning schedule shall detail the methods and frequencies of cleaning and sanitizing all areas and the equipment and materials to be used.

Disinfection units 11.14.1

Disinfection units shall be constructed of rust resistant metal and shall be of sufficient size for complete immersion of saws, knives, cleavers and other tools in water at a minimum of 170°F (77°C).

11.14.2

Disinfection units shall be installed in all locations where meat/poultry is slaughtered, processed, cut or sawn. Disinfection units shall be heated by electricity, steam or centrally heated water.

11.14.3 11.15

Cooling/refrigeration:

137



11.16

11.15.1

Chill rooms shall be free of objectionable odors and mold, and maintained in a sanitary condition.

11.15.2

Chill rooms and freezers shall be capable of maintaining temperatures and humidity necessary for the preservation of the food being stored or processed.

11.15.3

Chill rooms shall be maintained at 40°F (4°C) or below.

11.15.4

Meat processing rooms i.e. where raw meat/poultry is trimmed, portioned, packaged, sliced, de-boned shall be maintained at 50°F (10°C) or below during the processing operations.

11.15.5

Frozen food storage facilities shall be maintained at 0°F (-18°C) or below

11.15.6

Frozen food storage facilities shall be adequately maintained to ensure circulation of refrigerated air, and shall be defrosted as frequently as necessary to maintain efficiency.

11.15.7

Chill rooms and freezers shall be equipped with a thermometer graded in not more than 2°F (1°C) divisions and with an accuracy of + or - 2°F (1°C) throughout the specified scale range.

Control of insects, birds, rodents and other animals: Insects, birds, rodents and other animals shall be excluded from all areas of the facility. Effective measures for the control of insects, birds, rodents and other animals shall always be maintained.

11.17

12

Vehicles and transportation facilities: 11.17.1

Vehicles and transportation equipment shall be constructed and operated to protect contents from contamination and deterioration.

11.17.2

Vehicles for transporting meat, meat products, poultry and poultry products shall be completely enclosed and refrigerated. Vehicles used for transporting frozen food products shall operate at 0°C (-18°F), or below and vehicles for transporting chilled foods shall operate at 4°C (40°F) or below.

11.17.3

Refrigerated and freezer vehicles shall be fitted with continuous temperature chart records, which shall be used whenever chilled or frozen foods are stored or are being transported. Charts will be retained for a minimum period of 6 months.

11.17.4

Vehicles used for transporting meat/meat products, poultry and poultry products shall not be used for carrying trash, garbage, or other materials that could cause contamination to food at any time.

SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR WATER BOTTLING AND BEVERAGE MANUFACTURING PLANTS In addition to all requirements of SASC-S-04 and general requirements and good manufacturing practices in this Section, water bottling and beverage manufacturers shall meet the following: 12.1

Premises: Shall meet the general requirements as for raw meat/poultry processing plants subs-section 12.1 of this Code Section.

12.2

Construction of buildings: 138



Structure of buildings shall meet general requirements as for raw meat/poultry processing plant subsections 11.2.1 through 11.2.5 and 11.2.7 of this Code Section. 12.3

Toilet room, dressing room, hand washing: Facility shall meet general requirements as for raw meat/poultry processing plants sub-sections 11.3.1 to 11.3.4 of this Code Section.

12.4

12.5

Apparatus and testing equipment: 12.4.1

A metal stem-type, numerically scaled indicating thermometer with a range from -18°C (0°F) to 104.5°C (220°F) and accurate to ±1°C (±2°F) at all temperatures within the range shall be provided and used to measure temperatures. An electronic digital thermometer equipped with a metal probe of equal range and accuracy may be used in conjunction with, or in place of, the mechanical indicating thermometer.

12.4.2

Where the facility treats and chlorinates water, an approved test kit shall be provided to measure the concentration of residual chlorine in the treated water. The test kit shall have a range from at least 0.0 to 2.5 milligrams per liter (0.0 to 2.5 parts per million) and a sensitivity of at least 0.1 milligram per liter.

12.4.3

Acid and sugar hydrometers, graduated measuring devices and other laboratory apparatus shall be provided as needed.

12.4.4.

Alkali and caustic soda testing equipment or devices for measuring the strength of the soaker solutions employed in bottle washing shall be provided as needed.

12.4.5

If product is carbonated, an apparatus for measuring the degree of carbonation of he finished product shall be provided.

Syrup-making equipment, if provided: 12.5.1

All vats, jar, vessels, tanks, pipelines, filters and other apparatus employed in mixing, conveying or storing ingredients and syrup shall be constructed of stainless steel or other suitable material resistant to corrosion by the action of ingredients and syrup. The use of galvanized iron, lead, zinc, copper, brass, or other potentially deleterious material is prohibited.

12.5.2

All apparatus, equipment and utensils employed in syrup making shall comply with the general requirements as per SASC-S-04 sub-section 25 and shall be designed and constructed so that they are self-draining and so they can be readily flushed, cleaned and sanitized.

12.5.3

All vessels, tanks, jars and vats shall be provided with suitable covers to protect them against dust, dirt, insects and other sources of contamination.

12.5.4

Mixing shall be by mechanical means only. The mixing mechanism shall be designed, constructed and operated to prevent contamination of the syrup.

12.5.5

Filter elements shall be single-service and shall be stored in a clean, dry place.

12.6

An eyewash designed for flushing the eyes with potable water shall be provided in close proximity to areas where water is chlorinated, hazardous chemicals are used and equipment containing hazardous chemicals is maintained. If circumstances warrant, a safety shower shall also be provided. Operation of the eyewash and safety shower shall be by means of a simple push bar, pull ring or step pad.

12.7

Special equipment and procedures for washing returnable bottles: 139



12.8

12.9

12.7.1

If returnable bottles are used, bottles shall be thoroughly cleaned and sanitized immediately before they are filled by means of an automatic mechanical bottle washing machine (bottles that are washed and then stored empty shall be rewashed immediately before they are filled). Washing bottles by hand, except as a preliminary step prior to mechanical bottle washing, is prohibited.

12.7.2

The capacity of the bottle washing machine shall be equal to or greater than the capacity of the bottle-filling machine.

12.7.3

The wash and rinse compartments shall be fitted with thermometers, preferably of the recording type.

12.7.4

Bottle washing and inspection: 12.7.4.1

Unclean bottles shall be exposed to a three percent alkali solution (known as the soaker solution) containing not less than 60 percent caustic soda (sodium hydroxide), for a period of not less than five minutes at a temperature of not less than 55°C (131°F), or to an equivalent cleansing and sanitizing process. The strength of this solution shall be checked at least twice daily and shall be maintained at the desired concentration by adding more cleaning compound as needed. The soaker solution shall be completely changed as often as is necessary to ensure that bottles are properly cleaned.

12.7.4.2

Bottles shall be rinsed free of all caustic soda with potable water prior to filling.

12.1.4.3

All bottles leaving the washing machine shall be carefully inspected. Improperly cleaned or otherwise defective bottles shall be removed.

Handling foods, ingredients and packaging 12.8.1

Raw materials, foods, ingredients and packaging materials shall be gained from sources that produce such items in purpose-built food establishments under sanitary conditions and according to generally accepted industry practices. They shall be unadulterated, wholesome and free from spoilage, filth or other contamination. They shall be safe for human consumption. They shall be delivered to the food establishment in a vehicle that complies with the requirements of SASC-S-04 sub-section 27.

12.8.2

Locally manufactured raw materials, foods, ingredients and packaging materials shall be obtained from manufacturers and vendors currently on the Saudi Aramco ‘Approved’ National Manufacturers and Vendors List. Imported raw ingredients or products shall be imported from Countries that are recognized by EPD as acceptable.

12.8.3

Only those raw materials, foods, ingredients and packaging materials packed in the original manufacturers' labeled container shall be received and used.

12.8.4

The label shall honestly represent the package contents in accordance with Saudi Arab Government Standards. The label must list all additives. The item is misbranded if the labeling is false or misleading in any way or the package contains a chemical preservative not stated on the label.

12.8.5

The dates of production and expiration shall be recorded on the packaging.

Raw materials, foods, ingredients and packaging materials shall not be accepted: 12.9.1 If they contain decomposed, toxic or extraneous substances’, 140



12.9.2 If the packaging in which they are received exhibits signs of damage, contamination, deterioration, spoilage or intentional tampering which may have rendered the contents unsafe and unfit for use. 12.10

Raw materials, foods, ingredients and packaging materials shall be stored in a manner that protects them against contamination, infestation and deterioration.

12.11

Raw materials, foods, ingredients and packaging materials shall be protected at all times, including while being manufactured, processed, cooked and packaged, from contamination.

12.12

Prior to introduction into the processing line, or at a convenient point within it, raw materials and ingredients shall be inspected, sorted and selected as required to remove unsuitable materials. Such steps shall be carried out under hygienic conditions so that only sound and clean raw materials and ingredients shall be processed.

12.13

Raw materials shall be washed as needed to remove dust or other contaminants. Water used for such purposes shall not be recirculated unless suitably treated.

12.14

Compressed air used in the food, beverage or ice production process shall be filtered or otherwise treated to render it free of dust, insects and extraneous material. Air intakes shall be properly located and maintained. Filters shall be located upstream from the compressor and shall be easily removable for cleaning and replacement. The blower or compressor supplying air shall be designed so that it will deliver oil-free air.

12.15

Preparation of syrups: 12.15.1 Syrups shall be prepared, processed and stored in a way that prevents contamination and adulteration. 12.15.2 Syrups shall be clarified by mechanical filtration. 12.15.3 Wherever feasible and practicable, syrups shall be heated to boiling for not less than five minutes to destroy potentially pathogenic microorganisms and substantially reduce overall microbial population. 12.15.4 Finished syrups shall not be handled or exposed to the air, dust or other potential sources of contamination, but shall be conveyed to final mixing or storage tanks through a closed, clean, sanitized and properly protected system of pipes and pumps. The system shall be designed for in place cleaning (CIP) or shall be designed so that it can be easily dismantled for cleaning.

12.16

Bottle filling, capping and associated practices: 12.16.1

Bottles shall be filled and capped with automatic machinery.

12.16.2 The operator or his clothing shall not come in contact with the inner surface of the bottle or cap, or any portion of the machinery that comes in contact with the inner surface of the bottle or cap. Caps that have been touched on the inner surface by the operator shall be discarded. Bottles that have been touched on the inner surface shall be rejected, emptied and reprocessed as a dirty bottle. The delivery tube or orifice of the filling equipment shall be protected from manual contact, dust, insects, rodents and other contamination. 12.16.3 The delivery tube or orifice of filling equipment shall be designed so that condensation or moisture is diverted from the normal filling position of the container receiving the product. 12.16.4 Imperfectly capped bottles shall be rejected, emptied and reprocessed as a dirty bottle. 141



12.16.5 In the case of bottled beverages and other clear liquids, the final package (capped bottle) shall be inspected to detect the presence of any foreign objects in the bottles. 12.16.6 Caps shall be stored in a special compartment or cabinet that is used for no other purpose and that is maintained free from dust, flies, vermin and other sources of contamination and pollution 12.17

Storage of finished goods 12.17.1 The finished product shall be stored under such conditions as to preclude contamination or proliferation of microorganisms. The product shall be protected against deterioration or damage to packaging. The product shall be stored in a way that does not interfere with processing, production or packaging operations. 12.17.2 During storage, periodic inspection shall be carried out on the finished product to ensure that it is fit for human consumption and that it complies with the standard specifications of the finished product. 12.17.3 Store rooms shall be rodent-proof, moisture free and air conditioned and refrigerated, as appropriate. 12.17.4 The finished product shall be transported under such conditions as to preclude contamination or proliferation of microorganisms. The product shall be protected against deterioration or damage to packaging. Transport vehicles shall comply with requirements outlined in subsection 26 of SASC-S-04.

12.18

Laboratory Controls and Quality Requirements 12.18.1

Food plants shall have a laboratory to carry out tests necessary to assure the safety of products.

12.18.2

EPD shall periodically take samples representative of the water, ice, ingredients and products used by Saudi Aramco. These shall be analyzed to monitor the safety of food, beverages and ice provided to Saudi Aramco employees and their dependents.

12.18.3 The following bacteriological Standards shall apply: 12.18.3.1 Heterotrophic Plate Count (HPC) shall not exceed 100 bacteria per milliliter. 12.18.3.2 Most Probable Number (MPN) of coliform bacteria shall not exceed 2.2 per 100 milliliters. 12.18.3.3 All Ultra heat treated (UHT) products shall have a HPC of <1 bacteria per ml and <1 coliform per ml. 12.18.3.4 Yeasts and molds shall not exceed 20 per milliliter.

142



REFERENCES: rd

1. ‘The Prevention of Food Poisoning’ Jill Trickett (3 Edition) Stanley Thornes Publishers, Cheltenham, England 2. ‘HACCP Standard for Food Business’ A complete management system for hazard analysis STS Ltd., Farnham, Surrey, England 3. ‘HACCP A practical approach’ Sara Mortimore and Carol Wallace. Chapman and Hall (Publishers), London, England 4. ‘The 1997 Codex Alimentarius - Food Standards Program’ Codex Alimentarius, Rome, Italy. 5. ‘HACCP Reference Book’ National Restaurant Association, The Educational Foundation - Chicago, USA 6. Food Safety - Questions and Answers’ Food Safety Advisory Center, London, UK 7. ‘Health Service Catering Hygiene’ UK Dept. of Health, HMSO 8. UK Department of Health guide -‘General Temperature Regulations’ 9. UK Department of Health guide - ‘Assured Safe Catering’ 10. UK Department of Health guide -‘Guide the 1995 Food Hygiene Regulations’ 11. UK Department of Health guide -‘Food Hazards and Your Business’ 12. UK Department of Health article - ‘A guide to Food Hazards and Your Business’ 13. UK Department of Health article -‘A guide to the General Food Hygiene Regulations. 1995’ 14. USFD Administration - ‘Seafood HACCP Regulations.’ 15. USFDA Article -‘Application of HACCP to Retail Food Systems’ 16. USFDA Article - ‘Food Additives’ 17. USFDA Article - ‘Sulfites Safe for Most – Dangerous for Some’ 18. USFDA Article - ‘Monosodium Glutamate’ 19. Australian Food Council fact sheet ‘Australian Safe Food’ 20. USFDA Food Consumers report - ‘HACCP a State of the Art Approach to Food Safety’ 21. Industry Guide to ‘Good Hygiene Practices’ ‘Catering Guide’ HMSO London, England 22. US Department of Health and Human Services ‘1997 FOOD CODE’ 23. ‘Managing Food Safety - A HACCP principles guide for operators of food establishments at the retail level’ USFDA

143


Dairies and Grade "A" Pasteurized Milk Plants, SASC-S-06

SASC-S- 06 DAIRY FARMS AND PLANTS Dairy farms and milk plants are food manufacturing plants and this Code Section is simply an extension of Sections SASC-S-04 and SASC-S-05. As such, this Section expands upon, but does not repeat, public health standards that are required by Sections SASC-S-04 and SASC-S-05. Dairymen, operators and regulatory agencies shall, therefore, comply with all three Code Sections. NOTE: All sub-sections should be read in conjunction with appropriate referenced documents listed at the end of this Section.

DEFINITIONS: Adulterate: To make impure by the addition of a foreign, inferior, or harmful substance. Bonnet: - The diversion valve housing, which contains the valve actuating mechanism on an HTST pasteurizing unit. Booster Pump: An optional auxiliary pump used to assist another pump. Centrifugal Pump: – A pump consisting of an impeller fixed on a rotating shaft and enclosed in a casing, and having an inlet and a discharge connection. The rotating impeller creates pressure in the liquid by the velocity derived from centrifugal force. Clarifier: – A machine, which removes foreign matter from milk by centrifugal force. Clean-in-place, (CIP): – CIP refers specifically to the cleaning and sanitizing of food processing equipment and piping in its assembled condition by recirculation of the necessary rinse, detergent, and sanitizing solutions under appropriate conditions of time, temperature, detergency, and physical action. CIP systems are now present to some extent in practical every food and dairy processing plant. Combine: – Add to or mix completely, i.e. combines these ingredients with the other ones. Constant Level Supply Tank: – A tank situated in such a way as to provide a constant supply to the high temperature short time pasteurizer system. Deflector Plate: – In a high temperature short time pasteurizer, a plate designed to route the flow of milk through groups of plates (passes) in the regenerator. Enzymes: A large class of complex proteinaceous molecules, which act as catalysts in biochemical reactions. Flavored Milk or Milk Products: – Milk and milk products to which have been added a flavor and/or sweetener. Frozen Dessert: – Any clean, frozen or partially frozen combination of two or more of the following: milk or milk products, eggs or egg products, sugars, fruit or fruit juices, candy, nuts, meats, or other harmless and wholesome food products, flavors, color, or harmless stabilizer and shall be deemed to include ice cream, frozen custard, ice milk, milk sherbet, ices and other similar products. Grade ‘A’ Pasteurized Milk and Milk Products: – Milk and milk products that were produced, processed and pasteurized in conformance with standards equivalent to those outlined in the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code. These standards are in conformance with the latest edition of the United States Public Health Service Grade ‘A’ Pasteurized Milk Ordinance. Hermetically Sealed Container: – A container that excludes the passage of gas or of microorganisms. A container that prevents the re-entry of microbes, thereby preventing spoilage from external sources after the container has been sealed. The canned food should remain unspoiled indefinitely if properly heat processed, and if the seal remains intact. 144



Homogenized Milk: – Milk which has been treated to ensure breakup of the fat globules to such an extent that, after 48 hours of quiescent storage at 4.0 degrees C (40 degrees F), no visible cream separation occurs in the milk, and the fat percentage of the top 100 ml of milk in a liter, or of proportionate volumes in containers of other sizes, does not differ by more than 10% from the fat percentage of the remaining percentage of the top A container that excludes the passage of gas or of microorganisms. A container that prevents the re-entry of microbes, thereby preventing spoilage from external sources after the container has been sealed. The canned food should remain unspoiled indefinitely if properly heat processed, and if the seal remains intact. Laban: – A fluid product resulting from the souring, by lactic acid producing bacteria or similar culture, of pasteurized skim milk, pasteurized low fat milk, or whole milk and has a titratable acidity of not less than 0.5%, expressed as lactic acid. Labneh: – Fermented milk resulting from concentrating full cream yogurt by removing a suitable amount of whey from it. The maximum acidity level determined as lactic acid shall not exceed 2.5%. Edible salt shall not exceed 1.5%. The minimum fat level shall be at least 7% and total solids not fat shall be 15%. Low Fat Milk: – Milk from which a sufficient portion of milk has been removed to reduce its milk fat content to not less than 0.5% and not greater than 2.0%. Metering Pump: – A positive displacement type pump which controls the rate of flow through the high pressure short time pasteurizer to ensure that ever particle of product is held for the minimum legal holding time in the holding tube. Milk: – The lacteal secretion, practically free from colostrum, obtained by the complete milking of healthy cows, which contains not more than 8.5% milk solids-not-fat or the normal percentage produced in a commingled milk sample from the specific herd in questions and not 3.0% milk fat (milk fat r butterfat is the fat of milk.). The word milk shall be interpreted to include goat milk. Milk Products: – Includes cream, light cream, coffee cream, table cream, whipping cream, light whipping cream, heavy cream, heavy whipping cream, whipped cream, whipped light cream, sour cream, cultured sour cream, half-and-half, sour half-and-half, cultured half-and-half and reconstituted or recombined milk and milk products, concentrated milk products, skim milk, low fat milk, fortified milk and milk products, vitamin D milk and milk products, homogenized milk, flavored milk or milk products, laban, yogurt, labneh, cottage cheese, and cultured milk. This definition is not intended to include such products as sterilized milk and milk products hermetically sealed in a container and so processed, before or after sealing, as to prevent microbial spoilage, or evaporated milk, condensed milk, butter, ice cream and other frozen desserts, dry milk products (except as defined herein) or cheese, except when combined with other substances to produce any pasteurized milk or milk product defined herein. Milk Products & Milk, (Frozen Desserts): – Used in mix or frozen desserts shall include milk, cream, frozen cream, fluid skim milk, butter, sweetened evaporated skim milk, sweetened and unsweetened condensed milk, sweet cream buttermilk, sweet cream condensed buttermilk, or any of these products from which lactose has been wholly or partially removed. Orifice: – (1) A flow restrictor of sanitary design which may be installed in the diversion line if needed to maintain approximately equal pressures during diverted flow as those pressures which occur during forward flow. It provides backpressure approximately equal to that developed in the cooling section. (2) The entrance or outlet of any cavity of the body. (3) Any foramen, meatus or opening. Pasteurization: – the process of heating every particle of milk or milk product in properly designed and operated equipment to specific temperature for a specified period of time and holding it continuously at or above that temperature. Pesticide: Any chemical used to control animal/plant growth.

145



Phosphatase: An enzyme occurring in milk. The standard time/temperature relationship of the pasteurization process is sufficient to inactivate this enzyme. Presence of the enzyme in pasteurized milk is, therefore, evidence of inadequate pasteurization. Reconstituted or Recombined Milk and Milk Products: Milk or milk products defined in this Section which result from the recombining of milk constituents with potable water. Sour Cream or Cultured Sour Cream: Fluid or semi fluid cream resulting from the souring, by lactic acid producing bacteria or similar culture, or pasteurized cream, which contains not less than 0.5% acidity expressed as lactic acid. Sour cream contains not less than 18% milk fat. Standard Methods: An assembly of analytical techniques and descriptions commonly accepted in water and wastewater treatment or procedures in milk and food testing. Steam: (1) To cook food with the hot gas that rises above the boiled water. (2) Vaporized water, usually under pressure from a power plant or waste heat boiler. Ultra-pasteurized: The term to describe a dairy product that has been thermally processed at or above 138°C (280°F) for at least two seconds, either before or after packaging, so as to produce a product which has an extended shelf life under proper storage conditions. Whipped Cream: Cream into which air or gas has been incorporated. Whipping Cream: Cream which contains not less than 30% milk fat. Yogurt: A cultured milk product, which contains the lactic acid producing bacterial Lactobacillus bulgaricus and Streptococcus thermophilus. It shall be pasteurized or ultra-pasteurized prior to the addition of bacterial culture and bulk flavoring material. Yogurt before addition of flavors or bulk flavors contains not less than 8.25% milk solids not fat, and has a titratable acidity of not less than 0.9%, expressed as lactic acid.

1

APPLICATION TO OPERATE A DAIRY ESTABLISHMENT 1.1

Any person, company or Saudi Aramco organization, either separately or jointly, desiring to sell or give milk, or milk products intended for human consumption to the Saudi Aramco population shall make a written application through the appropriate Saudi Aramco proponent organization as outlined in sub-section 1.2 of this Code Section.

1.2

Submission of written application: 1.2.1

Owners of privately operated dairies, milk and milk product vendors, warehouses and dairy farms wishing to conduct business with Saudi Aramco shall apply through Saudi Aramco Environmental Protection Department (EPD). Formalities as required by other involved Saudi Aramco departments such as Contracting Department or Community Services Department shall be followed as dictated by protocol. Applications to EPD shall include the following information: 1.2.1.1

The name, address and telephone number of each applicant.

1.2.1.2

The exact location of the existing/proposed food establishment.

1.2.1.3

The type of food establishment.

1.2.1.4

The design, materials and layout of work and support areas, and the type, model and arrangement of fixed equipment. 146



1.2.1.5

The methods and vehicles that will be used to transport food.

1.2.1.6

For temporary food establishments the date of commencement of operations shall be given.

1.2.1.7

Whenever a Saudi Aramco food establishment is to be constructed, an existing Saudi Aramco structure is converted to use as a food establishment, or whenever any Saudi Aramco food establishment is remodeled or altered, properly prepared plans and specifications for such construction, conversion, remodeling or alteration shall be submitted during the planning phase of the proposed project.

1.2.1.8

The signatures of all applicants.

1.3

Only those products, goods and services specifically defined in the application will be considered, but the evaluation process will assess ALL factors that could directly or indirectly affect products, goods and services offered to Saudi Aramco.

1.4

After receiving a written application from a Saudi Aramco organization or written notice from the milk, milk product manufacturer, dairy, vendor, warehouse or dairy farm Saudi Aramco EPD shall, as appropriate: 1.4.1

Review the terms of the application according to the requirements of the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code to verify that the application is complete and valid.

1.4.2

Review plans and specifications.

1.4.3

Inspect the food establishment to ensure that the facility, management, supervisors and systems in place are in full compliance with this and other relevant Sections of the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code. 1.4.3.1

If Saudi Aramco EPD finds that the premises are in full compliance with the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code, apart from minor discrepancies, EPD shall give conditional ‘approval’. If it is found that the facility meets all Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code requirements shall ‘approve’ the facility.

1.5

If Saudi Aramco EPD find that the products, goods and services; the operating methods, practices and procedures; or equipment and facilities proposed in the application do not comply with the requirements of the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code, then EPD will not ‘approve’ the facility. Until such time that the food establishment is ‘approved’ Saudi Aramco shall not accept products, goods or services, whether offered for sale or as a gift, from the non-compliant applicant.

1.6

When a conditional ‘approval’ is granted, outstanding deficiencies must be corrected within a specified time frame.

1.7

1.6.1

If significant new deficiencies have not developed and all conditional deficiencies are corrected by the required date, i.e. the food establishment achieves compliance with provisions of this Code Section; Saudi Aramco EPD will ‘approve’ the facility.

1.6.2

If the applicant fails to correct identified deficiencies within the specified time frame, or if significant new deficiencies have developed since the original inspection, Saudi Aramco EPD will suspend the ‘approval’, or issuance of a ‘warning notice’.

After a facility has been ‘approved’, a NEW APPLICATION is required:

147



1.7.1

Prior to any proposed addition, alteration, conversion, expansion or modification to the physical facility or any change in the ownership, location, physical facility, equipment, process or procedure related to products, goods or services offered to Saudi Aramco.

1.7.2

Prior to any proposed addition of products, goods or services to be offered to Saudi Aramco.

1.8

If an ‘approved’ food establishment fails to submit a new application, prior to making a change defined in sub-section 1.7 of this Code Section, Saudi Aramco EPD shall rescind the ‘approval’

1.9

If an ‘approved’ food establishment fails to continue to comply with the requirements of this Code Section: 2.9.1

1.10

2

EPD Definition of "approved’: 1.10.1

The approval by EPD of a food establishment indicates that, at the time of inspection, the structure, products, practices, procedures and associated equipment and facility, as stated in the application, complied with all requirements of the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code.

1.10.2

As noted in sub-section 1.10.1., above, the "approval" is valid only for the specific person, location, processes, facilities, products, goods and services included in the application.

1.10.3

“Approval” by EPD indicates only that the food establishment complies with all Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code requirements and does not imply or suggest approval or acceptance of the products or services by Saudi Aramco Purchasing Department, or any other Saudi Aramco organization or affiliated concessionaire, contractor, vendor or other agency.

INSPECTIONS 2.1

Saudi Aramco EPD will inspect each dairy farm and/or milk plant as often as is necessary to ensure that the dairy farm and/or milk plant is in compliance with this, and other relevant Code Sections. It is assumed that dairy farm and/or milk plant management will cooperate fully with Saudi Aramco EPD during inspections and ensure that deficiencies are corrected within the time limit established by Saudi Aramco EPD.

2.2

If Saudi Aramco EPD finds that a dairy farm and/or milk plant does not comply with one or more requirements of this or other relevant, Code Sections, it shall either:

2.3

3

EPD may send a ‘Warning Notice’ requiring corrective action

2.2.1

Recommend that the dairy farm and/or milk plant comply with Saudi Aramco EPD written recommendations by the next unannounced inspection; or

2.2.2

Issue a warning notice requiring compliance by a specific date; or

2.2.3

Issue a suspension notice

Dairy farm and/or milk plant management shall conduct periodic "in-plant" sanitation inspections (at least weekly). Records of these inspections, as well as follow-up actions, shall be kept on file. The reports shall be made available to Saudi Aramco EPD representatives at the time of each inspection.

CONTROL OF OPERATION 3.1

The operator of the food establishment shall carry out a ‘Food Safety Risk Assessment’ by developing an appropriate and effective HACCP (Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point) plan. The plan 148



shall: 1) Identify any steps in the operation that are critical to food safety; 2) Make provisions for incorporating adequate safety controls into the operations; and 3) Include monitoring of control procedures to ensure continuing effectiveness. 3.2

The following seven HACCP principles shall be followed: ? Carry out a hazard analysis; ? Identify critical control points (CCPs); ? Establish critical limits for each CCP; ? Implement monitoring procedures at each CCP; ? Develop corrective action procedures in the event that critical limits are exceeded; ? Incorporate an effective record keeping system into the plan; ? Develop procedures to verify that the system is working; With respect to the above, the following guidelines are provided: 3.2.1

Assemble a HACCP team: to develop an effective HACCP plan it is essential to assemble a HACCP team that has the expertise and knowledge to determine the full scope of the plan. The scope should describe which segment of the food chain is involved and the general classes of hazards to be addressed (e.g. does the plan cover all foods, all hazards or only selected classes).

3.2.2

Describe the product: develop a full description of the product. This should include relevant safety information such as ingredients, physical and chemical structure (including pH, water content etc), description of processes such as cooking, freezing, brining, smoking, storage requirements during the various stages of processing, and any other relevant information regarding the safe handling of the ingredients and final product

3.2.3

Construct a process flow diagram (PFD): a PFD essential to show all processes of the food preparation chain from delivery of the raw ingredients, to the use by the final consumer. The PFD should show all steps of the entire operation. When applying HACCP, consideration should be given to steps preceding and following the specified operation.

3.2.4

Onsite confirmation: it is important before proceeding further to confirm that the processes as described in the flow diagram are correct. At this stage, necessary changes to the flow diagram should be made where appropriate.

3.2.5

List all potential hazards associated with each step, consider any measures to control identified hazards. (Principle 1) The HACCP team shall list all of the hazards that may be reasonably expected to occur at each step from primary production, processing, manufacture, and distribution until the point of consumption. The HACCP team shall identify those hazards in the plan, which must be eliminated or reduced in order to produce safe food. 3.2.5.1 Wherever possible the following should be included: ? The likely occurrence of the hazards and severity of their adverse health effects; ? The qualitative and/or quantitative evaluation of the presence of hazards; ? Survival or multiplication of microorganisms of concern; ? Production or persistence in foods of toxins, chemicals or physical agents; ? Conditions, which could lead to the above. The HACCP team then should consider what control measures, if any, can be applied for each hazard identified.

3.2.6

Determine CCPs (principle 2). In order to prevent the hazards of food poisoning, or physical or chemical contamination it is necessary to identify CCPs. A CCP is a step in the preparation, handling or storage of food, which has to be carried out to ensure that the hazard is either eliminated or reduced to a safe level. Here, the following two questions are to be considered: Is 149



there a hazard at this step? Is it necessary to control the hazard at this step, or will a subsequent step eliminate or reduce the hazard to an acceptable limit? 3.2.7

Establish critical limits for each CCP (principle 3). This step involves establishing a criterion that must be met for each preventive measure associated with a CCP. Critical limits can be thought of as boundaries of safety for each CCP and may be set for preventive measures such as temperature, time, physical dimensions, water content, pH and available chlorine. Critical limits must be based on recognized standards such as regulatory standards, scientific literature, experimental studies and consultation with experts.

3.2.8

Establish a monitoring system for each CCP (principle 4). Monitoring is a planned sequence of observations or measurements to assess whether a CCP is under control and to produce an accurate record for use in further verification procedures. There are three main reasons for monitoring: It tracks the system’s operations so that a trend towards a loss of control can be recognized and corrective action can be taken to bring the process back into control before a deviation occurs. It indicates when a loss of control and a deviation have actually occurred, when corrective action must be taken, and it provides written documentation for use in verification of the HACCP plan. 3.2.8.1

4

Instrumentation used for monitoring critical limits must be carefully calibrated for accuracy. Records of calibration must be kept as part of the HACCP plan documentation

3.2.9

Establish corrective actions (principle 5). Specific corrective actions shall be developed for each CCP in the system to deal with deviations when they occur. The corrective actions must be clearly defined and be specific for that CCP. For example: “If the temperature of the food falls below 60ºC (145ºF) it must be reheated to over 74ºC(165ºF) in its entirety for a minimum of 3 minutes. If the temperature of the food falls below 60ºC (145ºF) again then it must be discarded”.

3.2.10

Establish documentation and record keeping (principle 6). Efficient and accurate record keeping is essential to the application of a HACCP system. Documentation and record keeping shall be appropriate to the nature and size of the operation, but should include: Hazard Analysis, CCP determination, Critical limit determination, CCP monitoring activities, Deviations and associated corrective actions, Temperature records and Employee training

3.2.11

Establish verification procedures (principle 7). Verification and auditing methods, procedures and tests, including random sampling and analysis, can be used to determine if the system is working. The frequency of verification shall be sufficient to confirm that the system is working effectively. Examples of verification activities can include: Review of the HACCP systems and documents to ensure that the plan is being followed. Review of CCP records and determination of correct actions being taken when deviations occur, independent auditing, random sampling, visual inspections of operations to observe if CCPs are under control

THE EXAMINATION OF MILK AND MILK PRODUCTS 4.1

Collection of samples: 4.1.1

Samples of milk and milk products from dairy retail stores, food service establishments, grocery stores, and other places where milk and milk products are sold shall be examined periodically as determined by Saudi Aramco EPD.

4.1.2

During any consecutive six month period, at least four samples of raw milk for pasteurization or ultra-high temperature treatment shall be taken from each producer and four samples of raw milk for pasteurization or ultra-high temperature treatment shall be taken from each milk plant after 150



receipt of the milk by the milk plant and prior to pasteurization or ultra-high temperature treatment. 4.1.3

4.2

4.3

4.4

5

During any consecutive six-month period, at least four samples of pasteurized or ultra-high temperature treated milk and at least four samples of each milk product defined in the approved application shall be taken from every milk plant. Samples of milk and milk products shall be taken while in possession of the producer or distributor at any time prior to final delivery.

Examination of milk and milk products: 4.2.1

Required bacterial counts, somatic cell counts, and cooling temperature checks shall be performed on raw milk for pasteurization or ultra-high temperature treatment. In addition, antibiotic tests on each producer's raw milk or commingled raw milk shall be conducted at least four times during any consecutive six-month period. When commingled milk is tested, all producers shall be represented in the sample. All individual sources of raw milk shall be tested when test results on the commingled raw milk are positive.

4.2.2

Required bacterial counts, coliform determinations, antibiotic tests, phosphatase tests and cooling temperature checks shall be performed on pasteurized or ultra-high temperature treated milk and milk products.

Response to positive samples: 4.3.1

Whenever two of the last four consecutive bacterial counts, somatic cell counts, coliform determinations or cooling temperature checks, taken on separate days, exceed requirements outlined in Table 1, Saudi Aramco EPD shall transmit a written warning notice to the Company. The warning notice shall remain in effect so long as two of the last four consecutive samples exceed standards. An additional sample shall be taken within 21 days of the sending of such warning notice, but not before the lapse of three days. A suspension notice shall be issued whenever the standard is exceeded by three of the last five bacterial counts, somatic cell counts, coliform determinations or cooling temperature checks.

4.3.2

Whenever a phosphatase test is positive, the cause shall be determined. Where the cause is improper pasteurization the problem shall be corrected and any milk or milk products involved shall not be offered for sale.

4.3.3

Whenever an antibiotic or pesticide residue test is positive, the cause shall be investigated and the problem shall be corrected. An additional sample shall be taken and tested for antibiotic or pesticide residues. No milk shall be offered for sale until a follow-up sample indicates that the milk is free of, or below actionable levels, for antibiotic or pesticide residues.

All sampling procedures and required laboratory examinations shall be in substantial compliance with the latest edition of Standard Methods for the Examination of Dairy Products of the American Public Health Association and the latest edition of Official Methods of Analysis of the Association of Official Analytical Chemists. Examinations and tests shall be conducted to detect adulterants, including pesticides, as Saudi Aramco EPD shall require.

ABNORMAL MILK 5.1

Cows, which show evidence of the secretion of abnormal milk in one or more quarters, based upon bacteriological, chemical or physical examinations, shall be milked last or with separate equipment. The milk obtained from these cows shall be discarded. 151



5.2.

6

Cows treated with, or cows which have consumed, chemical, medicinal or radioactive agents which are capable of being secreted in the milk and which, in the judgment of Saudi Aramco EPD, may be deleterious to human health, shall be milked last or with separate equipment. The milk obtained from these cows shall be discarded.

STANDARDS FOR MILK AND MILK PRODUCTS All Grade "A" raw milk for pasteurization or ultra-high temperature treatment and all Grade "A" pasteurized or ultra-high temperature treated milk and milk products shall be produced, processed, pasteurized or ultra-high temperature treated according to the sanitary requirements outlined in SASC-S-04 and this Code Section. They shall conform to the bacteriological, chemical and temperature requirements outlined in table 1.

Type of Milk or Milk Product Grade "A" Raw Milk for Pasteurization or Ultra-High Temperature Treatment

TABLE 1 Chemical, Bacteriological, and Temperature Standards Parameters to be Standards Examined Temperature Cooled to 5°C (41°F) or less within two hours after milking Bacterial Levels

Antibiotics

Grade "A" Pasteurized and Ultra-High Temperature Milk and Milk Products

Somatic Cell Count Temperature Bacterial Levels* Coliform Phosphatase *** Antibiot ics Yeast and Molds**

*

7

Individual producer's milk not to exceed 100,000/mL prior to commingling with other producers' milk. Not to exceed 300,000/mL as commingled milk prior to pasteurization/ultra-high temperature treatment. No zone greater than or equal to 16 mm (0.63 in) with the Bacillus stearothermophilus disc assay method Individual producer milk not to exceed 1,500,000/mL Cooled to 5°C (41°F) or less and maintained thereat Not to exceed 20,000/mL. Ultra-high temperature milk and milk products shall be less than 1.0/mL. Not to exceed 10/mL. In the case of bulk milk transport tank shipments, not to exceed 100/mL. Less than 1.0 µg/mL by the Scharer Rapid Method or equivalent. No zone greater than or equal to 16 mm (0.63 in) with the Bacillus stearothermophilus disc assay method. Not to exceed 10/gm in cultured products.

Not applicable to cultured products. ** Not applicable to other than cultured products. products.

***

Not applicable

to

UHT

dairy

ANIMAL HEALTH 7.1

The herd shall be given tuberculin tests (T.B) once every two years. A qualified veterinarian shall make all tests and re-tests. Positive reactors shall be removed from the farm. For tuberculosis test purposes, the herd is defined as all adult cattle 24 months of age and over, including any commingled beef animals. Dairy cattle less than two years of age and already milking shall be included in the herd test.

7.2

All milk intended for pasteurization shall be from herds participating in a Brucellosis ring-testing (BRT) program, which is conducted at least once each year. Herds with positive milk ring results shall have the appropriate follow-up.

7.3

All reactors disclosed by paired blood sample agglutination tests or other confirmative test methods shall be removed immediately from the farm. Saudi Aramco shall not purchase the milk from herds residing on farms where positive reactors are kept.

7.4

A certificate identifying each animal, signed by a veterinarian, shall be filed as directed by Saudi Aramco EPD. 152



8

COWYARD The cow yard shall be graded and sloped to one end of the yard. It shall have no standing pools of water or accumulations of organic wastes. In loafing or cattle-housing areas, cow droppings and soiled bedding shall be removed, or clean bedding added, at sufficiently frequent intervals to prevent the soiling of the cow's udder and flanks. Feeding shall be conducted in a concreted area and waste feed shall be removed either by automatic flushing or daily hosing of the entire area. Goats, camels and sheep shall be kept out of the cowyard.

9

INSECT AND RODENT CONTROL 9.1

9.2

10

Manure shall be handled in a way that prevents insect breeding, e.g.: 9.1.1

Spread directly on the fields; or

9.1.2

Stored for not more than four days in a pile on the ground surface and then spread on the fields; or

9.1.3

Stored for not more than seven days in an impervious floored bin, or on an imperviously curbed platform, and then spread on the fields; or

9.1.4

Stored in a tightly-screened and trapped manure shed; or

9.1.5

Effectively treated with larvicide; or

9.1.6

Disposed of by ponding in a manner, which controls insect breeding.

Manure stacks in loafing areas, stables without stanchions, pen stables, resting barns, wandering sheds, and free-stall housing shall be properly bedded and managed to prevent fly breeding.

MILKING BARN, STABLE, OR PARLOR 10.1

A milking barn, stable, or parlor shall be provided on all dairy farms in which the milking herd shall be housed during milking time operations. The following is required in addition to design, construction, operation and maintenance requirements outlined in Section SASC-S-04 of this Code: 10.1.1

10.2

Sufficient floor space to accommodate all animals without overcrowding shall be provided, e.g. walkways and feedways accessible.

10.1.2

Separate stalls or pens shall be provided for horses, calves and bulls.

10.1.3

Dust-tight covered boxes, bins or separate storage facilities for ground, chopped, or concentrated feed shall be provided.

10.1.4

Goats, camels and sheep shall be kept out of milking areas.

Milking shall be conducted in the milking barn, stable or parlor. 10.2.1

The flanks, bellies, udders, teats and tails of all milking cows shall be free from visible dirt. All brushing shall be completed prior to milking. The udders and teats of all milking cows shall be cleaned and treated with a sanitizing solution just prior to the time of milking, and shall be relatively dry before milking. Wet hand milking is prohibited. The hair on the udders shall be of such length that it is not incorporated with the teat in the inflation during milking.

10.2.2

Surcingles, milk stools and anti-kickers shall be kept clean and stored above the floor. 153



10.2.3 11

Handwashing shall be emphasized.

TRANSFER AND PROTECTION OF RAW MILK Raw milk shall be transferred immediately from the milking barn, stable, or parlor to the milkhouse through sanitary piping. No milk shall be strained, poured, transferred or stored unless it is protected from contamination.

12

11.1

Equipment and operations shall be so located within the milking barn and milkhouse as to prevent overcrowding and contamination of cleaned and sanitized containers, equipment and utensils by splash, condensation, or manual contact.

11.2

During processing, pipelines and equipment used to contain or conduct milk shall be effectively separated from tanks or circuits containing cleaning and/or sanitizing solutions.

11.3

All milk, which has overflowed, leaked, been spilled, or improperly handled, shall be discarded.

11.4

All product-contact surfaces of containers, equipment, and utensils shall be covered or otherwise protected to prevent the access of insects, dust, condensation and other contamination. All openings, including valves and piping attached to milk storage and transport tanks, pumps or vats, shall be capped or otherwise properly protected. Gravity type strainers in the milkhouse do not have to be covered. Milk pipelines used to convey milk from pre-coolers to the farm bulk tank must be fitted with effective drip deflectors.

11.5

Whenever air under pressure is used for the agitation or movement of milk, or is directed at a milkcontact surface, it shall be free of oil, dust, rust, excessive moisture, extraneous materials, and odors, and shall otherwise comply with applicable standards.

11.6

Antibiotics and medicines shall be stored in such a manner that they cannot contaminate the milk contact surface of the equipment, containers or utensils.

MILKHOUSE OR MILKROOM A milkhouse or milkroom of sufficient size shall be provided in which the cooling, handling and storing of milk, and the washing, sanitizing and storing of milk containers and utensils will be conducted. The following is required in addition to design, construction, operation and maintenance requirements outlined in Sections SASC-S-04 and SASC-S-05: 12.1

There shall be no direct opening into any barn, stable, or into a room used for domestic purposes, except that a direct opening between the milkhouse and milking barn, stable, or parlor is permitted when a tight-fitting, self-closing, solid door(s) hinged to be single or double acting is provided.

12.2

If the transfer of milk from a bulk-holding/cooling tank to a transport tank is through a hose port located in the milkhouse wall, the port shall be equipped with a tight-fitting door which shall be kept closed when not in use.

12.3

When a transportation tank is used for the cooling and storage of milk on the dairy farm, such a tank will be provided with a suitable shelter for the receipt of milk. Such a shelter shall be adjacent to, but not a part of, the milkroom and shall comply with the requirements of the milkroom with respect to construction, light, drainage, insect and rodent control, and general maintenance.

12.4

A three compartment sink of adequate size to wash all pieces of disassembled equipment which are not routinely cleaned and sanitized during cleaning-in-place (CIP) procedures shall be provided in the milkhouse. 154



13

COOLING RAW MILK Raw milk for pasteurization or ultra-high temperature treatment shall be cooled to 5°C (41°F) or less within two hours after milking. The milk shall be maintained at that temperature until delivery. Re-circulated cold water used in plate or tubular coolers or heat exchangers must be from a safe source and protected from contamination. Such water shall be tested at least twice each year and shall comply with the bacteriological requirements of SASC-S-01 of this Code.

14

TRANSPORTATION OF RAW MILK Vehicles used to transport milk from the dairy farm to the milk plant or receiving station shall be constructed of stainless steel and operated to protect their content from heat and contamination. If required, vehicles shall be parked under sunshades to reduce the heat load on the refrigeration equipment. Vehicles shall be kept clean, inside and out. The vehicle shall not be used to transport any substance other than milk.

15

16

EQUIPMENT AND CONTAINERS 15.1

All milk contact surfaces of multi-use containers and equipment shall consist of stainless steel of the ANSI 300 series or equivalent metal or approved heat resistant glass or plastic or rubber or rubber-like materials.

15.2

Where a rotating shaft is inserted through a surface with which milk or milk products come into contact, the joint between the moving and stationary surfaces shall be close fitting. Where a thermometer or temperature-sensing element is inserted through a surface with which milk or milk products come into contact, a pressure-tight seal shall be provided ahead of all threads and crevices.

15.3

All openings in covers of tanks, vats, separators, etc. shall have raised edges, or shall otherwise be protected from the entrance of surface drainage. Condensation-diverting aprons shall be provided as close to the tank or vat as possible on all pipes, thermometers, or temperature sensing elements, and other equipment extending into a tank, bowl, vat, or distributor, unless a watertight joint is provided.

15.4

Milk cans shall have umbrella-type covers.

15.5

Strainers, if used, shall be of perforated metal design, and so constructed as to utilize single-service strainer media. Multiple-use woven material shall not be used for straining milk. An exception may be made to this requirement when, for functional reasons inherent to the production of certain milk products, such as buttermilk, whey, and dry milk products, a woven material is more practical than perforated metal. However, woven material parts shall be mechanically cleaned by such methods that thoroughly clean the woven material and do not contaminate the product.

15.6

Wing nuts, bayonet locks, and similar devices shall be used whenever possible in lieu of bolts and nuts, to promote easy disassembly.

15.7

There shall be no threads used in contact with milk or milk products except where needed for functional and safety reasons, such as in clarifiers, pumps, and separators. Such threads shall be designed to facilitate cleaning. Ordinary "V" type threads are prohibited.

PIPING 16.1

All sanitary piping, connection and fittings shall consist of stainless steel of the ANSI 300 series or equivalent metal or approved heat resistant glass. Approved plastic, or rubber and rubber-like materials, may be used for gaskets, sealing applications, and for short flexible takedown jumpers or connections where flexibility is required for essential or functional reasons. 155



17

16.2

All interior surfaces of demountable piping, including valves, fittings, and connections are designed, constructed, and installed to permit inspection and drainage.

16.3

All cleaned-in-place milk pipelines and return-solution lines shall be rigid, self-draining, and so supported to maintain uniform slope and alignment. Return solution lines shall be constructed of materials that comply with specifications outlined in sub-section 16.1 above. If gaskets are used, they shall be selfpositioning, shall be made of materials that comply with specifications outlined in sub-section 16.1 above, and shall be designed, finished, and applied to form a smooth, flush interior surface. If gaskets are not used, all fittings shall have self-positioning faces designed to form a smooth, flush interior surface. All interior surfaces of welded joints in pipelines shall be smooth and free from pits, cracks or inclusions.

16.4

Each cleaning circuit shall have access points for inspection in addition to the entrances and exits. These may be valves, removable sections, fittings, or other means or combinations that are adequate for inspection of the interior of the line. These access points shall be located at sufficient intervals to determine the general condition of the interior surfaces of the line.

16.5

No alteration or addition shall be made to any welded milk pipeline system without prior application and "approval".

CLEANING OF PIPELINES 17.1

17.2

18

Pipelines and/or equipment designed for cleaning-in-place (CIP) shall meet the following requirements: 17.1.1

An effective cleaning and sanitizing regimen for each separate cleaning circuit shall be followed.

17.1.2

During processing, pipelines and equipment used to contain or conduct milk and milk products shall be effectively separated from tanks or circuits containing cleaning and/or sanitizing solutions.

17.1.3

An accurate temperature-recording device shall be installed in the return solution line to record the temperature and time during which the line or equipment is exposed to cleaning and sanitizing. Temperature recording charts shall be identified, dated, and retained for three months.

A three compartment sink of adequate size to wash all pieces of disassembled equipment which are not cleaned and sanitized as part of the cleaning-in-place (CIP) process shall be provided in the milk plant.

PROTECTION FROM CONTAMINATION 18.1

Only culinary-grade air and steam shall be used.

18.2

Receiving and dump vats shall be completely covered, except during washing and sanitizing, and when milk is being dumped. Where strainers are used, the cover for the vat opening shall be designed to cover the opening with the strainer in place.

18.3

All milk or milk products or ingredients, which have been spilled, overflowed, or leaked, shall be discarded.

18.4

Milk and milk products drained from processing equipment at the end of a run, or collected from a defoamer system which does not continuously return such product to the filler bowl, shall be repasteurized only if such milk or milk products are handled in a sanitary manner and maintained at 5°C (41°F) or less. When the handling and/or refrigeration of such milk and milk products is not in compliance with this requirement, they shall be discarded. Returned packaged milk and milk products shall not be repasteurized for Grade "A" use.

156



19

18.5

During processing, pipelines and equipment used to contain or conduct milk products shall be effectively separated from tanks or circuits containing cleaning, and/or sanitizing solutions.

18.6

All product contact surfaces of containers, equipment, and utensils shall be covered or otherwise protected to prevent the access of insects, dust, condensation, and other contamination. All openings, including valves and piping attached to milk storage and transport tanks, pumps, or vats, etc. shall be capped or otherwise properly protected. The application of suitable filters to the manholes of transport tanks during unloading shall be considered satisfactory.

18.7

Standardization is done before the pasteurization process is started, unless pasteurized milk or milk products are used for standardization. Such pasteurized milk products shall be protected against contamination. In no case shall pasteurized milk or milk products be standardized with unpasteurized milk unless the standardized product is subsequently pasteurized. Standardization of Grade "A" milk and milk products with milk and milk products of other than Grade "A" quality is prohibited.

18.8

The processing of goods and/or drinks other than Grade "A" milk and milk products are performed to preclude the contamination of such milk and milk products.

18.9

Pasteurized milk shall not be strained or filtered except through a perforated metal strainer. Multipleuse woven material shall not be used for straining milk.

PASTEURIZATION TEMPERATURE REQUIREMENTS 19.1

Standard pasteurization requires that every particle of milk or milk product be heated in properly designed and operated equipment to one of the temperatures given in the following table and then held continuously at or above that temperature for at least the corresponding time specified: Temperature in Degrees Celsius Fahrenheit 63* 145 72* 161 89 191 90 194 90 201 96 204 100 212

Time 30.00 mins 15.00 secs 1.00 secs 0.50 secs 0.10 secs 0.05 secs 0.01 secs

* If the fat content of the milk product is 10% or more, or if it contains added sweeteners, the specified temperature shall be increased by 3°C (5°F)

20

19.2

Ultra-high temperature treatment requires that every particle of milk or milk product be heated in properly designed and operated equipment to 138°C (280°F) or above and held at that temperature for at least two seconds, either before or after packaging, so as to produce a product which has an extended shelf life under proper storage conditions.

19.3

All indicating and recording thermometers used in connection with pasteurization or ultra-high temperature milk or milk products shall be accurate to within ±0.2°C (±0.5°F) throughout specified scale range. All recording thermometer charts shall comply with all the applicable requirements of sub-section 23 of this Code Section.

BATCH PASTEURIZATION 20.1

Time, temperature and holding controls for batch pasteurizers:

157



20.2

20.1.1

The vat shall be provided with adequate agitation, operating throughout the holding period. No batch of milk or milk product shall be pasteurized unless it covers a sufficient area of the agitator to ensure adequate agitation.

20.1.2

The pasteurizer shall be so designed that the simultaneous temperature difference between the milk or milk product at the center and the coldest milk or milk product in the vat will not exceed 0.5°C (1°F) at any time during the holding period.

20.1.3

Each batch pasteurizer shall be equipped with both an indicating and a recording thermometer. The thermometers shall read not less than the required pasteurization temperature throughout the required holding period. The plant operator shall check daily the temperature shown by the recording thermometer against the temperature shown by the indicating thermometers; this comparison shall be noted on the recording thermometer chart. The recording thermometer shall not read higher than the indicating thermometer. No batch of milk or milk products shall be pasteurized unless it is sufficient to cover the bulbs of both the indicating and the recording thermometers.

20.1.4

Assurance of minimum holding periods: 20.1.4.1

Batch pasteurizers shall be operated so that every particle of milk product will be held at not less than the minimum pasteurization temperature continuously for at least 30 minutes. When milk or milk products are raised to pasteurization temperature in the vat, and cooling is begun in the vat simultaneously with or before the opening of the outlet valve, the recorder chart shall show at least 30 minutes at not less than minimum pasteurization temperature. When milk or milk products are preheated to pasteurization temperature before entering the vat, the recorder chart shall show a holding period of at least 30 minutes at not less than the minimum pasteurization temperature plus the time of filling from the level of the recorder bulb. When cooling is begun in the holder after the opening of the outlet valve, or is done entirely outside the holder, the chart shall show at least 30 minutes at not less than the minimum pasteurization temperature plus the time of emptying to the level of the recording thermometer bulb.

20.1.4.2

When the recorder time interval on the recorder chart at the pasteurization temperature includes filling and/or emptying time, such intervals shall be indicated on the recorder chart by the operator, by removing the recording thermometer bulb from the milk for a sufficient time to depress the pen, or by turning cold water into the vat jacket at the end of the holding period, or by inscribing the holding time on the chart. The filling time and the emptying time for each holder so operated shall be determined by EPD representative, initially and after any change which may affect these times.

20.1.4.3

No milk shall be added to or removed from the holder after the start of the holding period.

Airspace heating: 20.2.1

Means shall be provided and used in batch pasteurizers to keep the atmosphere above the milk and milk products at a temperature at least 3°C (5°F) higher than the minimum required temperature of pasteurization during the holding period.

20.2.2

Each batch pasteurizer shall be equipped with an airspace thermometer. The surface of the milk or milk product shall be at least 2.5 centimeters (1 inch) below the bottom of the thermometer bulb when the vat is in operation. 158



20.2.3

20.3

The temperature shown by the airspace thermometer shall be recorded on the recording thermometer chart each time the pasteurizer is in operation.

Design and installation of valves and connections: 20.3.1

Valves and pipeline connections shall meet the requirements of sub-section 16 of this Code Section.

20.3.2

All pipelines and fittings shall be so constructed and so located that leakage will not occur. Dependence shall not be placed on soldered joints to prevent leakage.

20.3.3

To prevent clogging and to promote drainage, all leak-protection grooves shall be at least 5 millimeters (0.2 inches) wide, and at least 2.5 millimeters (0.1 inches) deep at the center. Mating grooves shall provide these dimensions throughout their combined length whenever the valve is in, or approximately in, the fully closed position. All single-leak grooves, and all matingleak grooves when mated, shall extend throughout the entire depth of the seat, so as to divert leakage occurring at all points throughout the depth of the seat, and so as to prevent air bindings. Washers or other parts shall not obstruct leak-protector grooves.

20.3.4

A stop shall be provided on all plug-type outlet valves and on all plug-type inlet valves in order to guide the operator in closing the valve so that unpasteurized milk may not inadvertently be permitted to enter the outlet line or the holder, respectively. The stop shall be designed so that the plug will be irreversible when the plug is provided with any grooves or their equivalent, unless duplicate, diametrically opposite grooves are also provided. In the case of two-way, plug-type valves (i.e. those having only one inlet and one outlet), a 180 degree stop, or any combination of stops permitting two fully closed positions, may be substituted for a 90 degree stop, provided that there are no air-relief grooves in the plug and that all leak grooves are located symmetrically with respect to the valve inlet. Stops shall be designed so that the operator cannot turn the valve beyond the stop position either by raising the plug or by any other means.

20.3.5

Outlet valves, in addition to the requirements listed above, shall be designed to prevent the accumulation of unpasteurized milk in the milk passages of the valve when the valve is in any closed position.

20.3.6

All inlet pipelines and outlets from vat pasteurizers shall be equipped with leak-protector valves. Installations not equipped with leak-protector inlet valves shall be accepted when the piping is so arranged that only one vat can be connected to the inlet at a time, and such piping is disconnected during the holding and emptying periods.

20.3.7

Inlet and outlet connections, other than through close-coupled valves, shall not enter or leave the pasteurizer below the level of the milk inside.

20.3.8

In cases where the inlet line enters the holder above the milk level, and in which the inlet line may be submerged and thus prevent its complete emptying when the inlet valve is closed, the inlet line shall be provided with an automatic air-relief or vent, located either at the valve or elsewhere, and designed to function in every closed position of the valve. A vent may be provided by drilling a hole at least 3 millimeters (0.125 inches) in diameter in the vat pipe, below the vat cover, but above the maximum milk level.

20.3.9

All leak-protector valves shall be installed in the proper position to ensure the function of the leak-diversion device. Inlet valves shall not be located in vertical pipelines unless they can be installed so that one of the groove systems is at the lowest level of the valve; and pipelines between the inlet valve and the pasteurizer shall be as short as practicable and shall be sloped to drain. 159



20.3.10

21

All outlet valves shall be kept fully closed during filling, heating, and holding periods; and all inlet valves shall be kept fully closed during holding and emptying periods.

(HTST) CONTINUOUS FLOW PASTEURIZATION (see further explanation in Appendix I) 21.1

All indicating thermometers and recorder/controller instruments and devices used in connection with the high temperature, short time (HTST) continuous flow pasteurization of milk or milk products shall comply with specifications set forth in sub-section 19.3 and sub-section 24 of this Code Section.

21.2

Automatic milk-flow controller:

21.3

21.2.1

Each high temperature, short time (HTST) continuous flow pasteurization system shall be equipped with an automatic milk-flow control device of the diversion type which complies with the following definition, specifications, and performance requirements:

21.2.2

The term "automatic milk-flow controls" shall mean those safety devices which control the flow of milk in relation to the temperature of the milk; heating medium; and/or pressure, vacuum or other auxiliary equipment. Milk-flow controls shall not be considered as part of the temperature control equipment. Milk-flow controls shall be of the flow-diversion type which automatically cause the diversion of the milk in response to a substandard pasteurization temperature. At substandard temperatures, flow-diversion devices return the milk to the raw milk side of the heating system continuously until required pasteurization temperatures are obtained. After required pasteurization temperatures are obtained, the automatic milk-flow control device restores forward flow through the pasteurizer.

All flow-diversion devices used in continuous pasteurizers shall comply with the following or equally satisfactory specifications: 21.3.1

Forward flow of sub-temperature milk due to the omission or looseness of the connecting clip shall be prevented by one of the following or by any other equally satisfactory means: 21.3.1.1

Making the valve and its actuating mechanism integral.

21.3.1.2

Where there is a connecting device, by making it impossible to assemble the valve and its actuating mechanism in a way that will function other than properly.

22.3.1.3

Where there is a connecting device which may be omitted or shaken loose, by providing for pushing instead of pulling the valve to the diverted position.

21.3.1.4

By designing the system so that the pump will shut down when the milk is below the pasteurization temperature and the valve is not in the fully diverted position;

21.3.2

When a packing gland is used to prevent leakage around the actuating stem, it shall not be possible to tighten the stem-packing nut to such an extent as to prevent the valve from assuming the fully diverted position.

21.3.3

A leak escape shall be installed on the forward-flow side of the valve seat. However, when backpressure is exerted on the forward-flow side of the valve seat while the milk flow is being diverted, the leak escape should lie between two valve seats, or between two portions of the same seat, one upstream and the other downstream from the leak escape. The leak escape shall be designed and installed to discharge all leakage to the outside, or to the constant-level tank through a line separate from the diversion line. When leakage is discharged to the constantlevel tank, a sight glass shall be installed in the leak escape line to provide a visual means of leak detection. 160



21.4

21.3.4

The closure of the forward-flow seat shall be sufficiently tight so that leakage past it will not exceed the capacity of the leak escape device, as evidenced when the forward-flow line is disconnected; and, in order that proper seating may not be disturbed, the length of the connecting rod shall not be adjustable by the user.

21.3.5

The flow-diversion device shall be so designed and installed that failure of the primary motivating power shall automatically divert the flow of milk.

21.3.6

The flow-diversion device shall be located downstream from the holder. The flow sensor shall be located not more than 46 centimeters (18”) upstream from the flow-control device.

21.3.7

The pipeline from the diversion port of the flow-diversion device shall be self-draining and shall be free of restrictions or valves unless such restrictions or valves are so designed that stoppage of the diversion line cannot occur.

21.3.8

When it is used, the pipeline from the leak detector port of the flow-diversion device shall be selfdraining and shall be free of restrictions or valves, unless such restrictions or valves are so designed that stoppage of the leak detector line cannot occur.

Milk-flow controller instrumentation shall comply with the following requirements: 21.4.1 The thermal limit controller shall be set and sealed so that forward flow of product unless the temperature at the controller sensor is above the required pasteurization as defined in sub-section 19 of this Code Section for the milk or milk product and used, nor continue during descending temperatures when the temperature is below pasteurization temperature.

cannot start temperature the process the required

21.4.1.1

The seal shall be applied by Saudi Aramco EPD representative after testing and shall not be removed without immediately notifying a Saudi Aramco EPD representative.

21.4.1.2

The system shall be so designed that no milk can be bypassed around the controller sensor that shall not be removed from its proper position during the pasteurization process.

21.4.1.3

The cut-in and cut-out milk temperatures, as shown by the indicating thermometer, shall be determined at the beginning of each day's operation and entered upon the recorder chart daily by the plant operator.

21.4.2 Manual switches for the control of pumps, or other devices which produce flow through the holder, shall be wired so that the circuit is completed only when milk is above the required pasteurization temperature as defined in sub-section 19 of this Code Section, or when the diversion device is in the fully diverted position. 21.5

Holding tube: 21.5.1

Holders shall be designed to provide for the holding of every particle of milk or milk product for at least the time required in sub-section 19 of this Code Section for the milk or milk product and the process used.

21.5.2

The holder shall be so designed that the simultaneous temperature difference between the hottest and coldest milk in any cross section of flow at any time during the holding period will not be greater than 0.5°C (1°F). This requirement may be assumed to have been satisfied 161



without test in tubular holders of 18 centimeters (7 inches) of smaller diameter, which are free of any fittings through which the milk may not be thoroughly swept.

21.6

21.7

21.5.3

No device shall be permitted for short-circuiting a portion of the holder to compensate for changes in rate of milk flow. Holding tubes shall be installed so that sections of pipe cannot be left out, resulting in a shortened holding time.

21.5.4

The holding tube shall be arranged to have a continuously upward slope in the direction of flow of not less than 2 centimeters per meter (0.25 inches/foot).

21.5.5

Supports for tubes shall be provided to maintain all parts of holding tubes in a fixed position, free from any lateral or vertical movement.

21.5.6

The holder shall be so designed that no portion between the inlet and the flow-control temperature sensor is heated.

An indicating thermometer shall be located as near as practicable to the temperature sensor of the recorder/controller, but may be located a short distance upstream from the latter where milk between the two thermometers does not differ significantly in temperature. 21.6.1

The temperature shown by the recorder/controller shall be checked daily by the plant operator against the temperature shown by the indicating thermometer. Readings shall be recorded on the chart. The recorder/controller shall be adjusted to read no higher than the indicating thermometer.

21.6.2

The recorder/controller charts shall comply with the applicable provisions of sub-section 22 of this Code Section.

The pump(s) and other equipment, which may produce, flow through the holder shall be located upstream from the holder. Pumps and other flow-promoting devices may be located downstream from the holder if means are provided to eliminate negative pressure between the holder and the inlet to such equipment. When vacuum equipment is located downstream from the holder, an effective vacuum breaker, plus an automatic means of preventing a negative pressure in the line between the flow-diversion device and the vacuum chamber, shall be provided. 21.7.1

The speed of pumps or other flow-promoting devices governing the rate of flow through the holder shall be so controlled as to ensure the holding of every particle of milk or milk product for at least the time required in sub-section 19 of this Code Section. In all cases, the motor shall be connected to the metering pump by means of a common drive shaft, or by means of gears, pulleys, or a variable-speed drive, with the gear box, the pulley box, or the setting of the variable speed protected in such a manner that the holding time cannot be shortened without detection by the Saudi Aramco EPD representative. This shall be accomplished by the application of a suitable seal(s) after testing by the Saudi Aramco EPD representative. Such a seal shall not be broken without immediately notifying Saudi Aramco EPD. This provision shall apply to all homogenizers used as timing pumps. Variable speed drives used in connection with the metering pump shall be so constructed that wearing or stretching of the belt results in a slowdown, rather than a speed-up, of the pump. The metering or timing pump shall be of the positive displacement type.

21.7.2

The holding time shall be taken to mean the flow of the fastest particle of milk, at or above the required pasteurization temperature as defined in sub-section 19 of this Code Section for the milk or milk product and the process used, through the holder section; i.e. that portion of the system that is outside of the influence of the heating medium, that slopes continuously upward in the downstream direction, and that is located upstream from the flow-diversion device. Tests for holding time shall be made when all equipment and devices are operated and adjusted to 162



provide for maximum flow. When a homogenizer is located upstream from the holder, the holding time shall be determined with the homogenizer in operation with no pressure on the homogenizer valves. Where bypass lines are provided, either upstream or downstream from the metering pump, the holding time shall be tested with both the regular and bypass line open, unless the bypass valve is so designed that both lines cannot be open at the same time. The holding time shall be tested during both forward and diverted flow. If necessary to lengthen the holding time during diverted flow, an identifiable restriction may be placed in the vertical portion of the diversion pipeline. When vacuum equipment is located downstream from the holder, the holding time shall be tested with the metering pump operating at maximum flow and the vacuum equipment adjusted to provide for the maximum vacuum. The holding time shall be tested in both forward and diverted flow by Saudi Aramco EPD initially, semiannually thereafter, after any alteration or replacement that may affect the holding time, and whenever the seal of the speed setting has been broken. 21.8

22

Means shall be provided to preclude the backup and overflow of water from the vacuum condenser to the vacuum chamber when a water feed line is connected to a vacuum condenser and the vacuum condenser is not separated from the vacuum chamber by a physical barrier. This provision may be satisfied by the use of a safety shutoff valve located on the water feed line to the vacuum condenser that is automatically actuated by a control which will shut off the influent water if, for example, the condensate pump stops and the water level rises above a predetermined point in the vacuum condenser. This valve may be actuated by water, air, or electricity, and shall be so designed that failure of the primary motivating power will automatically stop the flow of water into the vacuum condenser.

PASTEURIZATION EMPLOYING REGENERATIVE HEATING 22.1

Pasteurizer systems employing milk-to-milk regenerative heating with both sides closed to the atmosphere shall comply with the following or equally satisfactory specifications: 22.1.1

Regenerators shall be constructed, installed, and operated so that pasteurized product in the regenerator will automatically be under greater pressure than raw milk in the regenerator at all times.

22.1.2

The pasteurized product, between its outlet from the regenerator and the nearest point downstream open to the atmosphere, shall rise to a vertical elevation of 30 centimeters (12 inches) above the highest raw milk level downstream from the constant-level tank and shall be open to the atmosphere at this or a higher elevation.

22.1.3

The overflow of the top rim of the constant level raw milk tank shall always be lower than the lowest milk level in the regenerator.

22.1.4

No pump or flow-promoting device which can affect the proper pressure relationships within the regenerator shall be located between the pasteurized outlet from the regenerator and the nearest downstream point open to the atmosphere.

22.1.5

No pump shall be located between the raw milk inlet to the regenerator and the raw milk supply tank unless it is designed and installed to operate only when milk is flowing through the pasteurized product side of the regenerator and when the pressure of the pasteurized product is higher than the maximum pressure produced by the pump. This may be accomplished by wiring the booster pump so that it cannot operate unless: a) the metering pump is in operation; b) the flow-diversion device is in forward-flow position; and c) the pasteurized product pressure exceeds 0.071 kilograms per square centimeter (1 pound per square inch) the maximum pressure developed by the booster pump. Pressure gauges shall be installed at the raw milk inlet to the regenerator and the pasteurized product outlet of the regenerator or the outlet of the cooler.

163



22.2

22.1.6

The motor, casing and impeller of the booster pump shall be identified, and such records thereof maintained as directed by EPD. All electric wiring interconnections should be in permanent conduit (except that rubber covered cable may be used for final connections), with no electrical connections to defeat the purpose of any provisions of this Code Section.

22.1.7

All raw milk in the regenerator will drain freely back into the constant-level raw milk tank when the raw milk pump(s) are shut down and the raw milk outlet from the regenerator is disconnected.

22.1.8

When vacuum equipment is located downstream from the flow-diversion device, means shall be provided to prevent the lowering of the pasteurized product level in the regenerator during periods of diverted flow or shutdown. An effective vacuum breaker, plus an automatic means of preventing a negative pressure, shall be installed in the line between the vacuum chamber and the pasteurized product inlet to the regenerator.

22.1.9

When the differential pressure controller is installed and wired to control the flow-diversion device, the raw product booster pump may be permitted to run at all times provided that the metering pump is in operation.

Milk-to-water-to-milk regenerators with both the milk and the heat-transfer water in the raw milk section closed to the atmosphere shall comply with the following or equally satisfactory specifications: 22.2.1

Regenerators of this type shall be so designed, installed, and operated that the heat-transfermedium side of the regenerator in the raw milk section will, automatically, be under greater pressure than the raw milk side at all times.

22.2.2

Only potable water shall be used in the heat-transfer system. The water shall be stored in a covered tank, which is open to the atmosphere. The elevation of the water shall be at least 30 centimeters (12 inches) higher than any raw milk level downstream from the constant-level tank. The heat-transfer water between its outlet from the regenerator and the nearest point downstream open to the atmosphere shall rise to a vertical elevation of at least 30 centimeters (12 inches) above any raw milk in the system and shall be open to the atmosphere at this or a higher elevation.

22.2.3

The heat-transfer water circuit shall be full of water at the beginning of the run, and all loss of water from the circuit shall be automatically and immediately replenished whenever raw milk is present in the regenerator.

22.2.4

The overflow of the top rim of the constant level raw milk tank shall always be lower than the lowest milk level in the raw milk section of the regenerator. The regenerator shall be designed and installed so that all raw milk shall drain freely back to the upstream supply tank when the raw milk pumps are shut down and the raw milk line is disconnected from the regenerator outlet.

22.2.5

No pump shall be located between the raw milk inlet to the regenerator and the raw milk supply tank, unless it is designed and installed to operate only when water is flowing through the heattransfer section of the regenerator, and when the pressure of the heat-transfer water is higher than the pressure of the raw milk. This may be accomplished by wiring the booster pump so that it cannot operate unless: a) the heat-transfer water pump is in operation; and b) the heattransfer water pressure exceeds by at least 0.07 kilograms per square centimeter (1 pound per square inch) the raw milk pressure in the regenerator. Pressure gauges shall be installed at the raw milk inlet and the heat-transfer water outlet of the regenerator. The accuracy of the required pressure gauges shall be checked by the regulatory agency on installation, quarterly thereafter, and following repair or replacement.

164



23

24

U.H.T. (Ultra-High Temperature) 23.1

The chemical, physical and bacteriological standards for Grade "A" raw milk utilized to produce ultrahigh temperature (UHT) milk and milk products shall conform with the requirements stipulated in subsection 6 of this Code Section.

23.2

Only Grade "A" milk powder and butterfat shall be used to produce UHT milk products.

TEMPERATURE RECORDING CHARTS All temperature-recording charts shall be preserved for a period of three months. The use of such charts shall not exceed the time limit for which they are designed. Overlapping of recorded data shall be a violation of this item. 24.1

24.2

Batch pasteurizer recording charts shall contain the following information: 24.1.1

The name of the milk plant and the date.

24.1.2

Number or location of recorder when more than one is used.

25.1.3

Extent of holding period, including filling and emptying times when required (see sub-section 20 of this Code Section).

24.1.4

Reading of airspace thermometer within the holding period at a given time or reference point as indicated on the chart (see sub-section 20 of this Code Section).

24.1.5

Reading of indicating thermometer within the holding period at a given time or reference point as indicated on the chart (see sub-section 20 of this Code Section).

24.1.6

Quarterly, the initials of the regulatory agency opposite the required readings of the indicating thermometer and airspace thermometer (see sub-section 20 of this Code Section).

24.1.7

Semi-annually, the time accuracy of the recorder, as determined by Saudi Aramco EPD

24.1.8

Amount and name of pasteurized milk or milk product represented by each batch or run on the chart.

24.1.9

Record of unusual occurrences.

24.1.10

Signature or initials of operator.

High temperature, short time pasteurizer recording thermometer charts shall contain all the information specified in sub-section 24.1 above, except reference to holding period (including filling and emptying), and reference to airspace thermometers, may be omitted. The following additional information is required: 24.2.1

A record of the time during which the flow diversion device is in the forward-flow position.

24.2.2

The cut-in and cut-out milk temperatures recorded daily by the operator at the beginning of the run, and initialed quarterly by the regulatory agency.

165



25

EQUIPMENT TESTS AND EXAMINATIONS Saudi Aramco EPD shall perform the indicated tests on the instruments and devices initially on installation, and at least once each six months thereafter, and whenever any alteration or replacement is made which may affect the proper operation of the instrument or device.

26

COOLING OF MILK All raw milk and milk products shall be maintained at 5°C (41°F) or less until processed. All pasteurized milk and milk products, except those to be cultured, shall be cooled immediately prior to filling or packaging in approved equipment to a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or less. All pasteurized milk and milk products shall be stored at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or less. On delivery vehicles, the temperature of milk and milk products shall not exceed 5°C (41°F). Every room or tank in which milk or milk products are stored shall be equipped with an accurate thermometer.

27

PACKAGING 27.1

Packaging of milk products shall be in single service containers.

27.2

All milk and milk products, including concentrated milk and milk products, shall be packaged at the plant where final pasteurization is performed. Such packaging shall be done without undue delay following final pasteurization.

28.3

All packaging shall be done on approved mechanical equipment. The term "approved mechanical equipment" shall not be interpreted to exclude manually operated machinery.

27.4

Packaging machines shall be designed to minimize the need for adjustment during operation.

27.5

Packaging machine supply tanks and bowls shall have covers, which are constructed to prevent any contamination from reaching the inside of the filler tank or bowl. All covers shall be in place during operation.

27.6

A drip deflector shall be installed on each filler valve. Such drip deflector shall be designed and adjusted to divert condensation away from the open container.

27.7

Container in-feed conveyors to automatic packaging machines shall have overhead shields to protect the packages from contamination. Such shields shall extend from the forming unit discharge to the filling unit and from the filling unit to the closure unit.

27.8

Container-fabricating materials, such as paper stock, foil, wax, plastic, etc. shall be handled in a sanitary manner and protected against undue exposure during the package assembly operation.

27.9

Packaging machine floats shall be designed to be adjustable without removing the cover.

27.10

The filler pipe of all bottling and packaging machines shall have an apron or other approved device as close to the filler bowl as possible to prevent condensation or drip from reaching the inside of the filler bowl.

27.11

Filling cylinders on packaging machines shall be protected from contamination by the use of overhead shields. When any lubricant is applied to the filler pistons, cylinders, or other milk contact surfaces, the lubricant shall be nontoxic, sterile, and shall be sparingly applied in a sanitary manner. Closing of packages:

27.12

27.12.1

The closing of milk and milk product containers shall be done in a sanitary manner on approved mechanical closing equipment. The term "approved mechanical closing equipment" shall not 166



exclude manually operated machinery. Hand-capping is prohibited except in the case of 11 liters (3 gallons) or larger containers where suitable mechanical equipment for the closing of such containers is not available, and then only if the required application is submitted and the review and inspection procedure proves to Saudi Aramco EPD that the proposed method of closing such large containers eliminates all possibility of contamination.

28

27.12.2

All mechanical closure mechanisms shall be designed to minimize the need for adjustment during operation.

27.12.3

Packages, which have been imperfectly closed, shall be emptied immediately into approved sanitary containers. Such milk or milk products shall be protected from contamination, maintained at 5°C (41°F) or less, and subsequently repasteurized or discarded.

2712.4

All closures shall protect the pouring lip of multi-use containers to at least the greatest diameter. Single-service containers shall be so constructed that the product and the pouring and opening areas are protected from contamination during handling, storage and when the containers are initially opened.

27.12.5

Closures shall be handled in a sanitary manner.

VEHICLES In addition to requirements outlined in sub-section 26 of SASC-S-04, all vehicles used for transportation of pasteurized milk and milk products shall be constructed and operated so that the milk and milk products are maintained at 5°C (41°F) or less. If required, vehicles shall be parked under sun shades to reduce the heat load on the refrigeration equipment.

29

RESIDUAL BACTERIAL COUNTS (PACKAGING) The residual bacteria count of multi-use and single-service containers used for packaging pasteurized milk and milk products shall not exceed one per mL of capacity or not over one colony per square centimeter (50 colonies per 8 square inches) of product-contact surface in three out of four samples taken at random on a given day. All multi-use and single-service containers shall be free of coliform organisms.

167



SASC-S-06 APPENDIX I 30

INTRODUCTION TO THE HTST PASTEURIZATION SYSTEM 30.1

30.2

Public health significance: 30.1.1

Pasteurization, at this time, is the most practical means of insuring a consistently safe milk supply. Pasteurized milk is now one of our safest foods; but when contaminated, it may become the most dangerous because milk is a perfect medium for bacterial growth.

30.1.2

The high temperature short time (HTST) pasteurizer unit is designed with safeguards to prevent human error or equipment malfunction. These safeguards are necessary to ensure pasteurization of every particle of milk.

30.1.3

The heating and the cooling regeneration features of the HTST unit offer important efficiencies by conserving heat, refrigeration, space, and time requirements.

30.1.4

Carefully selected temperature and time relationships (one is as important as the other) are required to destroy pathogenic or disease-producing bacteria and coliform microorganisms found in raw milk. Emphasis must be placed on the fact that pasteurization should not be considered a substitute for good sanitary practices.

Milk flow through basic HTST pasteurization system: 30.2.1

Raw milk, in a constant level supply tank at approximately 5°C (41°F), is sucked into the regenerator section of the HTST pasteurizer.

30.2.2

In the regenerator section, the cold raw milk is warmed to approximately 57.2°C (135°F) by hot pasteurized milk flowing in a counter current direction on the opposite sides of thin stainless steel plates.

30.2.3

In turn, the hot pasteurized milk, at least 71.7°C (161°F), is cooled to approximately 32°C (90°F) by the cold raw milk.

30.2.4

The warm raw milk, which is still under suction, passes through a positive displacement timing pump.

30.2.5

The timing pump, having pulled the milk from the constant level supply tank, delivers the milk under pressure through the rest of the HTST pasteurization system.

30.2.6

Warm raw milk is pumped through the heater section where hot water on the sides of thin stainless steel plates opposite the milk heats the milk to a temperature of at least 71.7°C (161°F).

30.2.7

The milk, now at pasteurization temperature, and under pressure, flows through the holding tube.

30.2.8

The maximum velocity of the milk through the tube, predetermined by adjusting the maximum speed of the timing pump and the length of the tube, is such that each particle of milk is held in the holding tube for at least 15 seconds. 168



30.2.9 30.2.10

30.3

30.4

Located at the end of the holder are two thermometers, one an indicating thermometer and one a recorder controller. The milk passes the bulbs of both these instruments. The milk then passes into the flow diversion valve which automatically assumes a forward flow position if the milk passes the recorder controller bulb at 72.2°C (162°F) or higher. The valve automatically assumes the diverted flow position if the milk passes the recorder controller bulb below 71.7°C (161°F).

30.2.11

Improperly heated milk flows through the diverted flow line back to the raw milk constant level supply tank.

30.2.12

The heated milk flows through the forward flow line to the regenerator section where it heats the cold raw milk and is simultaneously cooled to approximately 32°C (90°F).

30.2.13

The warm pasteurized milk passes through the cooling section where coolant (opposite the pasteurized milk) cools the milk to a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or below. The coolant may be refrigerated water, nontoxic food-grade propylene glycol, or a combination of the two.

30.2.14

The cold pasteurized milk then passes to a storage tank or vat to await packaging.

Heat exchangers: 30.3.1

The heat exchanger plates are constructed of seamless stainless steel with synthetic rubber gaskets bonded to the plates.

30.3.2

The gaskets are impervious to absorption.

30.3.3

The number of plates used must be adequate to provide a maximum number of counter current streams and turbulent flow.

30.3.4

No bypass or short circuits around the plates are permitted, except automatically controlled valves for startup, as may be provided in accordance with the USPHS Pasteurized Milk Ordinance and Code.

30.3.5

The raw product passage baffle plate is drilled to permit drainage of raw product.

Requirements for the holding tube: 30.4.1

The velocity of a constant column of liquid flowing through a tube will increase upon decreasing the diameter of the tube. The holding tube is required to continuously slope upwards from the inlet of the holding tube to the flow diversion valve, to preclude the entrapment of air. Such air entrapment has the effect of decreasing tube diameter and increasing product velocity.

30.4.2

To prevent variance in the slope of the holding tube, the tube supports should be permanently fixed.

30.4.3

Shortening the holding tube will decrease holding time. No short-circuiting of the tube is permitted. In the case of holding tubes which form a loop, short sections of pipe on opposing sides shall be of unequal length to prevent omitting a section.

169



REFERENCES

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Saudi Arabian Standards Organization, “Standards for Pasteurized Milk”, 1977. “Standard Methods for the Examination of Dairy Products”, 15th Ed., 1985. US Public Health Services: “Food Service Sanitation Manual”, PHS Pub. #934, 1962. “Grade ‘A’ Pasteurized Milk Ordinance”, 1978.

170


Camps and Communal Living Facilities, SASC-S-07

SASC-S-07 CAMPS AND COMMUNAL LIVING FACILITIES Communal living facilities shall provide for the basic health needs of each individual housed therein. If the operator of a communal living facility should fail in this responsibility, one ill individual can spread a communicable disease to all susceptible individuals living in the facility. Individuals who are ill can spread diseases in Saudi Aramco workplaces and communities, as well as to the general public. The costs in terms of pain and suffering and lost-time from work could be incalculable. This Section specifies the public health requirements necessary to the maintenance of hygienic, safe camps and communal living facilities. NOTE: Whilst it is the intention of this Section to regulate living conditions in communal facilities, it is not always practicable to comply in all respects due to the diverse nature of the accommodation and premises used (e.g. trailers, villas, apartments, etc.) Consideration must be given to the nature of the accommodation, the location, number of residents and what is a reasonable expectation taking into account the practicalities of compliance and the duration the communal facilities will be occupied. Where circumstances render a particular Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code requirement impractical, an individual or firm may request, in writing, that Environmental Protection Department (EPD) grant a variance specific to that sub-section requirement. All sub-sections should be read in conjunction with appropriate referenced documents listed at the end of this Code Section.

DEFINITIONS Bedding, Animal: Material, usually organic, which is placed on the floor surface of livestock buildings for animal comfort to absorb urine and other liquids and thus promote cleanliness. Camp, Aramco: Any of the residential compounds established by Saudi Aramco to house individuals and/or families. Campsite: Any specific area within an organized campground or other recreation area which is used for overnight stays by an individual, family, group or other similar entity. Cesspool: A lined, or partially lined, covered underground pit into which household wastewater is discharged. Solids are collected in the pit and liquids seep through the bottom and sides into the surrounding soil. Sometimes called leaching cesspool. Chemical Closet: A toilet facility where the waste is not discharged to the sewer, but is collected in a container charged with a chemical solution for the purpose of disinfecting and deodorizing the waste until it is removed. Domestic Wastewater: Wastewater derived principally from dwellings, business buildings, institutions, and the like. It may or may not contain groundwater, surface water, or storm water. Habitable Room: A room occupied by one or more persons for living eating, sleeping or working purposes. It does not include bathrooms, toilet facilities, laundries, storage areas, corridors and other such spaces. Mobile Home/Recreational Vehicle: Means a transportable dwelling unit containing plumbing, waste disposal and electrical conveniences. Mobile Home/Recreational Vehicle Park: means a plot of ground divided into spaces under the ownership or management of one person for the purposes of renting two or more mobile homes and/or recreational vehicles or mobile home/recreational vehicle spaces for dwelling or sleeping purposes. Private Residential Swimming Pool: Any swimming pool under the control of a Saudi Aramco community resident, the use of which is limited to the family members and invited guests of the resident. (The design, construction and operation of such pools are not subject to the provisions of these requirements).

171



Service Building: Means a structure, housing, toilet, lavatory, shower and such other facilities as may be required by these rules and regulations. Sewer Connection: The connection consisting of all pipes, fittings and appurtenances from the drain outlet of the mobile home or recreational vehicle to the inlet of the corresponding sewer riser pipe of the sewerage system serving the mobile home/recreational vehicle park. Sewer Riser Pipe: That portion of the sewer lateral which extends vertically and terminates above ground elevation to allow hook-up with the mobile home or recreational vehicle sewer connection, Small Camp: A self-contained living area designed to support the basic needs of the individuals housed therein. Contractor camps, rig camps, drilling camps and holiday camps are examples of small camps.

1

INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS 1.1

Proponent organizations shall inspect all communal living facilities for which they are responsible as often as is necessary to ensure compliance with the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code. All inspections shall be recorded and such records shall be made available to Saudi Aramco Environmental Protection Department (EPD) upon request.

1.2

Saudi Aramco EPD shall inspect communal living facilities routinely according to requirements outlined in Saudi Aramco General Instructions 2.718 and 0151.006, as well as the Saudi Arab Government Labor Law. A written report will be provided to the proponent organization.

1.3

Prior to commencement of any contractor service the proponent organization shall obtain concurrence from the Manager, EPD that the Contractor’s communal housing accommodation complies with Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code requirements. 1.3.1

2

The proponent organization shall submit to the Manager, EPD, detailed plans and specifications for any new or substantially modified camp or communal living accommodation for review and concurrence. Prior to the commencement of any contractor service the proponent organization shall arrange for an inspection of the proposed employee housing in conjunction with EPD to ensure that the accommodation has been constructed in accordance with approved plans and specifications and complies with Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code requirements.

GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS 2.1

To ensure that all dormitories, habitable rooms, toilet rooms, shower rooms, hand washing facilities and service buildings are maintained in a clean condition, a person, or persons shall be appointed to ensure that proper cleaning is being carried out. A master-cleaning schedule shall be developed, and implemented. This schedule shall identify areas to be cleaned, persons responsible and materials and equipment to be used. A checklist and system for monitoring the efficiency of the cleaning schedule should also be developed and used.

2.2

The site shall be well drained and shall not be located in an area subject to periodic flooding, nor located in such a manner as to permit contamination of a private or public water supply, nor located adjacent to marshes, railroads, stockyards, industrial sites, pipelines or other such areas which would constitute a health or safety hazard.

2.3

All areas shall be kept free of nuisance and safety hazards (see Section SASC-S-18 of this code.)

172



3

2.4

Live animals, including those intended for slaughter, shall be excluded from the premises. Animals shall not be slaughtered in any place other than a Saudi Arab Government approved slaughterhouse.

2.5

Driveways, parking areas and access walkways to portables and link ways between portables and communal facilities in trailer parks shall be suitably paved and drained to provide an all weather surface.

2.6

Preventive Maintenance Program is considered to be essential in ensuring that standards are maintained. Regular Preventive Maintenance Inspections must be conducted and documentation kept on findings and action taken to correct deficiencies.

2.7

Fire Safety shall be in accordance with standards equivalent to those specified in Inspection, Testing and Maintenance of Fire Protection Equipment (G.I. # 1781.00). 2.7.1

Fire extinguishers suitable for all classifications of fire must be provided in kitchens. Additional fire extinguishers should be provided in hallways or other convenient locations where dormitory blocks are separate from the kitchens or are large enough where the kitchen extinguisher is not easily accessible.

2.7.2

Fire Plans - need to be posted in each floor where there are a large number of dormitory rooms and where escape is via a corridor and stairway. These should show locations of stairs, fire exits and fire extinguishers.

2.7.3

Smoke Alarms - Smoke alarms should be provided in Kitchens/Dining Areas. They must also be provided in Common Corridors where dormitory blocks are large.

2.7.4

Fire Risks - Deficiencies including faulty electric equipment, overloaded sockets, jointed cables, gas cylinders inside buildings and improper materials used for connection gas cylinders to cookers, e.g. rubber tubing instead of rigid metal tubing and approved threaded connections need to be addressed.

GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS, VENTILATION AND LIGHTING 3.1

3.2

Floors: 3.1.1

The floors of dormitories shall be constructed of durable, smooth and easily cleanable materials. Carpeting, if used, shall be designed for heavy use, shall be of closely woven construction, shall be properly installed, shall be easily cleanable and shall be maintained in good repair and in a clean condition at all times.

3.1.2

The floors of kitchens, laundry rooms, shower rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and handwashing facilities shall have smooth, hard, easily cleanable surfaces that are non - slip, and impervious to water, detergents and disinfectants (carpeting is prohibited in these areas). These floors shall be sloped to properly trapped floor drains and the junctions between the floors and walls shall be coved and sealed.

3.1.3

Utility service lines and pipes shall not be unnecessarily exposed on floors. If exposed, they shall be installed in a way that does not obstruct cleaning.

3.1.4

Floor mats and duckboards are prohibited in wet areas, e.g. kitchens, laundry rooms, shower rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and handwashing facilities.

Walls and Ceilings: 173



3.3

3.2.1

Walls and ceilings shall be constructed of durable materials and shall have light colored, smooth, easily cleanable surfaces. In addition, the walls in toilet and shower rooms shall be Impervious to water, detergents and disinfectants to a minimum height of 1.2 meters (4 feet) in toilet rooms and 1.8 meters (6 feet) in shower rooms. The junctions between the floors and walls in kitchens, laundry rooms, shower rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and handwashing facilities she all be coved and sealed (see sub-section 3.1.2. of this Code Section)

3.2.2

The use of rough or unsealed and unfinished building materials, such as brick, concrete blocks and wooden beams, is prohibited in habitable rooms, toilet rooms and shower rooms.

3.2.3

Studs, joists and rafters shall not be exposed in habitable rooms, toilet rooms and shower rooms.

3.2.4

Covering materials, such as sheet metal, linoleum and vinyl, shall be attached and sealed to wall and ceiling surfaces so that they leave no open spaces, cracks or sharp edges and be fitted so that the entire surface is easily cleanable.

3.2.5

Acoustical paneling may be utilized providing it is installed not less than 1.8 meters (6 feet) above the floor. Any perforations shall not penetrate the entire depth of the panel, shall not be greater than 3 millimeters (0.13 inches) in any dimension, and shall not comprise more than 25 percent of the exposed panel surface. The paneling shall otherwise meet the requirements of this Code Section.

3.2.6

Utility service lines and pipes shall not be unnecessarily exposed on walls and ceilings. If exposed, they shall be installed in a way that does not obstruct or prevent cleaning.

3.2.7

Wall or ceiling mounted light fixtures, vent covers, fans, decorative materials, equipment and appurtenances shall be installed in a way that does not obstruct or prevent cleaning, shall be designed and constructed to facilitate cleaning, shall be made of easily cleanable materials and shall be maintained in good repair. All such equipment should be installed and operated in such a manner that there is no risk to injury. All moving parts should be adequately guarded and all electrical wiring and connections be installed to current, recognized Saudi Aramco electrical standards.

3.2.8

The ceilings in all habitable rooms shall be at least 2.3 meters (7.5 feet) high as measured to the lowest projection from the ceiling. All such equipment should be installed and operated in such a manner so that there is no risk to injury. All moving parts should be adequately guarded and all electrical wiring and connections installed to current recognized Saudi Aramco standards.

3.2.9

The ceilings in hallways, corridors, bathrooms and water closet rooms shall be at least 2.1 meters (7 feet) high as measured to the lowest projection from the ceiling.

3.2.10


Doors, Windows and Screening: 174



3.4

3.3.1

All openings to the outside shall be provided with solid doors or glazed windows that shall be kept tightly closed when not in use (excludes passageways between rooms within an enclosed building). If outside openings are appropriately protected from the entry by insects and rodents according to the requirements outlined in sub-section 3.3.4 of this Code Section, solid doors and glazed windows may be considered to be "in use" if they are left open to ventilate the structure.

3.3.2

All outer doors and screen doors shall be tight-fitting and self-closing. All doors and screen doors, including sliding or folding types, shall be constructed so that the space between the lower edge of the door and the threshold does not exceed 6.4 millimeters (0.25 inches). The space between sections of folding and sliding doors, when closed, shall not exceed 6.4 millimeters (0.25 inches). All exposed edges of the lower 20.3 centimeters (8 inches) of doors and jambs that are made of materials through which rodents could gnaw, especially outer doors and doors known to be accessible to rodents, shall be protected by covering such edges of doors and jambs with metal sheeting that cannot be gnawed through.

3.3.3

All outer doors of dormitories, kitchens, laundry rooms, shower rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and handwashing facilities shall be fitted with self-closing screen doors that open outwards. Saudi Aramco EPD may accept other effective fly control devices, e.g. air curtains in lieu of screen doors. If applicable, the bottoms of screen doors shall be covered with metal sheeting in accordance with sub-section 3.3.2 of this Code Section.

3.3.4

All open able outer windows of dormitories, kitchens, laundry rooms, shower rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and handwashing facilities which are not solidly closed and are accessible to insects and rodents, shall be appropriately screened by grills, hardware cloth or other material capable of precluding the entry by insects and rodents. The effective mesh size of screening material shall not be less than 6 meshes per centimeter (16 mesh per inch).

3.3.5

Internal windowsills, if any, shall be sloped downward and away from the window to prevent accumulation of filth, eliminate resting sites for insects and rodents and to discourage personnel from using sills as shelving.

3.3.6

Doors, windows and appurtenances thereto, shall be designed and constructed to avoid accumulation of dirt and shall be finished such that they are smooth, nonabsorbent and easily cleanable. Doors, windows, as well as appurtenances thereto, shall be kept clean and maintained in good repair.

Ventilation and air conditioning: 3.4.1

The temperature in all habitable rooms and other rooms in which personnel live and work shall be controlled by mechanical means and maintained at a level conducive to the healthful performance of the activity conducted in the area.

3.4.2

All habitable rooms and public corridors shall be sufficiently ventilated by means of natural or mechanical ventilation. The requirement is deemed satisfied when it can be demonstrated that the ventilation system exchanges at least two volumes of air per hour in all habitable rooms and public corridors. If mechanical ventilation is used, at least one fifth of the air supply shall be taken from the outside.

3.4.3

All shower rooms, toilet rooms, laundry rooms and similar areas shall be well ventilated and free of excessive condensation. They shall be suitably cooled or heated. They shall be provided with mechanical ventilation systems capable of providing the equivalent of five air changes per hour. At least 20 percent of the air supply shall be taken from the outside. If this is not feasible, mechanical exhaust fans may be used in lieu of the required mechanical ventilation system. Exhaust fans shall be capable of exhausting 1 cubic meter (35 cubic feet) 175



of air per minute for each toilet, urinal, shower, and hand washbasin or laundry sink/washing machine installed. 3.4.4

3.5

All ventilation and other non-window openings that cannot be solidly sealed and that remain accessible to insects and rodents shall be appropriately screened by grills, hardware cloth or other material capable of precluding the entry by insects, rodents and other vermin. Note that the swing-type louvered flaps that automatically close when an exhaust or ventilation fan is switched off are deemed to be acceptable screening if they are kept clean and in good repair.

Illumination: 3.5.1

The following levels of illumination, whether from natural or artificial sources, shall be provided. In all cases, light shall be evenly distributed and of sufficient intensity to avoid discoloration, shadows and strong glare. Also refer to lighting requirements outlined in SAES-P-123, Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards. TABLE 1 Illumination Illumination Levels Required* Area to be Illuminated Lux Footcandles Athletic/sports competition As appropriate to sport Eye level above hand washbasin 540 50 Food Service area 540 50 General play/work areas 320 30 Hallway 110 10 Kitchen 540 50 Shower/toilet block 215 20 Sleeping room 160 15 Stairway 110 10 All other indoor areas 110 10 *

4

Measured at a distance of 76 centimeters (30 inches) above the floor

POTABLE WATER 4.1

Water shall be obtained, conveyed, treated, stored and distributed in a closed system. Design, construction, maintenance and operational standards, as well as quality criteria, shall comply with requirements equivalent to those outlined in Section SASC-S-01 of this Code and standards referenced in Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards.

4.2

Adequate potable water for the needs of the communal living facility shall be obtained from the municipal water supply. If a municipal water supply is not available, then water shall be obtained from an adequate, easily accessible source that has been properly located and protected to ensure that water obtained is of a safe and sanitary quality. All necessary steps shall be taken to ensure that underground or surface contamination is prevented from reaching the source. Facilities shall be operated and maintained by competent individuals. No part of the system shall be used for any other purpose.

4.3

Water wells (or other water source) and collection, conveyance, treatment, storage and distribution systems, or parts thereof, which are newly constructed, have been repaired or have otherwise become contaminated, shall be thoroughly disinfected according to requirements outlined in Section SASC-S-01 of this Code before being used. The supply shall be purged of all but normal residual amounts of disinfectant (less than 3 milligrams per liter if chlorine is used to disinfect the system) before a sample for bacteriological testing is collected.

176



4.4

All water not provided directly by pipe to the communal living facility from the source shall be transported in a bulk water transport system that is used for no other purpose. At the time water is obtained from the approved source, enough chlorine shall be added to the water in the bulk water transport system to create a 0.5 to 1.5 milligrams per liter (0.5 to 1.5 parts per million) free chlorine residual. Hauled water shall be delivered directly to the closed water system at the communal living facility. The bulk water transport system shall comply with requirements outlined in Section SASC-S-01 of this Code.

4.5


4.6

Plumbing with emphasis on cross connection control: 4.6.1.

Plumbing shall be designed, sized and installed according to standards outlined in Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards. Plumbing and plumbing fixtures shall be operated and maintained in a way that prevents contamination. Plumbing and plumbing fixtures shall be kept clean and in good repair.

4.6.2

The potable water system shall be designed and constructed to prevent the possibility of backflow. Devices to protect against backflow and backsiphonage shall be installed on all water outlets and equipment where an air gap of at least twice the inner diameter of the water outlet, and in any event the air gap shall not be less than 25mm between the water outlet and the flood-level rim of the receiving drain or receiving basin of the drain fixture, and wherever else backflow or backsiphonage may occur. A hose shall not be attached to a faucet unless a backflow prevention device is installed.

4.6.3


4.6.4

There shall be no direct physical connection between the sewerage system and any drain originating from equipment that contains food or food equipment and utensils.

4.6.5

4.6.4.1

Drainage from refrigeration units and other equipment shall be discharged to a floor sink, funnel drain or evaporator basin. An air gap of at least twice the inner diameter of the discharge outlet shall be provided between the discharge outlet and the flood level rim of the receiving drain/basin.

4.6.4.2


4.6.4.3


A non-potable water system is permitted only for purposes such as air conditioning and fire protection. It shall not be directly or indirectly connected with the potable water system. Water from the system shall not be used for any domestic purpose. The piping of the non-potable water system shall be durably identified so that it is readily distinguishable from piping that carries potable water. 177



5

4.7

All potable water supplied to the communal living facility shall be from a Municipal supply, or alternatively from a source approved by Manager, EPD, and be disinfected by chlorination or other means of equal efficiency in the killing or removal of organisms capable of causing infection. When chlorination is employed a sufficient amount of chlorine shall be added to the water to maintain a chlorine residual of at least 0.5 milligrams per liter (0.5 parts per million) at all points in the distribution system from which water may be withdrawn.

4.8

Hot and cold potable water shall be provided to all hand washbasins, showers, warewashing facilities and laundry facilities. The hot water heating system shall be capable of producing a constant flow of hot water at a temperature of at least 50°C (122°F) Specific requirements pertinent to the hot and/or tempered water discharged from each class of fixture are outlined in appropriate Standards.

4.9

If hoses are used for conveying potable water, they shall be constructed of safe materials, shall have a smooth interior surface, shall be used for no other purpose and shall be clearly identified as to its use. Caps and keeper chains shall be provided for water system inlet and outlet fittings, as well as hose fittings. All such fittings shall be capped when not in immediate use. Hoses shall be stored and used so as to be kept free of contamination. A hose shall not be attached to a faucet unless a backflow prevention device is installed.

4.10

Water treatment equipment, devices, filters, or any other water treatment or conditioning apparatus, shall be made of safe materials, shall be designed to be disassembled for periodic replacement of active elements/media, cleaning and service, shall be operated, inspected and serviced according to the manufacturer’s instructions and specifications, and shall not be operated beyond their rated capacity. All such equipment shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition and, if necessary, shall be sanitized by application of a chlorine solution or by other approved means.

4.11

Compressed air used to pressurize the potable water system shall be filtered or otherwise treated to render it free of dust, insects and extraneous material. Air intakes shall be properly located and maintained. Filters shall be located upstream from the compressor and shall be easily removable for cleaning and replacement. The blower or compressor supplying air shall be designed so that it will deliver oil- free air. Oil-free air shall be produced by a method equivalent to one of the following: a) use of carbon ring piston compressor; b) use of an oil-lubricated compressor with effective provision for removal of oil vapor; or c) high-pressure, water-lubricated or non-lubricated blowers.

4.12

Records of equipment operation and maintenance, quantities of product water produced, types and amounts of chemical added to treated water, pH and chlorine residual maintained shall be kept in a log book. The logbook shall be available for review by authorized Saudi Aramco representatives at all times.

4.13

The biological and chemical quality of the water after treatment shall be as good as, or better than, it was before treatment.

DRINKING WATER FOUNTAINS 5.1


5.2


5.3


178



6

7

5.4

Where drinking water is from dispensers, such as ‘igloos’, single service paper cups shall be provided. Cups shall be dispensed from a sanitary device designed for this purpose and a waste receptacle shall be provided for disposal of used cups.

5.5


SEWAGE 6.1

Sewage shall be collected, treated and disposed of in accordance with requirements equivalent to those specified in Section SASC-S-02 of this Code and those outlined in the Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards. Where a public sewer system is available, all plumbing fixtures and building sewers shall be connected to it. In no case shall sewage or liquid waste of any type be discharged or otherwise disposed of on the surface of the ground, or into any well, cave, open ditch or reservoir until it has been properly treated and the disposal method has been approved by Manager, EPD. Pit latrines, outhouses and other non-water-carried sewage disposal methods are prohibited.

6.2

Floor drains and sewer pipes shall be large enough to carry off all wastewater and sanitary sewage. Sufficient clean-out places shall be provided in sewer drainpipes.

6.3

Grease traps, if used, shall be located so they are easily accessible for cleaning.

6.4

All sewer pipes or drains through which rodents may pass shall be closed with a properly secured, perforated metal or iron cover. Perforations shall not admit a cylinder 13 millimeters (0.5 inches) in diameter.

6.5

Defective sewer pipes, traps, drains and vents shall be repaired or replaced promptly and professionally. Crude repairs with wood, tape or metal strips are unsatisfactory.

DORMITORIES 7.1

General: 7.1.1

All outside premises, floors, hallways, carpets on floors, walls, ceilings and appurtenances shall be maintained in a sanitary condition at all times. Each room shall be completely cleaned after each change of occupancy. Common areas shall be cleaned at least once daily.

7.1.2

No cooking shall be undertaken in any room of a habitable structure unless such room was specifically designed for this purpose and the use of such room for cooking is approved by Saudi Aramco EPD.

7.1.3

Noise levels in habitable rooms shall conform to the standards outlined in SAES-A-105, Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards.

7.1.4

Hallways, entrances to fire escapes and stairways must be kept free of obstructions.

7.2

Floor space in sleeping rooms shall be allocated at a rate of not less than 4.6 square meters (50 square feet) per occupant, preferably 6.5 square meters (70 square feet) per occupant.

7.3

Furnishings: 7.3.1

A bed, mattress, mattress pad and pillow shall be provided for each occupant. All bedding and linen shall be clean, sanitary and in good repair.

7.3.2

At least one table, chair and reading lamp shall be provided for each sleeping room. 179



7.3.3

8

All curtains, carpeting, furniture and other furnishings shall be clean, sanitary and in good repair.

7.4

A storage closet or cabinet shall be provided for storing the clothing and other personal items of each occupant.

7.5

A refuse container shall be provided for each habitable room.

TOILET ROOMS, SHOWER ROOMS, HANDWASHING (GENERAL) 8.1

Toilets, urinals, showers, hand washbasins and utility sinks shall be designed to be easily cleanable. They shall be cleaned at least once daily, shall be kept free of objectionable odors and shall be maintained in good repair. All fixtures and walls and floors subject to splash, shall be cleaned with an approved detergent, rinsed and than sanitized with a 0.3 to 0.6 percent hypochlorite solution (3000 to 6000 ppm) or equivalent disinfectant approved by EPD

8.2

Toilet and shower rooms shall be conveniently located at a distance of not more than 61 meters (200 feet) from the farthest habitable room or one floor to floor height of stairs and shall be accessible at all times the location shall be plainly marked by signs in Arabic and English.

8.3

Shower rooms, toilet rooms, laundry rooms, handwashing facilities and other such service areas shall be separated from food preparation and sleeping rooms by a self-closing, tight-fitting door. The storage of food, equipment, utensils or personal articles in such areas is prohibited.

8.4

Toilets, hand washbasins and showers shall be separately installed to be individually accessible and to permit simultaneous use.

8.5

Open-bay, military barracks-type toilet and shower arrangements are permitted, but are not recommended.

8.6

Hand washbasins and other sinks, faucets and hydrants not specifically designed and approved for such use, shall not be used for cleaning or preparing food or for washing dishes or utensils.

8.7

The number of shower, toilet/urinal and hand washbasin fixtures required per numbers of persons housed in the communal living facility is outlined in Table 2.

TABLE 2 Numbers and Types of Fixtures Required Number of persons housed in the Number of Number of toilets communal living facility showers/baths and urinals* From 1 to 6 1 1 From 7 to 10 2 2 From 11 to 20 4 4 From 21 to 40 6 6 From 41 to 60 8 8 From 61 to 80 10 10 From 81 to 100 12 12 More than 100 one per 10 one per 10 additional persons additional persons *

Number of hand washbasins 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 one per 10 additional persons

Where 10 or more men are housed urinals should be provided. Urinals may be substituted for water closets on a one to one basis,

180



except that the number of water closets shall not be reduced to less than two-thirds of the number specified in Table 2 (see subsection 9.3 of this Code Section). This clause does not apply to communal living facilities provided for females.

8.8

The minimum size of, and floor space allotted for, toilets, hand washbasins, urinals and showers shall be as follows:

TABLE 3 Minimum Space Required for Each Type of Installation Installation Minimum Minimum Minimum Space Per Width Depth Unit 2 Hand washbasin 60 cm 105 cm 1.1 m 2 Shower cubical 75 cm 75 cm 1.3 m 2 Shower stall 75 cm 75 cm 1.3 m 2 Toilet compartment 80 cm 105 cm 1.5 m Urinal

9

60 cm

105 cm

1.1 m

2

8.9

All facilities shall be well ventilated (see sub-section 3.4.3 of this Code Section).

8.10

Legible signs made of durable materials directing all users to wash their hands after using the toilet/urinal shall be conspicuously posted in every toilet room (in Arabic, English and other appropriate languages).

TOILET ROOMS AND TOILETS 9.1

Toilet rooms shall be completely enclosed to ensure that an individual’s need for privacy does not interfere with his commitment to personal hygiene.

9.2

The entrance to a toilet room shall be provided with a door(s) according to requirements outlined in sub-section 3.3 of this Code Section.

9.3

Urinals shall be provided according to requirements outlined in Table 2 of this Code sub-section. Note that 60 centimeters (24 inches) of trough urinal space is considered to be equivalent to one urinal.

9.4

Toilet bowls shall be set entirely free and open from all enclosing structures and shall be so installed that the space around the fixture can be easily cleaned. This does not prohibit the use of wall-hung toilets.

9.5

Every western-type toilet shall have a hinged, open-front seat made of substantial material having a smooth, nonabsorbent, easily cleanable finish. A holder supplied with toilet tissue shall be provided in each toilet compartment.

9.6

Every eastern-type toilet shall be made of substantial material having a smooth, nonabsorbent, easily cleanable finish. Each toilet shall be provided with a water tap for washing (and a supply of toilet paper with holder, where indicated). Water taps provided for eastern-type toilets shall be fitted with appropriate backflow prevention devices designed to protect the water distribution system from contamination (see sub-section 4.6.2 of this Code Section).

9.7


181



10

11

12

HANDWASHING FACILITIES 10.1

Adequate handwashing facilities shall be conveniently located adjacent to toilet facilities. Note that 60 centimeters (24 inches) of a trough hand washbasin space is considered to be equivalent to one hand washbasin. Also note that laundry tubs and service sinks are not acceptable substitutes for hand washbasins.

10.2

Tempered running water shall be provided to each hand washbasin. Water shall be tempered by means of a mixing valve or combination faucet. Water shall be delivered at a minimum pressure of at least 1.4 kilograms per square centimeter (20 pounds per square inch) with a minimum flow of at least 3.8 liters per minute (1 gallon per minute). The temperature of the water discharged from the tap shall be at least 37°C (98.6°F) but not less than 50°c (122°F). Any slow-closing faucet used shall provide a flow of water for at least 15 seconds without the need to reactivate the faucet.

10.3

If residents are provided with personal supplies of handwashing cleanser and their own towels, then these need not be provided adjacent to handwashing facilities. If not provided, handwashing cleanser and single-use paper towels shall be provided in dispensers at or next to hand washbasins at all times (common towels are prohibited). Mechanical hot air blowers for drying the hands may be substituted for paper towels.

10.4

A refuse container lined with a disposable plastic bag shall be provided next to handwashing facility. The refuse container need not be covered.

SHOWER ROOMS 11.1

Shower rooms shall be completely enclosed. Individually enclosed shower stalls are not required within the shower room, but are recommended to ensure that an individual's need for privacy does not interfere with his commitment to personal hygiene. It is recommended that each shower fixture occupy a separate compartment. The compartment should be composed of a cubical with a bench and a clothes hook and a separated shower stall. The visual privacy of the bather should be maintained. Privacy curtains, if used, shall be of easily cleanable material and kept clean.

11.2

Showers shall be designed and constructed to be self-draining and to preclude the flow of water into the dressing area space.

11.3

Shower floors shall be skid-resistant or be provided with non-slip, impervious mats. Where impervious mats are used, they shall be cleaned and air dried at least once daily and shall not be kept on the shower floor when not in use. Wooden racks (duckboards) over shower floors are prohibited).

11.4

Showers shall be supplied with water through thermostatic, tempering or mixing valves at a temperature of at least 37°c (98.6°F), but not more than 50° (122°F) at a rate of at least 11.4 liters (3 gallons) per minute. Any slow-closing faucet used shall provide a flow of water for at least 30 seconds without the need to reactivate the faucet.

11.5

If individual shower compartments are not provided, the shower room shall include a dressing area. The dressing area shall be equipped with a bench and clothes hooks.

LAUNDRY ROOMS 12.1

Where a contractual obligation exists, employee uniforms shall be laundered either in a Commercial Laundry approved by Manager, EPD, or in a laundry provided by the contractor which is designed and operated in accordance with requirements outlined in the Laundry Section, SASC-S-11 of this Code, If the latter option is chosen, a qualified and experienced laundry operator must be appointed to oversee laundering. 182



12.1.1

12.2

Where a laundry is provided for personal linen only, a minimum of two washers and two dryers must be provided for each 50 occupants or part thereof.

12.3

All laundry equipment shall be installed, operated and maintained according to the manufacturer's instructions. Sorting tables, storage racks and other surfaces that contact linen shall be made of substantial material having a smooth, nonabsorbent, easily cleanable finish. All equipment and facilities shall be kept clean and in good repair.

12.4

Washing machines shall be supplied with hot water at a temperature of at least 66°C (150°F) at a rate of at least 11.4 liters (3 gallons) per minute. This is likely to require a separate booster water heater for the laundry room.

12.5

Soiled linen and clothing:

12.6

13

In addition to the aforementioned requirement provision must be made available for staff to launder personal items of clothing and bedding. All laundering must be undertaken in a separate room designated for this purpose.

12.5.1

Soiled linen and clothing shall be sorted and processed in an area separate from that used to sort, iron, process and store cleaned linen and clothing. Sorting soiled items on a clean floor is preferable to sorting them on the same table used for cleaned items.

12.5.2

Sheets, pillowcases, washable undergarments and colorfast work clothes shall be washed in hot water in a washing machine. The machine shall be set for the longest wash/rinse cycle, hot water wash, heavy/regular action, and appropriate load size. The wash formula shall include heavy-duty laundry detergent, and commercial laundry bleach, both of which shall be used in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and per the design criteria of the washing machine being used.

12.5.3

All heavily soiled items, e.g. mops and oily work clothing, shall be washed separately.

12.5.4

All other clothing and delicate items shall be processed according to the maker's recommendations.

12.5.5

Cloth bags used to contain soiled items shall be washed along with their contents.

Cleaned Linen and Clothing: 12.6.1

Washed sheets, pillowcases, undergarments and work clothes shall be tumbled dry on the hot cycle. All other clothing and delicate items shall be processed according to the maker's recommendations.

12.6.2

After drying, it is recommended that sheets, pillowslips and undergarments be ironed to reduce bacterial counts.

12.6.3

Cleaned items shall be protected from contamination.


Garbage and refuse storage facilities: 13.1.1

Prior to removal from the premises, garbage and other refuse shall be stored in a way that makes it inaccessible to insects, rodents and other vermin. Outside storage of garbage or refuse in open piles or in any container other than an approved garbage or refuse container is 183



prohibited, e.g. storage in paper bags or cardboard boxes. Inside storage of waste in open piles on the floor of the garbage/refuse storage room is prohibited. Heavy-duty plastic bags may be stacked on the floor of a properly designed and constructed refuse storage room if the waste contained therein is satisfactorily sealed in the bag, i.e. the bag does not represent an "open pile".

13.2

13.1.2

The garbage/refuse storage room, if provided, shall be large enough to store all garbage/refuse containers that accumulate between disposal periods. Walls, ceilings and all attachments thereto, shall be made of substantial material having a smooth, nonabsorbent, easily cleanable finish. The floor shall be constructed of a smooth, easily cleanable, nonabsorbent material, such as sealed concrete, and shall be properly sloped to a trapped, covered drain that is connected to the sewerage system. The structure shall be insect- and rodent-proof, including the provision of a solid door designed to preclude the entry by rodents. Additionally, a screen door that opens outward, an air curtain device or other effective means of excluding flies shall be provided. The storage room shall be kept clean and maintained in good repair.

13.1.3

The floor of an outside garbage/refuse storage area shall be constructed of a smooth, easily cleanable, nonabsorbent material, such as sealed concrete or machine laid asphalt; and shall be large enough to accommodate the garbage/refuse containers that accumulate between disposal periods.

13.1.4

Facilities shall be provided for cleaning garbage/refuse containers, lugger boxes and compactor systems after they are emptied. As a minimum, the facility shall be provided with hot running water delivered at a minimum pressure of at least 1.4 kilograms per square centimeter (20 pounds per square inch) with a minimum flow of at least 3.8 liters per minute (1 gallon per minute). The floor shall be constructed of a smooth, easily cleanable, nonabsorbent material, such as sealed concrete, and shall be properly sloped to a trapped, covered drain that is connected to the sewerage system.

Garbage and Refuse Containers: 13.2.1

Approved garbage and refuse containers shall include standard 115 liters (30 gallons) steel garbage cans, modified 210 liters (55 gallons) steel drums, purpose-built lugger boxes and compactor systems. All such containers shall be made of durable, nonabsorbent, easily cleanable materials that are impervious to attack by insects, rodents and other vermin. They shall be designed and constructed so that they do not leak. Drain plugs, where required, shall be in place at all times except during cleaning.

13.2.2



13.2.2.2

Refuse containers that are being actively used in the facility need not be covered. Refuse containers shall be covered when not being actively used. Filled refuse containers shall be covered and removed from the facility to the refuse storage facility.

13.2.2.3

The cover and the outside surface of the 210 liters (55 gallons), 115 liters (30 gallons) and smaller containers shall be labeled with the word "GARBAGE" or "REFUSE." Once used as a garbage or refuse container, the lid and container shall not be used for any other purpose, especially food preparation or storage.

184



13.3

13.4

13.2.3


13.2.4

Refuse containers shall be provided where refuse is generated. There shall be a sufficient number of approved containers to hold all the garbage and refuse produced and to accommodate the total amount accumulated in the refuse holding facility between disposal periods.

13.2.5

Periodically, each container shall be thoroughly washed with hot water and detergent on the inside and outside in a way that does not contaminate water, food or the environment.

13.2.6


Garbage and Refuse Disposal: 13.3.1

Refuse shall be disposed of often enough to prevent the development of odors and the attraction of insects and rodents, but not less than twice per week.

13.3.2


13.3.3

All refuse shall be disposed of in a municipal or approved sanitary landfill. Open dumps and burn-pits are prohibited.

Garbage and Refuse Disposal in Remote Locations: 13.4.1

Drilling rigs oftentimes operate in remote locations where municipal sanitary landfills are unavailable. Open dumping in these areas supports the breeding of flies and rodents and they directly threaten the health of rig employees. In these unique cases, the only suitable alternative method of garbage and refuse disposal is controlled incineration.

13.4.2

If garbage and refuse must be burned at a remote location, it shall not be burned in a pit, but shall be burned in an incinerator. The incinerator can be as simple as an oil drum with both ends removed and several lengths of "rebar" forming a grate pattern approximately one foot from the bottom of the drum. The drum, grate side down, is raised approximately 25 centimeters (10 inches) off the ground by placing it on concrete blocks, rocks, or other nonflammable supports in a way that steadies the drum, but does not close the bottom of the drum. 13.4.2.1

A small amount of refuse is placed in the incinerator on the rebar grate and is ignited. The heat from the fire will rise and draw air in from the open bottom of the drum. The temperature of the fire will increase as the rising heat draws more air in from the bottom of the drum and the cycle will repeat itself as more fuel is added. The disposal cycle simply involves controlled addition of garbage and refuse to the top of the incinerator until all waste is consumed.

13.4.2.2

The ashes that fall through the grate, along with cans and bottles, shall be shoveled into a collection drum. When the collection drum is full, it shall be transported to a Saudi Aramco sanitary landfill for disposal or the contents shall be buried beneath two feet of compact soil. If burned waste is buried, the burial site shall be dry, not subject to flooding and shall not permit contamination of private or public water supplies.

13.4.2.3

The area around the incinerator shall be kept clean and orderly. The incinerator is a tool, not a toy, and its safe use shall be emphasized. 185



13.4.2.4

14

The area around the incinerator shall be kept clean and orderly. The incinerator is a tool, not a toy, and its safe use shall be emphasized.


The communal living facility shall be designed, constructed, equipped, maintained and operated to prevent the entry and harborage of insects, rodents, animals, birds and other vermin, as well as environmental contaminants, such as smoke and dust. Effective measures, such as excluding, inspecting and exterminating, shall be used to minimize the entry, presence and propagation of vermin, both inside and outside of the communal living facility.

14.2

All buildings, structures and associated facilities shall be insect- and rodent-proofed, freed of vermin before occupancy and shall be maintained in an insect and rodent free condition.

14.3

All sewer or drain openings shall be closed with a properly secured perforated metal cover. Perforations shall not admit a cylinder 12.7 millimeters (0.5 inches) in diameter.

14.4

There shall be no openings in exterior walls, foundations, basements, and roofs that admit insects, rodents or other vermin. Openings for pipes, conduits and other utility services in foundations or exterior walls, floors or roofs shall be closed solidly by metal sheeting, concrete or other impervious material. If metal sheeting is used to seal holes around pipes, conduits and ducts, it shall extend at least 7.6 centimeters (3 inches) beyond all sides of the opening.

14.5

No contractor, employee, operator or occupant shall place, leave, dump or permit to accumulate any garbage or trash in any building, or on any premises or open lot, in a manner that will afford food and harborage for insects and rodents.

14.6

No contractor, employee, operator or occupant shall accumulate, or permit the accumulation of, any lumber, pipes, boxes, barrels, bricks, stones or construction material on any premise or open lot unless such material is stored on racks 30 centimeters (1 foot) above the ground.

14.7

Control of harmful or annoying insects, rodents and other pests, including control of breeding sites (e.g. standing water), shall be the responsibility of the operator and/or proponent responsible for the communal living facility.

14.8

The presence of lice, bedbugs, fly larvae, rodents or any other vermin, or the traces, droppings, trails, runs or other evidence of the presence of such vermin, shall be evidence of the presence of filth and unsatisfactory sanitary conditions. Environmental Health will report such evidence to the operator and/or proponent and they shall take immediate action to control the infestation. They shall report the results of their control activities to Saudi Aramco EPD within 72 hours of receipt of the notification. Whenever conditions inside, outside or under any building or structure, or on any premise or open lot, provide such extensive harborage for insects and rodents that normal control measures are likely to be ineffective, Saudi Aramco EPD shall prepare a report with corrective recommendations for action by the Saudi Aramco proponent responsible for the communal living facility. The proponent shall ensure that the deficiencies are corrected immediately.

14.9

14.10

The pest control program shall encompass all areas outside and inside the communal living facility. Areas along fences, around buildings, under stored materials, in and around refuse facilities, as well as floors, walls and ceilings in buildings, shall be inspected frequently to detect the presence of insects, rodents and other vermin. Preventive control measures are preferable to eradication campaigns.

186



14.10.1

Insects, rodents and other vermin shall be controlled by elimination of breeding and harborage sources, proper sanitary practices, vermin proofing of buildings and structures, proper storage of materials, extermination, and by other approved control methods.

14.10.2 Pesticides shall be dispensed and handled by authorized, properly trained personnel. Restricted-use pesticides shall be applied by a qualified pest control operator.

15

14.10.3

Pesticides shall not be applied in areas where food handling, warewashing or other such operations are in progress or in a way that contaminates food equipment, utensils or other food contact surfaces.

14.10.4

Fly electrocution devices, if used, shall be designed to have "escape-resistant" trays. They shall be installed so that dead insects are prevented from falling on food and food contact surfaces. Trays shall be emptied into an outside refuse container at least once each day.

14.10.5

Bait stations shall be tamper-proof or covered or, if open, maintained so that the rodenticide is kept within the station. If used inside a kitchen, bait stations shall be used in non- food handling areas only and are restricted to rodenticides falling within the anticoagulant group.

14.10.6

Exclusion is the preferred method of rodent control inside a kitchen. If this fails and rodents must be exterminated, trapping is recommended. Tracking powders shall not be used inside a kitchen.

SWIMMING POOLS Swimming pools and natural swimming areas shall be operated, maintained and used in compliance with requirements equivalent to those specified in Section SASC-S-13 of this Code.

16

BARBER SHOPS Barber shops shall be operated and maintained in compliance with requirements equivalent to those specified in Section SASC-S-14 of this Code.

17 KITCHENS AND FOOD FACILITIES 17.1

17.2

In Communal Living Facilities where meals are catered, all meals shall be prepared in a kitchen which meets the design, construction and materials of structures and equipment, as well as the general operating methods and procedures used to store, handle and protect food, equipment and utensils, as specified in Section SASC-S-04 of this code. Where self-catering kitchens are provided and used, the design, construction and installation of equipment shall also comply with requirements equivalent to those specified in Section SASC-S-04 of this Code 17.2.1

Self catering kitchens shall be provided with a minimum of the following: Refrigerator space 1/2 cubic foot per occupant. Freezer space 1/2 cubic foot per occupant. Dry food storage space-3 cubic feet per occupant. Cooking facilities 1 Burner per 6 occupants. (Extractor canopy necessary where multiple burners provided) Warewashing facilities 1 Large double sink with draining boards per 25 occupants or part thereof. Food preparation sinks 1 Large preparation sink 187



per 25 occupants or part thereof. Hand washing facilities 1 Wash basin with hot and cold water, hand cleanser, single use towels and dispensers. Dining facilities Sufficient tables and chairs to accommodate 50% of the residents.

18

VESSEL CREW ACCOMMODATIONS Refer to Code Section SASC-0S-09 ‘Marine Vessels’

19

MOBILE HOMES 19.1

Defined as transportable dwelling units suitable for occupancy and containing the same water supply and waste as immobile housing and shall comply with requirements specified in this Section. A Land Use Permit shall be obtained before using Saudi Aramco land.

19.2

General layout 19.2.1 The mobile home or recreational vehicle park shall be located on a well-drained site and shall be so situated and maintained as not to create a public health hazard or nuisance. 19.2.2 Each mobile home or recreational vehicle space shall be numbered or designated by suitable means. 19.2.3 Access roads shall be provided to each mobile home or recreational vehicle space. Access roads shall be surfaced with crushed rocks, aggregate road base, blacktop, concrete or other suitable material.

19.3

Service buildings 19.3.1 Service buildings shall be adequately equipped with flush-type toilet fixtures, lavatories and showers with hot and cold water provided. 19.3.2 Service buildings shall be located not more than 200 feet from any camping vehicle and greater than 20 feet from any mobile home, recreational vehicle or camping vehicle. 19.3.3 Each mobile home/recreational vehicle park serving camping vehicles shall have at least one service building. Service buildings shall have a minimum of one toilet, shower and lavatory for each sex for each ten camping vehicle sites up to the first 30 sites. One additional toilet, shower and lavatory shall be provided for every additional ten camping spaces. 19.3.4 If laundry facilities are provided, the room containing them shall be separate from the toilet rooms and shall have an exterior entrance, be air conditioned and have an electrical mechanical exhaust fan or a window that opens and have hot and cold water. 19.3.5 Service buildings shall be provided with toilet paper and lavatory facilities shall be provided with soak and paper towels. 19.3.6 The interior finish of service building walls shall be moisture-resistant to a minimum height of four (4) feet to facilitate washing and cleaning. The interior finish of walls and ceilings in shower areas shall be moisture resistant. 19.3.7 The floors shall be constructed of material impervious to water and be easily cleanable. Any toilet building having flush-type toilets shall be provided with a floor drain in the toilet room. 188



19.4

Water supply 19.4.1 An accessible, adequate, safe and potable supply of water shall be provided in each mobile home or recreational vehicle park. For all new construction where a public supply of water of satisfactory quantity, quality and pressure is available, connection shall be made thereto and its supply used exclusively and shall comply with requirement outlined in Section SASC-S-01 of this code. When a satisfactory public water supply is not available, a private water supply system shall be developed and used as approved by Manager, EPD. 19.4.2 Individual water connections having a consisting of a water riser pipe designed pipe and located at least three feet from home/recreational vehicle space. Water antisiphon backflow prevention device.

minimum of three-quarters inch diameter and to prevent contamination from entering the water any sewer pipe shall be provided at each mobile connections shall be equipped with an approved

19.4.3 Each water connection shall be equipped with a shut off valve not subject to flooding. 19.4.4 An approved source of water must be available within 100 feet of any camping vehicle space. 19.4.5 Each mobile home/recreational vehicle park water distributing system shall be so designed and maintained as to provide a pressure of not less than 20 pounds per square inch with a minimum flow of one gallon per minute at each mobile home or recreational vehicle space. 19.4.6 The water supply system shall be designed and constructed to provide a minimum of 100 gallons per day per space. 19.5

Sewage disposal 19.5.1 All sewage and waste water from mobile homes/recreational vehicles, service buildings and all other buildings shall be drained to a sewage collection system and discharged to a public sewage treatment plant. When a public sewerage system is not available, the method for the sanitary disposal of liquid waste shall be submitted to the Manager, EPD for approval. 19.5.2 All sewer lines shall be located in trenches of sufficient depth to be free of breakage from traffic or other vehicle movements and shall be separated from the park water supply system at a safe distance as determined by SASC-S-02. 19.5.3 The sewer lines shall be constructed of materials complying with Saudi Aramco Engineering standards 19.5.4 The sewer riser pipe shall be a minimum of 4-inch diameter and extend above ground elevation and be capped with a threaded cap when not in use. 19.5.5 The sewer connection shall have a minimum diameter of at least three inches and the slope of any portion thereof shall be at least one-fourth inch per foot toward the sewer riser pipe. All joints shall be watertight. All materials used for sewer connection between mobile home/RV and the sewer riser pipe for any mobile home/RV remaining in space of sixty (60) days or more shall be semi-rigid, corrosion resistant, non-absorbent, durable and have a smooth inner surface. “Flex” hose is for temporary sewage disposal only to empty sewage from a holding tank to an approved sewage disposal system. 19.5.6 The sewer riser pipe shall be protected from movement by being encased in a concrete slab not less than three and one-half (3 ½) inches in thickness and surrounding the inlet not less than six (6) inches on any side, or by equivalent protection as determined by Manager, EPD. 189



19.5.7 Cleanouts shall be provided at the upper terminal of each sewer main or branch. Cleanouts shall be installed at intervals not exceeding 100 feet along any straight run or portion thereof for a collection system connected to a public sewerage system and not exceeding 50 feet along any straight run or portion thereof for a collection system connected to a private sewerage system.

19.6

Solid waste 19.6.1 The storage, collection and disposal of refuse in the mobile home/recreational vehicle park shall be so conducted as to create no health hazards, rodent harborage, insect breeding areas, accident, fire hazard or air pollution. 19.6.2 Where individual refuse collection is not available, refuse shall be stored in fly tight, waterproof, rodent proof containers. All mobile home/recreational vehicle or camping vehicle spaces shall be located not more than 150 feet from a refuse container. Containers shall be maintained on raised wash down pads.

19.7

Animal control 19.7.1 Reasonable measures shall be taken to control rodent and insect infestations. 19.7.2 Potential rodent and insect habitat shall be eliminated from the park. 19.7.3 Dogs and other pets are not permitted to commit any nuisance within the mobile home/recreational vehicle park.

REFERENCES: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code, 1996. Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards. SA Inspection, Testing and Maintenance of Fire Protection Equipment (GI # 1781.00). Saudi Arabian Standards Organization (SASO) Standards 313 and 315. Health Regulations Governing Mobile Home and Recreational Vehicle Parks- NEVADA USA, 1995.

190


Housing, SASC-S-08

SASC-S-08 HOUSING This Section describes the public health requirements and specifications for housing. An individual's place of residence is all encompassing, affecting every aspect of his life, health and well being. This Section specifies the public health requirements necessary for the maintenance of hygienic, safe Saudi Aramco provided housing. NOTE: All sub-sections should be read in conjunction with referenced documents listed at the end of this Code Section. DEFINITIONS: Bedding, Animal: Material, usually organic, which is placed on the floor surface of livestock buildings for animal comfort to absorb urine and other liquids and thus promote cleanliness. Camp, Aramco: Any of the residential compounds established by Saudi Aramco to house individuals and/or families. Cesspool: A lined, or partially lined, covered underground pit into which household wastewater is discharged. Solids are collected in the pit and liquids seep through the bottom and sides into the surrounding soil. Sometimes called leaching cesspool. Chemical Closet: A toilet facility where the waste is not discharged to the sewer, but is collected in a container charged with a chemical solution for the purpose of disinfecting and deodorizing the waste until it is removed. Combined Sewage: Combination of sanitary sewage and storm water. Combined Sewer: A sewer intended to receive both wastewater and storm or surface water. Common Sewer: A sewer in which all owners of abutting properties have equal rights. Domestic Wastewater: Wastewater derived principally from dwellings, business buildings, institutions, and the like. It may or may not contain groundwater, surface water, or storm water. Habitable Room: A room occupied by one or more persons for living eating, sleeping or working purposes. It does not include bathrooms, toilet facilities, laundries, storage areas, corridors and other such spaces. House Connection: building sewer or house sewer in plumbing, the extension from the building drain to the public sewer or other place of disposal. Housekeeping Cart: Cart with one or more semi- or fully-enclosed compartments for clean linen, a compartmented tray at the top for supplies, a cloth hamper for soiled linen and a waste receptacle. Housing: A structure containing one or more housing units in which an individual or family is, or individuals and/or families are, sheltered from the elements on a temporary or permanent basis. Private Residential Swimming Pool: Any swimming pool under the control of a Saudi Aramco community resident, the use of which is limited to the family members and invited guests of the resident. (The design, construction and operation of such pools are not subject to the provisions of these requirements).

1

HOUSING INSPECTIONS 1.1

The Saudi Aramco proponent organization and/or operator of housing facilities shall ensure that housing facilities comply with the terms of this Code Section and that they are kept free of nuisances and safety hazards (see Section SASC-S-18 of this Code). They shall inspect all housing for which 191


Housing, SASC-S-08

they are responsible as often as is necessary to ensure compliance with the Code. All violations of the Code, nuisance conditions identified, as well as actions taken to correct problems noted, shall be documented. Inspection records shall be maintained in a permanent file and the file shall be made available to Saudi Aramco Environmental Protection Department (EPD) upon request.

2

1.2

Saudi Aramco EPD will inspect public areas within multi-unit housing structures, dormitories, guesthouses, hotels and associated services facilities routinely. Saudi Aramco EPD will also inspect efficiency dwelling units, apartments, townhouses, single-family residences and other residential units on request. A written report will be provided to the proponent organization.

1.3

Whenever a nuisance or violation of this Code is observed by any agency, resident or individual other than the Saudi Aramco proponent/operator, it shall be reported to Saudi Aramco EPD. Saudi Aramco EPD will ensure that the Saudi Aramco proponent and/or operator of the housing are aware of the problem and shall provide assistance as required.

1.4

Every effort shall be made to prevent problems rather than solve them after they have developed. For example, insects, rodents, vermin and other such nuisances shall be controlled by elimination of breeding and harborage sources, proper sanitary practices, vermin proofing of structures, proper storage of materials, and by other approved control methods.

LOCATION The site on which housing is located shall be well drained and shall not be located in an area subject to periodic flooding. Housing shall not be located adjacent to marshes, railroads, stockyards, industrial sites, pipelines or other such areas, which constitute a health or safety hazard.

3


Every housing unit, including all furnishings, equipment and fixtures provided by Saudi Aramco, regardless of housing classification, shall be in good repair, in a clean and sanitary condition and free of insects, rodents and other vermin before it is assigned. All temporary housing will be properly inspected, repaired, cleaned and freed of pests between each occupancy. Public areas of multi-unit housing shall be cleaned at least once daily and shall also be maintained in good repair, in a sanitary condition and free from insect, rodent and vermin harborages. Note that all public porches, walkways, garages, sheds, outbuildings, as well as all outside premises, yards, gardens and other areas that are accessible to the public, are subject to these requirements.

3.2

Guest houses, halls, hotels, inns and other temporary housing facilities shall provide each occupant with a clean bed, mattress, mattress pad and blanket, all of which were inspected and were found to be free of vermin, urine and fecal matter before they were issued. Clean sheets, pillowcases and towels shall be supplied twice weekly and each time the bed or room is reassigned.

3.3

All badly worn or torn bedding, furniture, chairs, upholstered pieces, carpeting, drapes or other furnishings provided by Saudi Aramco which are not readily cleanable shall be repaired or replaced.

3.4

In general, each adult occupant of a temporary or permanent housing unit, regardless of housing classification, shall be provided with a storage closet or cabinet for his/her personal items. The floor space occupied by the storage closet or cabinet represents a separate space requirement and shall not be calculated as being part of the required floor space allocation.

3.5

A systematic procedure shall be established for collection and disposal of solid wastes associated with multi-unit housing.

192


Housing, SASC-S-08

4

5

3.6

Food shall not be cooked in any habitable room unless such room was specifically designed for this purpose and the use of such room for cooking is approved by Saudi Aramco EPD. An efficiency living unit is an example of a habitable room in which cooking is permitted.

3.7

All kitchens referred to in this Code Section shall comply with the minimum requirements specified in Section SASC-S-04 of this Code. Interpretation of Section SASC-S-04 of this Code will be rigidly adhered to in the case of dormitories where large numbers of individuals prepare their food collectively. Interpretation of Section SASC-S-04 of this Code in regards to efficiency living units, apartments, townhouses and single-family residences is limited to basic design criteria and sanitary considerations between occupancies.

3.8


3.9

All public entrances, exits, corridors and stairways shall be properly illuminated. Fire exits shall be provided with illuminated exit signs equipped with emergency power sources. Public entrances, exits, corridors, stairways, fire exits and fire escapes shall be kept free of obstructions.

3.10

All housing designed to include occupancy of children shall be provided with sufficient yard space and/or outdoor play areas for children residing therein.

3.11

Live animals, including those intended for slaughter, shall be excluded from the premises. Animals shall not be slaughtered in place other than a Saudi Arab Government approved slaughterhouse.

MINIMUM FLOOR SPACE REQUIREMENTS 4.1

Dormitory sleeping rooms shall be allocated floor space at a rate of not less than 4.6 square meters (50 square feet) per occupant, preferably 6.5 square meters (70 square feet) per occupant.

4.2

Sleeping rooms in guesthouses, halls, hotels, and inns shall be allocated 12 square meters (130 square feet) of floor space per occupant.

4.3

The minimum floor area allocated for an efficiency living unit shall be not less than 20.4 square meters (220 square feet). An additional 9.3 square meters (100 square feet) of floor area shall be provided for each occupant of such a unit in excess of two occupants per unit.

4.4

Apartments shall be allocated 18.6 square meters (200 square feet) of floor space per occupant.

4.5

Every townhouse/single family residence shall have at least one room which shall have not less than 14 square meters (150 square feet) of floor area. Other habitable rooms shall have an area of not less than 6.5 square meters (70 square feet).

GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 5.1

Floors: 5.1.1

The floors of housing units, including public corridors, shall be constructed of durable, smooth and easily cleanable materials. Carpeting, if used, shall be designed for heavy use, shall be of closely woven construction, shall be properly installed, shall be easily cleanable and shall be maintained in good repair and in a clean condition at all times.

5.1.2

The floors of kitchens, laundry rooms, shower/bath rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and handwashing facilities shall have smooth, hard, easily cleanable surfaces that are impervious to water, detergents and disinfectants. Junctions between the floors and the walls shall be coved and sealed. 193


Housing, SASC-S-08

5.2

5.1.3


5.1.4


Walls and Ceilings: 5.2.1

Walls and ceilings shall be constructed of durable materials and shall have light colored, smooth, easily cleanable surfaces. In addition, the walls in toilet and shower rooms shall be impervious to water, detergents and disinfectants to a minimum height of 1.2 meters (4 feet) in toilet rooms and 1.8 meters (6 feet) in shower rooms. The junctions between the floors and walls in kitchens, laundry rooms, shower rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and handwashing facilities shall be coved and sealed (see sub-section 5.1.2 of this Code Section).

5.2.2


5.2.3


5.2.4

Covering materials, such as Formica, sheet metal, linoleum and vinyl, shall be attached and sealed to wall and ceiling surfaces in a way that leaves no open spaces or cracks.

5.2.5

Acoustical paneling may be utilized providing it is installed not less than 1.8 meters (6 feet) above the floor. Any perforations shall not penetrate the entire depth of the panel, shall not be greater than 3 millimeters (0.13 inches) in any dimension, and shall not comprise more than 25 percent of the exposed panel surface. The paneling shall otherwise meet the requirements of this Section.

5.2.6

Wall or ceiling mounted light fixtures, vent covers, decorative materials, fans, equipment and appurtenances shall be designed to facilitate cleaning, shall be made of easily cleanable materials, shall be installed in a way that does not obstruct or prevent cleaning and shall be maintained in good repair.

5.2.7


5.2.8

The ceilings in all habitable rooms shall be at least 2.3 meters (7.5 feet) high as measured to the lowest projection from the ceiling.

5.2.9

The ceilings in hallways, corridors, bathrooms and water closet rooms shall be at least 2.1 meters (7 feet) high as measured to the lowest projection from the ceiling.

5.2.10


194


Housing, SASC-S-08

5.3

6

Doors, windows and screening: 5.3.1

All openings to the outside shall be provided with solid doors or glazed windows that shall be kept tightly closed when not in use (excludes passageways between rooms within an enclosed building). If outside openings are appropriately protected from the entry by insects and rodents according to the requirements outlined in sub-section 5.3.4 of this Code Section, solid doors and glazed windows may be considered to be "in use" if they are left open to ventilate the structure.

5.3.2


5.3.3

All outer doors serving exterior entrances to public corridors, kitchens, dining rooms, laundry rooms, shower/bath rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and handwashing facilities shall be fitted with self-closing screen doors that open outwards. Saudi Aramco EPD may accept other effective fly control devices, e.g. air curtains in lieu of screen doors. If applicable, the bottoms of screen doors shall be covered with metal sheeting in accordance with sub-section 5.3.2 of this Code Section.

5.3.4

All openable windows which are not solidly closed and are accessible to insects and rodents shall be appropriately screened by grilles, hardware cloth or other material capable of precluding the entry by insects and rodents. The effective mesh size of screening material shall not be less than 6 mesh per centimeter (16 mesh per inch).

5.3.5


VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING 6.1

The temperature in all habitable and other rooms in which personnel live and work shall be maintained at a level conducive to the healthful performance of the activity conducted in the area.

6.2

All habitable rooms and public corridors shall be sufficiently ventilated by means of natural or mechanical ventilation. The requirement is deemed satisfied when it can be demonstrated that the ventilation system exchanges at least two volumes of air per hour in all habitable rooms and public corridors. If mechanical ventilation is used, at least one fifth of the air supply shall be taken from the outside.

6.3

All kitchens, laundry rooms, shower/bath rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and handwashing facilities shall be well ventilated and free of excessive condensation. They shall be suitably cooled or heated. They shall be provided with mechanical ventilation systems capable of providing the equivalent of five air changes per hour. At least 20 percent of the air supply shall be taken from the outside. If this is not feasible, mechanical exhaust fans may be used in lieu of the required mechanical ventilation system. Exhaust fans shall be capable of exhausting 1 cubic meter (35 cubic feet) of air per minute for each toilet, urinal, shower, and hand washbasin or laundry sink/washing machine installed.

195


Housing, SASC-S-08

7

6.4

All ventilation and other non-window openings that cannot be solidly sealed and that remain accessible to insects and rodents shall be appropriately screened by grilles, hardware cloth or other material capable of precluding the entry by insects, rodents and other vermin. Note that the swing-type louvered flaps that automatically close when an exhaust or ventilation fan is switched off are deemed to be acceptable screening if they are kept clean and in good repair.

6.5

All private kitchens shall be provided with an approved mechanical ventilation system fitted inside a hood placed over the stove, the design and specifications of which shall be compatible with the stove used. Screening over exhaust opening shall be easily removable for cleaning.

ILLUMINATION 7.1

For the purpose of determining illumination requirements, a room may be considered as a portion of an adjoining room when one-half of the area of the common wall joining them is open and provides an opening of not less than one-tenth of the floor area of the interior room or 2.3 square meters (24.7 square feet), whichever is greater.

7.2

All habitable rooms shall be provided with natural illumination by means of windows or skylights, the area of which shall be not less than one- tenth of the floor area of such rooms and be a minimum of 1 square meter (10 square feet). If an engineering analysis of environmental factors indicates that the required window area will adversely impact the air conditioning system during the high temperatures experienced during the summer months in Saudi Arabia, then the window area may be reduced to achieve an efficient balance between the natural illumination requirement and air conditioning requirement.

7.3

The following levels of illumination, whether from natural or artificial sources, shall be provided in dormitories, hotels, guesthouses, as well as in public areas/facilities. Note that the residents of efficiency units, apartments, townhouses and single family housing units are normally expected to provide their own light fixtures in living and sleeping rooms, but Saudi Aramco shall adequately illuminate kitchens, laundry rooms, toilet rooms and bath/shower rooms according to requirements listed in Table 1. Illumination shall be evenly distributed and of sufficient intensity to avoid discoloration, shadows and strong glare. Also refer to illumination requirements outlined in SAES-P-123, Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards.

TABLE 1 Illumination Illumination Levels Required* Lux Footcandles 320 30 320 30 160 15 540 50 540 50 110 10 540 50 215 20 160 15 110 10 110 10

Area to be Illuminated Dining room Desk in dormitory living room Dormitory living room - general Eye level above hand washbasin Food service area Hallway Kitchen Shower/toilet block Sleeping room Stairway All other indoor areas *


196


Housing, SASC-S-08

8

POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS 8.1

Water shall be obtained, conveyed, treated, stored and distributed in a closed system. Design, construction, maintenance and operational standards, as well as quality criteria, shall comply with requirements outlined in Section SASC-S-01 of this Code and standards referenced in Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards.

8.2

Enough potable water for the needs of the occupants shall be obtained from the community water supply. If a community water supply is not available, then water shall be obtained from an adequate, easily accessible source that has been properly located and protected to ensure that water obtained is of a safe and sanitary quality. The source shall be constructed in a way that prevents underground or surface contamination from reaching the source. Facilities shall be operated and maintained by competent individuals. No part of the system shall be used for any other purpose.

8.3

Water wells (or other water source) and collection, conveyance, treatment, storage and distribution systems, or parts thereof, which are newly constructed, have been repaired or have otherwise become contaminated, shall be thoroughly disinfected according to requirements outlined in Section SASC-S01 of this Code before being used. The supply shall be purged of all but normal residual amounts of disinfectant (less than 3 milligrams per liter [3 parts per million] if chlorine is used to disinfect the system) before a sample for bacteriological testing is collected.

8.4

All water not provided directly by pipe to the housing complex from the source shall be transported in a bulk water transport system that is used for no other purpose. At the time water is obtained from the approved source, enough chlorine shall be added to the water in the bulk water transport system to yield 0.5 to 1.5 milligrams per liter (0.5 to 1.5 parts per million) free chlorine residual. Hauled water shall be delivered directly to the closed water system at the housing complex. The bulk water transport system shall comply with requirements outlined in Section SASC-S-01 of this Code.

8.5


8.6

Plumbing with emphasis on cross connection control: 8.6.1


8.6.2

The potable water system shall be designed and constructed to prevent the possibility of backflow. Devices to protect against backflow and backsiphonage shall be installed on all water outlets and equipment where an air gap of at least twice the inner diameter of the water outlet and in any event the air gap shall not less than 25mm between the water outlet and the flood-level rim of the receiving drain or receiving basin of the drain fixture, and wherever else backflow or backsiphonage may occur. A hose shall not be attached to a faucet unless a backflow prevention device is installed.

8.6.3

There shall be no cross connection between the potable water supply and any unsafe or questionable water supply, sewerage system or any source of pollution that might contaminate or otherwise degrade the potable water. 197


Housing, SASC-S-08

8.6.4

8.6.5

There shall be no direct physical connection between the sewerage system and any drain originating from equipment that contains food or food equipment and utensils. 8.6.4.1


8.6.4.2


8.6.4.3


A non-potable water system is permitted only for purposes such as air conditioning and fire protection. It shall not be directly or indirectly connected with the potable water system. Water from the system shall not be used for any domestic purpose. The piping of the nonpotable water system shall be durably identified so that it is readily distinguishable from piping that carries potable water.

8.7

All potable water supplied to housing shall be disinfected by chlorination or other means or methods of equal efficiency in the killing or removal of organisms capable of causing infection. When chlorination is employed, a sufficient amount of chlorine shall be added to the water to maintain a chlorine residual of at least 0.5 milligrams per liter (0.5 parts per million) at all points in the distribution system from which water may be withdrawn.

8.8

Hot and cold potable water shall be provided to all hand washbasins, showers, warewashing facilities and laundry facilities. The hot water heating system shall be capable of producing a constant flow of hot water at a temperature of at least 49°C (120°F). Specific requirements pertinent to the hot and/or tempered water discharged from each class of fixture are outlined in appropriate Standards.

8.9


8.10

Drinking water fountains and associated requirements. 8.10.1

Drinking fountains, if provided, shall be approved angle-jet type and shall be provided with an adequate supply of water under pressure, and shall be designed and constructed in a way to prevent electric shock.

8.10.2


8.10.3


198


Housing, SASC-S-08

8.10.4


8.10.5


8.11


8.12

If a water treatment plant is provided: 8.12.1

It is suggested that the following piping system be adopted. Non-toxic paints shall be used (the use of paints containing lead shall be avoided. TABLE 2 Piping System Color-Code Piping System

Chilled Water Chlorine, Gas and Liquid Condensate Water Distilled and Demineralized Water Raw Water Sea, Salt or Brine Water Treated (any process)

Base Color Blue Yellow Blue Blue Blue Blue Blue

Identifying Color Stripe 1-Gray 1-Oxide Red 1-White 1-Aluminum 1-Black 1-Yellow 1-Oxide Red

Note: HVAC lines and electrical conduits are not color-coded but are painted the same color as the background construction.

9

8.12.2

Equipment, devices, filters, and all other water treatment or conditioning apparatus, shall be made of safe materials, shall be designed to be disassembled for periodic replacement of active elements/media, cleaning and service, shall be operated, inspected and serviced according to the manufacturer's instructions and specifications, and shall not be operated beyond their rated capacity. All such equipment shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition and, if necessary, shall be sanitized by application of a chlorine solution or by other approved means.

8.12.3

Records of equipment operation and maintenance, quantities of product water produced, types and amounts of chemicals added to treated water, pH and chlorine residual maintained shall be kept in a log book. The logbook shall be available for review by authorized Saudi Aramco representatives at all times.

8.12.4

The bacteriological and chemical quality of the water after treatment shall be as good as, or better than, it was before treatment.

SEWAGE 9.1

Sewage shall be collected, treated and disposed of in accordance with requirements outlined in Section SASC-S-02 of this Code and those outlined in Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards. Where a public sewer system is available, all plumbing fixtures, building sewers and vents shall be connected to it. In no case shall sewage or liquid waste of any type be discharged or otherwise disposed of on the surface of the ground, or into any well, cave, open ditch or reservoir until it has been properly treated 199


Housing, SASC-S-08

and the disposal method has been approved by Saudi Aramco EPD. Pit latrines, outhouses and other non-water-carried sewage disposal methods are prohibited.

10

9.2


9.3


9.4


9.5


TOILETS, SHOWERS AND HANDWASHING FACILITIES (GENERAL) 10.1

Properly designed and constructed toilet, shower and hand washbasin facilities shall be provided within each housing unit. All facilities shall be easily cleanable. With regards to dormitories, guest houses and other communal housing facilities, toilet, shower and hand washbasin fixtures may be provided in common rooms shared by all residents. All common facilities shall be cleaned at least once daily, shall be kept free of objectionable odors and shall be maintained in good repair. All fixtures, walls and floor subject to splash, shall be cleaned with an approved detergent, rinsed and then sanitized with 03 to 06 percent hypochlorite solution (3000 to 6000ppm) or equivalent disinfectant approved by Manager EPD

10.2

Toilet and shower rooms shall be conveniently located at distance of not more than 61 meters (200 feet) from the farthest habitable room or on the same floor level and shall be accessible at all times The location shall be plainly marked by signs in Arabic or English.

10.3

Toilets, showers and hand washbasins shall be separately installed to be individually accessible and to permit simultaneous use.

10.4

Laundry rooms, shower/bath rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and handwashing facilities shall be separated from food preparation and sleeping rooms by a self-closing, tight-fitting door. The storage of food, equipment, utensils or personal articles in such areas is prohibited.

10.5

Hand washbasins and other sinks, faucets and hydrants not specifically designed and approved for such use, shall not be used for cleaning or preparing food or for washing dishes, utensils or clothing.

10.6

All facilities shall be well ventilated (see sub-section 6 of this Code Section).

10.7


10.8

The following number of showers/baths, toilets/urinals and hand washbasins shall be provided for occupants living in dormitories, hotels, guesthouses and other communal housing facilities.

200


Housing, SASC-S-08

TABLE 3 Numbers and Types of Fixtures Required Number of persons housed in Number of Number of toilets the communal living facility showers/baths and urinals* From 1 to 6 1 1 From 7 to 10 2 2 From 11 to 20 4 4 From 21 to 40 6 6 From 41 to 60 8 8 From 61 to 80 10 10 From 81 to 100 12 12 More than 100 one per 10 one per 10 additional persons additional persons *

10.9

Number of hand washbasins 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 one per 10 additional persons

Where 10 or more men are employed, urinals should be provided. Urinals may be substituted for water closets on a one to one basis, except that the number of water closets shall not be reduced to less than two-thirds of the number specified in Table 3

The minimum size of, and floor space allotted for, toilets, hand washbasins, urinals and showers shall be as follows: TABLE 4 Minimum Space Required for Each Type of Installation Installation

Minimum Width 60 cm 75 cm 75 cm 80 cm 60 cm

Hand washbasin Shower cubical Shower stall Toilet compartment Urinal 10.10 11

Minimum Depth 105 cm 75 cm 75 cm 105 cm 105 cm

Minimum Space Per Unit 2

1.1 m 2 1.3 m 2 1.3 m 2 1.5 m 2 1.1 m

Open-bay, military barracks-type shower arrangements are permitted, but are not recommended.

TOILET ROOMS 11.1

Toilet rooms shall be completely enclosed. Individually enclosed toilet compartments are required in toilet rooms provided for communal housing facilities.

11.2


11.3

Urinals shall be provided according to requirements outlined in Table 3 of this Code Section. Note that 60 centimeters (24 inches) of trough urinal space is considered to be equivalent to one urinal.

11.4

Toilet bowls shall be set entirely free and open from all enclosing structures and shall be so installed that the space around the fixture can be easily cleaned. This does not prohibit the use of wallhung toilets.

11.5


11.6

Every eastern-type toilet shall be made of substantial material having a smooth, nonabsorbent, easily cleanable finish. Each toilet shall be provided with a water tap for washing (and a supply of toilet paper with holder, where indicated). Water taps provided for eastern-type toilets shall be fitted with 201


Housing, SASC-S-08

appropriate backflow prevention devices designed to protect the water distribution system from contamination (see sub-section 8.6.2 of this Code Section). 11.7 12

13




12.2

Tempered running water shall be provided to each hand washbasin. Water shall be tempered by means of a mixing valve or combination faucet. Water shall be delivered at a minimum pressure of at least 1.4 kilograms per square centimeter (20 pounds per square inch) with a minimum flow of at least 3.8 liters per minute (1 gallon per minute). The temperature of the water discharged from the tap shall be at least 32°C (90°F). Any slow-closing faucet used shall provide a flow of water for at least 15 seconds without the need to reactivate the faucet.

12.3

If a personal supply of handwashing cleanser and towels is not provided to each resident of a dormitory, hotel, guest house or other communal housing facility, then handwashing cleanser and single-use paper towels shall be provided in dispensers at or next to hand washbasins at all times (common towels are prohibited). Mechanical hot air blowers for drying the hands may be substituted for paper towels. Note that this requirement does not apply to private housing units where the resident is expected to provide his own handwashing cleanser and towels.

12.4

A refuse container lined with a disposable plastic bag shall be provided next to hand washbasins provided in dormitories, hotels, guesthouses and other communal housing facilities. The refuse container need not be covered.

SHOWER ROOMS 13.1 Communal shower rooms provided within dormitories, guesthouses and other communal housing facilities shall be completely enclosed. Individually enclosed shower compartments shall be provided in the shower room. The compartment shall be composed of a cubical with a bench and a clothes hook and a separated shower stall. The visual privacy of the bather shall be maintained. Privacy curtains, if used, shall be of easily cleanable material and kept clean. 13.2 Showers shall be designed and constructed to be self-draining and to preclude the flow of water into adjacent areas. 13.3 Shower floors shall be skid-resistant. Floor racks (duckboards) are prohibited. 13.4 Showers shall be supplied with water through thermostatic, tempering or mixing valves at a temperature of at least 37°C (98.6°F) but not more than 50°C (122°F) at a rate of at least 11.4 liters (3 gallons) per minute. Any slow-closing faucet used shall provide a flow of water for at least 30 seconds without the need to reactivate the faucet.

14

LAUNDRY ROOMS AND LAUNDRY 14.1

Laundry rooms shall be completely enclosed.

14.2

All laundry equipment shall be installed, operated and maintained according to the manufacturer's instructions. Sorting tables and other surfaces that contact clothing shall be made of substantial 202


Housing, SASC-S-08

material having a smooth, nonabsorbent, easily cleanable finish. All equipment and facilities shall be kept clean and in good repair. 14.3

15



15.2


Prior to removal from the premises, garbage and other refuse shall be stored in a way that makes it inaccessible to insects, rodents and other vermin. Outside storage of garbage or refuse in open piles or in any container other than an approved garbage or refuse container is prohibited, e.g. storage in paper bags or cardboard boxes. Inside storage of waste in open piles on the floor of the garbage/refuse storage room is prohibited. Heavy-duty plastic bags may be stacked on the floor of a properly designed and constructed refuse storage room if the waste contained therein is satisfactorily sealed in the bag, i.e. the bag does not represent an "open pile".

15.1.2


15.1.3

Facilities shall be provided for cleaning garbage/refuse containers, lugger boxes and compactor systems after they are emptied. As a minimum, the facility shall be provided with hot running water delivered at a minimum pressure of at least 1.4 kilograms per square centimeter (20 pounds per square inch) with a minimum flow of at least 3.8 liters per minute (1 gallon per minute). The floor shall be constructed of a smooth, easily cleanable, nonabsorbent material, such as sealed concrete, and shall be properly sloped to a trapped, covered drain that is connected to the sewerage system.

15.1.4




15.2.2

Refuse equipment and containers shall be provided with tight- fitting lids, doors or covers. 203


Housing, SASC-S-08

15.3

16

15.2.2.1


15.2.2.2


15.2.3


15.2.4

The 210 liters (55 gallons), 115 liters (30 gallons) and smaller containers shall be lined with heavy duty plastic bags to minimize cleaning requirements and facilitate removal of refuse. 16.2.5 Refuse containers shall be provided where refuse is generated. There shall be a sufficient number of approved containers to hold all the garbage and refuse produced and to accommodate the total amount accumulated in the refuse holding facility between disposal periods.

15.2.5


15.2.6




15.3.2


15.3.3

All refuse shall be disposed of in a municipal sanitary landfill. Open dumps and burn-pits are prohibited.


Housing shall be designed, constructed, equipped, maintained and operated to prevent the entry and harborage of insects, rodents, animals, birds and other vermin, as well as environmental contaminants, such as smoke and dust. Effective measures, such as excluding, inspecting and exterminating, shall be used to minimize the entry, presence and propagation of vermin, both inside and outside of the housing unit.

16.2

All buildings, structures, associated facilities and individual housing units shall be insect- and rodent-proofed, freed of vermin before occupancy and shall be maintained in an insect, rodent and vermin free condition.

16.3

There shall be no openings in exterior walls, foundations, basements, ground or first floors, or roofs that will admit insects, rodents or other vermin. Openings for pipes, conduits and other utility services in foundations or exterior walls, floors or roofs accessible to insects and rodents shall be closed solidly by metal, concrete or other impervious material. If metal sheeting is used to seal holes around pipes, conduits and ducts, it shall extend at least 7.6 centimeters (3 inches) beyond all sides of the opening.

204


Housing, SASC-S-08

17

16.4

All sewer or drain openings shall be closed with a properly secured perforated metal cover. Perforations shall not admit a cylinder 12.7 millimeters (0.5 inches) in diameter.

16.5

Control of insects, rodents and other vermin, including control of breeding sites (e.g. artificial bodies of water), shall be the responsibility of the proponent, operator and/or occupant of the housing.

16.6

The presence of lice, bedbugs, fly larvae, rodents or any other vermin, or the traces, droppings, trails, runs or other evidence of the presence of such vermin, shall be evidence of the presence of filth and unsanitary conditions. Saudi Aramco EPD will report such evidence to the occupant and/or proponent and they shall take immediate action to control the infestation. They shall report the results of their control activities to Saudi Aramco EPD within 72 hours of receipt of the notification.

16.7

The operator or occupant of housing shall not place, leave, dump or permit to accumulate any refuse or trash in the structure or on the premises in a manner that will afford food and harborage for insects, rodents or other vermin.

16.8

The operator or occupant of housing shall not accumulate, or permit the accumulation of lumber or other such material on the premises unless such material is stored on racks 30 centimeters (12 inches) above the ground.

16.9

Whenever conditions inside, outside or under any building or structure, or on any premises or open lot, provide such extensive harborage for insects and rodents that normal control measures are likely to be ineffective, Saudi Aramco EPD shall prepare a report with corrective recommendations for action by the responsible Saudi Aramco proponent. The proponent shall ensure that the deficiencies are corrected immediately.

16.10

The pest control program shall encompass all areas outside and inside the housing units. Areas along fences, around buildings, under stored materials, in and around refuse facilities, as well as floors, walls and ceilings in buildings, shall be inspected frequently to detect the presence of insects, rodents and other vermin. Preventive control measures are preferable to eradication campaigns. 16.10.1


16.10.2

Pesticides shall be dispensed and handled by authorized, properly trained personnel. Restricted-use pesticides shall be applied by a qualified pest control operator.

16.10.3


KITCHENS The design, construction and materials of structures and equipment, as well as the general operating methods and procedures used to store, handle and protect food, equipment and utensils, shall comply with requirements equivalent to those specified in Section SASC-S-04 of this Code.

REFERENCES: 1. 2. 3. 4.

Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code, 1996. Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards. SA Inspection, Testing and Maintenance of Fire Protection Equipment (GI # 1781.00). Saudi Arabian Standards Organization (SASO)- Sub Sections 313 and 415. 205


Marine Vessels, SASC-S-09

SASC-S-09 MARINE VESSELS Marine vessels provide a unique living environment due to the very limited space. The health and well being of the crew and passengers could easily be compromised if basic principles of personal hygiene and general sanitation were not followed. In this Section vessel specifications are required, that when incorporated into the planning, design, construction and operation of any vessel will help prevent the spread of infectious diseases and foodborne illnesses. Note: All Code Sections should be read in conjunction with appropriate referenced documents listed at the end of this Section.

DEFINITIONS: Berth: A bed or bunk enclosed by partitions or curtains that provide privacy for sleeping. Bunker: A compartment, bin or tank used for storage, normally for liquids. Bunkering: To fill a ship’s bunker. Bunker Station: Hoses, connecting devices and other fittings, on a vessel or ship for transferring liquids to the bunker. Crew Accommodation: Includes sleeping rooms, mess rooms, hospital, sanitary and recreation facilities, provided for the use of a marine vessel crew. Domestic Fresh Water: Water used for drinking, cooking, the washing of cooking and eating utensils, and water used for general cleaning and bathing. Is also known as potable water. Galley: The kitchen or an area with facilities in which meals are prepared on a ship. Mess Room: A location designed and designated for consuming food and drink. May also be referred to as a mess. Rating: A member of the crew other than an officer.

1

SCOPE 1.1

These requirements are applicable to all new and existing Saudi Aramco owned vessels or any vessel on hire, leased or sub-leased, to Saudi Aramco; to include but not limited to, supply or taxi boats, tugs, offshore drilling rigs, jack-up barges, work barges, and other special purpose vessels.

1.2

Offshore fixed platforms are excluded from this Section.

1.3

Compliance with this Section does not exclude any vessel from having to comply with other Sections of the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code (SASC), specific Corporate General Instructions, Saudi Arabian government standards or International Maritime regulations as promulgated by such regulatory authorities as the International Maritime Organization (IMO); International Labour Organization (ILO); International Association of Classification Societies (IACAS).

1.4

Any conflict between this Code Section and other governing codes, standards or rules requires compliance with the most restrictive.

206



2

3

RESPONSIBILITIES 2.1

It is the duty of the Marine Department to inform the Manager, Environmental Protection Department (EPD) of any newly hired, purchased or constructed vessel prior to its entering service with the Marine Department.

2.2

EPD shall routinely inspect all vessels and provide a written report to the Marine Department. Samples will be taken of water, ice, ingredients, beverages and food, as necessary to monitor environmental health aspects aboard the vessel.

2.3

The Marine Department shall provide EPD written summaries of corrective actions taken for any deficiency noted on inspection reports.

2.4

The Proponent Organization shall ensure that the sanitary design of the vessel incorporates materials that are durable, smooth, light in color and impervious to moisture. The installation of equipment, fixtures and furnishings shall be specified to make all areas easily cleanable.

2.5

The Marine Department shall ensure that all food served aboard the vessel are from Saudi Aramco approved sources (see Section SASC-S-04 of this Code).

2.6

The Master, or his designate shall make daily inspections of the galley, washrooms and accommodation.

2.7

The Master is responsible for ensuring that sanitary conditions conform to the requirements of this Code Section; insect and rodent infestations aboard the vessel are eradicated; and copies of pertinent SASC Sections are kept aboard the vessel.

POTABLE WATER SYSTEM (DOMESTIC FRESH WATER) 3.1

Any potable water appurtenances, water treatment facilities (water distillation units or reverse osmosis systems), shall be installed and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and Section SASC-S-01.

3.2

Potable water bunker stations shall be installed and maintained in conformance with Section SASC-S-01 on all vessels.

3.3

Hoses used for conveying potable water shall be constructed of safe materials, shall have a smooth interior surface, shall be used for no other purpose and shall be clearly identified as to its use. Caps and keeper chains shall be provided for water system inlet and outlet fittings, as well as hose fittings. All such fittings shall be capped when not in immediate use. Hoses shall be kept free of contamination when stored and used.

3.4

All vessels shall utilize an approved potable water disinfection method pursuant to Section SASCS-01.

3.5

The boundaries of potable water tanks shall be segregated from all other tanks holding substances other than potable water by the use of cofferdams or void spaces. In no case shall potable water tank boundaries be used to separate potable water tanks from non-potable water tanks.

3.6

Manholes on potable water tanks shall be fitted with raised coamings to prevent the introduction of contaminants.

3.7

All items that penetrate the potable water tank shall be coated or constructed with a material approved for use in potable water tanks. 207



4

3.8

Pipes carrying sewage or other non-potable liquids shall not pass through potable water tanks unless these pipes are contained within a continuous water or oil tight steel pipe duct, constructed with all welded joints and seams.

3.9

Potable water piping shall not pass through sewage tanks. Potable water piping that passes through other tanks holding non-potable liquids shall be contained within a continuous water or oil tight steel pipe duct, constructed with all welded joints and seams.

3.10

The vent of a potable water tank shall not be used for or connected to the vent of a non-potable liquid.

3.11

Only potable water shall be served to galleys, accommodation showers and sinks.

3.12

Seawater inlets for potable water makers shall be located forward of all overboard wastewater or non-potable liquid waste discharge outlets.

3.13

Every scullery sink, mechanical warewasher, ice maker, clothes washer, drinking fountain, etc. which require water of high clarity, shall be fitted with a filter to remove sediment stirred up during "vessel roll".

WASTE MANAGEMENT 4.1

Pollution prevention and the management of both liquid and solid wastes aboard vessels shall comply with the requirements of IMO MARPOL 73/78.

4.2

Discharge of sewage into the sea is prohibited, except when: 4.2.1

The ship is discharging comminuted and disinfected sewage using a system approved by the Administration pursuant to IMO regulations, at a distance of more than 4 nautical miles from the nearest land; or

4.2.2

The ship is discharging raw sewage at a distance of more than 12 nautical miles from the nearest land; or

4.2.3

The ship has in operation an approved sewage treatment plant (STP) which has been certified by the Administration pursuant to IMO regulations; and carries a valid International Sewage Pollution Prevention Certificate (1973); and the sewage effluent does not produce visible floating solids in, nor cause discoloration of the surrounding water.

4.3

A sewage-holding tank shall be fitted on all vessels not fitted with a sewage treatment plant, for the storage of sewage while within prescribed distances from land as described in paragraphs 4.2.1 and 4.2.2. Such vessels shall be equipped with a pipeline leading to the exterior, convenient for the discharge of sewage to a reception facility in compliance with IMO MARPOL Annex IV, Regulation 11.

4.4

Raw sewage discharged from holding tanks shall not be discharged instantaneously, but at a moderate rate when a vessel is proceeding at not less than 4 knots.

4.5

Toxic or hazardous wastes, industrial or oily wastes shall never be discharged into any part of a vessel's sewerage system. Special purpose slop tanks are required for such wastes.

4.6

Direct discharges from culinary sink fitted with garbage grinders, mechanical warewashers and clothes washing machines may be excluded from connection to the sewage treatment plant.

4.7

Excluding discharges from STP’s and sewage holding tanks, all wastes, whether generated aboard or transferred to any vessel, shall be transported to an appropriate transfer site for 208



disposal at an EPD approved location. The dumping of solid waste or discharging of any hazardous waste into the marine environment is prohibited. Wastes should be properly segregated and stored to prevent pollution.

5

FOOD SERVICE 5.1

6

All food services - galley, food stores, etc. shall comply with Section SASC-S-04 of this Code in design, construction, operation and maintenance. Special requirements are found in subsection 7, Marine Vessel Galleys.

CREW ACCOMMODATION 6.1

Operation and maintenance of accommodation, to include, but not be limited to, cabins, toilets/showers, mess rooms, recreation rooms, gangways, laundry, recreational areas, shall comply with this Code subsection.

6.2

Design and construction of crew accommodation shall specifically comply with applicable ILO Conventions 90, 92, 133, 144 & 147.

6.3

Cabins for seamen, passengers and officers shall be cleaned at least weekly, by thorough vacuuming or by other methods that minimize airborne contaminants. Areas to be included are floors/carpets, curtains and upholstery. Special attention should be given to crevices, cracks and rolled seams. Frequent detailed cleaning will help to eliminate ectoparasites which may be introduced in luggage or clothing.

6.4

Deckhead ventilation grills shall be kept free of dirt and fiber accumulation.

6.5

Passageway and cabins floors shall be mopped frequently and stripped periodically to remove stains and wax accumulation.

6.6

Crew and passengers shall be assigned individual towels and bed linen which shall be changed and laundered at least weekly.

6.7

Bedding shall be cleaned as needed, but not less than once every 3 months; at which time the mattress is rotated.

6.8

The practice of "hot bedding", where crewmembers working opposite shifts use the same bed, shall be prohibited.

6.9

All furnishings and materials shall be kept clean and in good repair.

6.10

All areas of the lavatory and change room shall be thoroughly cleaned and sanitized at least once each day. These shall be thoroughly washed with detergent, rinsed and then disinfected with approximately a 0.5 percent hypochlorite solution, or with an equivalent substitute.

6.11

Any vessel without an assigned nurse shall carry an approved medicine chest for which readily understandable instructions are provided.

6.12

First-Aid and other medical supplies shall be kept in the original packaging until used. Products required to be kept refrigerated or frozen shall be stored at 2°C to 8°C (35.6°F to 46°F) or –20°C to –10°C (-4°F to 14°F). Items outdated shall be disposed of properly.

6.13

A recreation area appropriately furnished and supplied shall be provided for crew and passengers. Mess rooms may serve this purpose when television, video cassette players, table games, library, etc. are provided. 209



7

6.14

Mechanical clothes washing and drying appliances shall be installed in every vessel. The number of appliances shall satisfactorily meet the needs of the crew, so that linens and bedding can be laundered at the frequency assigned in this Section. Linen shall be tumbled dried to reduce bacterial colonization.

6.15

The number of water closets, washbasins and showers on any vessel shall meet the requirements of ILO Conventions as specified in paragraph 6.2.

6.16

No more than 2 ratings or 1 officer shall be placed in a sleeping room.

6.17

The floor area per person of sleeping rooms shall conform to the requirements specified in ILO Conventions adopted in paragraph 6.2, but in no case shall the floor area be less than 2.75 sq. m. (29.6 sq. ft.).

6.18

Berths in common sleeping rooms shall be fitted with side curtains and with a small lamp mounted at the head.

6.19

Adequate provisions for the storage of personal affects and clothing shall be made pursuant to ILO Conventions as specified in paragraph 6.2.

6.20

Crew accommodation shall be adequately illuminated in conformance with ILO Conventions as specified in paragraph 6.2.

MARINE VESSEL GALLEYS 7.1

Marine vessel galleys (herein referred to as galleys) are food establishments which have special considerations due to space limitations, dictated by the tonnage rating of the vessel. Galleys shall comply with the requirements of this Code Section.

7.2

Food Handling Practices 7.2.1

Serving potentially hazardous, “leftover food” from a previous day’s meal is prohibited.

7.2.2

Ice utensils - scoops, shall not be stored inside the ice machine, directly in contact with the ice. Scoops may be stored on hooks or other attachments provided above the level of ice, or kept in a solution of 100 ppm chlorine outside the ice machine.

7.2.3

Condensate or accumulated ice shall not contact foods or ingredients.

7.2.4

Prepared foods, placed in the chiller, to be served later, shall be labeled with the date of preparation and discarded if not used within 48 hours.

7.2.5

Refreezing of any foods, once thawed, is prohibited.

7.2.6

Stored ice, intended for human consumption, shall not be used to cool food, food containers or food utensils.

7.2.7

Due to the logistics of supplying foodstuffs to vessels, the Master or his representative shall inspect all food items and ingredients to ensure the quality of the foodstuffs. Food supplies not held in conformance with the temperature requirements in Section SASC-S-04 of this Code or foods that appear adulterated shall be rejected and reported to EPD.

7.2.8

Boxes, baskets or other receptacles which are used to transfer foodstuffs from the pier to the vessel or from one vessel to another, shall be kept clean and in a safe condition. 210



7.3

7.4

Equipment and Design 7.3.1

Walk-in cold stores shall be provided an audible alarm, which when activated from inside a closed walk-in, can be heard in the galley.

7.3.2

Exhaust ducts over galley ranges in which grease or fat is likely to accumulate shall have a fixed means for extinguishing a fire with the activation device located outside the galley; be fitted with readily removable grease filters or traps; and have suitably located hatches for inspection/cleaning.

7.3.3

The furnishing and floor area of mess rooms for officers and for ratings shall conform to the requirements of ILO Conventions specified in paragraph 6.2.

7.3.4

Available at all times for use by the crew, without requiring entry into the galley, shall be a refrigerator of sufficient capacity for the intended use, and facilities for dispensing hot beverages and cool water.

Galleys and Related Housekeeping 7.4.1

Decks, bulkheads, deckheads, fixtures and equipment shall be kept clean and free of food residue and debris and routinely cleaned in accordance with a written schedule. Areas of high use or traffic are to be scheduled for more frequent cleaning.

7.4.2

Cleaning of spills, appliances and equipment shall be done as soon as possible after the spill or after use.

7.4.3

Duckboards in dry stores and walk-in chiller/freezers shall be made of durable and easily cleanable materials and removed at least weekly, before restocking if possible.

7.4.4

Counters surfaces, cabinets, shelves and drawers shall be wiped down at least once per day.

7.4.5

Water closets, washbasins and other fixtures shall be cleaned and disinfected at least once each day. These shall be thoroughly washed with detergent, rinsed and then disinfected with approximately a 0.5 percent hypochlorite solution, or with an equivalent substitute.

7.4.6

Mop wastewater shall not be discarded through culinary or warewash sinks, at washbasins or shower drains. Water closets are acceptable for disposal of such wastewater.

7.4.7

A written cleaning schedule shall be drafted and implemented which describes in detail the equipment or appliance to be cleaned, the frequency of cleaning, and the procedure to be followed. The chemicals and tools to accomplish the task shall be specified, as well as the step-by-step procedure and method required to properly clean and sanitize each item. The Master shall check the effectiveness of the schedule.

7.4.8

As far as possible, a single individual shall be assigned to clean. This should be his primary duty. This person should be fully trained in the use of cleaning/sanitizing chemicals and techniques necessary to accomplish this task.

7.4.9

Cleaning tools and appliances, such as brooms, mops, buckets and vacuum cleaners shall be provided, stored and used in a manner which prevents contamination of food, ingredients and food contact surfaces.

7.4.10 Routine cleaning shall be done during periods when food preparation activities are least. To minimize contamination, dustless cleaning methods, such as damp mopping and wiping shall be used.

211



7.4.11 Because galleys are inherently difficult to clean, due to shelf rails, spill lips and capture equipment; a vacuum cleaner shall be provided and used, exclusively for routine cleaning activities in the galley.

REFERENCES:

1. U.S. Public Health Service, CDC: “Vessel Sanitation Program Operations Manual”, 2000 (Draft) 2. U.S. Public Health Service, CDC: “Recommended Shipbuilding Construction Guidelines for Cruise Vessels Destined to Call on U. S. Ports”, May 1999 3. Title 46: Code of Federal Regulations, Shipping 4. U.S. Code: Title 33 Navigation and Navigable Waters 5. International Maritime Organization: “MARPOL 73/78”, 1991 Edition 6. International Labour Organization (ILO): “Convention Concerning Crew Accommodation on Board Ship”, Convention No. 133, 1970. 7. U.K. Department of Transportation: “Merchant Shipping Notice”, No. M.1214 & M1216 8. Lloyds Register of Shipping Classification Rules: “ Structure Design” - Part 3, Chapter 3 9. Regional Organization for the Protection of the Marine Environment: “Protocol Concerning Marine Pollution” th 10. Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code, 5 Edition

212


Health Care Facilities, SASC-S-10

SASC-S-10 HEALTH CARE FACILITIES This Section describes the public health requirements and specifications for medical facilities, including all inpatient and outpatient medical and dental facilities operated and/or contracted by the Saudi Aramco Medical Services Organization (SAMSO), medical manufacturing plants and medical storage facilities. This Section specifies those sanitary and infection control practices and procedures that will result in a safe, clean, and infection free facility for patients, staff and visitors. NOTE: All sub-sections should be read in conjunction with appropriate referenced documents listed at the end of this Section. DEFINITIONS Antiseptic: Chemical germicide used to remove microorganisms from skin. Autoclaving: Sterilization by steam under pressure. Cytotoxic waste: Any waste that is produced as a result of preparing or administering cytotoxic (chemotherapeutic) drugs. Disinfectant (in a medical facility): Chemical germicide used to remove pathogenic microorganisms with the exception of bacterial spores, from inanimate objects. Environment of Care: The physical environment in which medical care is provided. A health care facility must provide a safe, accessible, effective, and efficient environment. This includes provisions for life safety (fire detection, response and suppression systems), safety, security, internal and external emergency preparedness, hazardous materials and waste, medical equipment and utility systems. Hazardous chemical waste: Chemical waste that may be a physical hazard, a health hazard, or both a physical and health hazard. Includes combustible liquids, compressed gases, explosives, organic peroxide, pyrophoric materials, unstable (reactive) materials, and water reactive materials. Health hazards include materials that are carcinogens or suspected carcinogens, toxins, irritants, corrosives, sensitizers, agents which act on the hematopoietic system, and agents which damage the lungs, skin, eyes or mucous membranes. HEPA filters: High efficiency particulate air filters that remove up to 99.97% of particles greater or equal to 0.3 microns in diameter. They are very efficient at removing bacteria since most bacteria are present in colony-forming units (CFU) that are larger than 1 micron in size. Infectious waste: Includes laboratory cultures and stocks; pathological waste; human blood, blood products and body fluids; contaminated and unused sharps (needles, syringes, lancets, pipettes, scalpel blades, blood vials, needles with attached tubing, and broken or unbroken glassware); and isolation waste. Medical waste: Any waste that is generated at a medical facility or research laboratory. Nosocomial infection: An infection that is not present or incubating in the patient at the time of admission to a hospital, but that develops while the patient is hospitalized. Regulated medical waste: Waste from a medical facility or research laboratory that may be infectious, cytotoxic, radioactive, or may otherwise present an actual or potential hazard to human health or the environment when improperly handled, transported, treated or disposed of. Standard precautions: A set of practices designed to reduce the risk of transmission of bloodborne pathogens, as well as other pathogens from recognized and unrecognized sources of infection (moist body substances). Standard precautions is the primary tool for successful infection control in a medical facility and includes proper 213



handwashing; use of gloves, masks, eye protection/face shields and gowns; proper care of patient care equipment; environmental controls; proper use and disposal of sharps; proper handling of soiled linen; and proper placement of patients. Sterilization: Complete elimination or destruction of all forms of microbial life, including spores. Unregulated medical waste: All medical wastes that are not covered in the listing of regulated medical waste. 1

PHYSICAL PLANT AND UTILITIES 1.1

Facility Design and Construction 1.1.1

1.1.2

General Considerations 1.1.1.1

The primary reference for health care facility design and construction is Guidelines for Design and Construction of Hospital and Health Care Facilities, American Institute of Architects Academy of Architecture for Health and US Department of Health and Human Services, American Institute of Architects Press, latest edition. The design and construction standards listed below are taken from these Guidelines, and are included here because they impact on infection control and safety. The Guidelines apply to new construction; however, at the time of renovation or modification of existing facilities, every effort shall be made to comply, insofar as practical, with all applicable sections of the Guidelines, and with appropriate sections of National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 101, covering New Health Occupancies.

1.1.1.2

The facility shall have adequate space to satisfy functional needs.

1.1.1.3

All rooms, offices and areas within the facility shall be numbered and properly labeled as to their function. Signs used throughout the facility shall be consistent in color and format. An adequate number of directional signs in Arabic and English shall be posted to prevent confusion and provide proper traffic control throughout the facility.

1.1.1.4

Entrance to, and utilization of all areas, in Saudi Aramco health care facilities shall be restricted to those individuals who are "authorized" according to the written policies and procedures for the specific area.

1.1.1.5

Access for patients with disabilities shall be provided for all buildings. Facilities for the disabled shall be provided in all inpatient and outpatient areas.

1.1.1.6

Clean and soiled areas shall be separated.

Nursing Units (Medical and Surgical) Patient Rooms 1.1.2.1

In newly constructed patient rooms shall have a minimum of 9.29 Square meters (100 square feet) of clear floor area per bed in multiple-bed rooms and 11.15 square meters (120 square feet) of clear floor area for single-bed rooms, exclusive of toilet rooms, closets, lockers, wardrobes, alcoves or vestibules. Refer to Guidelines noted above for other space requirements.

1.1.2.2

Each patient room shall have a window in accordance with Standard 7.28.A10 of Guidelines for Design and Construction of Hospitals and Health Care Facilities 214



1.1.2.3

Handwashing facilities shall be provided to serve each patient room. These handwashing facilities shall be located in the toilet room. In all new construction an extra sink for handwashing shall be located in all hospital rooms and shall be located outside cubicle curtains to facilitate handwashing access.

1.1.2.4

Each patient shall have access to a toilet room without having to enter the general corridor area. One toilet room shall serve no more than four beds and no more than two patient rooms. The toilet room shall contain a water closet and a handwashing facility, and the door shall swing outward or be double acting.

1.1.2.5

Each patient shall have within his or her room a separate wardrobe, locker or closet suitable for hanging full-length garments, and for storing personal effects.

1.1.2.6

In multiple-bed rooms, visual privacy from casual observation by other patients and visitors shall be provided for each patient. The design for privacy shall not restrict patient access to the entrance, lavatory or toilet.

Service Areas 1.1.2.7

Handwashing facilities shall be conveniently accessible to the nurse station, medication station and nourishment center. One handwashing fixture may serve several areas if convenient to each.

1.1.2.8

Toilet rooms shall be conveniently located for staff use.

1.1.2.9

Staff lounge facilities shall be provided.

1.1.2.10

Secure closets or cabinet compartments for personal articles shall be located in or near the nurse station, or in the staff lounge or changing room.

1.1.2.11

A clean workroom or clean supply room shall be provided. If the room is used for preparing patient care items, it shall contain a work counter, a handwashing fixture, and storage facilities for clean and sterile supplies. If the room is used only for storage and holding as part of a system for distribution of clean and sterile materials, the work counter and handwashing fixture may be omitted. Soiled and clean workrooms or holding rooms shall be separated and have no direct connection.

1.1.2.12

A soiled workroom or soiled holding room shall be provided. This room shall be separate from the clean workroom. The soiled workroom shall contain a clinical sink (or equivalent flushing-rim fixture) for cleaning of bedpans, and a handwashing sink. These fixtures shall have both a hot and cold mixing faucet. The room shall have a work counter and space for separate covered containers for soiled linen and waste. Rooms used only for temporary holding of soiled material may omit the clinical sink and work counter. If the flushingrim clinical sink is eliminated, facilities for cleaning bedpans shall be provided elsewhere.

1.1.2.13

A medication preparation area shall be provided and shall be under visual control of the nursing staff. It shall contain a work counter a sink adequate for handwashing, refrigerator, and locked storage for controlled drugs. 215



1.1.2.14

Each nursing unit shall designate an area for clean linen storage. This may be within the clean workroom, a separate closet or an approved distribution system on each floor. If a closed cart system is used storage may be in an alcove. It must be out of the path of normal traffic and under staff control.

1.1.2.15

A nourishment station shall be provided with sink, work counter, refrigerator, storage cabinets and equipment for hot and cold nourishments between scheduled meals. The nourishment station shall include space for trays and dishes used for nonscheduled meal service. Provisions and space shall be included for separate temporary storage of unused and soiled dietary trays not picked up at mealtime. Handwashing facilities shall be in or immediately accessible from the nourishment station.

1.1.2.16

Each nursing unit shall have equipment to provide ice for treatments and nourishment. Ice-making equipment may be in the clean work room/holding room or at the nourishment station. Ice intended for human consumption shall be from self-dispensing icemakers.

1.1.2.17

Appropriate rooms or alcoves shall be provided for storage of patient care equipment as required by the functional program. Its location shall not interfere with the flow of traffic.

1.1.2.18

Storage space for stretchers and wheelchairs shall be provided in a strategic location, without restricting normal traffic.

1.1.2.19

When individual bathing facilities are not provided in patient rooms, there shall be at least one shower and/or bathtub for each 12 beds without such facilities.

1.1.2.20

Space shall be provided for emergency equipment that is under direct control of nursing staff, such as a cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR or “Crash”) cart. This space shall be located in an areas appropriate to the functional program, but out of normal traffic.

1.1.2.21

One housekeeping room shall be provided for each nursing unit or nursing floor. It shall be directly accessible from the unit or floor and may serve more than one nursing unit on a floor. Housekeeping closets shall be kept locked when not in use. At least one housekeeping room per floor shall contain a service sink or floor receptor and provisions for storage of supplies and housekeeping equipment. Note: This housekeeping room may not be used for other departments and nursing units that require separate housekeeping rooms.

Airborne Infection Isolation Room 1.1.2.22

At least one airborne infection isolation room shall be provided. A multidisciplinary group designated for that purpose should base the number of airborne infection isolation rooms on an infection control risk assessment. These rooms may be located within individual nursing units and used for normal acute care when not required for isolation cases, or they may be grouped as separate isolation unit. Each room shall contain only one bed and shall comply with the following:

1.1.2.23

Each airborne infection isolation room shall have an area for handwashing, gowning and storage of clean and soiled materials located directly outside or immediately inside the entry door to the room.

216



1.1.2.24

Airborne infection isolation room perimeter walls, ceiling and floors, including penetrations, shall be sealed tightly so that air does not infiltrate the environment from the outside or from other spaces. Such rooms shall be under negative pressure with no return air plenums. (See Table 1.)

1.1.2.25

Airborne infection isolation rooms shall have self-closing devices on all room exit doors.

1.1.2.26

Separate toilet, bathtub or shower, and handwashing facilities shall be provided for each airborne infection isolation room.

1.1.2.27

Airborne infection isolation rooms may be used for noninfectious patients when not needed for patients with airborne infectious disease.

Protective Environment Room 1.1.2.28

The infection control risk assessment may require protective environment rooms if the hospital cares for patients with extreme susceptibility to infection, e.g., immunosuppressed patients with prolonged granulocytopenia, most notably bone marrow recipients; burn patients; or solid-organ transplant recipients and patients with hematological malignancies who are receiving chemotherapy and are severely granulocytopenic. These rooms are not intended for use with patients diagnosed with HIV infection or AIDS unless they are also severely granulocytopenic. Should protective environment rooms be required they shall adhere to ventilation requirements in Table 1 below. In addition to positive air pressure, all supply air must pass through HEPA filters with 99.97 percent efficiency for particles >3µm in size.

Seclusion Room 1.1.2.29

1.1.3

At least one seclusion room shall be provided in the facility for patients needing close supervision for medical and/or psychiatric care. Each room shall be for single occupancy; shall be located to permit staff observation of the entrance, preferably adjacent to the nurse station; and each shall be designed to minimize the potential for escape, hiding, injury or suicide. If vision panels are used for observation of patients, the arrangement shall insure patient privacy and prevent casual observation by visitors and other patients. The seclusion room shall be inspected by the Nursing Supervisor and Safety Officer prior to each occupancy.

Critical Care Units General Considerations 1.1.3.1

The location shall offer convenient access from essential departments and services as defined by the functional program. It shall be located so that the medical emergency resuscitation teams may be able to respond promptly to emergency calls within minimum travel time. The location shall be arranged to eliminate the need for through traffic.

1.1.3.2

In new construction, where elevator transport is required for critically ill patients, the size of the cab and mechanisms and controls shall meet the specialized needs.

1.1.3.3

Each patient space, whether separate rooms, cubicles or multiple bed space, shall have a minimum of 13.94 square meters (150 square feet) of clear floor 217



area with a minimum headwall width of 3.66 meters (12 feet) per bed, exclusive of anterooms, vestibules, toilet rooms, closets, lockers, wardrobes and/or alcoves. Refer to Guidelines for additional requirements regarding space, visual access, monitoring of patients, storage and medication stations, and service spaces. 1.1.3.4

Nurse call systems shall be provided in accordance with sub-section 1.1.27.53.

1.1.3.5

Handwashing fixtures shall be convenient to nurse stations and patient bed areas. There shall be at least one handwashing fixture for every three beds in open plan areas, and one in each patient room. The fixture should be located near the entrance to the patient cubicle or room, should be sized to minimize splashing water onto the floor, and should be equipped with hand-free operable controls.

1.1.3.6

At least one airborne infection isolation room shall be provided.

1.1.3.7

A housekeeping room shall be provided within or immediately adjacent to the critical care unit, and shall not be shared with other nursing units or departments. It shall contain a service sink or floor receptor and provisions for storage of supplies and housekeeping equipment.

Coronary Critical Care Unit 1.1.3.8

Each coronary patient shall have a separate room for acoustical and visual privacy.

1.1.3.9

Each coronary patient shall have access to a toilet in the room.

Pediatric Critical Care 1.1.3.10

At least one airborne infection control room shall be provided, with provisions for observation of the patient. Refer to Guidelines for additional requirements.

Newborn Intensive Care Units (NICU) 1.1.3.11

The NICU shall have a clearly identified entrance and reception area for families. The area shall permit visual observation and contact with all traffic entering the unit. A scrub area shall be provided at each public entrance to patient care areas of the NICU. All sinks shall be hands-free operable and large enough to contain splashing.

1.1.3.12

At least one door to each room must be large enough to accommodate portable X-ray equipment.

1.1.3.13

There should be efficient and controlled access to the unit from Labor and Delivery, Emergency Room or other referral entry points.

1.1.3.14

Provision shall be made for indirect lighting and high-intensity lighting in all nurseries.

1.1.3.15

The central control station shall have convenient access to handwashing facilities.

218



1.1.4

1.1.3.16

Each patient care space shall contain a minimum of 9.29 square meters (100 square feet) excluding sinks and aisles. Aisles with a minimum width of 0.91 meter (3 feet) shall be provided adjacent to each patient care space.

1.1.3.17

An airborne infection isolation room is required in at least one level of nursery care. The room shall be enclosed and separated from the nursery unit with provision for observation of the infant from adjacent nurseries or control areas.

1.1.3.18

A consultation/demonstration/breast feeding or pump room shall be provided convenient to the unit. A sink, counter, refrigerator, freezer and storage facilities shall be conveniently located nearby.

1.1.3.19

One housekeeping room shall be provided for the unit, directly accessible, and dedicated exclusively for the NICU.

1.1.3.20

See Guidelines for additional NICU requirements.

Newborn Nurseries 1.1.4.1

Hospitals having 25 or more postpartum beds shall have a separate nursery that provides continuing care for infants requiring close observation, for example, those with low birth weight. Minimum floor space per infant in this observation nursery shall be 4.65 square meters (50 square feet), exclusive of auxiliary work areas, with provisions for at least 1.22 meters (4 feet) between and at all sides of bassinets.

1.1.4.2

Normal newborn infants shall be housed in nurseries that comply with the requirements below. Location shall be convenient to the postpartum nursing unit and obstetrical facilities.

1.1.4.3

Each nursery shall contain at least one hands-free operable sink for each eight infant stations.

1.1.4.4

Glazed observation windows shall be provided to permit viewing of infants from public areas, workrooms and adjacent nurseries.

1.1.4.5

A consultation/demonstration/breast feeding or pump room shall be provided convenient to the nursery. A sink, counter, refrigerator, freezer and storage facilities shall be conveniently located nearby.

1.1.4.6

An airborne infection isolation room is required in or near at least one level of nursery care. The room shall be enclosed and separated from the nursery unit with provisions for observation of the infant from adjacent nurseries or control areas.

1.1.4.7

Each full-term nursery shall contain no more than 16 infant stations. The minimum floor area shall be 2.23 square meters (24 square feet) for each infant station, exclusive of auxiliary work areas. When a rooming-in program is used, the total number of bassinets provided in these units may be appropriately reduced, but the full-term nursery may not be omitted in its entirety from any facility that includes delivery services.

1.1.4.8

Hospitals may replace traditional nurseries with infant holding nurseries in postpartum and labor-delivery-recovery-postpartum (LDRP) units. Floor space and other requirements shall be as required for full-term nurseries. Holding 219



nurseries should be next to the nurse station on these units and shall be sized to accommodate the percentage of newborns that do not remain with their mothers during the postpartum stay.

1.1.5

1.1.6

1.1.4.9

Each nursery rooms shall be served by a connecting workroom. Guidelines for workroom requirements.

See

1.1.4.10

When infant formula is prepared on-site, direct access from the formula preparation room to any nursery room is prohibited. The room may be located near the nursery or at other appropriate locations in the hospital, but must include the following:

1.1.4.11

A separate room for preparing infant formulas is required. It shall contain warming facilities, refrigerator, work counter, formula sterilizer, storage facilities and a handwash sink.

1.1.4.12

Cleanup facilities for washing and sterilizing supplies shall be provided. This area shall contain a handwash sink, bottle-washing facilities, work counter and sterilization equipment.

1.1.4.13

If a commercial infant formula is used the separate clean up and preparation rooms may be omitted. The storage and handling may be done in the nursery workroom or in another appropriate room in the hospital that is conveniently accessible at all hours.

1.1.4.14

A housekeeping services room shall be provided for the exclusive use of the nursery unit.

Pediatric Unit 1.1.5.1

Maximum room capacity shall be four patients. Space requirements for pediatric patient beds shall be the same as for adult beds. Additional provisions for hygiene, toilets, sleeping and personal belongings shall be included where the program indicates that parents will be allowed to remain with young children.

1.1.5.2

Each nursery room serving pediatric patients shall contain no more than eight bassinets; each bassinet shall have a minimum clear floor area of 3.72 square meters (40 square feet). Each room shall have a handwash sink operable without hands, a nurses emergency call system and a glazed viewing window.

1.1.5.3

At least one airborne infection isolation room shall be provided in each pediatric unit.

1.1.5.4

See Guidelines for additional requirements for pediatric nursery units.

Psychiatric Nursing Unit 1.1.6.1

Windows or vents in psychiatric units shall be arranged and located so that they can be opened from the inside to permit venting of combustion products and to permit any occupant direct access to fresh air in emergencies. The operation of operable windows shall be restricted to inhibit possible escape or suicide. See Guidelines for additional window requirements.

1.1.6.2

Sub-section 1.1.2 of this Code Section shall apply to patient rooms in psychiatric nursing units except as follows: 220



1.1.7

1.1.6.3

A nurses call system is not required, but if it is included, provisions shall be made for easy removal or for covering of call button outlets.

1.1.6.4

Bedpan-flushing devices may be omitted from patient room toilets.

1.1.6.5

Handwashing sinks are not required in patient rooms.

1.1.6.6

A bathtub or shower shall be provided for each six beds not otherwise served by bathing facilities within the patient rooms.

1.1.6.7

See Guidelines for requirements for service areas in psychiatric nursing units.

1.1.6.8

At least one airborne infection isolation room shall be provided in the psychiatric unit. The room designated for isolation in the psychiatric unit may be the seclusion room with appropriate safety precautions.

1.1.6.9

there shall be at least one seclusion room for up to 24 beds or a major fraction thereof. Each room shall be for only one patient and shall have an area of at lest 5.57 square feet (5.57 square meters) and shall be constructed to prevent patient hiding, escape, injury or suicide. Refer to Guidelines for additional seclusion room requirements.

Surgical Suites 1.1.7.1

The number of operating rooms and recovery beds and the sizes of service areas shall be based on the expected surgical workload. The surgical suite shall be located and arranged to prevent unrelated traffic through the suite.

1.1.7.2

When bronchoscopy is performed on persons who are known or suspected of having pulmonary tuberculosis, the procedure room shall meet the airborne infection isolation room ventilation requirements.

1.1.7.3

When invasive procedures are performed on persons who are known or suspected of having airborne infectious disease, these procedures should not be performed in the operating suite. They shall be performed in a room meeting airborne infection isolation ventilation requirements or in a space using local exhaust ventilation. If the procedure must be performed in the OR suite, see the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) Guidelines for Preventing the Transmission of Mycobacterium Tuberculosis in Health Care Facilities.

1.1.7.4

General operating rooms shall have a minimum clear area of 37.16 square meters (400 square feet) exclusive of fixed or wall-mounted cabinets and builtin shelves, with a minimum of 6.10 meters (20 feet) clear dimension between fixed cabinets and built-in shelves; and a system for emergency communication with the surgical suite control station.

1.1.7.5

Rooms for cardiovascular, orthopedic, neurological and other special procedures that require additional personnel and/or large equipment shall have a minimum clear area of 55.74 square meters (600 square feet), with a minimum of 6.10 meters (20 feet) clear dimension exclusive of fixed or wallmounted cabinets and built-in shelves. See Guidelines for further information on room requirements for specialized procedures, including open-heart surgery, orthopedic surgery, cystoscopic and other endo-urological procedures. 221



1.1.8

1.1.7.6

Post-Anesthetic Care Units (PACUs, or Recovery Rooms) shall have a minimum of 7.43 square meters (80 square feet) for each patient bed and at least 1.22 meters (4 feet) of clearance between patient beds and between patient bedsides and adjacent walls.

1.1.7.7

One handwash sink with hands-free controls shall be provided for every four PACU beds.

1.1.7.8

Service areas, except for the enclosed soiled workroom and housekeeping room, may be shared with obstetrical facilities if the functional program reflects this concept. Service areas, when shared with delivery rooms, shall be designed to avoid the passing of patients or staff between the operating room and the delivery room areas.

1.1.7.9

Two scrub positions shall be provided near the entrance to each operating room. Two scrub positions may serve two operating rooms if both are located adjacent to the entrance of each operating room. Scrub facilities shall be arranged to minimize splatter on nearby personnel, medical equipment or supply carts. Scrub sinks should be recessed into an alcove out of the main traffic areas and outside the sterile core.

1.1.7.10

An enclosed soiled workroom shall be provided for exclusive use of the surgical suite. The room shall not have direct connection with operating rooms or other sterile activity rooms.

1.1.7.11

A clean workroom shall be provided. Storage for sterile supplies must be separated from this space. Soiled and clean workrooms or holding rooms shall be separated.

1.1.7.12

An operating room suite design with a sterile core must provide for no cross traffic of staff and supplies from the decontaminated/soiled areas to the sterile/clean areas. The use of facilities outside the OR for soiled/decontaminated processing and clean assembly and sterile processing shall be designed to move the flow of goods and personnel from dirty to clean/sterile without compromising universal precautions or aseptic techniques in both departments.

1.1.7.13

Medical gas storage facilities shall be provided in accordance with NFPA 99.

1.1.7.14

Staff clothing changing areas shall be arranged to encourage a one-way traffic pattern so that personnel entering from outside the surgical suite can change and move directly into the surgical suite.

1.1.7.15

Housekeeping facilities shall be provided for the exclusive use of the surgical suite.

1.1.7.16

Air sampling to determine staff exposure to waste anesthesia gases shall be conducted at least annually.

Obstetrical (OB) Facilities 1.1.8.1

The OB unit shall be located and designed to prohibit non-related traffic through the unit. When delivery and operating rooms are in the same suite, access and service arrangements shall be such that neither staff nor patients need to travel through one area to reach the other. 222



1.1.9

1.1.8.2

A postpartum room shall have a minimum of 9.29 square meters (100 square feet) of clear floor area per bed in a multi-bed room and 11.15 square meters (120 square feet) of clear floor area in single-bed rooms. These areas shall be exclusive of toilet rooms, closets, alcoves or vestibules. In multi-bed rooms there shall be a minimum clear distance of 1.22 meters (4 feet) between the foot of the bed and the opposite wall, 0.91 meter (3 feet) between the side of the bed and the nearest wall, and 1.22 meters (4 feet) between beds. There shall be a maximum of two beds per room.

1.1.8.3

Handwash facilities shall be provided in each patient room. In multi-bed rooms the handwash sink shall be located outside of the patient’s cubical curtains so that it is accessible to staff.

1.1.8.4

Clean and soiled workrooms and a housekeeping room shall be provided for the exclusive use of the OB suite. See Guidelines for additional requirements for support services for OB.

1.1.8.5

Caesarian/Delivery rooms shall have a minimum clear floor area of 33.45 square meters (360 square feet) with a minimum dimension of 4.88 meters (16 feet) exclusive of built-in shelves or cabinets. There shall be at least one such room in every OB suite.

1.1.8.6

Delivery rooms shall have a minimum clear area of 27.87 square meters (300 square feet) exclusive of fixed cabinets and built-in shelves. An emergency communication system shall be connected with the obstetrical suite control station.

1.1.8.7

Infant resuscitation shall be provided within the Caesarian/delivery rooms and delivery rooms. Refer to Guidelines for space requirements. Six single or three duplex electrical outlets shall be provided for the infant in addition to the facilities required for the mother.

1.1.8.8

A minimum of two labor beds shall be provided for each caesarian/delivery room. In facilities having only one caesarian/delivery room, two labor rooms shall be provided. Labor-delivery-recovery (LDR) rooms may be substituted for labor rooms. Space requirements for labor rooms are listed in Guidelines. Each labor room shall contain a handwash sink and have access to a toilet. One toilet room may serve two labor rooms. At least one shower for patients in labor shall be provided.

1.1.8.9

Each recovery room shall contain at least two beds and include a handwash sink. LDR rooms may be substituted for recovery rooms.

1.1.8.10

Delivery procedures may be performed in labor-delivery-recovery rooms or labor-delivery-recovery-postpartum (LDRP) rooms when birthing concepts require these facilities. See Guidelines for requirements for LDR and LDRP rooms.

1.1.8.11

Two scrub positions shall be provided adjacent to the entrance to each caesarian/delivery room. Refer to Guidelines for additional service area requirements.

Emergency Service 1.1.9.1

Emergency rooms entrances shall be at grade level, well marked, illuminated and covered, with direct access from public roads for ambulance and vehicle 223



traffic. Entrance and driveway shall be clearly marked. If a raised platform is used for ambulance discharge, a ramp for pedestrian and wheelchair access shall be provided. 1.1.9.2

Reception, triage and control station shall be located to permit staff observation and control of access to the treatment area, pedestrian and ambulance entrances and the public waiting area.

1.1.9.3

The triage area requires special consideration. As the point of entry and assessment for patients with undiagnosed and untreated airborne infections, the triage area shall be designed and ventilated to reduce exposure of staff, patients and families to airborne infectious diseases. If determined by the infection control risk assessment, one or more separate, enclosed spaces designed and ventilated as airborne infection isolation rooms shall be required. Facilities for safe decontamination of patients exposed to hazardous materials must be provided.

1.1.9.4

Public waiting areas may also require special measures to reduce the risk of airborne infection and may include enhanced general ventilation similar to inpatient requirements for airborne infection isolation rooms. See Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) Guidelines for Preventing the Transmission of Mycobacterium Tuberculosis in Health Care Facilities.

1.1.9.5

Examination rooms shall have a minimum floor area of 11.15 square meters (120 square feet). When treatment cubicles are in open multiple-bed areas, each cubicle shall have a minimum of 7.43 square meters (80 square feet) of clear floor space, and shall be separated from adjoining cubicles by curtains. Handwashing facilities shall be provided for each four treatment cubicles or major fraction thereof in multiple-bed areas.

1.1.9.6

Trauma/cardiac rooms for emergency procedures, including emergency surgery, shall have at least 23.28 square meters (250 square feet) of clear floor space. Doors leading from the ambulance entrance to the cardiac trauma room shall be a minimum of 1.52 meters (5 feet) wide to simultaneously accommodate stretchers, equipment and personnel.

1.1.9.7

Scrub stations shall be located in or adjacent and convenient to each trauma an/or orthopedic room.

1.1.9.8

Communication shall be available to poison control information and to ambulance service.

1.1.9.9

When there are more than eight treatment areas, a minimum of two toilet facilities, with handwashing facilities in each toilet room, will be required.

1.1.9.10

A housekeeping room shall be provided for exclusive use of the emergency service.

1.1.9.11

Twenty-four-hour security shall be provided for the emergency room and its entrance.

1.1.9.12

At least one airborne infection isolation room shall be provided.

1.1.9.13

At least one holding/seclusion room of 11.15 square meters (120 square feet) shall be provided. This room shall allow for security, patient and staff safety, patient observation, and soundproofing. 224



1.1.9.14 1.1.10

Refer to Guidelines for additional emergency services design requirements.

Technical Imaging Suite 1.1.10.1

Most imaging requires radiation protection. Appropriate radiation protection requirements shall be incorporated into the specifications and building/renovation plans by a certified physicist or other qualified expert. Where protected alcoves with view windows are required, a minimum of 0.45 meter (18 inches) between the view window and the outside partition edge shall be provided. Radiation protection elements shall meet the requirements of the King Abdul Aziz Center for Science and Technology (KAACST). Special ventilation systems are required when xenon-133 gas is utilized.

Angiography 1.1.10.2

The procedure room should be a minimum of 37.16 square meters (400 square feet). A viewing area shall be provided and should be a minimum of 3.05 meters (10 feet) in length.

1.1.10.3

A scrub sink located outside the staff entry to the procedure room shall be provided for use by staff.

Computerized Tomography (CT) Scanning 1.1.10.4

A patient toilet, convenient to the procedure room, shall be provided, If it is directly accessible to the scan room it shall be located so that a patient may leave the toilet without having to reenter the scan room.

Mammography 1.1.10.5

Each X-ray room shall include a shielded control alcove. This area shall be provided with a view window designed to provide full view of the examination table and patient at all times, including full view of the patient when the table is in the tilt position or the chest X-ray is being utilized. For mammography machines with built-in shielding for the operator, the alcove may be omitted when approved by a certified physicist or other radiation protection professional.

Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) 1.1.10.6

A control room shall be provided with full view of the MRI and should be a minimum of 9.29 square meters (100 square feet).

Ultrasound 1.1.10.7

A patient toilet, accessible from the procedure room and from the corridor, shall be provided.

Support Spaces 1.1.10.8

The hospital infection control risk assessment must determine on the necessity of providing special measures in patient waiting areas to reduce the risk of airborne infection transmission. Airborne infection isolation rooms may be required. Refer to CDC Guidelines for Preventing the Transmission of Mycobacterium Tuberculosis in Health Care Facilities. 225



1.1.10.9

Toilet rooms with handwashing facilities shall be provided convenient to the waiting rooms and shall be equipped with an emergency call system. Separate toilets with handwashing facilities shall be provided with direct access from each radiographic/fluoroscopic room so that patients may leave the toilet without having to reenter the R&F room. Rooms used only occasionally for fluoroscopic procedures may utilize nearby patient toilets if they are located for immediate access.

1.1.10.10

Handwashing facilities shall be provided within each procedure room unless the room is used only for routine screening such as chest X-rays where the patient is not physically handled by the staff. Handwashing facilities shall be provided convenient to the MRI room, but need not be within the room.

Cardiac Catheterization Lab (Cardiology)

1.1.11

1.1.10.11

The procedure room shall be a minimum of 37.16 square meters (400 square feet) of clear floor space.

1.1.10.12

Scrub facilities with hands-free operable controls shall be provided adjacent to the entrance of procedure rooms, and shall be arranged to minimize incidental splatter on nearby personnel, medical equipment or supplies.

1.1.10.13

Staff changing areas shall be provided and arranged to ensure a traffic pattern so that personnel entering from outside the suite can enter, change their clothing, and move directly into the cardiac catheterization suite.

1.1.10.14

Clean and soiled workrooms and a housekeeping room shall be provided.

1.1.10.15

Refer to Guidelines for additional requirements for the Technical Imaging Suite.

Nuclear Medicine 1.1.11.1

A certified physicist or other qualified radiation protection professional shall specify the type, location and amount of radiation protection to be installed. These specifications shall be incorporated into the plans.

1.1.11.2

Floors and walls should be constructed on materials that are easily decontaminated in case of radioactive spills.

1.1.11.3

If radiopharmaceutical preparation is performed on-site, an area adequate to house a radiopharmacy shall be provided with appropriate shielding. See Guidelines for other safety-related requirements.

1.1.11.4

All radiation protection elements shall meet the standards of KAACST. This shall include facilities for long-term storage and disposal of radioactive materials.

Radiotherapy Suite 1.1.11.5

A certified physicist or other qualified radiation protection professional shall specify the type, location and amount of radiation protection to be installed for cobalt, linear accelerators and simulation rooms. These specifications shall be incorporated into the plans. Layouts shall provide for preventing the escape of radioactive particles. Openings into cobalt rooms and linear accelerators, 226



including doors, ductwork, vents and electrical raceways and conduits, shall be baffled to prevent direct exposure to other areas of the facility.

1.1.12

1.1.13

1.1.14

1.1.11.6

Exam rooms for each treatment room shall have a minimum of 9.29 square meters (100 square feet) and shall be equipped with a handwashing facility.

1.1.11.7

A housekeeping room shall be provided.

Laboratory Suite 1.1.12.1

Refrigerated blood storage facilities for transfusions shall be equipped with temperature-monitoring and alarm signals.

1.1.12.2

Chemical safety shall be addressed including provision of emergency shower, eyewash stations and appropriate storage for flammable liquids.

1.1.12.3

Facilities and equipment for terminal sterilization of contaminated specimens before transport (autoclave) shall be provided. (Terminal sterilization is not required for specimens that are incinerated on site.

1.1.12.4

If radioactive materials are used facilities shall be available for long-term storage and disposal of these materials.

1.1.12.5

Refer to NFPA code requirements applicable to hospital laboratories.

1.1.12.6

A qualified Chemical Hygiene Officer shall develop and implement a Laboratory Chemical Hygiene Plan.

Rehabilitation Therapy Department 1.1.13.1

Reception and control stations shall have visual control of waiting and activities areas.

1.1.13.2

Patient toilets shall have handwashing facilities accessible to wheelchair patients.

1.1.13.3

Wheelchairs and stretchers shall be stored out of traffic while patients are using the services.

1.1.13.4

Individual physical therapy treatment areas shall have privacy screens or curtains and shall have a minimum of 6.51 square meters (70 square feet) of clear floor area.

1.1.13.5

Handwashing facilities for staff shall be provided either within or at each treatment space. One handwashing facility may serve several treatment stations.

Renal Dialysis Unit 1.1.14.1

Individual patient treatment areas shall contain at least 7.43 square meters (80 square feet). There shall be at least a 1.22-meter (4-foot) space between beds an/or lounge chairs.

1.1.14.2

Handwashing facilities shall be convenient to the nurse’s station and patient treatment areas. There shall be at least one handwashing facility serving no 227



more than four stations. These shall be uniformly distributed to provide equal access from each patient station. 1.1.14.3

The open unit shall be designed to provide privacy for each patient.

1.1.14.4

The number and need for required airborne infection isolation rooms shall be determined by an infection control risk assessment. If home training is provided in the unit a private treatment area of at least 11.15 square meters (120 square feet) shall be provided for patients who are being trained to use dialysis equipment at home. Separate handwashing facilities shall be provided.

1.1.14.5

1.1.15

1.1.16

1.1.14.6

An examination room with handwashing facilities shall be provided with at least 9.29 square meters (100 square feet) of floor space.

1.1.14.7

Clean and soiled workrooms shall be provided. See Guidelines for details.

1.1.14.8

If dialyzers are reused, a reprocessing room is required.

1.1.14.9

A housekeeping room shall be provided for the exclusive use of the unit.

1.1.14.10

If required by the functional program, an equipment repair and breakdown room shall be provided and be equipped with a handwashing facility, deep service sink and counter.

1.1.14.11

The water treatment equipment shall be located in an enclosed room.

1.1.14.12

A patient toilet with handwashing facilities shall be provided.

1.1.14.13

A waiting room, toilet room with handwashing facilities, drinking fountain, public telephone and seating accommodations for waiting periods shall be available or accessible to the dialysis unit.

1.1.14.14

Those chemical disinfectants possessing the least hazardous properties shall be used to disinfect dialysis machines.

Respiratory Therapy Service 1.1.15.1

All cough-inducing procedures performed on patients who may have infectious Mycobacterium tuberculosis shall be performed in rooms using local exhaust ventilation devices, e.g., booths or special enclosures with discharge HEPA filters and exhaust directly to the outside. These procedures may also be performed in a room that meets the ventilation requirements for noxious gas or airborne infection control.

1.1.15.2

Physical separation shall be provided between receiving and cleaning soiled materials and storage of clean equipment and supplies. Appropriate local exhaust ventilation shall be provided if glutaraldehyde or other noxious disinfectants are used in the cleaning process.

Pharmacy 1.1.16.1

Handwashing facilities shall be provided within each separate room where open medication is handled.

228



1.1.16.2

1.1.17

If IV solutions are prepared in the Pharmacy, a sterile work area with laminarflow workstation designed for product protection shall be provided. The laminar-flow system shall include a nonhydroscopic filter rated at 99.97 percent (HEPA), as tested by DOP tests, and have a visible pressure gauge for detection of filter leaks or defects. Refer to NSD 49 for the DOP test protocol.

Dietary Facilities 1.1.17.1

Food service facilities and equipment shall conform to the standards in SASCS-04 of this code, with the standards of the National Sanitation Foundation, and other appropriate codes.

1.1.17.2

Appropriate food preparation workspaces shall be provided for food preparation, cooking and baking, and shall be as close as possible to tray assembly and dining. Additional spaces shall be provided for thawing and portioning.

1.1.17.3

A patient tray assembly area shall be located within close proximity to the food preparation and distribution areas.

1.1.17.4

A cart distribution system shall be provided with spaces for storage, loading, distribution, receiving and sanitizing of the food service carts. The cart traffic shall be designed to eliminate any danger of cross-circulation between outgoing food carts and incoming, soiled carts, and the cleaning and sanitizing process. Cart circulation shall not be through food processing areas.

1.1.17.5

An area for receiving, scraping and sorting soiled tableware shall be adjacent to ware washing and separate from food preparation areas.

1.1.17.6

Ware washing facilities shall be designed to prevent contamination of clean wares with soiled wares through cross-traffic. The clean wares shall be transferred for storage or use in the dining area without having to pass through food preparation areas.

1.1.17.7

Pot washing facilities including multi-compartment sinks of adequate size for intended use shall be provided convenient to the using service. Supplemental heat for hot water to clean pots and pans may be by booster heater or by steam jet.

1.1.17.8

A food waste storage room shall be conveniently located to the food preparation and ware washing areas but not within the food preparation area. It shall have direct access to the hospital’s waste collection and disposal facilities.

1.1.17.9

Handwashing fixtures that are operable without the use of hands shall be located conveniently accessible at locations throughout the unit and at or near each segregated food preparation area.

1.1.17.10

Toilets and lockers shall be provided for the exclusive use of the dietary staff. They shall not open directly into the food preparation areas, but must be in close proximity to them.

1.1.17.11

Housekeeping rooms shall be provided for the exclusive use of the dietary department. 229



1.1.18

1.1.19

1.1.17.12

Ice making equipment shall be of a type that is convenient for service and easily cleaned. It shall be provided for both beverages and food products (self-dispensing equipment) and for general use (storage-bin type equipment).

1.1.17.13

Provision shall be made for protection of food delivered to insure freshness, retention of heat and cold, and avoidance of contamination.

1.1.17.14

Mechanical devices shall be heavy duty, suitable for the use intended, and easily cleaned.

1.1.17.15

Walk-in chillers, freezers and refrigerators shall be capable of maintaining temperatures stated in Section SASC-S-04 of this code. Interior temperatures shall be indicated digitally so as to be visible from the exterior. Controls shall include audible and visible high and low temperature alarm. Time of alarm shall be automatically recorded.

1.1.17.16

Walk-in units may be lockable from outside but must have a release mechanism for exit from inside at all times. Interiors shall be adequately lighted, and lights shall be shielded. All shelving shall be corrosion resistant, easily cleaned, and constructed and anchored to support a loading of at least 45 kg (100 pounds) per 30 cm (12 inches) of linear shelving space.

1.1.17.17

All cooking equipment shall be equipped with automatic shut-off devices to prevent excessive heat buildup.

1.1.17.18

Under-counter conduits, piping and drains shall be arranged as to not interfere with cleaning of floors.

1.1.17.19

Fire suppression systems, canopy hoods and associated ducting that services hot cooking areas shall be degreased semi-annually in accordance with NFPA standards.

Central Services 1.1.18.1

The soiled workroom (decontamination area) shall be physically separated from all other areas of the department and shall be under negative air pressure. Sufficient workspace shall be provided to handle the cleaning and initial disinfection/sterilization of all medical/surgical instruments and equipment. Pass-through doors and washer/sterilizer decontaminators should deliver items into the clean processing area.

1.1.18.2

A clean assembly/workroom shall be provided for terminal sterilizing of medical and surgical equipment and supplies and shall be under positive air pressure.

1.1.18.3

A room for sterile storage shall be provided and shall include provisions for ventilation, humidity and temperature control.

1.1.18.4

Special ventilation systems shall be installed where ethylene oxide gas is utilized. Air sampling shall be conducted at least annually to determine potential staff exposure to ethylene oxide gas.

General Stores General storage room shall be provided with a total area of not less than 1.86 square meters (20 square feet) per inpatient bed. Additional storage for outpatient facilities shall 230



be provided with a total area of not less than 5 percent of the total area of the outpatient facilities. 1.1.20

1.1.21

1.1.22

Linen Services 1.1.20.1

Provisions shall be made for storing and processing of clean and soiled linen based on the needed of the facility.

1.1.20.2

A separate room shall be provided for receiving and holding soiled linen until ready for pickup or processing.

1.1.20.3

A central clean linen storage and issuing room shall be provided.

1.1.20.4

Cart storage areas shall be provided that are out of the flow of traffic.

1.1.20.5

Handwashing facilities shall be provided in each area where unbagged, soiled linen is handled.

1.1.20.6

Laundry processing equipment shall be laid out to permit an orderly workflow and minimize cross-traffic that might mix clean and soiled operations.

1.1.20.7

Illumination levels shall meet the requirements listed in Table 6A.

1.1.20.8

Soiled linen rooms and linen chute rooms shall comply with the following: Walls, floors and ceilings shall be easily cleanable. Doors shall be self-closing. Outer doors shall be kept closed and locked. Doors for linen chute rooms shall close automatically, and linen chute doors shall close and latch automatically. Soiled linen storage rooms shall be provided with a separate ventilation system exhausting to the outside. The room shall be under negative air pressure in relation to adjacent areas.

Housekeeping Services 1.1.21.1

In addition to the housekeeping rooms required in certain departments, sufficient housekeeping rooms shall be provided throughout the facility as required to maintain a clean and sanitary environment. Each shall contain a floor receptor or service sink and storage space for housekeeping equipment and supplies. There shall be a minimum of one housekeeping room for each floor.

1.1.21.2

Adequate facilities shall be provided for storage of all equipment and supplies, including housekeeping carts and powered equipment. Housekeeping carts shall not block corridors, doorways, and fire extinguishers or otherwise interfere with traffic flow.

Facilities for Cleaning and Sanitizing Carts Facilities shall be provided to clean and sanitize carts serving the Central Service Department, Dietary Facilities and Linen services. These facilities may be centralized or departmentalized.

1.1.23

Employee Facilities Lockers, lounges and toilets that meet the needs of the facility shall be provided for employees, volunteers and contractor personnel. 231



1.1.24

1.1.25

1.1.26

Engineering Service and Equipment Areas 1.1.24.1

Sufficient space shall be included in all mechanical and electrical equipment rooms for proper maintenance of equipment.

1.1.24.2

Carbon dioxide fire extinguishers shall be provided in electrical equipment areas.

1.1.24.3

Hazardous materials shall not be stored in mechanical or equipment rooms.

1.1.24.4

Air filters that service hazardous locations shall be changed by staff wearing approved personal protective equipment (PPE).

Outpatient Facilities 1.1.25.1

General-purpose examination rooms shall have a minimum floor area of 7.43 square meters (80 square feet), excluding vestibules, toilets and closets, and shall be fitted with a handwashing sink.

1.1.25.2

Special-purpose examination rooms shall be designed and outfitted to accommodate procedures and equipment used, and shall be fitted with a handwashing sink.

1.1.25.3

Treatment rooms for minor surgical and cast procedures shall have a minimum floor area of 11.15 square meters (120 square feet) and shall be fitted with a handwashing sink.

1.1.25.4

Observation rooms for the isolation of suspect or disturbed patients shall have a minimum floor area of 7.43 square meters (80 square feet) and shall be convenient to a nurse or control station. An examination room may be modified to accommodate this function. A toilet room with sink should be immediately accessible.

1.1.25.5

Refer to Guidelines for additional requirements for outpatient facilities.

General requirements for Details and Finishes Doors 1.1.26.1

Minimum door size for inpatient bedrooms in new work areas shall be 1.12 meters (3 feet 8 inches) wide and 2.13 meters (7 feet) high to provide clearance for movement of beds and other equipment. Existing doors not less than 86.36 centimeters (2 feet 10 inches) wide may be considered for acceptance where function is not adversely affected and replacement is impractical. Doors to other rooms used for stretchers (including hospital wheeled-bed stretchers) and/or wheelchairs shall have a minimum width of 86.36 centimeters (2 feet 10 inches). While these standards are intended for access by patients and patient equipment, size of office furniture and other requirements shall also be considered.

1.1.26.2

Doors shall not be painted with oil-based paint that emits volatile organic compounds (VOC’S).

1.1.26.3

All doors between corridors, rooms or spaces subject to occupancy, except elevator doors, shall be of the swing type. Manual or automatic sliding doors may be exempt from this requirements where fire and other emergency exiting 232



requirements are not compromised and where cleanliness of surfaces can be maintained. 1.1.26.4

Linen and refuse chutes shall comply with NFPA standards.

Grab Bars 1.1.26.5

Grab bars shall be provided in all patient toilets, showers, bathtubs and sit baths at a wall clearance of 3.81 centimeters (1½ inches). Bars, including those that are part of such fixtures as soap dishes, shall be sufficiently anchored to sustain a concentrated load of 113.4 kilograms (250 pounds).

Cubicle Curtains 1.1.26.6

Cubicle curtains and draperies shall be noncombustible or flame-retardant.

Mattresses, Upholstery 1.1.26.7

Materials provided by the facility for finishes and furnishings, including mattresses and upholstery, shall comply with NFPA 101.

Floors 1.1.26.8

Floors shall be constructed of smooth, durable material; shall be so constructed as to be easily cleanable; and shall be kept clean and in good repair. The wall/floor junctions shall be coved and sealed. In all rooms in which water is routinely discharged to the floor, or in which floors are subjected to flood-type cleaning, floors shall be of nonabsorbent materials, shall be sloped to drain and shall be provided with properly installed, trapped floor drains. Floors subject to traffic while wet such as shower and bath areas, kitchens and similar work areas shall have a nonslip surface.

1.1.26.9

In new construction or major renovation work, the floors and bases of all operating rooms and any delivery rooms used for caesarean sections shall be monolithic and joint free. The floor and wall bases of kitchens, soiled workrooms and other areas subject to frequent wet cleaning shall also be homogeneous, but may have tightly sealed joints.

Walls and Ceilings 1.1.26.10

Walls, ceilings and partitions of all rooms and areas shall be kept clean and in good repair. All walls and partitions shall be easily cleanable, shall have washable surfaces and should be light colored.

1.1.26.11 In dietary and food preparation areas, wall construction, finish and trim, including the wall/floor junctions, shall be free of insect- and rodent-harboring spaces. 1.1.26.12

In operating rooms, delivery rooms for C-sections, isolation rooms and sterile processing rooms, walls and ceilings shall be free of fissures, open joints, or crevices that may retain permit passage of dirt particles.

1.1.26.13 Ceilings, including exposed structure in areas normally occupied by patients or staff in food-preparation and food-storage areas, shall be cleanable with routine housekeeping equipment. Acoustic and lay-in ceiling, where used, shall not interfere with infection control. 233



1.1.26.14 Interior finishing materials shall comply with the flame-spread limitations and the smoke-production limitations indicated in NFPA 101. This does not apply to minor quantities of wood or their trim (see NFPA 101) or to wall covering less than four millimeters thick applied over a non-combustible base. Elevators 1.1.26.15 All hospitals having patient facilities or critical services located on other than the grade-level entrance floor shall have electric or hydraulic elevators. In the absence of an engineered traffic study the following guidelines for number of elevators shall apply: 1.1.26.16 At least one hospital-type elevator shall be installed when 1 to 59 patient beds are located on any floor other than the main entrance floor. 1.1.26.17

Two hospital-type elevators shall be installed when 60 to 200 patient beds are located on floor other than the main entrance floor, or where the major inpatient services are located on a floor other than those containing patient beds.

1.1.26.18

At least three hospital-type elevators shall be installed where 201 to 350 patient beds are located on floors other than the main entrance floor, or where the major inpatient services are located on a floor other than those containing patient beds.

1.1.26.19

For hospitals with more than 350 beds, the number of elevators shall be determined from a study of the hospital plan and the expected vertical transportation requirements.

1.1.26.20

See Guidelines for further elevator requirements, particularly for testing and maintenance elements.

Waste Systems 1.1.26.21 Facilities shall be provided for sanitary storage and treatment or disposal of waste using techniques acceptable to the appropriate health and environment authorities. The functional program shall stipulate the categories and volumes of waste for disposal and shall stipulate the methods of disposal for each. 1.1.27

Mechanical Requirements Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Systems 1.1.27.1

All rooms and areas used for patient care in the facility shall have provisions for ventilation. The facility shall meet the standards for air quality, control of air flow, air pressure differentials, temperature, humidity, smoke control and requirements for specific hospital units as described in 1) Guidelines for Design and Construction of Hospital and Health Care Facilities, American Institute of Architects Academy of Architecture for Health and US Department of Health and Human Services, American Institute of Architects Press, latest edition; and 2) 1999 ASHRAE Handbook: Heating, Ventilating and AirConditioning Applications Chapter 7 Health Care Facilities, Chapter 13 Laboratories, and Chapter 30 Kitchen Ventilation, American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc., Atlanta, Georgia, U.S.A; and the latest Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards. Where there is a 234



conflict between ventilation requirements in these guidelines, the most stringent standard shall apply. 1.1.27.2

For quick reference, ventilation systems should be designed and balanced according to the requirements shown in Table 1 below. These ventilation rates should be used only as model standards; they do not preclude the use of higher, more appropriate rates. Refer to the requirements noted in 1.1.27.1 above for more complete information.

TABLE 1 (1) General pressure relationships and ventilation of hospital areas Function Space

Surgery and Critical Care (8) Operating rooms (all outdoor air system) (recircualting air system) (8) Delivery room (all outdoor air system) (recirculating air system) (8) Recovery room Critical and intensive care (9) Trauma room Bronchoscopy, sputum Collection and pentamidine Admin Endoscopy Anaesthesia gas storage Nursing Patient room Toilet room Newborn nursery suite Isolation (airborne pre(10) cautions) Protective environment room Isolation anteroom Labor/Delivery/Recovery And Postpartum Patient Corridor Diagnostic and Treatment Examination/Treatment Room Medical Room Physical Therapy and Hydrotherapy Soiled Utility Room Clean Utility Room

Pressure Relationship To Adjacent (2) Areas

Minimum air changes of outdoor air (3) per hour

Minimum Total air Changes (4) Per hour

All air exhausted directly to (5) outdoors

Air recirculated within (6) room

P

15

15

Yes

No

P

5

25

P P E P P

15 5 2 2 5

15 25 6 15

Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional Optional

No No No No No No No

N E E

2 2 Optional

12 6 8

Yes Optional Yes

No No No

E N P

2 Optional 5

4 10 12

Optional Yes Optional

Optional No No

N P N

2 2 2

12 15 10

Yes Yes Yes

No Optional No

E E

2 2

4 4

Optional Optional

Optional Optional

± P

2 2

6 4

Optional Optional

Optional Optional

N N P

2 2 2

6 10 4

Optional Yes Optional

Optional No Optional

(7)

235



TABLE 1 (Continued) (1) General pressure relationships and ventilation of hospital areas Function Space

Ancillary Radiology X-ray (Diagnostic and treatment) Darkroom Laboratory General Biochemistry Cytology Glass Washing Histology Microbiology Nuclear Medicine Pathology Serology Sterilizing Autopsy Room Pharmacy Sterilizing And Supply EtO Sterilizing Room Sterilizer Equipment Room Decontamination Room Clean Workroom/Sterile Storage Administration Admitting And Waiting Rooms Service Food Preparation Area Warewashing Dietary Day Storage Laundry, general Soiled linen sorting and Storage Clean linen storage Linen and trash chute room Bedpan room Bathroom Janitor Closet

Pressure Relationship To Adjacent (2) Areas

Minimum air changes of outdoor air (3) per hour

Minimum Total air Changes (4) Per hour

All air exhausted directly to (5) outdoors

Air recirculated within (6) room

+ N

2 2

6 10

Optional Yes

Optional No

N P N N N N N N P N N P

2 2 2 Optional 2 2 2 2 2 Optional 2 2

6 6 6 10 6 6 10 6 6 10 12 4

Yes Optional Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Optional Yes Yes Optional

No No No Optional No No No No No No No Optional

N N N

Optional Optional 2

10 10 6

Yes Yes Yes

No No No

P

2

4

Optional

Optional

N

2

6

Yes

Optional

± N ± N

2 Optional Optional 2

10 10 2 10

Yes Yes Optional Yes

No No No No

N P No N N N

Optional 2 (optional) Optional Optional Optional Optional

10 2 10 10 10 10

Yes Optional Yes Yes Optional Optional

No Optional No No No No

__________________________________________________________________________________________________ P = Positive

N = Negative

E = Equal

+ = Continuous directional control not required

236



Table 1 Notes 1. The ventilation rates in this table cover ventilation for comfort, as well as for asepsis and odor control in areas of acute care hospitals that directly affect patient care, and are determined based on health care facilities being predominantly "no smoking" facilities. Where smoking may be allowed, ventilation rates will need adjustments. Areas where specific ventilation rates are not given in the table shall be ventilated in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 62-1999 Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality (Continuous Maintenance Standard). Specialized patient care areas, including organ transplant units, burn units and specialty procedure rooms, shall have additional ventilation provisions for air quality as may be appropriate. 2. Design of the ventilation system shall, insofar as possible, provide that air movement is from "clean to less clean" areas. Areas that do require continuous control are noted with “P” or “N” to indicate the required direction of air movement in relation to the space named. Where continuous directional control is not required, variations should be minimized, and in no case should a lack of directional control allow the spread of infection from one area to another. 3. To satisfy exhaust needs, replacement air from outside is necessary. Table 1 does not attempt to describe specific amounts of outside air to be supplied to individual spaces except for certain areas such as those listed. Distribution of the outside air, added to the system to balance required exhaust, shall be as required by good engineering practice. Minimum outside air quantities shall remain constant while the system is in operation. 4. Total air changes indicated should be either supplied or, where required, exhausted. Number of air changes may be reduced when the room is unoccupied; if provisions are made to ensure that the number of air changes indicated is reestablished any time the space is utilized. Adjustments shall include provisions so that the direction of air movement shall remain the same when the number of air changes is reduced. Areas not indicated as having continuous directional control may have ventilation systems shut down when space is unoccupied and ventilation is not otherwise needed. 5. Air from areas with contamination and/or odor problems shall be exhausted to the outside and not recirculated to other areas. Note that individual circumstances may require special consideration for air exhaust to outside, e.g., an intensive care unit in which patients with pulmonary infection are treated, and rooms for burn patients. 6. Recirculating HEPA filter units used for infection control (without heating or cooling coils) are acceptable. 7. For operating rooms, 100% outside air should be used only when codes require it and only if heat recovery devices are used. 8. Areas using anesthetic gases require both local exhaust (scavenging) systems for waste anesthetic gases as well as general ventilation. 9. The term trauma room as used here is the operating room space in the emergency department or other trauma reception area that is used for general initial treatment of accident victims. The first aid room and/or “emergency room” used for initial treatment of accident victims may be ventilated as noted for the “treatment room”. The operating room within the trauma center that is routinely used for emergency surgery should be treated as an operating room. Treatment rooms used for cryosurgery procedures with nitrous oxide shall contain provisions for exhausting waste gases. 10. The infectious disease isolation room described in these guidelines is to be used for isolating the airborne spread of infectious diseases such as measles, varicella or tuberculosis. The design of airborne infection isolation rooms should include the provision for normal patient care during periods not requiring isolation precautions. Supplemental recirculating devices may be used in the patient room to increase the equivalent room air exchanges; however, such recirculating devices do not provide the outside air requirements. Air from TB isolation and treatment rooms in new or renovated facilities should not 237



be recirculated into the general ventilation. In existing facilities where this is unavoidable HEPA filters must be installed in the exhaust duct leading from the room to the general ventilation system to remove infectious organisms and particulates the size of droplet nuclei. Rooms with reversible airflow provisions for the purpose of switching between protective environment and aII functions are not acceptable. 11. Protective isolation rooms are used for immunocompromised patients. The protective environment airflow design specifications protect the patient from common environmental airborne infectious organisms, e.g., Aspergillus spores. These special ventilation areas shall be designed to provide directed airflow from the cleanest patient care area to less clean areas. These rooms shall be protected with HEPA filters at 99.97 percent efficiency for a 0.3 µm sized particle in the supply airstream. These interrupting filters protect patient rooms from maintenance-derived release of environmental organisms from the ventilation system components. Recirculation HEPA filters can be used to increase the equivalent room air exchanges. Constant volume airflow is required for consistent ventilation for the protected environment. If the facility determines that airborne infection isolation is necessary for protective isolation patients, an anteroom should be provided. 12. Food preparation areas shall have ventilation systems that have an excess air supply for positive pressure when hoods are not in operation. The number of air changes may be reduced or varied to any extent required for odor control when the space is not in use. Minimum total air changes per hour should be that required to provide proper makeup air to kitchen exhaust systems. 1.1.27.3

All central ventilation or air conditioning systems shall be equipped with filters with efficiencies equal to, or greater than, those specified in Table 2. Where two filter beds are required, filter bed no. 1 shall be located upstream of the air conditioning equipment and filter bed no. 2 shall be downstream of any fan or blowers. Filter efficiencies shall be average. Filter frames shall be durable and proportioned to provide an airtight fit with the enclosing ductwork. All joints between filter segments and enclosing ductwork shall have gaskets or seals to provide a positive seal against air leakage. A manometer shall be installed across each filter bed having a required efficiency of 75 percent or more, including hoods requiring HEPA filters. TABLE 2 Filter efficiencies for central ventilation and air conditioning systems in general hospitals Area designation

Minimum number Of filter beds

Orthopedic operating room; bone marrow transplant; organ transplant. Protective environment room General procedure operating rooms; delivery rooms; nurseries; intensive care units; all other areas for inpatient care, treatment and diagnosis, and those areas providing direct service or clean supplies such as sterile and clean processing. Laboratories; sterile storage Administrative; bulk storage; soiled Holding areas; food preparation areas; Laundries

Filter efficiencies, % Filter Bed No. 1a

Filter Bed No. 2a

Filter Bed No. 3b

3 2

25 25

90 99.97

99.97c

2 1

25 80

90 -

-

1

25

-

-

238



Table 2 Notes: a Based on ASHRAE Standard 52-1. b Based on DOP test. c HEPA filters at air outlets. Note: Additional roughing or prefilters should be considered to reduce maintenance required for main filters. 1.1.27.4

Fresh air intakes shall be located at least 7.62 meters (25 feet) from exhaust outlets of ventilating systems, combustion equipment stacks, medical-surgical vacuum systems, plumbing vents, or areas that may collect vehicular exhaust or other noxious fumes. Prevailing winds and proximity to other structures may require greater distances.

1.1.27.5

Each space routinely used for administering inhalation anesthetic and inhalation analgesia shall be served by a scavenging system to vent waste gases. Gases from the scavenging system shall be exhausted directly to the outside. Refer to Guidelines for additional requirements.

1.1.27.6

Ducts that penetrate construction intended to protect against X-ray, magnetic, RFI or other radiation shall not impair the effectiveness of the protection.

1.1.27.7

Laboratory hoods shall meet the following general standards:

1.1.27.8

•

Have an average face-velocity of at least 0.38 meters per second (75 feet per minute) and a maximum of 0.76 meters per second (150 feet per minute).

•

Be connected to an exhaust system to the outside that is the building exhaust system.

•

Have an exhaust fan located at the discharge end of the system.

•

Have an exhaust duct system of noncombustible corrosion-resistant material as needed to meet the planned usage of the hood.

separate from

Laboratory hoods shall meet the following special standards: •

Fume hoods, and their associated equipment in the air stream, intended for use with other strong oxidants, shall be constructed of stainless steel or other material consistent with special exposures, and be provided with a water wash and drain system to permit periodic flushing of duct and hood.

•

In new construction and major renovation work, each biological safety cabinet (BSC) used to process infectious or radioactive materials shall have a minimum face velocity of 0.45 – 0.56 meters per second (90-110 feet per minute) with suitable static-pressure-operated dampers and alarms to alert staff of fan shutdown. Biological safety cabinets for infectious materials also have filters with a 99.97 percent efficiency in the exhaust stream, and be designed and equipped to permit the safe removal, disposal and replacement of contaminated filters. Filters shall be as close to the hood as practical to minimize dust contamination. Note: Requirements for fume hoods and biological safety cabinets vary according to the procedures conducted within the hood or cabinet. Each facility shall fully investigate the applicable requirements prior to using the hood or cabinet.

1.1.27.9

Exhaust hoods handling grease-laden vapors in food preparation centers shall comply with NFPA 96. All hoods over cooking ranges shall be equipped with grease filters, fire extinguishing systems, and heat-actuated fan controls. Cleanout openings shall be provided every 6.10 meters (20 feet) in the horizontal exhaust duct systems serving these hoods. Note: There should be no 239



horizontal runs of ducts serving range hoods, since this makes it difficult to degrease the ductwork from the roof down, and may cause leakage of caustic degreasing solutions into the facility. where necessary horizontal runs should be kept to an absolute minimum.

1.1.27.10

The ventilation system for anesthesia storage rooms shall conform to the requirements of NFPA 99.

1.1.27.11

The space that houses ethylene oxide (EtO) sterilizers should be designed to: •

Provide a dedicated point source local exhaust system with adequate capture velocity (i.e., with a minimum capture velocity of 1.02 meters per second [200 feet per minute]) to allow for the most effective installation of an air handling system, i.e., exhaust over sterilizer door, atmospheric exhaust vent for safety valve, exhaust at sterilizer, drain and exhaust for the aerator, and multiple load station.

•

Provide exhaust in EtO source areas such as service/aeration areas.

•

Ensure that general airflow is away from sterilizer operators.

•

Provide a dedicated exhaust duct system for EtO. The exhaust outlet to the atmosphere should be at least 7.62 meters (25 feet) away from any air intake.

•

An audible and visual alarm shall activate in the sterilizer work area, and a 24-hour staffed location, upon loss of airflow in the exhaust system.

1.1.27.12

Boiler rooms shall be provided with sufficient outdoor air to maintain equipment combustion rates and to limit workstation temperatures. Boiler rooms shall be located and constructed so as not to place the facility at catastrophic risk.

1.1.27.13

Gravity exhaust may be used where conditions permit, for nonpatient areas such as boiler rooms and central storage.

1.1.27.14

Plant maintenance shall be responsible for regular inspection, cleaning or replacement of all filters installed in heating, air conditioning and ventilating systems, as necessary to maintain the systems in normal operating condition. The efficiency of the replacement filters shall be at least equal to the efficiency rating of the replaced filters. Note that if the efficiency of the replacement filter is greater than the original, this could affect air supply and may necessitate further engineering controls.

1.1.27.15

All ducting and exhaust fans servicing hazardous locations shall be stenciled with a warning of hazardous contaminants. Ducting shall be stenciled every 3 meters (9.8 feet). Examples of warning labels include: “Warning: ducting contains ethylene oxide”; “Warning: ducting contains bioaerosols”; “Warning: ducting contains radioactive material”; “Warning: exhaust fan number EF- 21 services Radiology Room 128-1”.

1.1.27.16

All staff who change contaminated filters, or who work on ductwork or exhaust fans that handle contaminants, shall wear personal protective equipment approved for those contaminants.

1.1.27.17

All contaminated filters shall be processed and disposed of as hazardous waste. 240



1.1.27.18

A written record of inspection, cleaning or replacement shall be regularly maintained and available for inspection. The record shall include a description of the filters originally installed and the criteria established by the manufacturer or supplier to determine when replacement or cleaning is necessary.

1.1.27.19

Following filter replacement or cleaning, the installation shall be visually inspected for torn media and bypass in filter frames by means of a flashlight or equivalent, both with fans in operation and stopped. Tears in filter media and bypass in filter frames shall be eliminated in accordance with the manufacturer’s directions.

1.1.27.20

A written manual on maintenance of heating, air conditioning and ventilation systems shall be adopted by each health care facility and a maintenance log shall be maintained.

Plumbing and Other Piping Systems 1.1.27.21

Unless otherwise specified all plumbing systems shall be designed and installed in accordance with the US National Standard Plumbing Code.

1.1.27.22

All piping shall be identified, and all valves shall be tagged. A valve schedule shall be maintained showing location of controls for shutoff.

1.1.27.23

General handwashing facilities used by medical and nursing staff and all lavatories used by patients and food handlers shall be fitted with valves that can be operated without hands. Single lever or wrist blade devices may be used. Blade handles used for this purpose shall not exceed 11.43 cm (4½ inches) in length. Handles on clinical sinks shall be at least 15.24 cm (6 inches long). Freestanding scrub sinks and lavatories used for scrubbing in procedure rooms shall be fitted with foot, knee or ultrasonic controls (no single lever wrist blades).

1.1.27.24

Showers and tubs shall have nonslip walking surfaces.

1.1.27.25

The installation, testing and certification of nonflammable medical gas, air and vacuum systems shall comply with the requirements of NFPA 99.

1.1.27.26

Transfer of gas from one cylinder to another by health care facility personnel is prohibited except when authorized by the Medical Organization.

1.1.27.27

All anesthesia machines and related equipment shall be so constructed that connections for different gases are not interchangeable.

1.1.27.28

Vaporizer bottles used with oxygen equipment shall be sterilized after each use. Only sterile fluids shall be used in vaporizer bottles and the bottles shall be changed at least every 24 hours.

Water Supply 1.1.27.29

Hot and cold water shall be provided for all areas and at sufficient pressure to operate all fixtures and equipment during maximum demand. Hot water at a minimum of 49°C (120°F) shall be provided to Dietary Services. Hot water a minimum of 71°C (160°F) shall be provided to laundry services. Hot water for showers and bathing shall not exceed 43ºC (110ºF). 241



1.1.27.30

The water supply shall be from an approved source and shall comply with the criteria listed in Section SASC-S-01 of this Code. If there is a well on site, sanitary conditions shall meet these same criteria. Piping and outlets for nonpotable water shall be clearly identified.

1.1.27.31

Solders containing lead shall not be used on potable water lines.

1.1.27.32

The water supply shall be protected from contamination, with no cross connections, back flow or back siphonage. Vacuum breakers shall be installed on hose bibs and on supply nozzles for connection of hoses or tubing in laboratories, laundries, janitor sinks, bedpan-flushing attachments and similar fixtures.

1.1.27.33

The quality of purchased water shall be monitored. Chlorine residual shall be checked daily and bacteriological tests shall be done monthly.

1.1.27.34

Drinking water facilities shall be of sanitary design, kept clean, and properly regulated. All multi-use utensils used for service of water in patients rooms, including glasses, pitchers and drinking tubes, shall be easily cleanable and shall be thoroughly cleaned and sanitized daily and before being used by succeeding individuals. In new construction, it is recommended that wallmounted drinking fountains be installed to facilitate cleaning (refer to Section SASC-S-01 of this Code).

1.1.27.35

An emergency water supply shall be available or a written plan shall be developed. The plan should describe the exact water storage capacity of the facility, phone numbers of water suppliers, and procedures to be used to sample and test any water that may be purchased in the event of an emergency.

Ice . 1.1.27.35

Ice shall be from an approved source and shall be handled, transported, stored and dispensed so as to protect it from contamination.

1.1.27.36

Ice crushers, buckets, other containers and scoops shall be kept clean and shall be stored and handled in a sanitary manner. Facilities for the making or storage of ice shall be kept clean and in good repair and shall be located so as to be protected from the elements, splash, drip, dust, vermin, other contamination and from use by unauthorized persons. Ice machines shall be sanitized following maintenance.

Dialysis Water Systems 1.1.27.37

In closed loop systems the water treatment system for hemodialysis shall include provision for continuously circulated water supply.

1.1.27.38

The quality of water used for any dialysis system shall be monitored to assure it is physically, chemically and biologically compatible with currently recommended dialysis techniques and that it meets water quality standards.

1.1.27.39

A complete chemical analysis of source water and reverse osmosis (RO) product water shall be done at least once per year. Chemical contaminants shall not exceed levels indicated in Table 3 except when otherwise directed by the physician in charge of dialysis. 242



TABLE 3 Maximum contaminant levels for dialysis water systems Contaminant Aluminum Arsenic Barium Cadmium Calcium Calcium (as Calcium Carbonate) Chlorine (free) Chloramine Chromium Copper Fluoride Lead Magnesium Magnesium (as Magnesium Carbonate) Mercury Nitrate Potassium Selenium Silver Sodium Sulfate Zinc

1.1.27.40

1.1.27.41

Maximum allowable level mg/L 0.01 0.005 0.1 0.001 2.0 5.0 0.5 0.1 0.014 0.1 0.2 0.005 4.0 16.0 0.0002 2.0 8.0 0.09 0.005 70.0 100 0.1

Microbiological testing of the water system shall be done monthly and shall include testing for coliform organisms, a heterotrophic plate count (HPC), endotoxin test, and testing for nontuberculous mycobacteria. The final RO product water shall be sampled. The following standards shall apply: •

HPC (Heterotrophic Plate Count): Water used to prepare dialysis fluids shall have an HPC not greater than 200 CFU/ml. Dialysis fluid at the end of dialysis shall have an HPC not greater than 2000 CFU/ml.

•

Water used to prepare dialysis fluids shall be free of endotoxins.

•

Nontuberculous mycobacteria: Water used to prepare dialysis fluids, as well as dialysis fluid at the end of dialysis shall have no mycobacteria organisms.

Routine monitoring should include the following: Pretreatment performance checks: In order to insure a long life for RO membranes, the proper operation of pretreatment components should be confirmed as a matter of routine. The following pretreatment checks should be conducted: 243



TABLE 4 Component Acid feed Cation blend Carbon filter Water softener Ultrafilter Depth filter Manganese green sand Filter

Measurement pH pH Free chlorine Total hardness Pressures and flow rates Silt density index Delta P Iron (dissolved)

Frequency Daily Daily Daily Daily/weekly Monthly Daily Weekly

Routine water quality monitoring: Parameters subject to wide, short-term fluctuations should be monitored daily, particularly if they pose an acute risk to patients (e.g., chloramines) or equipment (e.g., pH and free chlorine). The following routine monitoring should be conducted:

TABLE 5 Measurement

Sample

PH Free chlorine • Polyamide w/carbon • Thin film composite With carbon • Cellulose acetate w/carbon w/o carbon Chloramines Conductivity –RO

RO feed water

Minimum Frequency Daily

Post-carbon

Daily

Post-carbon

Daily

Post-carbon RO feed and product water Final product water RO product water

Daily Daily Daily Continuous (check daily) Continuous (check daily)

Resistivity

DI product water

Bacteria

Final product water dialysate Source water and RO Product water

Complete chemical analysis

Once year

per

1.1.27.42

Test results shall be recorded and reported to the physician in charge of dialysis and to the nursing supervisor. Follow-up action shall be taken on unsatisfactory results.

1.1.27.43

Written procedures and schedules shall be developed and implemented for cleaning, disinfection and preventive maintenance of the water system and dialysis equipment.

244



Sewage Disposal 1.1.27.44

Sewage and other liquid wastes shall be disposed of in a public sewer system or, in the absence of a public sewer system, by a sanitary sewage disposal system constructed in accordance with the provisions outlined in SASC-S-02 of this Code, with no unsanitary or nuisance conditions resulting.

1.1.27.45

Grease traps and plaster traps, if used, shall be located so they are easily accessible for cleaning.

1.1.27.46

Insofar as is possible, drainage piping shall not be installed within the ceiling or exposed in operating and delivery rooms, nurseries, food preparation centers, food serving facilities, food storage areas, central services, EDP areas, electrical closets and other sensitive areas. Where exposed overhead piping in these areas is unavoidable, special provisions shall be made to protect the space below from leakage, condensation or dust particles.

Electrical Standards 1.1.27.47

All electrical material and equipment, including conductors, controls and signaling devices, shall be installed in compliance with applicable sections of NFPA 70 and NFPA 99. All electrical receptacles shall be tension-tested semiannually in accordance with NFPA 99.

Lighting 1.1.27.48

Lighting throughout the facility, whether from natural or artificial sources, shall be adequate for the tasks performed. Illumination shall be evenly distributed and of sufficient intensity to avoid discoloration, shadows and strong glare.

1.1.27.49

The following recommended illumination levels for health care facilities are taken from The Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IES) Handbook:

TABLE 6A Recommended illumination categories and levels for health care facilities Type of Activity Illumination Category Foot-Candles Reference Work Plane Public spaces with dark surroundings

A

3

Simple orientation of short, temporary visits

B

7.5

Working spaces where visual tasks are only occasionally performed

C

15

Performance of visual tasks of high contrast or large size

D

30

245


General lighting throughout spaces


TABLE 6A (continued) Recommended illumination categories and levels for health care facilities Type of activity Illumination Foot-Candles Reference work plane category Performance of visual task of medium contrast or small size E 75 Illumination on task Performance of visual tasks of low contrast or very small size F 150 Performance of visual tasks of low contrast and a very small G 300 size over a prolonged period Performance of very Illumination on task prolonged and exacting visual H 750 Obtained by a tasks combination of general Performance of very special and local (supplemental) visual tasks of extremely low I 1500 lighting contrast and small size

TABLE 6B Recommended illumination categories for health care facilities Area Category Area Ambulance E Cytoscopy Anesthesia E Dental suite General autopsy E General Table autopsy G Instrument tray Morgue D Oral cavity Museum E Prosthetic laboratory, general Cardiac function lab E Prosthetic laboratory, workbench Central sterile supply F General inspection E Recovery room, general Inspection F Recovery room, emergency exam At sinks E Dialysis unit General work areas D Elevators Sterile storage D EKG and specimen room Corridors General Nursing areas, days C On equipment Nursing areas, night B Emergency outpatient Operating areas: delivery, General recovery and lab suites Local and service E Endoscopy rooms Critical care areas General General C Peritoneoscopy, culdoscopy Examination E Examination and treatment rooms Surgical task lighting H General Handwashing F Local Cytoscopy rooms E Eye surgery Food service areas E Pharmacy Frature room General General E Alcohol vault Local F Laminar flow bench Inhalation therapy D Night light

246


Category E D E H D E C E F C B C E F

D D E F E D F A


TABLE 6B (continued) Recommended illumination categories for health care facilities Area Laboratories Specimen collecting Tissue laboratories Microscopic reading room Gross specimen review Chemistry rooms Bacteriology rooms General Reading culture plates Hematology Linens Sorting soiled linen Central (clean) linen room Sewing room general Sewing room work area Linen closet Lobby Locker rooms Medical illustrator studio Medical records Nurseries General Observation/treatment Nursing stations General Desk Corridors, day Corridors, night Medication station Obstetric delivery Labor rooms General Local Birthing rooms Delivery areas Scrub general General Delivery table task light Resuscitation Post delivery recovery room Occupational therapy Work areas, general Work tables or benches Patient rooms General Critical examination Observation Reading/toilets

Category E F D F E E F E D D D E B C C F E C E D E C A E

C E F F C 2500fc G E

Area Parenteral solution room Physical therapy Gymnasiums Tank rooms Treatment cubicles Postanaesthesia recovery room General Local Pulmonary function laboratories Radiology suite Diagnostic section General Waiting area Radiographic/ fluoroscopic room Film sorting Barium kitchen Radiation therapy section General Waiting area Isotope kitchen, general Isotope kitchen, benches Computerized radiomography section Scanning room Equipment maintenance room Solarium General Local for reading Stairways Surgical suite Operating room, general Operating room task light Scrub room Instrument and sterile supply room Clean up rooms. Instruments Anesthesia storage Surgical induction room Surgical holding area Toilets Utility room Waiting area General Local for reading

D E B E A D 247


Category D D D D E H E

A A A F E B B E E B E C D C F 2500fc F D E C E E C D

C D


1.1.27.50

Shatterproof protective light shields designed to contain broken glass from exploding electric light bulbs shall be provided for all artificial lights fixed and suspended over examination and treatment areas and formula and drug preparation areas.

1.1.27.51

Auxiliary lighting shall be readily available at all times.

Nurses Calling System

`

1.1.27.52

Each patient room shall be served by at least one calling station for two-way voice communication. Each bed shall be provided with a call device. Two call devices serving adjacent beds may be served by one calling station. Calls shall activate a visible signal in the corridor at the patient’s door, in the clean workroom, in the soiled workroom, medication area, charting area, clean linen storage, nourishment room, equipment/treatment rooms, and at the nursing station of the nursing unit. In multi-corridor nursing units, additional visible signals shall be installed at corridor intersections. In rooms containing two or more calling stations, indicating lights shall be provided at each station. Nurses calling systems at each calling station shall be equipped with an indicating light which remains lighted as long as the voice circuit is operating.

1.1.27.53

A nurses emergency call system shall be provided at each inpatient toilet, bath, sits bath and shower room. A nurse’s emergency call shall be accessible to a collapsed patient lying on the floor. Inclusion of a pull cord will satisfy this requirement. The emergency call shall be designed so that a signal activated at a patient’s calling station will initiate a visible and audible signal distinct from the regular nurse calling system that can be turned off only at the patient calling station. The signal shall activate an enunciator panel at the nurse station, a visible signal in the corridor at the patient’s door, and at other areas defined by the functional program. Provisions for emergency calls are also required in outpatient and treatment areas where patients may be subject to incapacitation.

1.1.27.54

In areas such as critical care, recovery and pre-op, where patients are under constant visual surveillance, the nurses call may be limited to a bedside button or station that activates a signal readily seen at the control station.

1.1.27.55

A staff emergency assistance system for staff to summon additional assistance shall be provided in those areas designated in Guidelines.

1.1.27.56

In critical care units, recovery and pre-op, the call system shall include provisions for an emergency code resuscitation alarm to summon assistance from outside the unit.

1.1.27.57

Patient toilet rooms within the Technical Imaging Suite and in renal dialysis shall be equipped with a nurse’s emergency call.

Fire Alarm 1.1.27.58

1.2

All health care facilities shall be provided with a fire alarm system in accordance with NFPA 101 and NFPA 72.

Utilities Management (Note: This requirement applies to contracted Designated Medical Facilities only.) 248



1.2.1

A Utilities Management Program shall be implemented to assure operational reliability; assess special risks, and respond to failures of utility systems that support the patient care environment. Utilities include systems for electrical distribution; emergency power; heating, ventilation and air conditioning; plumbing; boiler and steam; vertical and horizontal transport; medical gas; medical or surgical vacuum; and communication systems.

1.2.2

Written criteria shall be used to identify critical operating components of utility systems for life support, infection control, environmental support, equipment support and communication systems.

1.2.3

A reliable emergency power system shall be provided for all critical operating components. The system shall have an appropriately sized power source with adequate fuel storage. There shall be a documented program of preventive maintenance and inspections.

1.2.4

Generators shall be tested for 30 minutes per month under load using one of the following methods, in accordance with NFPA 110: 1.2.4.1

Under operating temperature conditions or at not less than 30 percent of the emergency power system nameplate rating.

1.2.4.2

Loading that maintains the minimum recommended by the manufacturer.

exhaust gas

temperatures

as

1.2.5

Load tests of generator sets shall include complete cold starts.

1.2.6

Electrical receptacles that are served by emergency power shall be clearly identified.

1.2.7

The emergency power system shall provide electricity to at least the following: alarm systems; emergency communications; emergency care areas; operating rooms; recovery rooms; intensive care and other special care units; obstetrical delivery rooms; newborn nurseries; blood storage facilities; medical air compressors; medical/surgical vacuum systems; egress illumination and exit signs; one elevator; and the ethylene oxide exhaust ventilation system.

1.2.8

A current, accurate and unique inventory shall be maintained of all equipment that is part of the Utilities management Program.

1.2.9

Operational plans to control risks and reduce failures shall be in place for each major utility. Maintenance programs shall be designed to eliminate system failures. Plans shall describe clear responsibilities when failures do occur. Users and operators of utilities shall be trained in normal and emergency procedures.

1.2.10

Utility systems shall be tested and maintained at established intervals. Parameters and performance criteria shall be specified, and the frequency of testing shall reflect the number of problems reported. All tests and inspections shall be documented.

1.2.11

In the area of electrical safety, testing should be performed on the following: electrical receptacles in patient care areas; ground fault circuit breakers; circuit breaker panels; linepowered housekeeping equipment; kitchen equipment; laundry equipment; and power tools.

1.2.12

A current, complete set of drawings and documents shall show the distribution of each utility system. These should include locations of all valves/controls for partial and complete shutoff of the utility; a description of how each utility failure will affect patient care; 249



operating procedures for key controls; and a method for notification of staff in affected areas.

2

1.2.13

Emergency shutoff controls shall be accessible; clearly labeled and visible; inspected at least annually; and included in training of maintenance staff.

1.2.14

The Utilities Management Program shall be used to identify and document utility problems, failures and user errors that are or may be a threat to the patient environment. The following types of incidents require monitoring: utility failures, design errors or lack of maintenance; and user errors, misconnections or failure to monitor equipment. All corrective action shall also be documented.

1.2.15

The Utilities Management Program shall also have a monitoring and evaluation process. All failures and errors shall be reported to the Safety Officer or Quality Assurance Coordinator on a timely basis. Summary reports should identify recurrent problems or trends. The Safety Committee and other key staff shall review reports and make recommendations based on this review. Recommendations shall be distributed to all affected individuals. Actions shall be documented and monitored for effectiveness. There shall be feedback between the Safety Committee and the hospital staff.

OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS 2.1

Central Supply Services 2.1.1

A person qualified by training and experience and approved by the Infection Control Committee shall be designated to be in charge of Central Supply Services. The CSS Supervisor shall be a member of the Infection Control Committee.

2.1.2

All decontamination, cleaning, and sterilization of instruments, equipment and supplies shall be performed in Central Service.

2.1.3

Written policies and procedures shall be developed and implemented for all departments and services with instructions for preparing items for transport to CSS.

2.1.4

CSS shall operate under an established set of written policies and procedures.

2.1.5

There shall be complete separation between the decontamination area and areas where clean items are wrapped, sterilized, stored and dispensed. Instrument flow shall be from “dirty” to “clean”, and traffic controls shall be in place.

2.1.6

Ventilation shall be in accordance with requirements described in Table 1 above.

2.1.7

Sterilization time and temperature cycles shall follow those generally accepted as effective by the industry. 2.1.7.1

Gravity displacement cycles: 133ºC to 135ºC (270ºF to 275ºF) for 10 to 15 minutes, or 121ºC (250ºF) for 15-30 minutes.

2.1.7.2

Pre-vacuum cycles: 133ºC to 135ºC (270ºF to 275ºF) for 3 to 4 minutes.

2.1.7.3

Dry heat sterilizers: 170ºC (340ºF) @ 60 minutes, or 160ºC (320ºF) @ 120 minutes, or 150ºC (300ºF) @ 150 minutes.

2.1.7.4

Consult equipment manufacturer recommendations for equipment using other sterilization procedures. 250



2.1.8

Use of flash sterilizers shall be limited to urgent situations that preclude use of other sterilizer methods. The following time/temperature cycles are generally recommended for flashing instruments and shall be implemented in written procedures: Gravity cycles: 2.1.8.1

132ºC (270ºF) @ 3 minutes for non-porous loads (routine metal instruments).

2.1.8.2

132ºC (270ºF) @ 10 minutes for any load containing cannulated instruments, or loads with more than ten instruments.

Prevacuum cycles:

2.1.9

2.1.8.3

132ºC (270ºF) @ 3 minutes for non-porous loads.

2.1.8.4

132ºC (270ºF) @ 4 minutes for mixed items.

All sterilizing procedures shall be monitored in accordance with CSS policies and procedures and current standards. 2.1.9.1

Biological indicators (live bacterial spores) shall be shall be used to test sterilizers at least once per week, preferably daily.

2.1.9.2

Biological indicators shall be used after initial sterilizer installation and after any major repairs.

2.1.9.3

Biological indicators shall be included with each load containing implants.

2.1.9.4

Chemical indicators shall be used for each item or pack to be sterilized.

2.1.9.5

Daily function (Bowie-Dick) residual air tests shall be used in the first cycle of each day on high-speed prevacuum sterilizers.

2.1.9.6

Sterilizer records shall be maintained and kept for one year and shall include load list contents of each load; daily function test; result of spore test; graph or printout recording chart showing exposure time and temperature; preventive maintenance records; name of operator.

2.1.9.7

Lot control numbers consisting of date of sterilization, sterilizer number, and sterilizer cycle number shall be placed on each item to be sterilized.

2.1.9.8

A system of retrieval and reprocessing of supplies shall be implemented when sterilization procedures have failed. Notification is made of attending physicians when patient exposure is known and an occurrence variance report is completed.

2.1.9.9

Each hospital-wrapped and sterilized medical item shall be labeled with either an expiration date, or a statement such as “Sterile unless integrity of package is compromised”. Where “event-related shelf life” is implemented for sterilized items, storage conditions, handling and rotation practices shall be closely monitored. All sterile items shall be protected from contamination during transport and storage.

2.1.9.10

Personal protective equipment shall be provided to CSS personnel working in decontamination. This shall include heavy duty rubber or plastic gloves; face mask covering mouth and nose, changed when damp; protective eyewear 251



(goggles or face shield); waterproof aprons; and approved containers for sharps. 2.1.9.11

Eye/face protection shall be worn wherever paracetic acid is in use, and an eye wash station shall be located in the immediate vicinity.

2.1.9.12

Handwashing facilities and antiseptic soap shall be conveniently located in or near decontamination, sterilization and toilet facilities. A documented preventive maintenance program shall be implemented for all processing equipment.

2.1.9.13

2.1.9.14

Two sets of housekeeping equipment shall be provided for CSS, one for decontamination and one for clean areas.

2.1.9.15

Where ethylene oxide (EO) sterilization is used, safety and health hazards shall be addressed. •

Responsibility for EO sterilization and aeration shall be assigned to qualified staff.

•

CSS and maintenance staff shall be informed, through a documented training program, of the hazards associated with exposure to EO, of the areas and tasks in which there is potential exposure, and symptoms of exposure.

2.1.9.16

Specific aeration requirements shall be established for each category of gassterilized items to eliminate the hazard of toxic residue.

2.1.9.17

Ventilation in EO areas meets the requirements listed in Table 1. In addition, the following requirements shall be met: •

EO sterilizers shall be vented out of the workplace and to the outside atmosphere, to an emission control system, or to a sanitary floor drain.

•

EO sterilizers shall be interlocked with the exhaust ventilation system so that the sterilizers shut down whenever the ventilation system fails. An indicator (light) shall show that the ventilation system is working before attempts are made to restart the sterilizer.

2.1.9.18.

Each facility using EO shall appoint an emergency team responsible for developing and implementing written emergency response procedures for EO leaks and spills.

2.1.9.19

A medical surveillance program shall be implemented to monitor the health of employees working in EO areas or who may otherwise be exposed to EO, such as maintenance staff. Employees who are exposed to EO at or above a level of 0.5 ppm for at least 30 days per year shall be examined annually. Employees who receive less exposure shall be examined at the time of employment and at termination. Medical examinations shall include: •

Medical and work histories, with emphasis on symptoms related to respiratory, blood, nervous, and reproductive systems, the eyes and skin.

•

Physical examination with emphasis on the above areas.

252



• • 2.2

2.3

Complete blood count to include at least a white cell count, differential cell count, red cell count, hematocrit, and hemoglobin measurement. Any laboratory test or other investigative procedure that the examining physician deems necessary.

Clean Utility and Linen Room 2.2.1

Outer doors shall be properly labeled. There shall be physical separation between clean and soiled utility rooms.

2.2.2

Linen, medications and equipment shall be stored on clean shelves, racks or cabinets and be protected from contamination. Clean and sterile items shall not be stored under sinks.

2.2.3

Linen warmers shall be used only for their designated purpose and not for storing or heating food.

2.2.4

An adequate supply of regular linen bags, color-coded contaminated linen bags and watersoluble plastic liners shall be available.

2.2.5

Soiled equipment, soiled linen or soiled utensils shall not be stored in clean utility and linen rooms.

Dental Facilities The standards for inpatient and outpatient facilities also apply to dental facilities. Reference should be made to Dental Department policies and procedures, particularly OM-DPP 15-1 through 15-5.

2.4

Dietary Services 2.4.1

All aspects of food handling, preparation and service shall comply with the provisions in Section SASC-S-04 of the Code.

2.4.2

All food service staff shall have valid medical certificates in accordance with Ministry of Health requirements. Physical examinations shall be conducted at the time of hire, after return from vacation and when otherwise indicated after illnesses or suspected foodborne outbreaks. These examinations shall include chest X-ray, blood test (CBC and HBV), urinalysis, stool culture and ova and parasites, and general physical examination.

2.4.3

The hospital shall develop and implement a hazard analysis critical control point (HACCP) program which a) identifies food and procedures most likely to cause illness or injury; 2) establishes procedures to reduce risks of foodborne illness or injuries; and 3) monitors practices and procedures to ensure all food is safe.

2.4.4

A documented self-inspection program shall be implemented to monitor food service operations.

2.4.5

Food service staff shall receive orientation and in-service training in proper food handling practices, sanitation, safety and personal hygiene.

2.4.6

Any food that is stored after preparation or delivery to inpatient care areas shall be done according to written policy.

2.4.7

Separate refrigerators shall be provided for patient and staff food in-patient care areas. Kitchen and individual unit refrigerators shall have thermometers, and the temperatures shall be checked and recorded in accordance with Ministry of Health guidelines. 253



2.5

2.6

2.4.8

Perishable foods not consumed shall be discarded in a timely manner. A written policy for perishable foods shall be developed and implemented. The policy shall address storage conditions, shelf life, signs or spoilage, expired items and methods of disposal for each type of food.

2.4.9

Ward food carts shall be designed, operated and maintained in a clean, sanitary manner with appropriate temperature controls for hot and cold food.

2.4.10

Tube feedings shall be prepared according to an approved written procedure.

2.4.11

Infant formula shall be prepared according to an approved written procedure. Powdered formula shall be reconstituted utilizing pre-packaged, single-use containers of sterile water. Once mixed it shall be immediately recapped and agitated until thoroughly mixed. It shall be fed to infants as soon as possible after preparation but within four hours if kept at room temperature, and within 24 hours if kept refrigerated. Bacteriological monitoring of infant formula quality shall be conducted monthly if formula is prepared in the facility. Refer to sub-section 7 for sampling standards. Specific infection control guidelines are outlined in the NICU/PICU Infection Control OM.

2.4.12

Accommodations for SAMSO food service contractor employees shall be maintained in a clean, safe, sanitary condition; shall comply with all provisions of the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code, Section SASC-S-07; and shall be subject to periodic inspections by Environmental Compliance Division (ECD).

Examination and Treatment Rooms 2.5.1

Furniture, including examination tables and chairs, shall be easily cleanable.

2.5.2

Cloth sheets and pillowcases shall be changed between patients unless roll paper is used.

2.5.3

Cubicle curtains shall be changed according to the established schedule for the area.

Housekeeping Services 2.6.1

The healthcare facility shall be maintained in a clean, sanitary and safe condition. Environmental surfaces, furniture, curtains and ventilation grills shall be cleaned and disinfected as required.

2.6.2

A person qualified by training and experience shall be assigned as supervisor of Housekeeping Services.

2.6.3

Sufficient housekeeping staff shall be provided to maintain the facility in a clean, sanitary and safe condition.

2.6.4

An orientation and training program shall be in place for all housekeeping staff and shall include cleaning techniques, infection control and safety.

2.6.5

Housekeepers shall wear clean uniforms daily and maintain good personal hygiene.

2.6.6

A master cleaning schedule shall be developed and implemented for all areas. This schedule serves as the operating manual for Housekeeping services and includes detailed information on staffing requirements, cleaning schedules, cleaning techniques, and equipment required for all areas of the facility.

254



2.6.7

Written policies and procedures shall be developed and implemented for the following: • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

2.7

All housekeeping tasks; Self-inspection program; Mixing of solutions; Use and cleaning of equipment; Safety; Reporting needle stick injuries; Employee health program; Cleaning of blood spills; Cleaning of hazardous waste spills; Waste handling procedures; Responding to flood emergencies; Role of Housekeeping in fire safety and evacuation; Use of housekeepers for porter service; Role of housekeepers in reporting maintenance deficiencies and pest problems;

2.6.8

Supplies, including hand soap, antiseptic soap, paper towels, toilet paper, and disinfectants, shall be provided where required.

2.6.9

Sufficient supplies and equipment shall be provided to housekeepers to perform all cleaning tasks.

2.6.10

Approved cleansers and disinfectants shall be mixed, labeled and used in accordance with manufacturer or Housekeeping instructions.

2.6.11

A hazardous materials and waste communication program shall be in place for all staff. A master file of Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) or equivalent shall be maintained for all hazardous materials in use.

2.6.12

Personal protective safety equipment shall be provided to housekeepers.

2.6.13

Safety policies and procedures shall be followed at all times, including the use of wet floor signs, cones and ropes whenever floors are wet mopped. One-half of corridors shall be mopped at a time to provide a passageway, and the wet half shall be clearly identified and surrounded with a physical barrier.

2.6.14

Separate color-coded supplies and equipment shall be used for clean and dirty areas and for critical care areas.

2.6.15

Equipment shall be kept clean and maintained.

2.6.16

Housekeeping closets shall be maintained in a clean, organized and safe condition.

2.6.17

Mop heads are changed and laundered daily.

2.6.18

Healthcare facility grounds and external surroundings are clean and free of nuisances.

2.6.19

Accommodations for housekeeping staff shall be maintained in a clean, safe, sanitary condition; shall comply with all provisions of the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code, Section SASC-S-07; and shall be subject to periodic inspections by ECD.

Infection Control

255



2.7.1

The SAMSO Infection Control Manual shall be the primary reference for infection control policies and procedures. Individual departments, services or units shall develop and implement specific infection control policies and procedures that define responsibilities and activities related to their needs.

2.7.2

The policy of “Standard Precautions” as defined by the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) shall be implemented throughout the facility.

2.7.3

Toilets, handwashing and bathing facilities shall be adequate in number, conveniently located, readily accessible, and kept clean and in good repair. See sub-section 1.27.20 for design requirements for handwashing facilities.

2.7.4

Handwashing and bathing facilities shall be supplied with hot and cold water under sufficient pressure through a mixing faucet, or as otherwise specified in this Code. Soap and paper towels shall be provided through wall-mounted dispensers. Soap dispensers shall be cleaned on a regular basis and before refilling.

2.7.5

Use of bar soap is not recommended except for patient use. If used, it shall be placed in self-draining racks. Small bars are preferable.

2.7.6

Antiseptic soap shall be provided in appropriate dispensers in those areas where it is required. Liquid antiseptic products such as “Hibiscrub” shall not be utilized directly from bottles to hands but shall be dispensed by an approved dispensing device to prevent contamination. Refillable plastic squeeze bottles shall not be used.

2.7.7

Cleaning and disinfection procedures shall follow current recommended practice and shall be consistent throughout the facility.

2.7.8

2.7.9

2.7.7.1

There shall be a review of cleaning, disinfection and sterilization agents, procedures and schedules by infection control staff.

2.7.7.2

All units shall have a cleaning/disinfection schedule which lists equipment and surfaces not cleaned by Housekeeping Services and which is cleaned and/or disinfected by the unit. The schedule shall list items to be cleaned, chemicals to be used, proper concentration/mixing directions, frequency of cleaning, and persons responsible for each task.

2.7.7.3

Glutaraldehyde (Cidex) shall not be used in SAMSO facilities. Other effective substitutes are available.

2.7.7.4.

Antiseptics such as Savlon, Hibiscrib, Hibitane and similar products designed for use on skin are not formulated for use on hard surfaces and are not to be used.

The healthcare facility shall be maintained in a clean, sanitary and safe condition. 2.7.8.1

Housekeeping Services shall develop and implement infection control policies and procedures covering all Housekeeping operations. This shall include a policy and procedures for cleaning up blood spills.

2.7.8.2

Lockers, cabinets and refrigerators shall be kept clean. Food shall be stored under sanitary conditions and consumed in designated places. Shelf and drawer liners shall not be used.

Adequate engineering controls are in place to include properly ventilated isolation facilities; filtered air to critical areas; biological safety cabinets where required; quality controls for laminar flow cabinets; and separation of clean and dirty areas. 256



2.7.10 2.8

2.9

Accommodations for hospital staff shall be maintained in a clean, sanitary and safe manner.

Isolation Rooms 2.8.1

Correct isolation policies and procedures shall be implemented in order to provide the required level of isolation for patients with communicable disease.

2.8.2

Room entry shall be through a work area that provides for aseptic control. This shall include facilities that are separate from patient care areas for handwashing, gowning and storage of protective clothing and other clean, sterile and soiled materials.

2.8.3

Handwashing facilities shall be provided as described in sub-section 1.1.27.20. Supplies of antiseptic soap and paper towels shall be available at all times.

2.8.4

Refer to OM-4-1 Isolation Precautions in the SAMSO Infection Control Manual (ICM) for details on isolation requirements.

Laboratory/Blood Bank 2.9.1

The Laboratory and Blood Bank shall develop and implement infection control and safety policies and procedures that adhere to current recommended practice.

2.9.2

A Laboratory Chemical Hygiene Officer shall be appointed and a Laboratory Chemical Hygiene Plan shall be developed which addresses all safety issues in the Laboratory.

2.10 Linen Services and Laundry 2.10.1

The supply of clean linen shall meet the needs of all units in the facility.

2.10.2

Clean linen shall be transported, handled and stored so that it is protected from contamination.

2.10.3

Cloth sheets and pillowcases shall be changed between patients and as needed.

2.10.4

Linen carts used for clean and soiled linen shall be clearly identified by color-coding or labels and shall be covered.

2.10.5

Soiled linen shall be bagged or put into carts at the location where it is used. Soiled linen shall not be pre-rinsed or sorted in patient care areas.

2.10.6

Soiled linen shall be handled as little as possible and with minimum agitation. Soiled linen should not be counted by hand; where this is not possible, gloves, masks and cover gowns shall be used.

2.10.7

Handwashing facilities shall be located in all areas where soiled linen is handled.

2.10.8

Loose linen shall not be sent down linen chutes.

2.10.9

All linen from isolation rooms and linen which is contaminated with blood, excreta or body fluids, or which is otherwise considered to be infectious, shall be placed in color-coded laundry bags.

2.10.10

Soiled linen that is wet with blood or body fluids shall be placed and transported in bags that prevent leakage. 257



2.10.11

Pillows and mattresses shall be free of rips and tears and shall have washable covers.

2.10.12

Linen warmers shall not be used for food storage.

2.10.13

Laundry services, whether on-site or contracted shall meet the requirements of Section SASC-S-11 of this Code.

2.11 Medication Rooms

2.12

2.13

2.11.1

Only authorized personnel shall be allowed in the medication room.

2.11.2

Internal and external medications shall be stored separately.

2.11.3

A first-in first-out rotation system shall be used. Outdated medications shall be removed immediately.

2.11.4

Medication refrigerators shall be provided with easily readable, accurate thermometers, shall be kept clean, and shall be used only for storage of medications. A refrigerator log shall be maintained with temperatures checked and logged once daily. For specific information refer to SAMSO Nursing policies and procedures NPP-R-1 Refrigerators and Freezers and NPP-MED-4 Medication/Biologicals Storage.

2.11.5

Medication carts, shelves, drawers and other equipment shall be kept clean and organized.

2.11.6

A handwashing sink with hot and cold water under sufficient pressure, soap and paper towels shall be provided.

Morgue 2.12.1

Healthcare facilities shall maintain a well ventilated, well lighted area designated as the morgue. Refrigeration units for human remains shall be maintained at a maximum temperature of 7ºC (45ºF). The temperature shall be checked and logged once daily.

2.12.2

Personnel transporting bodies shall wear suitable personal protective equipment (masks, gloves and gowns) and dispose of these in appropriate waste containers and laundry bags.

2.12.3

Air sampling to determine staff exposure to formaldehyde gas shall be conducted at least annually.

Newborn Nursery 2.13.1

The minimum floor area per infant shall be 4.64 square meters (50 square feet), exclusive of auxiliary work areas. A distance of 1.22 meters (4 feet) shall be maintained between and at all sides of bassinets.

2.13.2

Access to the Nursery shall be restricted to authorized personnel in appropriate attire. Provisions shall be in place to prevent abductions.

2.13.3

Equipment and procedures shall be in place to safely and rapidly transport event of evacuation, e.g., “papoose pockets”.

2.13.4

Specific policies and procedures shall be implemented for identification of infants.

258


infants in the


2.14

2.13.5

Isolettes and bassinets shall be thoroughly cleaned and disinfected between patients and when soiled. Phenolic-based disinfectants shall not be used in nurseries because of the risk of hyperbilirubinemia in infants exposed to phenolics.

2.13.6

Individual personal care items such as hair combs and brushes, and thermometers (unless disposable plastic covers are used), shall be provided for each infant.

Nourishment Rooms 2.14.1

Outer doors shall be properly labeled and kept closed.

2.14.2

Freezers and refrigerators shall be equipped with thermometers. Temperatures shall be checked and logged at least once daily. Chilled food shall be kept at 5ºC (41ºF) or below, and frozen food shall be kept at -18ºC (0ºF) or below.

2.14.3

Food not requiring refrigeration shall be stored in impermeable, sealed containers with tight-fitting lids.

2.14.4

All nourishments shall be routinely checked to ensure that products are not outdated or spoiled.

2.14.5

Stoves, countertops, cabinets and drawers shall be kept clean and sanitary. Shelf and drawer liners shall not be used.

2.14.6

Late patient trays shall be stored in appropriate racks until returned to the kitchen.

2.14.7

Ice machines shall be maintained in good repair.

2.14.8

Handwashing facilities with hot and cold water under pressure, soap and paper towels shall be provided.

2.15 Outpatient Services 2.15.1

Operational standards for inpatient areas shall also apply to outpatient areas.

2.15.2

The number of examination and treatment rooms shall meet the needs of the facility.

2.15.3

Laboratory, Radiology and Pharmacy Services shall be readily available to the Outpatient Service.

2.15.4

Flexible endoscopes and other patient care equipment shall be processed in CSSD and in accordance with current infection control guidelines

2.15.5

If outpatient surgery is performed in the Outpatient Services area, facilities shall include: 2.15.5.1 Appropriately equipped and staffed operating room and post-anesthesia recovery room. 2.15.5.2 Appropriate means to control infection, electrical and mechanical failure, fire and explosion. 2.15.5.3 Appropriate instruments and equipment for anesthesia, cardiopulmonary resuscitation and other life support systems.

259


emergency


2.15.5.4 An operating room located so that it does not directly connect with a corridor used for general traffic. Entry and exit shall be controlled with respect to personnel, patients and material. 2.15.5.5 Construction of the operating room shall comply with provisions of NFPA 99 (Health Care Facilities). 2.15.6

Portable oxygen cylinders shall secured on carts or to walls, or placed in tripods. All oxygen cylinders shall be stored in an upright position.

2.15.7 The pressure of oxygen cylinders shall be checked and logged at least once daily. The log shall show actual cylinder working pressure. Cylinders shall be changed when the pressure reaches 500 pounds per square inch (psi) or less. 2.16 Patient Rooms 2.16.1

Sheets and pillowcases shall be changed daily, between patients, and as needed.

2.16.2

Beds, tables, light fixtures, telephone and other furniture shall be kept clean and in good repair.

2.16.3

Cubicle curtains shall be kept clean, in good repair, and changed upon patient discharge.

2.16.4

Toilets and bathing facilities shall be cleaned and disinfected at least once daily.

2.16.5

Waste receptacles shall be emptied as required and cleaned and sanitized daily. Colorcoded plastic liners shall be used throughout the facility as described in sub-section 5.8.1 of this Code Section.

2.16.6

Bedpans shall be cleaned in designated areas and not in bathtubs or hand sinks.

2.17 Pharmacy 2.17.1

The Pharmacy Director shall supervise all drug preparation and storage areas in the facility. The Pharmacy Director or designee shall conduct documented monthly inspections of all areas where medications are prepared, stored, administered or dispensed. Irregularities shall be reported in accordance with SAMSO Pharmacy OM-2 Monthly Pharmacy Inspection of User Unit.

2.17.2

Controlled drugs shall be secured and use shall be documented.

2.17.3

Medications and other pharmaceuticals shall be stored in an organized manner in wellilluminated areas protected from contamination.

2.17.4

Antiseptics, disinfectants and drugs for external use shall be stored separately from internal and injectable medications.

2.17.5

First-in first-out system of stock rotation shall be used. Expiry dates shall be clearly marked on products. Expired items shall be removed immediately and stored in a designated location.

2.17.6

Multi-dose vials, ointments and oral medications shall be dated with the date first used or when the seal is broken, and shall expire at the earliest of the following dates: a) manufacturer’s expiry date; b) the date/time limit set at the time the medication was reconstituted; c) standard limits established by Pharmacy and the Therapeutic Committee. 260



2.18

2.19

2.20

2.17.7

Items requiring refrigeration shall be stored at a temperature of 2ºC to 8ºC (35.6ºF to 46.4ºF). Frozen drugs shall be stored at -20ºC to -10ºC (-4ºF to 14ºF). Polio vaccine shall be stored at -20ºC (-4ºF) or below. Chart recorders and alarm systems shall be provided, and temperatures shall be checked and recorded at least once daily. Vaccine refrigerators shall be connected to an emergency power source.

2.17.8

Equipment and containers used in the formulation of products shall be cleaned prior to use.

2.17.9

If IV solutions are prepared in the Pharmacy a sterile work area shall be provided with a laminar-flow bench and hood. The laminar-flow system shall include a high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter with an efficiency of at least 99.97 percent and have a visible pressure gauge for detection of leaks or defects. Laminar-flow hoods shall be checked for operational efficiency and be certified annually by a qualified inspector.

2.17.10

Chemotherapy drug waste shall be managed in accordance with SAMSO Medical Housekeeping Services OM-17 Waste Management. Cytotoxic drugs shall be formulated only in a National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) listed biological safety cabinet (BSC), Class II Type B2, with 100 per cent exhaust. The BSC shall be tested and certified every six months in accordance with NSF Standard 49.

Rehabilitation Services 2.18.1

Hydrotherapy tanks, filters and auxiliary equipment shall be cleaned and disinfected between patients. Vacuum breakers or other approved backflow preventers shall be provided on all incoming water lines to the tanks.

2.18.2

Non-disposable equipment and other items that come in contact with the patient shall be cleaned and disinfected between patients.

2.18.3

If linen is used, it shall be changed between patients.

2.18.4

Disposal of dressings, bandages and other infectious waste shall comply with infection control guidelines.

Soiled Utility Rooms 2.19.1

Soiled utility rooms shall not be used for storage of clean or sterile items, late patient trays or for clean procedures.

2.19.2

Temperatures of specimen refrigerators in soiled utility rooms shall be checked and logged once daily. Clinical specimens shall be stored at a temperature of 2ºC to 8ºC (35.6ºF to 46.4ºF). All clinical specimens shall be removed within 24 hours.

2.19.3

Portable cabinets such as “C-lockers” used for storing soiled instruments and equipment shall be closed and locked when full.

2.19.4

Cleaning, disinfecting and sterilizing solutions shall be mixed and used in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and established guidelines.

Special Care Areas 2.20.1

Burn Unit 2.20.1.1 Hubbard tanks, stretchers and other equipment shall be cleaned and disinfected between patients in accordance with established procedures. Vacuum breakers 261



or other approved backflow preventers shall be provided on all incoming water lines to the tanks. 2.20.1.2

Necessary traffic controls shall be in place.

2.20.1.3

The air supply serving the unit shall be filtered with high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters having an efficiency of 99.97 percent. The unit shall be under positive air pressure, with five air changes per hour. The ambient air temperature shall be maintained at a minimum of 26.6ºC (80ºF).

2.20.2 Emergency Services 2.20.2.1 Ambulances shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition. 2.20.2.2 Oxygen cylinder pressure shall be checked and logged daily. Sterile water shall be used in humidifiers, and humidifier water shall be changed daily. Humidifier containers shall be changed and sterilized after each use. 2.20.2.3 A stock list of supplies shall be established, checked and logged daily and after each ambulance run. No expired items shall be present. 2.20.2.4 An ambulance driver checklist shall be completed daily. 2.20.2.5 Preventive maintenance for ambulances shall be performed and documented. 2.20.3

Hemodialysis Unit 2.20.3.1 Refer to sub-section 1.27.30 for requirements for the dialysis water treatment system. 2.20.3.2 Written infection control policies and procedures shall be implemented.

2.21 Staff Lounges and Locker Rooms 2.21.1

Facilities shall be kept clean and organized. Personal items shall be stored in lockers.

2.21.2

Food items, particularly perishable food, shall be stored in refrigerators, not in lockers or cabinets. Refer to SAMSO APP-11 Consumption of Food in SAMSO Facilities.

2.21.3

Refrigerators shall be provided with thermometers, maintained at a temperature of 5ºC (41ºF) or below, kept clean and defrosted regularly.

2.22 Technical Imaging (Radiology) and Nuclear Medicine 2.22.1

Policies and procedures shall indicate proper safety precautions against radiation hazards. This shall include adequate shielding for patients, personnel and facilities as well as appropriate storage, use and disposal of radioactive materials.

2.22.2

Body shields used to protect patients and staff shall be maintained in good condition. They shall be stored on racks when not in use so as not to cause cracking of the lead shielding.

2.22.3

All X-ray producing equipment and nuclear medicine equipment shall be inspected at least annually for radiation protection and performance compliance.

2.22.4

Personnel working in radiation areas shall be monitored monthly for radiation exposure by use of film badges. 262



2.22.5

X-ray tables and equipment that comes in contact with patients shall be disinfected between patients. If cloth linen is used it shall be changed between patients.

2.22.6

Positioning sponges shall be covered with a washable surface and maintained in good condition.

2.22.7

Film developers shall be provided with vacuum breakers or other approved backflow preventers. Vacuum breakers shall be located at least 15 centimeters (6 inches) above the overflow rim of the film developer.

2.22.8

Areas where GI series X-rays are taken shall be cleaned and disinfected daily. Linen shall be double-bagged using a water-soluble plastic liner and a color-coded soiled linen bag.

2.23 Tub and Shower Rooms

2.24

3

2.23.1

Tub and shower rooms shall be well ventilated and free of excessive condensation.

2.23.2

Showers and tubs shall be cleaned and disinfected between patients.

2.23.3

Grab bars shall be provided for each tub, shower and sitz bath.

2.23.4

Plastic, rather than wood or metal, shower chairs shall be used.

Waiting Areas 2.24.1

Furniture in waiting areas shall be of easily cleanable, nonabsorbent design.

2.24.2

Housekeeping cleaning schedules for waiting areas and public toilets shall provide the necessary frequency to maintain these areas in a clean, sanitary condition.

SAFETY 3.1

Environment of Care (Safety) Program 3.1.1

An Environment of Care (EC) Program shall be established to a) provide a physical environment free of hazards to patients, staff and visitors; and b) manage staff activities to reduce the risk of human injury. The program shall include the following components: 3.1.1.1

Policies and procedures shall be established and approved which give authority to a responsible individual (EC Officer or Safety Officer) to intervene whenever conditions pose an immediate threat to life, health or property.

3.1.1.2

A system shall be established for reporting to the EC (Safety) Committee all accidents and safety/security incidents involving patients, visitors, staff and property.

3.1.1.3

The EC Committee’s conclusions, recommendations, action taken and monitoring effectiveness shall be reported at least bi-monthly to appropriate individuals.

3.1.1.4

There shall be an on-going Hazard Surveillance Program that includes active searches for safety hazards and a response to product safety recalls.

3.1.1.5

Safety policies and procedures shall be written and implemented for all departments and services and shall be reviewed at least every three years. 263



Safety policies shall pay special attention to hazards related to the ages of patients served. 3.1.1.6

Policies and procedures for Security Management shall be established. 3.1.1.6.1 Procedures shall be in place for identifying all patients, staff and visitors. 3.1.1.6.2 Specific policies and procedures shall be established for identification of infants, for restricted access to labor and Delivery and Nurseries, and for prevention of abductions. 3.1.1.6.3 Procedures shall be in place for controlled access to sensitive areas that are defined by the Security management Program. 3.1.1.6.4 Procedures and facilities shall be established to deal with disoriented, emotionally disturbed and violent individuals. 3.1.1.6.5 Specific personnel have been assigned responsibility for security.

3.1.2

A reliable call mechanism/alarm system, using both visible and audible signals, shall be provided between the nurse’s stations and locations where patients may be left unattended such as patient rooms, toilets and bathing areas.

3.1.3

Grab bars, anchored to sustain a load of 113.4 kg (250 lbs) and a wall clearance of 3.8 cm (1.5 inches), shall be provided in all patient toilets, showers, bathtubs and sitz baths.

3.1.4

Slips and falls from slippery floors are a major source of injuries in health care facilities. Wet floor signs, ropes and cones shall be used by Housekeeping staff whenever floors are wet mopped. One half of corridors shall be mopped at a time to provide a thoroughfare, and the wet half of the floor shall be clearly identified and blocked. Floor wax with anti-slip properties shall be used.

3.1.5

Medical gas, air and vacuum systems, electrical systems, ventilation systems, materials, electrical equipment, and laboratories shall meet the requirements of the NFPA 99 Standard for Health Care Facilities to minimize the hazards of fire, explosion and electricity.

3.1.6

Written procedures for testing and maintaining piped medical gas systems shall include cross-connection, contamination and pressure testing when the system is installed, modified or repaired. Established intervals for testing and maintaining piped medical gas systems shall include alarms, valves, automatic pressure switches, flexible connectors and outlets.

3.1.7

There shall be specific written policies and procedures for compressed gases and flammable liquids, since these present special hazards. 3.1.7.1

A quality assurance program shall be established to assure purity of compressed gases. Procedures shall be developed to test gases prior to acceptance from vendors. Criteria shall be established for purity levels

3.1.7.2

A written policy and procedure shall be established for loss of piped oxygen and surgical vacuum systems.

.

264



3.1.7.3

Handling and storage of medical compressed gas cylinders shall conform to United States National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 99, Standard for Health Care Facilities.

3.1.7.4

Compressed gas cylinders shall be stored upright, labeled, and with valve protection caps on until placed in service. Cylinders, whether full, empty, or connected to a manifold, shall be chained to a wall or secured in a cart or tripod.

3.1.7.5

The pressure of oxygen cylinders shall be checked and logged daily.

3.1.7.6

All anesthesia machines and related equipment shall be so constructed that connections for different gases are not interchangeable.

3.1.7.7

Transfer of gas from one cylinder to another by health care personnel is prohibited except when approved by the Medical Organization.

3.1.7.8

Storage areas shall be well ventilated. Oxygen cylinders shall be stored in an upright position.

3.1.7.9

All flammable liquids shall be labeled. Quantities in excess of 10 gallons shall be stored in approved flammable storage cabinets or storage rooms.

3.1.7.10 Eye wash stations, fire blankets and absorbent neutralizing materials shall be available in the Laboratory and other areas where spills may occur. 3.1.8

Specific guidelines shall be established for the use of lasers and laser safety.

3.1.9

A program shall be established to protect personnel from ionizing radiation.

3.1.10 Safety/security-related information shall be provided during new hire orientation (no later than 30 days after employment) and annually as part of continuing education for all employees. Subjects shall include general safety; department safety; specific job-related hazards; accidents, injury and hazard reporting; smoking regulations; and electrical safety (use of extension cords, frayed cords, broken outlets, broken prongs). Results of incident report investigations shall be used in safety education. 3.1.11 The safety program shall be evaluated annually and reviewed as necessary. 3.2

Environment of Care (Safety) Officer 3.2.1

An EC (Safety) Officer, qualified by experience and education, shall be appointed and responsible for development, implementation and monitoring of the Safety management Program.

3.2.2

The EC Officer shall manage a surveillance system that collects and analyzes data for the EC Committee. This includes: 3.2.2.1

Active searches for safety hazards by conducting at least semiannual documented surveys of all areas of the hospital (annual surveys of non-patient care areas).

3.2.2.2

Establishing an incident reporting system which triggers investigation of all incidents involving property damage; occupational illness; or patient, personnel or visitor injury.

265



3.3

3.2.2.3

Establishing a safety surveillance program involving personnel throughout the facility to identify hazards and unsafe practices.

3.2.2.4

Reviewing published and internal reports of failures, hazards, use errors and other deficiencies related to safety management (physical and chemical hazards), life safety management (fire prevention), equipment management (safe medical devices), and utilities management (emergency power).

3.2.2.5

Reviewing summaries of other monitoring activities (quality improvement, infection control).

Environment of Care (Safety) Committee An EC Committee composed of representatives of administration, clinical services and support services shall be established. The Committee shall meet at least every other month to analyze identified safety management issues and to develop or approve recommendations for resolving them. Committee actions and recommendations shall be routed to appropriate departments and services.

3.4

Hazardous Materials and Waste Management (HAZMAT) Program 3.4.1

A HAZMAT Program shall be established to identify and control hazardous materials and wastes. 3.4.1.1

Policies, procedures and written criteria shall be established for procuring, identifying, handling, storing, using, and disposing of hazardous materials from receipt through use and hazardous wastes from generation to final disposal.

3.4.1.2

A program shall be established to handle and dispose of clinical, chemotherapeutic, radioactive and infectious wastes, including physical hazards such as glass and needles.

3.4.1.3

A program shall be established to monitor use and disposal of hazardous gases and vapors.

3.4.1.4

Procedures shall be developed to protect staff from the hazard of waste anesthetic gases. Leak test procedures shall be established. Scavenging systems or adequate air exchange rates shall be in place. Proper work practices shall be used. Anesthesia areas shall be monitored for exposure levels. Exposed staff shall be monitored through annual physical exams.

3.4.1.5

Hazardous materials and wastes shall be labeled.

3.4.1.6

Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) shall be available for all hazardous chemicals in the facility and shall be filed in all areas where hazardous materials are located.

3.4.1.7

Policies and procedures shall be developed for clean up of spills, including blood, mercury and cytotoxic waste spills.

3.4.1.8

Hazardous waste storage and processing areas shall be separated from patient care, food preparation and food serving areas.

3.4.1.9

Personnel managing or coming into contact with hazardous materials or wastes shall receive appropriate training to include signs of toxicity, use of MSDS files, protective equipment and clothing, and proper emergency response. 266



3.4.1.10 Reports of hazardous materials and waste monitoring programs and incident reports shall be reported to and reviewed by the Safety Committee.

3.5

Emergency Preparedness Program (Disaster Plan) (Note: This Requirements applies to contracted Designated Medical Facilities only.) A written Disaster Plan shall be established to manage the consequences of natural disasters or other emergencies that disrupt the hospital’s ability to provide care and treatment, both within the organization and in the surrounding community. Refer to SAMSO APP- 62-6 SA-DHC External Disaster Emergency Preparedness Plan.

4

3.5.1.

Procedures shall be established to deal with power, communication and other system failures including verification that critical clinical areas still function.

3.5.2.

A reliable method shall be established for notifying staff of emergencies. Staff lists shall be kept current and a callback system shall be maintained. Medical, nursing and support services shall be included.

3.5.3

If a community-wide disaster plan exists the facility’s role in the plan shall be defined. Plans shall be in place for total facility evacuation and alternative care site; sources for essential utilities; emergency communication system; and radioactive/chemical decontamination and isolation facilities.

3.5.4

Plans shall be established for management of patients including movement or relocation of patients; providing essential staff services and equipment; and controlling patient information and records.

3.5.5

Plans shall address the management of space, supplies, utilities, communication and security.

3.5.6

All personnel with assigned roles in the emergency plan shall have documented training and be able to describe their roles.

3.5.7

Emergency plan shall be implemented twice a year as a drill or actual emergency, and all procedures shall be tested. The facility’s performance shall be evaluated and reported to the Safety Committee.

FIRE SAFETY Healthcare facilities shall comply with National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Standard 99 Healthcare Facilities; the NFPA Life Safety Code; and SAMSO APP-62-7 SAMSO Internal Emergency Preparedness Plan.

5

SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL 5.1

Handling, storing, transport and disposal of solid waste, including hazardous waste, shall be done in a safe and sanitary manner.

5.2

All solid wastes shall be disposed of with sufficient frequency and in such a manner to prevent nuisance conditions.

5.3

Waste containers shall be provided where needed. Containers shall be clean and liners shall be used. Covered waste containers shall be provided in female toilets. 267



5.4

Waste bags shall be tied securely and removed when ¾ full.

5.5

Solid wastes containing food or other putrescible materials shall, prior to disposal be kept in leak-proof garbage containers with plastic liners, and be kept covered with tight-fitting lids when full, stored, or not in continuous use.

5.6

All dry rubbish, including scrap paper, cardboard boxes and packing crates, shall be stored in containers, rooms, or designated areas in an orderly manner.

5.7

The rooms, enclosures, designated areas and containers used shall be adequate for the storage of all solid wastes accumulating on the premises. Adequate cleaning facilities shall be provided, and each containers, room or designated area shall be cleaned after removal of waste.

5.8

Regulated medical waste shall be segregated from regular waste and clearly identified through use of color-coded plastic bags and/or containers to assure that waste receives appropriate handling and treatment. Refer to Guide to the Management of Medical Waste in the Eastern Province by General Directorate of Health Affairs in the Eastern Province, 1998. 5.8.1

Regulated medical waste shall be segregated from the general waste stream at the point of generation. The following colors shall be used for plastic waste bags: • • • • • • •

5.8.2

General waste: Infectious waste: Cytotoxic waste: Chemical waste: Radiological waste: Expired medications: Contaminated and unused sharps:

blue or black yellow or red orange yellow, metal, leak-proof, container yellow yellow yellow or red sharps boxes

All bags containing regulated medical waste shall be sufficiently strong to prevent ripping, tearing or bursting under normal conditions of use.

5.8.3 All bags used for regulated medical waste shall have the international biohazard symbol, the word “Biohazard”, and the name and address of the medical facility in Arabic and English. 5.8.4

Used and unused sharps, (needles and syringes, lancets, scalpels and razor blades) shall be disposed of in rigid, puncture-proof, leak-proof plastic sharps disposal boxes clearly labeled “Contaminated Sharps” and with the biohazard label. Cardboard containers are not permitted. Sharps containers shall be placed in all areas where sharps are used. Sharps boxes shall be closed and sealed when 2/3 full, shall be securely taped shut and incinerated or otherwise disposed of in a safe, sanitary manner.

5.8.5

While in storage, regulated medical waste shall be maintained in a nonputrescent state, using cooled air-conditioned storage rooms when necessary. Storage time shall be minimized and shall not exceed 24 hours. Storage areas shall be clearly identified as biohazardous areas with restricted access.

5.8.6

Infectious waste includes the following items: • • •

Laboratory cultures and stocks. Pathological waste. Human blood, blood products and body fluids. This includes liquid waste human blood; blood products; items contaminated with blood and body fluids, or items that 268



• •

5.9

5.8.7

Cytotoxic waste is any waste that is produced as a result of preparing or administering cytotoxic (chemotherapeutic) drugs. Cytotoxic waste shall be incinerated at a minimum temperature of 1009ºC (1850ºF).

5.8.8

Treatment and disposal methods and transportation requirements are described in the Ministry of Health Guidelines.

If laboratory waste is autoclaved, biological indicators (spore tests) shall be used to monitor autoclaving processing. The following time and temperature cycles shall be used: 5.9.1

For gravity flow autoclaves: • • •

5.9.2

6

121ºC (250ºF) at 15 psig for a residence time of 60 minutes. 135ºC (275ºF) at 31 psig for 45 minutes. 149ºC (300ºF) at 52 psig for 30 minutes.

For vacuum autoclaves laboratory waste should be subjected to at least three vacuum purges to purge the autoclave of air and autoclaved at: • •

5.10

were contaminated with blood that are now caked with dried blood. Includes serum, plasma and other blood components and their containers. Contaminated and unused sharps. Isolation waste. Includes any waste generated from communicable diseases isolation rooms.

121ºC (250ºF) at 15 psig for 45 minutes. 135ºC (275ºF) at 31 psig for 30 minutes.

Personnel handling any kind of hazardous waste shall be informed of potential health and safety hazards and shall be trained accordingly.

PEST CONTROL 6.1

Insects, rodents and other pests shall be effectively controlled.

6.2

Measures shall be taken to prevent entrance of pests into the facility. This shall include: • • •

Insect- and rodent-proofing all buildings to the extent possible through the use of self-closing doors, closed windows, screens of a mesh size of no less than 6 mesh per centimeter (16 mesh per inch), air curtains, and other appropriate methods. Inspection of incoming materials. Prompt reporting of pest sightings.

6.3

The premises shall be kept clean, organized and free of litter. Efforts shall be taken to eliminate fly and mosquito breeding areas, rodent harborages and undrained areas on the premises.

6.4

SAMSO staff shall not attempt to use pesticides to control insects or pests. All complaints shall be referred to Medical Housekeeping Services who will document the problem and refer the complaint to Community Services Pest Control Unit. Medical Housekeeping shall maintain a log of pest complaints, shall identify areas of concern, and shall submit maintenance requests as required.

6.5

Only pesticides approved for use in medical and food facilities by the Saudi Arab Government and EPD shall be used in health care facilities. 269



7

6.6

Pesticides shall not be applied in food or patient care areas without prior notification and approval of the supervisor in charge.

6.7

Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) shall be provided to the hospital.

ENVIRONMENTAL SAMPLING The following environmental sampling standards shall apply. Refer to SAMSO Infection control Manual OM-7-1 Environmental Control in SAMSO Facilities; the Environmental Health Procedure Manual; and other Sections of this Code. 7.1

Water and ice:

See SASC-S-01.

7.2

Distilled water:

7.3

Hemodialysis fluids:

Coliform bacteria: Heterotrophic plate count (SPC): Heterotrophic plate count (SPC):

Water used to prepare dialysis fluids: Dialysis fluid:

200 per ml SPC 2000 per ml SPC

7.4

Infant formula:

Coliform bacteria: SPC

<1 per 100 ml 25 per ml

7.5

Rodac plates:

Satisfactory cleaning/disinfection: Inefficient cleaning/disinfection:

<5 colonies per plate >10 colonies per plate

7.6

Settle plates (blood agar plates) in laminar flow cabinets: Plates exposed inside cabinet: Plates exposed outside cabinet:

8

See SASC-S-01 1000 per ml maximum 500 per ml recommended

7.7

Surface swabs:

Satisfactory cleaning/disinfection:

7.8

Rinses:

Specific standards not established.

No growth. Growth expected < 2 colonies/sq cm

MEDICAL MANUFACTURING PLANTS 8.1

Medical manufacturing plants shall follow good manufacturing practice (GMP) in accordance with recognized manufacturing standards of the industry. The plant shall maintain on site all standards, specifications and operating procedures that are applicable to those products. If the plant is manufacturing products under license from another company, both the licensor and licensee shall ensure that products meet the standards of the licensor.

8.2

A documented quality assurance (QA) program shall be in place. This shall include the following as applicable: certificates of quality or purity for raw materials; assessments of vendors if components or raw materials are manufactured products; raw materials/components inspection program; batch documentation; internal and external audits; records of environmental monitoring and sampling; records of maintenance on HVAC systems and other equipment; traceability forms identifying by part number all components and packing materials used in each batch; documentation of rejection rates; disposal of rejects; retention of samples. 8.2.1

A customer complaint file shall be maintained with documentation of action taken.

270



9

8.2.2

Plants shall be designed, constructed and operated so that all items, from raw materials to finished products, are protected from contamination. Plants shall have environmental controls in place including all necessary physical barriers, clean rooms and required ventilation. Environmental sampling shall be conducted as appropriate.

8.2.3

Employees shall wear protective clothing as appropriate and shall follow all required aseptic procedures.

8.2.4

A maintenance program shall be in place to include an inventory of all equipment, a preventive maintenance program; and labeling of all utility and product piping systems.

8.2.5

Water supplies shall meet applicable quality standards and be protected from contamination.

8.2.6

Sewage and wastewater shall be disposed of in a safe, sanitary manner with no unsanitary or nuisance conditions existing.

8.2.7

Toilets and handwashing facilities shall be provided as required.

8.2.8

Lighting shall meet industry standards for illumination.

8.2.9

Waste shall be managed and disposed of in a safe, sanitary manner.

8.2.10

The plant shall have a safety program in place. Employees handling hazardous materials or wastes shall receive appropriate training in the hazards, Symptoms of exposure, use of Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS), protective clothing and equipment, and proper emergency response. MSDS for all hazardous materials shall be maintained on site.

8.2.11

The plant shall have a pest control program in place. Measures shall be taken to prevent entrance of pests into the plant.

8.2.12

Employee accommodations shall be maintained in a safe, sanitary manner.

MEDICAL STORAGE FACILITIES (INCLUDES VENDOR-OPERATED FACILITIES) 9.1

The facility shall be designed, constructed and operated so that medical supplies are protected from contamination.

9.2

The temperature within the storage facilities shall be maintained at 30ºC (86ºF) or below to ensure proper shelf life of products. Products requiring refrigeration shall be stored in appropriate refrigeration units that have accurate thermometers. A temperature log shall be maintained and temperatures shall be recorded at least once daily. Temperature chart recorders shall be provided whenever vaccines are stored. The acceptable temperature range for refrigerators is 2ºC to 8ºC (35.6ºF to 46.4ºF), and for freezers -20ºC to -10ºC (-4ºF to 14ºF). Polio vaccine shall be stored at 20ºC (-4ºF) or below.

9.3

The premises shall be free of insects, rodents and all other animals. All outer openings shall be insect- and rodent-proofed.

9.4

If the services of a pest control contractor are being used, or if insecticides and/or rodenticides are being utilized in any manner at the facility, a list of the chemicals shall be submitted to Manager, EPD for a determination of their acceptability.

9.5

All products shall be stored at least 15 centimeters (6 inches) above the floor on clean racks, shelves or pallets and approximately 45 centimeters (18 inches) away from walls to allow access for proper cleaning, ventilation, stock rotation and pest control activities. 271



9.6

An easily distinguishable first-in first-out stock rotation system, such as expiry date placarding of pallets, shall be utilized in the facility to avoid dispensing outdated stock.

9.7

A separate area shall be designated and utilized for storage of damaged and/or outdated stock. Damaged and/or outdated stock shall be removed from the premises as soon as possible to avoid mixing with regular stock.

9.8

Refuse shall be stored in insect- and rodent-proof containers covered with tight-fitting lids. Containers shall be lined with plastic bags if practical. Refuse shall be removed from the premises daily.

9.9

The interior and exterior areas of the facility shall be maintained in a clean, sanitary manner with no accumulation of refuse or litter.

9.10

The facility shall be free of nuisances and hazards.

9.11

The floors, walls and ceilings of the facility shall be constructed of materials that can be easily cleaned.

9.12

Flush-type toilet facilities shall be available and maintained in a clean, sanitary condition. Handwashing facilities with hot and cold water at sufficient pressure, soap and paper towels shall be provided for employees at the facility.

9.13 Lighting and ventilation in the facility shall be adequate as described in sub-section 1.1.27. 9.14

Staff living quarters shall be completely separated from the facility. There shall be no smoking or eating in drug storage areas.

9.15 All toxic chemicals and pesticides shall be clearly marked and stored separately from medical supplies. 9.16 Fire extinguishers and other necessary fire prevention devices shall be available at strategic areas of the facility. 9.17

Flammables or other substances that emit toxic fumes or gases shall be stored in rooms with appropriate exhaust fans.

272



REFERENCES 1. Comprehensive Accreditation Manual for Hospitals, 2000 Edition. Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations, Oakbrook Terrace IL, USA. 2. Guidelines for Design and Construction of Hospital and Health Care Facilities, 1996-97 Edition. American Institute of Architects Academy of Architecture for Health and US Department of Health and Human Services, American Institute of Architects Press, Washington, D.C., USA. 3. 1999 ASHRAE Handbook: Heating, Ventilating and Air-Conditioning Applications. “Chapter 7 Health Care Facilities, Chapter 13 Laboratories, and Chapter 30 Kitchen Ventilation”. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc., Atlanta, Georgia, USA. 4. Guidelines for Preventing the Transmission of Mycobacterium Tuberculosis in Health Care Facilities, 1994. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Atlanta, GA, USA. 5. The Illuminating Engineering Society Handbook, “Lighting for Health Care Facilities”, 1985 Edition. Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IES), New York, NY, USA. 6. US National Standard Plumbing Code.1993 Edition. Building Officials and Code Administrators International, Inc. (BOCA), Country Club Hills, IL, USA. 7. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code, 1999 Edition. National Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA, USA. 8. NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code, 1999 Edition. National Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA, USA. 9. NFPA 96 Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations, 1998 Edition. National Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA, USA. 10. NFPA 99 Standard for Health Care Facilities, 1999 Edition. National Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA, USA. 11. NFPA 101 Life Safety Code, 2000 Edition. National Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA, USA. 12. NFPA 110 Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems, 1999 Edition. National Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA, USA. 13. NSF International Standard 49 – 1992: Class II (Laminar Flow) Biohazard Cabinetry. NSF International, Ann Arbor, MI, USA. 14. AAMI Standards and Recommended Practices, Volume 3, Dialysis, 1998 Edition. Association for the Advancement of Medical Instrumentation, Arlington, Virginia, USA. 15. A Manual on Water Treatment for Hemodialysis, July 1989 Edition. Centers for Devices and Radiological Health, Public Health Service, Food and Drug Administration, US Dept of Health and Human Services, Rockville, MD, USA. 16. Radiation Protection Standards. King Abdul Aziz Center for Science and Technology, Riyadh, KSA. 17. Guide to the Management of Medical Waste in the Eastern Province. General Directorate of Health Affairs in the Eastern Province, 1998. 18. SAMSO Infection Control Manual. 19. OM-4-1 Isolation Precautions. 20. OM-5-2 Sharps Disposal Policy. 21. OM-5-3 Handling of Soiled and Clean Linen. 22. OM-7-1 Environmental Control in SAMSO Facilities. 23. OM-8-1 Sterilization. 24. Guideline for Handwashing and Hospital Environmental Control, 1985. 25. SAMSO APP-11 Consumption of Food in SAMSO Facilities. 26. SAMSO APP-62 Series Environment of Care Program. 27. SAMSO APP-94 SAMSO Environmental Health Inspections. 28. SAMSO Medical Housekeeping Services OM-17 Waste Management (chemotherapy drug waste). 29. SAMSO TM-24 Food Handler Requirements. 30. SAMSO TM-30 Safe Handling of Cytotoxic Drug Waste. 31. SAMSO NPP-R-1 Refrigerators and Freezers and NPP-MED-4 Medication/Biologicals Storage. 32. Environmental Health Procedure Manual. 273


Commercial Laundries, SASC-S-11

SASC-S-11 COMMERCIAL LAUNDRIES Provision of clean, properly sanitized linen and dry cleaned articles is an essential requisite for all hospitals, institutions and communities. If soiled and contaminated linen are not properly handled the risk of spread of communicable disease to persons handling such linen is greatly increased. If linen and dry cleaned articles are not properly processed, they cannot be placed back in service. This Section specifies the public health requirements necessary for the maintenance of hygienic laundries capable of providing properly processed and protected linen and dry cleaning. NOTE: All sub-sections should be read in conjunction with appropriate referenced documents listed at the end of this Section. DEFINITIONS: Alkali: A chemical substance (such as a hydroxide or carbonate of sodium or potassium), which reacts with and neutralizes an acid. Alkalinity: A quantitative measure of the capacity of liquids or suspensions to neutralize strong acids or to resist the establishment of acidic conditions. Alkalinity results from the presence of bicarbonates, carbonates, hydroxides, volatile acids, salts, and occasionally of borates, silicates and phosphates. Numerically it is expressed in terms of the concentration of calcium carbonates that would have an equivalent capacity to neutralize strong acids; a property of water-soluble substances or mixtures causing the concentration of hydroxyl ions (OH-) in water solutions to be higher than the concentration of hydrogen ions (H+). Bacteriostasis: Inhibition of growth, but not killing, of bacteria by chemicals such as some dyes and sulfonamides. Bacteriostat: A chemical agent, which under defined conditions induces bacteriostasis. Bacteriostatic: A chemical agent, which has the ability to inhibit growth but not kill bacteria. Biodegradable: Waste material, that is capable of being broken down by bacteria into basic elements. Most organic waste, such as food remains and paper, is biodegradable. Biodegradability: The capability of organic matter to be decomposed by biological processes. Bleach: A product that will clean, whiten, brighten and remove stains from fabrics; it also removes stains on hard surfaces and is bactericidal. Bleaching: A process for removing soils and stains from textile fabrics and hard surfaces by chemical oxidation or reduction. Cleaning: (1) Removal, by scrubbing and washing as with water, soap or suitable detergent, or by vacuum cleaning, of infectious agents and of organic matter from surfaces on which and in which infectious agents may find favorable conditions for surviving or multiplying. Cleaning must precede disinfection and sterilization. (2) The process employed to free a surface from food residues, dirt, grease or other objectionable matter and/or extraneous material. Communicable Disease: An illness due to a specific infectious agent or its toxic products which arises through transmission of that agent or its products from an infected person, animal, or inanimate reservoir to a susceptible host, either directly or indirectly through an intermediate plant or animal host, vector, or the inanimate environment. Company Hygiene Policy: A policy that describes procedures to be adopted in a laundry facility to ensure that 274



linen is protected from risk of contamination throughout processing storage and distribution. This will include linen handling as well as personal hygiene and infection control policies and procedures. Detergent: Technically, any cleansing agent. In popular usage, washing and cleaning agents with a composition other than soap that clean by much the same mechanisms as soap. A cleansing agent, as soap; any of numerous synthetic water-soluble or liquid organic preparations that are chemically different from soaps, but are able to emulsify oils, hold dirt in suspension, and act as wetting agents. Detergent/Chemical Dispenser: Device Mounted on or adjacent to a commercial washing machine that will automatically dose the machine with a premeasured amount of detergent/chemical. Dirt: filthy or soiling substance (as mud, dust, or grime); excrement. Disinfectant: (1) An agent that frees from infection by destroying harmful bacteria but not necessarily all bacterial spores. (2) A chemical or physical agent that kills pathogenic microorganisms (See ‘disinfect’ in glossary). Fabric Softener: A laundry additive that gives fabrics a soft feel and smooth surface, reduces static electricity and wrinkling and makes ironing easier. Germicide Any material that kills germs. The term germicide is essentially synonymous with bactericide, but it may be somewhat broader in the range of its coverage, and somewhat less precise. A substance capable of killing certain microorganisms. Germicidal: A chemical agent, which under defined conditions, is capable of killing bacteria, and some other microorganisms but not necessarily bacterial spores. Hand Cleanser A product designed primarily for cleaning the hands, usually with emphasis on removing oils, grease, and other occupational soils. Hazardous Medical Linen: Linen from Isolation Rooms, Emergency Rooms, Operating and Delivery Rooms which is heavily soiled with blood, excretions or secretions. Hypochlorite: In its sodium salt form, the active bleaching ingredients in liquid chlorine bleach. Hypochlorite Bleach: A group of strong oxidizing agents, all of which have one or more chlorine atoms in their molecule. Liquid chlorine bleach is commonly sold as an approximately five per cent solution of sodium hypochlorite. As a laundry additive, liquid chlorine bleach removes stains, aids in soil removal, whitens, disinfects, and deodorizes. Dry forms of chlorine bleach include chlorinated isocyanurates and chlorinated trisodium phosphate. They are used as the bleaching ingredient in products marketed in dry form, such as cleansers and automatic dishwasher detergents. Neither liquid nor dry chlorine bleach should be used on silks, woolens, dyes sensitive to hypochlorite, and certain stains such as rust, which can be set by hypochlorite. Chlorine bleach deactivates enzymes found in laundry detergents or laundry aids. Infectious/Communicable disease: A clinically manifest disease of man or animal resulting from an infection. Laundering: The process of cleaning and refurbishing fabrics, which includes sorting, washing with an aqueous solution of laundry products, rinsing, water extraction, and drying. Laundry Detergent: A product containing a surfactant and other ingredients, formulated to clean and care for the many different fabrics in the family wash. Laundry Sour: Various acid compounds are used in institutional laundries to condition the load of fabrics being washed to a desirable degree of acidity, important to finishing operations that follow. Linen Cart: Cart for storage of clean linen. May be semi or fully-enclosed. 275



Linen Hamper: 1) Stationary or mobile metal cabinet with hinged metal cover. (2) Stationary or mobile framework with round cloth bag or cloth sides, ends and bottom. Optical Brightener/Whitener: Synonyms for fluorescent whitening agent, the preferred term in relation to soaps and detergents. Process Water: Water within a process that comes in contact with end products or with materials incorporated into end products. Proponent Organization; The Saudi Aramco Department/Division which is responsible for the operation of a facility or for a contract or service provided to Saudi Aramco by an outside contractor or concessionaire. Soap: The product formed by the saponification or neutralization of fats, oils, waxes, rosins, or their acids with organic or inorganic bases. (American Society for Testing & Materials definition). This definition of soap covers a wide range of compositions, but in the area of consumer products, soap usually means the sodium or potassium salt of animal fat or a combination of vegetable oil and animal fat. The principal fats and oils used are tallow and coconut oil. In common usage, the word soap is also employed generically to describe any washing product that is preponderantly soap or depends on soap for its primary function. Thus toilet and laundry bars, light duty flakes and granules, and all-purpose made products are all termed soap, if soap is their base ingredient. Sodium Hypochlorite: A water solution of sodium hydroxide and chlorine, in which sodium hypochlorite is the essential ingredient. Soil: Something that spoils or pollutes (such as food residues, refuse, dirt, sewage or dung). Stain/Stained: A visible discoloration. A stain may be one or more relatively small spots or a fairly large area of discoloration. Instructions are available from many sources for removing stains from washable fabrics. Among techniques are presoaking and other pretreatment bleaching and special use of detergent or of special materials appropriate to the particular stain. Steam: Vaporized water, usually under pressure from a power plant or waste heat boiler. Suds; A mass of bubbles formed on the surface of a liquid by agitation. Most soap products sud fairly readily and voluminously, provided there is sufficient agitation and an excess of soap over that required to overcome the hardness of the water. Detergents vary widely in sudsing properties. Water Softener: An agent that inactivates or removes water hardness minerals, principally calcium and magnesium and to a lesser degree, iron and manganese. There are three basic ways to soften water in the home: mechanical water softeners; packaged chemical water softeners; and built detergents.

1

INSPECTION OF LAUNDRIES AND EMPLOYEE COMMUNAL LIVING FACILITIES 1.1

Proponent organizations shall inspect laundries and associated communal living facilities they control as often as is necessary to ensure compliance with this Code Section. All inspections shall be recorded and such records shall be made available to Saudi Aramco Environmental Protection Department (EPD) upon request.

1.2

Saudi Aramco EPD shall have the right to inspect all laundries and associated communal living facilities at all reasonable times to check the standards of hygiene and evaluate compliance with the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code in accordance with Saudi Aramco General Instruction 0151.006. A written report will be provided to the proponent organization.

1.3

Contractual requirements, remedies and penalties may supplement this Code Section, but shall not supersede or negate Code requirements. Medical Linen Services Contracts shall stipulate the requirement for contractors to comply with this Code Section. 276



2


Personnel: 2.1.1

The laundry shall develop, implement and document adequate guidelines in good personal hygiene and laundry processing procedures. The guidelines shall be communicated to employees as part of a continuous in-service training program. This program must be designed to ensure that all hygienic recommendations are understood. Saudi Aramco EPD shall have the right to review such guidelines.

2.1.2

Personnel shall have a valid photo identification card in their possession that identifies them as an employee of the laundry. Identification cards are not transferable.

2.1.3

All laundry personnel shall be free from communicable disease.

2.1.4

Personnel shall have a valid medical examination certificate. 2.1.4.1 As a minimum, all personnel shall be given a physical health examination prior to commencement of employment, when required by illness or injury, when required by Saudi Arab Government Agencies and whenever requested by Saudi Aramco EPD. The medical examination shall be equivalent to, and completed with the same thoroughness, as those conducted by the Saudi Aramco Medical Services Organization. 2.1.4.2 All medical examinations shall be conducted in a medical clinic or hospital located in Saudi Arabia by a physician licensed by the Saudi Arab Government. 2.1.4.3 The medical examination report shall include a statement, signed by the licensed physician conducting the examination, declaring that the individual is physically fit to perform his duties as a laundry worker and is free from communicable disease. 2.1.4.4 A copy of the employee’s medical examination, with a photograph of the employee attached shall be kept on file at his work site. The results of medical examinations shall be available for review by authorized Saudi Aramco representatives prior to and throughout the individual’s employment by the laundry. 2.1.4.5 Any employee who is ill or exhibits symptoms of any communicable disease shall be removed from the facility and be referred to and be examined by a licensed physician. The employee shall not be permitted to resume work until he is found to be free of communicable disease or any other condition that could promote the spread of a communicable disease. Symptoms and conditions include: infected wounds on the hands and arms; skin rashes; diarrhea; fever; chills; profuse sweating; etc.

2.1.5

Personnel shall be thoroughly trained qualified and receive continuous in-service training in all aspects of the specific tasks assigned to them. 2.1.5.1 Each employee shall have an individual documented training record. 2.1 5.2 Training records shall record the work procedures/topics against which the employee has been trained 2.1.5.3 Employees shall only undertake work for which they have been trained.

2.1.6

Personnel shall be provided with a sufficient number of light colored uniforms to permit daily changing. Clothing that is used once and then discarded is permissible. Uniforms shall be worn during laundry processing activities and shall be laundered when they become soiled and at the end of each shift worked. 277



2.1.7

Personnel shall be provided with and required to wear clean hair restraints that effectively contain the hair on their head, as well as facial hair, if applicable.

2.1.8

Personnel shall wear closed shoes, preferably steel-toed safety shoes. Open sandals and bare feet shall be prohibited.

2.1.9

Personnel shall be provided with and required to wear clean heavy duty rubber gloves, suitable masks, shoe covers, cover gowns and other protective clothing, as necessary, when handling contaminated and soiled linen from medical facilities.

2.1.10 Personnel shall not apply their fingers to their mouth, eyes, ears, nose, hair, scalp, feet or privates, nor shall they eat, drink, spit, clean their nose, chew gum or use tobacco in any form while in areas where clean or soiled linen is stored, sorted, washed, processed, packaged, or shipped. 2.1.11 All personnel shall follow documented hand washing and changing procedures approved by Manager, EPD. Personnel shall thoroughly wash their hands and the exposed portions of their arms: before starting work with clean linen; after using the toilet; after touching their ears, nose, mouth or hair; after handling refuse; before and after any cleaning procedure; after handling soiled linen; before moving from a dirty area to a clean area; before and after smoking, eating or drinking; and during work as often as necessary to keep hands clean. They shall keep their fingernails clean and trimmed. 2.1.12 No watches or jewelry shall be worn in processing areas. 2.1.13 Personnel shall maintain a high degree of personal cleanliness and shall conform to good hygienic practices, e.g. daily bathing, frequent hand washing and by keeping fingernails clean and trimmed. 2.1.14 Personnel shall not sleep or lie in areas where clean or soiled linen is stored, sorted, washed, processed, packaged or shipped. 2.1.15 A Company Hygiene Policy shall be drafted and implemented. The policy shall be supplied and explained to all employees. Signs shall be placed at appropriate points in the laundry that inform staff of hygiene requirements, garment changing and hand washing procedures. 2.1.16 A Health Questionnaire shall be supplied to and be completed by all employees and visitors. This shall consist of questions regarding their general health and shall emphasize the requirement for anyone suffering from a sore throat, cough, fever or recent vomiting/diarrhea to report this in the questionnaire. Facility management shall have the final decision as to whether employees or visitors enter the laundry. 2.1.17 The proprietor shall be responsible for assuring that personnel comply with the requirements of this Code Section. He shall demonstrate knowledge and apply the principles and practices outlined in this Code Section. 2.1.18 Employees shall be housed in suitable communal living facilities provided with such basic amenities as bathrooms, toilets, kitchens, laundry facilities and air conditioned sleeping quarters which comply with the general requirements of Section SASC-S-07, Camps and Communal Living Facilities, Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code.

2.2

Housekeeping 2.2.1

A “Master Sanitation Schedule” shall be developed and used in all laundries. This schedule shall be fully documented and be available for audit and review by Saudi Aramco EPD.

2.2.2

All laundries, both inside and outside, including all furnishings, equipment and fixtures, shall be 278



2.2.3

in good repair, in a clean and safe condition and free from insects, rodents and other vermin. All laundry areas shall be properly cleaned at least once daily and more frequently if necessary.

2.2.4

The floor of every workroom shall be maintained in a clean and, so far as possible, a dry condition. Where wet processes are used, drainage shall be maintained and dry standing places shall be provided where practicable. The floors in the soiled linen receiving and sorting rooms shall be mopped with a germicidal solution at least once daily. Wash areas utilized for processing hospital linen shall also be treated daily with a germicidal solution. Clean areas of the laundry shall be damp mopped at least once weekly.

2.2.5

Sorting bins, tables, and other furniture in clean areas shall be maintained in good condition and cleaned daily with germicidal solution.

2.2.6

Shelves, closets, racks or rails where clean linen is stored shall be cleaned on a regular basis with a germicidal solution.

2.2.7

The inside compartments of trucks and soiled linen carts shall be sanitized at least once each day and shall be steam cleaned at least once each week.

2.2.8

All changing rooms, toilet rooms, shower rooms, handwashing facilities, utility rooms and associated facilities shall be kept clean and in good repair at all times. They shall be free from vermin and objectionable odors. All fixtures and floors, as well as walls subject to splash, shall be cleaned with an approved detergent, rinsed and then sanitized with a 0.3 to 0.6 percent hypochlorite solution (3,000 to 6,000 milligrams per liter or 3,000 to 6,000 parts per million), or other equivalent germicidal solution approved by Saudi Aramco EPD, at least once daily. Materials, maintenance and cleaning equipment shall be properly stored.

2.2.9

Cleaning and sweeping shall be conducted in such a manner as to minimize the contamination of the air with dust and shall be done outside of working hours, if practicable.

2.2.10

All cleaning and sanitizing solutions shall be non tainting and food grade. Staff shall receive documented training, including necessary safety precautions in the mixing and use of cleaning chemicals.

2.2.11

Non linting single use wipes and filtered air vacuum cleaners shall be used in the clean area of the laundry. Cleaning equipment shall not itself introduce contamination or foreign bodies into the area.

2.2.12

Separate cleaning equipment, including disposable materials shall be provided for use in cleaning soiled linen sorting areas, toilet rooms and linen processing areas to minimize the risk of cross contamination. Where possible, this equipment and materials shall be color coded to identify the area in which they have been designated for use.

2.3

Food shall not be stored, processed or cooked in any room unless such room was specifically designed for this purpose and the use of such room for cooking is approved by EPD.

2.4

All entrances, exits, corridors and stairways, as applicable, shall be properly illuminated. Fire exits shall be provided with illuminated exit signs equipped with emergency power sources. Entrances, exits, corridors, stairways, fire exits and fire escapes shall be kept free from obstructions.

2.5

Live animals, including those intended for slaughter, shall be excluded from the premises.

2.6 All materials shall be stored either on storage shelves or on movable wooden pallets. The laundry operator shall not accumulate rags, fabric or other items in a manner that presents a fire hazard or allows rodent and insect harborage. 279



3

GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 3.1

3.2

Plant Design and Layout 3.1.1

The laundry site, if practicable, shall not be located in an area subject to periodic flooding or adjacent to marshes, railroads, stockyards, industrial sites, pipelines or other such areas that would constitute a health or safety hazard.

3.1.2

The walking and driving surfaces of all areas outside the physical facility shall be surfaced with concrete, asphalt or similar material effectively treated to facilitate maintenance and to minimize dust. These surfaces shall be well drained and kept clean.

3.1.3

The laundry, and all parts of the property around the laundry, shall be kept free from public health nuisances and safety hazards (see Section SASC-S-18 this Code). Whenever any agency, employee or individual other than the Saudi Aramco proponent observes a nuisance or violation of this Code, it shall be reported to Saudi Aramco EPD. Saudi Aramco EPD will ensure that the laundry operator and/or the Saudi Aramco proponent is aware of the problem and shall provide assistance as required.

3.1.4

The laundry shall be separated into soiled and clean areas by a floor to ceiling barrier, preferably located in such a position that washing machines can be incorporated into it. Where this is not possible, floor to ceiling physical barriers shall be provided to separate areas of the laundry dealing with dry disinfected work from those dealing with unprocessed, soiled, washed or damp disinfected work. Access between areas shall be via either automatic or self-closing swing doors and airflow shall be from the cleanest to the dirtiest areas of the plant. The laundry shall be designed to facilitate processing in a manner where flow is in a straight line from the dirty to the clean side of the operation, with no crossover and no clean linen being transported/dispatched through any soiled linen handling area.

3.1.5

Where washing machines are incorporated into a barrier wall, they shall be designed with separate interlocking doors on opposite sides of the barrier for loading and unloading. All water, steam and chemical connections shall be on the soiled side of the barrier. All drainage shall be on the soiled side of the barrier and means shall be provided to prevent the accidental of drainage water through the barrier or the washing machines to the clean side. Washing machine drainage vents shall be closed before the clean side door is opened. Washing machine air vents shall be on the soiled side of the barrier and be fitted with a device that will close off the vent when the clean side door is open.

3.1.6

Staff access to the clean linen side of the operation shall involve them passing through a changing room that incorporates hygienic hand washing facilities. Access to toilet facilities from the clean area shall only be via a controlled barrier crossing.

Floors: 3.2.1

Floors shall be constructed of durable, non-slip, smooth and easily cleanable materials.

3.2.2

The floors of wet work areas, kitchens, lunch rooms, shower rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and handwashing facilities shall have smooth, hard, easily cleanable surfaces that are impervious to water, detergents and disinfectants. These floors shall be sloped to properly trapped floor drains and the junctions between the floors and the walls shall be coved and sealed.

3.2.3

Utility service lines and pipes shall not be unnecessarily exposed on floors. If exposed, they shall be installed in a way that does not obstruct or prevent cleaning.

3.2.4

Floor mats and duckboards are prohibited in kitchens, shower rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and handwashing facilities. 280



3.3

Walls and ceilings:

3.4

3.3.1

Walls and ceilings shall be constructed of durable materials and shall have light colored, smooth, easily cleanable surfaces. In addition, the walls in wet work areas, toilet rooms and shower rooms shall be impervious to water, detergents and disinfectants to a minimum height of 1.2 meters (4 feet) in wet work areas and toilet rooms and 1.8 meters (6 feet) in shower rooms. The junctions between the floors and walls in wet work rooms, kitchens, lunch rooms, shower rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and handwashing facilities shall be coved and sealed (see sub-section 4.2.2 of this Code Section).

3.3.2

The use of rough or unsealed and unfinished building materials, such as brick, concrete blocks and wooden beams, is prohibited in wet work rooms, kitchens, lunch rooms, shower rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and handwashing facilities.

3.3.3

Studs, joists and rafters shall not be exposed in wet workrooms, kitchens, lunch rooms, shower rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and handwashing facilities.

3.3.4


3.3.5

Acoustic paneling may be utilized providing it is installed not less than 1.8 meters (6 feet) above the floor. Any perforations shall not penetrate the entire depth of the panel, shall not be greater than 3 millimeters (0.13 inches) in any dimension, and shall not comprise more than 25 percent of the exposed panel surface. The paneling shall otherwise meet the requirements of this Section.

3.3.6


3.3.7


3.3.8


3.3.9

The ceilings in hallways, corridors, shower rooms, toilet rooms and utility rooms shall be at least 2.1 meters (7 feet) high as measured to the lowest projection from the ceiling.

3.3.10


Doors, windows and screening: 3.4.1 3.4.2

Separate delivery and exit doors shall be provided. A self-closing door shall be provided between the soiled and clean areas

3.4.3

All exterior entrances to the laundry shall be provided with solid doors or glazed windows that shall be kept tightly closed when not in use (excludes passageways between rooms within an enclosed building). Additional ventilation shall be provided if employees persistently open outer doors to freshen or cool the air within the laundry.

.

281



4

3.4.4

All exterior entrances to kitchens, lunch rooms, shower rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and handwashing facilities shall be fitted with self-closing screen doors that open outwards (a screen door is not required if the solid door is self-closing and opens outward, the area is fully air conditioned alleviating the need for propping the solid door open and employees are required to keep doors closed). The bottoms of screen doors shall be covered with metal sheeting in accordance with sub-section 15.5 of this Code Section. Other effective fly control devices, e.g. air curtains, may be used in lieu of screen doors.

3.4.5


3.4.6

All openable windows which are not solidly closed and are accessible to insects and rodents shall be appropriately screened by grilles, hardware cloth or other material capable of precluding the entry by insects and rodents. The effective mesh size of screening material shall not be less than 6 mesh per centimeter (16 mesh per inch).

3.4.7


3.5

Where practical, and in all newly constructed or renovated laundries, separate rooms shall be provided for: a) storing and sorting soiled linen; b) for processing, washing and ironing linen; c) for pressing or otherwise finishing linen; and d) for storing clean linen.

3.6

A planned Preventive Maintenance Schedule shall be developed and implemented for all processing and support equipment. All Preventive Maintenance and Corrective Maintenance shall be documented.

3.7

A plan shall be developed to deal with an Internal Disaster such as fire or loss of a utility such as water or electrical power. Contingency measures shall be addressed in this plan and it shall be kept available for audit and scrutiny by Saudi Aramco EPD.

VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING 4.1 Ventilation shall be provided to remove gases, odors, steam, excessive heat, grease, vapors, smoke and other contaminants from the workplace. Ventilation systems shall be installed and operated according to standards equivalent to those outlined in Saudi Aramco Engineering Standard (SAES-K001). Ventilation systems shall be maintained in efficient working order. 4.2 4.3

Air flow shall be from the area where clean linen is kept (“cleanest area”) to the area where soiled linen is kept (“soiled area”). Smoke tests may be conducted during inspections. “Soiled areas” shall be under negative air pressure and shall be ventilated with 10 room-volumes of clean air per hour, vented directly to the external atmosphere, with no recirculation.

4.4

Intake air ducts shall be designed and maintained to prevent the entrance of dust, dirt, and other contaminating materials. All ventilation openings shall be appropriately screened by grilles, hardware cloth or other material capable of precluding entrance of insects and rodents. Note that automatic fan ventilation openings are acceptable for rodent stoppage if the fan covering is maintained in good repair. All intake air duct filters shall be cleaned and/or changed to a documented schedule as recommended by the filter manufacturer.

4.5

The temperature in all rooms in which personnel work shall be maintained at a level conducive to 282



the healthful performance of the activity conducted in the area. In new and substantially renovated facilities, the temperature shall be maintained at or below 29°C (84°F).

5

4.6

All habitable rooms and corridors shall be sufficiently ventilated by means of natural or mechanical ventilation. The requirement is deemed satisfied in corridors, offices and similar areas when it can be demonstrated that the ventilation system exchanges at least two volumes of air per hour (if mechanical ventilation is used, at least 20 percent of the air supply shall be taken from the outside). The rate at which the air volume is exchanged in work areas subject to gases, odors, steam, excessive heat, grease, vapors, smoke and other contaminants will be a function of the activity and degree of health risk.

4.7

All shower rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and handwashing facilities shall be provided with mechanical ventilation systems capable of providing the equivalent of five air changes per hour. At least 20 percent of the air supply shall be taken from the outside. If this is not feasible, mechanical exhaust fans may be used in lieu of the required mechanical ventilation system. Exhaust fans shall be capable of exhausting 1 cubic meter (35 cubic feet) of air per minute for each hand washbasin/sink, shower, toilet and urinal installed.

4.8

All kitchens shall be provided with a mechanical ventilation system fitted inside a hood placed over the stove, the design and specifications of which shall be compatible with the stove used. Screening over exhaust openings shall be easily removable for cleaning. Kitchens and dining areas shall have air conditioning systems capable of ensuring that the room receives between twelve and fifteen air exchanges per hour. At least 20 percent of the air supply shall be taken from the outside.

4.9

The practice of opening windows or doors to supplement ventilation in processing areas shall be prohibited. Sufficient air conditioning equipment and mechanical extractors shall be installed to control temperature and airflow in these areas.

ILLUMINATION The following levels of illumination, whether from natural or artificial sources, shall be provided in laundries. Illumination shall be evenly distributed and of sufficient intensity to avoid discoloration, shadows and strong glare. Also, refer to illumination requirements outlined in SAES-P-123, Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards. TABLE 1 Illumination Illumination Levels Required* Lux Footcandles 320 30 110 10 540 50 750 70 320 30 215 20 110 10 110 10

Area to be Illuminated Desk in office Hallway Kitchen Laundry work area Lunch room Shower/toilet block Stairway All other indoor areas

* Measured at a distance of 76 centimeters (30 inches) above the floor

283



6

WATER SYSTEMS 6.1 Water for both processing and drinking purposes shall be obtained, conveyed, treated, stored and distributed in a closed system. Design, construction, maintenance and operational standards, as well as quality criteria, shall comply with requirements outlined in SASC-S-01 of this Code and standards referenced in Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards-SAES-S-40, Saudi Aramco Water Systems and SAESS-60, Saudi Aramco Plumbing Code. 6.2

Enough processing and drinking water for laundry operations and the needs of the employees shall be obtained from the community water supply. If a community water supply is not available, or too high in dissolved solids to make it palatable. then water shall be obtained from an adequate, easily accessible source that has been properly located and protected to ensure that water obtained is of a safe and sanitary quality and is approved by Saudi Aramco EPD. The source shall be constructed in a way that prevents underground or surface contamination from reaching the source. Facilities shall be operated and maintained by competent individuals. No part of the system shall be used for any other purpose.

6.3

Water wells (or other water source) and collection, conveyance, treatment, storage and distribution systems, or parts thereof, which are newly constructed, have been repaired or have otherwise become contaminated, shall be thoroughly disinfected according to requirements outlined in Section SASC-S-01 of this Code before being used. The supply shall be purged of all but normal residual amounts of disinfectant (less than 3 milligrams per liter [3 parts per million] if chlorine is used to disinfect the system) before a sample for bacteriological testing is collected.

6.4

All water not provided directly by pipe to the laundry from the source shall be transported in a bulk water transport system that is used for no other purpose. At the time water is obtained from the approved source, enough chlorine shall be added to the water in the bulk water transport system to create a 0.5 to 1.5 milligrams per liter (0.5 to 1.5 parts per million) free chlorine residual. Hauled water shall be delivered directly to the closed water system at the work place. The bulk water transport system shall comply with requirements outlined in Section SASC-S-01 of this Code.

6.5


6.6

Plumbing with emphasis on cross connection control 6.6.1

Plumbing shall be designed sized and installed according to standards outlined in Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards. Plumbing and plumbing fixtures shall be operated and maintained in a way that prevents contamination. Plumbing and plumbing fixtures shall be kept clean and in good repair.

6.6.2

The potable water system shall be designed and constructed to prevent the possibility of backflow. Devices to protect against backflow and backsiphonage shall be installed on all water outlets and equipment unless an air gap of at least twice the inner diameter of the water outlet (when not affected by side walls) and at least three times (when affected by side walls) is provided between the water outlet and the flood-level rim of the receiving drain or receiving basin of the drain fixture, and wherever else backflow or backsiphonage may occur. A hose shall not be attached to a faucet unless a backflow prevention device is installed.

6.6.3

There shall be no cross connection between the potable water supply and the process water supply or any other unsafe or questionable water supply, sewerage system or any 284



source of pollution that might contaminate or otherwise degrade the potable water supply. 6.6.4

There shall be no direct physical connection between the sewerage system and any drain originating from equipment that contains laundry.

6.6.5

A non-potable water system is permitted only for purposes such as air conditioning and fire protection. It shall not be directly or indirectly connected with the potable water system. Water from the system shall not be used in any laundry process or for any domestic purpose. The piping of the non-potable water system shall be durably identified so that it is readily distinguishable from piping that carries potable water.

6.7

All potable water supplied to laundries shall be disinfected by chlorination or other means or methods of equal efficiency in the killing or removal of organisms capable of causing infection. When chlorination is employed, a sufficient amount of chlorine shall be added to the water to maintain chlorine residual in the range of 0.5 to 1.5 milligrams per liter (0.5 to 1.5 parts per million) at all points in the distribution system from which water may be withdrawn.

6.8

Hot and cold potable water shall be provided to all hand washbasins, showers and kitchen sinks. The domestic hot water heating system shall be capable of producing a constant flow of hot water at a temperature of at least 49°C (120°F). (Specific requirements pertinent to the hot and/or tempered water discharged from each class of fixture are outlined in appropriate Standard).

6.9

Hot water shall be provided to all laundry equipment requiring water. The hot water heating system shall be capable of producing a constant flow of hot water at a temperature of at least 71°C (160°F).

6.10

If hoses are used for conveying potable water, they shall be constructed of safe materials, shall have a smooth interior surface, shall be used for no other purpose and shall be clearly identified as to its use. Caps and keeper chains shall be provided for water system inlet and outlet fittings, as well as hose fittings. All such fittings shall be capped when not in immediate use. Hoses shall be stored and used so as to be kept free from contamination.

6.11

Drinking water fountains and associated requirements:

6.12

6.11.1

Drinking fountains, if provided, shall be approved angle-jet type and shall be provided with in adequate supply of water under pressure.

6.11.2


6.11.3


6.11.4

The use of the common drinking cup is prohibited.

6.11.5


Compressed air used to pressurize the potable water system shall be filtered or otherwise treated to render it free from dust, insects and extraneous material. Air intakes shall be properly located and maintained. Filters shall be located upstream from the compressor and shall be easily removable for cleaning and replacement. The blower or compressor supplying air shall be designed so that it will deliver oil- free air. Oil-free air shall be produced by a method equivalent to one of the following: a) use of carbon ring piston compressor; b) use of an oil-lubricated compressor with effective provision for removal of oil vapor; or c) high-pressure, water-lubricated or non-lubricated blowers. 285



6.13


It is suggested that the following piping system be adopted. Non-toxic paints shall be used (the use of paints containing lead shall be avoided.)

TABLE 2 Piping System Color-Code Piping System Chlorine, Gas and Liquid Distilled and Demineralized Water Treated (any process)

Base Color Yellow Blue Blue

Identifying Color Stripe 1-Oxide Red 1-Aluminum 1-Oxide Red


6.13.2

Equipment, devices, filters, and all other water treatment or conditioning apparatus, shall be made of safe materials, shall be designed to be disassembled for periodic replacement of active elements/media, cleaning and service, shall be operated, inspected and serviced according to the manufacturer’s instructions and specifications, and shall not be operated beyond their rated capacity. All such equipment shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition and, if necessary, shall be sanitized by application of a chlorine solution or by other approved means.

6.13.3


6.13.4

6.14

If a Water Softener is provided: 6.14.1

7


Process water shall, as a minimum, be tested daily for Total Hardness. Continuous monitoring is preferred.

SEWAGE 7.1

Sewage shall be collected, treated and disposed of in accordance with requirements equivalent to those outlined in Section SASC-S-02 of this Code. Where a public sewer system is available, all plumbing fixtures, building sewers and vents shall be connected to it. In no case shall sewage or liquid waste of any type be discharged or otherwise disposed of on the surface of the ground, or into any well, cave, open ditch or reservoir until it has been properly treated and the disposal method has been approved by Saudi Aramco EPD. Pit latrines, outhouses and other non-water-carried sewage disposal methods are prohibited.

7.2


7.3


7.4


7.5

Defective sewer pipes, traps, drains and vents shall be repaired or replaced promptly and professionally. Crude repairs with wood, tape or metal strips are unsatisfactory. 286



8

TOILET ROOMS, SHOWER ROOMS AND HANDWASHING FACILITIES (GENERAL) 8.1

Every laundry shall be provided with properly designed and constructed toilet, shower and hand washbasin facilities.

8.2

Toilet and handwashing facilities shall be readily accessible and open to personnel at all times. Facilities are not considered to be readily accessible if an employee is required to climb more than one floor-to- floor flight of stairs or if they are located more than 61 meters (200 feet) from the location where the employee normally works.

8.3


8.4

Shower rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and handwashing facilities shall be separated from the laundry, kitchens and sleeping rooms by a self-closing, tight-fitting door. The storage of food, equipment, utensils or personal articles in such areas is prohibited.

8.5

Hand washbasins and other sinks, faucets and hydrants not specifically designed and approved for such use, shall not be used for washing laundry, preparing food or for washing dishes or utensils.

8.6


8.7


8.8

The following number of showers, toilets/urinals and hand washbasins shall be provided per Table 3:

Number of Employees 1 to 15 16 – 30 31 – 45 46 – 60 61 – 75 76 –90 91 – 105

Showers * male female 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7

> 105

one per 15 additional Persons

* **

***

TABLE 3 Numbers and Types of Fixtures Required Number of Toilets ** Number of Employees male female Employees 1 - 15 1 1 1 – 10 16 - 35 2 2 11 – 20 36 - 55 3 3 21 – 30 56 - 75 4 4 31 – 40 76 - 100 5 5 41 – 50 51 – 60 61 – 70 71 – 80 81 – 90 91 – 100 > 100 one per 30 additional > 100 persons

Washbasins *** male female 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 one per 10 additional Persons

One shower shall be provided for every 15 workers, or portion thereof, exposed to excessive heat or to skin contamination with poisonous, infectious or irritating materials. Where 10 or more men are employed, urinals should be provided. Urinals may be substituted for toilets on a one to one basis, except that the number of toilets shall not be reduced to less than two-thirds of the number specified in Table 3. This clause does not apply to facilities provided for females. At least one hand washbasin shall be provided for every 10 employees or portion thereof, up to 100 persons, and one hand washbasin for each additional 15 persons or portion thereof. Where employees are exposed to skin contamination with poisonous, infectious or irritating materials, the number of hand washbasins provided shall be increased to one for every 5 employees.

287



8.9 The minimum size of, and floor space allotted for, toilets, hand washbasins, urinals and showers shall be as follows: TABLE 4 Minimum Space Required for Each Type of Installation Installation Minimum Minimum Minimum Space Width Depth Per Unit Hand washbasin 60 cm 105 cm 1.1 m2 Shower cubical 75 cm 75 cm 1.3 m2 Shower stall 75 cm 75 cm 1.3 m2 Toilet compartment 80 cm 105 cm 1.5 m2 Urinal 60 cm 105 cm 1.1 m2 9

TOILET ROOMS 9.1

Toilet rooms shall be completely enclosed. Each toilet fixture shall be individually enclosed within its own compartment within the toilet room (does not apply to urinals). This is required to ensure that an individual’s need for privacy does not interfere with his commitment to personal hygiene.

9.2


9.3


9.4

Toilet bowls shall be set entirely free and open from all enclosing structures and shall be so installed that the space around the fixture can be easily cleaned. Wall-hung toilets are not prohibited.

9.5


9.6


10 HANDWASHING FACILITIES 10.1

Adequate handwashing facilities shall be provided in accordance with Table 3, sub-section 8.8 of this Code Section and be conveniently located adjacent to toilet facilities. When trough sinks and circular wash basins are provided with individual faucets, 60 centimeters (24 inches) of lineal trough sink or 45 centimeters (18 inches) of a circular basin shall be considered as equal to one hand washbasin. Also note that utility sinks are not acceptable substitutes for hand washbasins.

10.2

In addition to the handwashing facilities required in sub-section 10.1 of this Code Section, a hand washbasin and changing area shall be provided at the exit of the soiled linen sorting area and at the entrance to the clean linen area (see sub-section 12.2 of this Code Section). Germicidal handwashing soap, individual, disposable paper towels and a lined garbage receptacle for storing towel waste shall be provided at these handwashing facilities. Employees shall change their protective clothing and wash their hands before they leave the soiled linen sorting area.

10.3

Tempered running water shall be provided at each hand washbasin. Water shall be tempered by means of a mixing valve or combination faucet. Water shall be delivered at a minimum pressure of at least 1.4 kilograms per square centimeter (20 pounds per square inch) with a minimum flow of at least 288



3.8 liters per minute (1 gallon per minute). The temperature of the water discharged from the tap shall be at least 32°C (90°F). Any slow-closing faucet used shall provide a flow of water for at least 15 seconds without the need to reactivate the faucet. 10.4

11

12

A handwashing cleanser and single-use paper towels shall be provided in dispensers at or next to hand washbasins at all times (common towels are prohibited). Mechanical hot air blowers for drying the hands may be substituted for paper towels.

SHOWER ROOMS 11.1

Showers shall be provided as employees may be exposed to skin contamination with infectious and irritating materials.

11.2

Shower rooms shall be completely enclosed. Each shower fixture shall be individually enclosed in a separate compartment within the shower room. The compartment shall comprise of a cubical with a bench and a clothes hook and a separated shower stall. The visual privacy of the bather shall be maintained. Privacy curtains, if used, shall be of an easily cleanable material and be kept clean.

11.3

Showers shall be designed and constructed to be self-draining and to preclude the flow of water into adjacent areas.

11.4

Shower floors shall be skid-resistant. Floor racks (duckboards) are prohibited.

11.5

Showers shall be supplied with water through thermostatic, tempering or mixing valves at a temperature of at least 32°C (90°F), but not more than 49°C (120°F), at a rate of at least 11.4 liters (3 gallons) per minute. Any slow-closing faucet used shall provide a flow of water for at least 30 seconds without the need to reactivate the faucet.

11.6

If individual shower compartments are not provided, the shower room shall include a dressing area. The dressing area shall be equipped with benches and clothes hooks.

CHANGING AREAS 12.1

A general changing area shall be provided because the work performed involves exposure to excessive heat and moisture.

12.2

A separate changing area shall be provided at the exit of the soiled linen sorting area and at the entrance to the clean linen area. Employees shall change uniforms when they leave the soiled area or enter the clean area and when they become soiled.

12.3


12.4

Lockers shall be provided in the general changing area for the storage of employee’s street clothing and personal belongings, shall be constructed of easily cleanable, corrosion resistant materials and shall not have sharp edges. Lockers shall be vented. Lockers shall be set either on solid masonry bases 13 centimeters (5 inches) high or on legs so that locker bottoms are at least 25 centimeters (10 inches above the floor). Lockers shall not be permitted in any production area.

12.5

Hooks or a rail fitted with captive hangers shall be provided for hanging wet reusable protective clothing between uses. The hooks/hangers shall be sufficiently spaced to allow free air circulation around all items when all hooks/hangers are used.

12.6

Shoe/boot racks shall be provided for proper air-drying of wet shoes and boots between uses. The racks shall be sufficiently spaced to allow free air circulation around all items when all hooks/racks are used. 289



13

LUNCH ROOMS AND KITCHENS 13.1

If employees are required to lunch on the premises, an adequate space suitable for that purpose shall be provided. The space provided for the lunchroom shall conform to the requirements outlined in Table 5 and shall be based on the maximum number of persons using the room at any one time. TABLE 5 Minimum Space Required For Lunch Rooms Number of persons Minimum space per person 2 25 and less 0.8 m 2 26 to 74 0.7 m 2 75 to 149 0.6 m 2 150 to 499 0.5 m 2 500 and more 0.4 m

13.2

If a kitchen is provided, the design, construction and materials of structure and equipment, as well as the general operating methods and procedures used to store, handle and protect food, equipment and utensils, shall comply with requirements equivalent to those specified in Section SASC-S-04 of this Code.

13.3

Box lunches, if provided shall be prepared and transported to the workplace from a kitchen and in a manner that satisfies the terms of Section SASC-S-04 of this Code.

13.4

An adequate number of waste receptacles shall be provided and shall be used by employees for the disposal of all waste food and materials (refer to sub-section 14.2 of this Code Section).

13.5

Employees shall not be permitted to store, prepare or eat food in any location where linen is handled, or where there are any toxic materials or hazardous substances present that may be injurious to their health.

14

GARBAGE AND REFUSE

14.1


Prior to removal from the premises, garbage and other refuse shall be stored in a way that makes it inaccessible to insects, rodents and other vermin. Outside storage of garbage or refuse in open piles or in any container other than an approved garbage or refuse container is prohibited, e.g. storage in paper bags or cardboard boxes. Inside storage of waste in open piles on the floor of the garbage/refuse storage room is prohibited. Heavy-duty plastic bags may be stacked on the floor of a properly designed and constructed refuse storage room if the waste contained therein is satisfactorily sealed in the bag, i.e. the bag does not represent an “open pile”.

14.1.2


14.1.3

Facilities shall be provided for cleaning garbage/refuse containers, lugger boxes and compactor systems after they are emptied (this facility need not be provided on the 290



premises if the waste hauler provides this service at another location). As a minimum, the facility shall be provided with hot running water delivered at a minimum pressure of at least 1.4 kilograms per square centimeter (20 pounds per square inch) with a minimum flow of at least 3.8 liters per minute (1 gallon per minute). The floor shall be constructed of a smooth, easily cleanable, nonabsorbent material, such as sealed concrete, and shall be properly sloped to a trapped, covered drain that is connected to the sewerage system. 14.1.4

14.2


Garbage and refuse containers: 14.2.1 Approved garbage and refuse containers shall include standard 115 liters (30 gallons) steel garbage cans, modified 210 liters (55 gallons) steel drums, purpose-built lugger boxes and compactor systems. All such containers shall be made of durable, nonabsorbent, easily cleanable materials that are impervious to attack by insects, rodents and other vermin. They shall be designed and constructed so that they do not leak. Drain plugs, where required, shall be in place at all times except during cleaning. 14.2.2

Refuse equipment and containers shall be provided with tight- fitting lids, doors or covers. 14.2.2.1 The lids, doors or covers of outside refuse equipment and containers shall be kept in the closed position when not in immediate use. 14.2.2.2 Refuse containers that are actively being used in the facility need not be covered. Refuse containers shall be covered when not actively being used. Filled refuse containers shall be covered and removed from the facility to the refuse storage facility.

14.2.3

The cover and the outside surface of the 210 liters (55 gallons), 115 liters (30 gallons) and smaller containers shall be labeled with the word “GARBAGE” or “REFUSE.” Once used as a garbage or refuse container, the lid and container shall not be used for any other purpose, especially food preparation or storage

14.2.4


14.2.5


14.2.6


14.2.7


.

14.3

Garbage and refuse disposal: 14.3.1 Refuse shall be disposed of often enough to prevent the development of odors and the attraction of insects and rodents, but not less than twice per week. 14.3.2


14.3.3

All refuse shall be disposed of in a municipal sanitary landfill, or by any other method approved by Manager, EPD. Open dumps and burn-pits are prohibited. 291



15

INSECT AND RODENT CONTROL

15.1

The laundry operator is responsible for controlling insects, rodents and other vermin, including control of breeding sites, e.g. artificial bodies of water.

15.2

The presence of fly larvae, rodents or other vermin, or the traces, droppings, trails, runs or other evidence of the presence of such vermin, shall be evidence of filth and unsanitary conditions. When such conditions exist, the laundry operator shall take immediate action to control the infestation. When notified by Saudi Aramco EPD of such conditions, the laundry operator shall report the results of his control activities to Saudi Aramco EPD within 72 hours of receipt of the notification.

15.3

Buildings shall be designed, constructed, equipped, maintained and operated to prevent the entry and harborage of insects, rodents, animals, birds and other vermin, as well as environmental contaminants, such as smoke and dust. Effective measures, such as excluding, inspecting and exterminating, shall be used to minimize the entry, presence and propagation of vermin, both inside and outside of the building.

15.4

All buildings, structures and associated facilities shall be insect- and rodent-proofed, freed of vermin before occupancy and shall be maintained in an insect, rodent and vermin free condition.

15.5

There shall be no openings in exterior walls, foundations, basements, ground or first floors, or roofs which will admit insects, rodents or other vermin. Openings for pipes, conduits and other utility services in foundations or exterior walls, floors or roofs accessible to insects and rodents shall be closed solidly by metal, concrete or other impervious material. If metal sheeting is used to seal holes around pipes, conduits and ducts, it shall extend at least 7.6 centimeters (3 inches) beyond all sides of the opening.

15.6

All ventilation and other non-window openings that cannot be solidly sealed and that remain accessible to insects and rodents shall be appropriately screened by grilles, hardware cloth or other material capable of precluding the entry by insects, rodents and other vermin. Note that the swingtype louvered flaps that automatically close when an exhaust or ventilation fan is switched off are deemed to be acceptable screening if they are kept clean and in good repair.

15.7

All sewer or drain openings shall be closed with a properly secured perforated metal cover. Perforations shall not admit a cylinder 13 millimeters (0.5 inches) in diameter.

15.8

Employees shall not place, leave, dump or permit to accumulate any refuse or trash in the structure or on the premises in a manner that will afford food and harborage for insects, rodents or other vermin.

15.9

Employees shall not accumulate, or permit the accumulation of lumber or other such material on the premises unless such material is stored on racks 30 centimeters (12 inches) above the ground.

15.10

The pest control program shall encompass all areas outside and inside the laundry. Areas along fences, around buildings, under stored materials, in and around refuse facilities, as well as floors, walls and ceilings in buildings, shall be inspected frequently to detect the presence of insects, rodents and other vermin. Preventive control measures are preferable to eradication campaigns. 15.10.1


15.10.2

Pesticides shall be dispensed and handled by authorized, properly trained personnel. A qualified pest control operator shall apply restricted-use pesticides. Pesticides shall not be applied in areas where food handling, warewashing or other such operations are in progress or in a way that contaminates food equipment, utensils or other 292

15.10.3



food contact surfaces. 15.11

16

17

Every effort shall be made to prevent problems rather than solve them after they have developed. For example, insects, rodents and vermin shall be controlled by elimination of breeding and harborage sources, proper sanitary practices, vermin proofing of structures, proper storage of materials and by other approved control methods. Desperate campaigns to rid buildings, structures and premises of established infestations are undesirable and therefore potential problems must be addressed before infestations become established.

LAUNDRY EQUIPMENT 16.1

All laundry equipment shall be of appropriate design and capacity for the job intended. The equipment shall be made of suitable materials and properly constructed. The surfaces of equipment shall be smooth and easily cleanable.

16.2

All laundry equipment shall be properly installed, maintained and operated. Equipment shall be in good repair and shall be kept clean and free from outside grease.

16.3

Accurate thermometers shall be installed on all washing machines.

16.4

Documented preventive maintenance shall be completed for all machinery.

16.5

The inner compartments of clean linen storage sets and soiled linen carts shall be smooth, easily cleanable and nonabsorbent. The use of canvas liners shall be restricted to soiled linen carts, and only if the canvas liner is removable for laundering

SOILED LINEN SORTING AND HANDLING 17.1

Soiled linen shall be separated from clean linen as it is transported to and from the laundry. A completely different set of clean and soiled linen delivery and pick up carts, baskets or other containers shall be provided. Soiled and clean linen carts, baskets and other containers shall be color-coded and/or identified in a distinct and separate way, maintained separately and used only for their designated purpose.

17.2

In regards to medical linen, the laundry operator shall provide a separate set of washable plastic laundry tubs, which are suitably marked for sorting medical linen. These tubs shall be used exclusively for sorting Saudi Aramco Medical Services linen.

17.3

Hazardous linen designated by color-coded linen bags shall be separated upon delivery to the laundry and washed separately from other linen. Hazardous linen shall not be removed from the linen bag until it is placed in the washer. Placement of hazardous linen will be performed by using the base of the outer bag to push the inner water-soluble bag into the washer and then placing the outer (colorcoded) bag in behind it.

17.4

All heavily soiled items, such as mops and step-off mats shall be washed separately.

17.5

Cloth bags for soiled linen require the same handling as their contents.

17.6

All surgical gowns and surgical linen shall be washed separately. To prevent lint problems, green towels shall be washed separately.

293



18

WASHING 18.1 18.2

Only bacteriostatic detergents shall be used for medical linen. Before use, Saudi Aramco EPD shall approve detergents. The laundry operator shall use the wash formulas listed in Tables 6 and 7. Additional rinses may be conducted at lower temperatures. There will be no steam introduced directly on the linen. Water shall be heated to the required temperature outside of the wash wheel. Saudi Aramco EPD, prior to use, shall approve any alternative wash formula.

18.3

Washing and at least one rinse of the hospital linen wash formula shall include a water temperature of 66°C (151°F) for a period of between 14 and 18 minutes, depending on the loading factor. Alternatively, the temperature can be raised to 71°C (160°F) for a period of between 7 and 11 minutes. Indicating thermometers shall register these temperatures for the established duration and pre-programmable machines shall be set to achieve this.

18.4

Contaminated/hazardous linen and surgical work items shall be washed for a full 11 minutes at a temperature of 71°C (160°F).

18.5

There practical, chemical dispensers shall be utilized, either to provide a measured dose hydraulically or by means of a pre-measured dose placed in a dispenser mounted on the machine and which is automatically mixed with water entering the machine at the relevant stage of the wash cycle. Weights of each chemical shall be determined by the chemical supplier based on the classification of the linen being processed and the weight of the load.

Break (with or without Alkali)

Detergent

Bleach

TABLE 6 Washing Formula Specifications Low temperature pre-wash designed to avoid fixing stains, which can be caused by an immediate hot water wash. Approved commercial detergent that consists of a soap and/or synthetic surfactant alkali, bleaching agent, optical whitener and suspending agent. Commercial hypochlorite or peroxide bleach depending on the material being laundered.

Laundry Sour

Sodium bisulfate, sodium bifluoride or oxalic acid (compounds which are designed to neutralize alkalinity).

Fabric Softener

A commercially approved softener and anti static agent.

294



TABLE 7 Minimum Hospital Wash Formula for Contaminated/Hazardous Linen (Formula per 45 kilos or 100 lbs) Description Break (Alkali) Drain Suds Drain Bleach Drain Rinse

Amount to add (grams) As per chemical manufacturer’s instructions As per chemical manufacturer’s instructions As per chemical manufacturer’s instructions

Drain Rinse Drain Sour Drain Bacteriostat

19

As per chemical manufacturer’s instructions As per chemical manufacturer’s instructions

Water (liters) As per machine and chemical manufacturer’s instructions As per machine and chemical manufacturer’s instructions As per machine and chemical manufacturer’s instructions As per machine and chemical manufacturer’s instructions As per machine and chemical manufacturer’s instructions As per machine and chemical manufacturer’s instructions As per machine and chemical manufacturer’s instructions

Temperature (°C)

Time (minutes) 4

43/49 split 1 11or more 71 1 6-10 60 or less 1 2 60 or less 2 1 60 or less 1 Variable Variable Variable

Variable

Drain

1

Extract (Slow)

6

Extract (Fast)

5

18.6

The bleaching process in the wash cycle shall, if hypochlorite bleach is used, be at a temperature of less than 60°C (140°F) to avoid fabric damage. The bleaching process shall be for duration of between 6 and 10 minutes. Items stained with chloro-hexidine products shall not be bleached in hypochlorite bleach as this will result in permanent staining. An oxygen bleach shall be used for this purpose and for bleaching all colored fabrics. When hypochlorite bleach is used, an antichlor shall be added following the rinses at the end of the bleaching phase of the wash cycle.

18.7

All stained or repaired linen shall be relaundered.

18.8

Any linen that has stains that cannot be removed shall be returned separately to the Saudi Aramco Proponent Organization or customer with an explanation as to why the stain could not be removed.

CLEAN LINEN AND DRY CLEANING 19.1

All clean linen shall be handled as little as possible and shall be completely wrapped before being stored.

19.2

Clean linen shall be kept completely separate from soiled linen during transportation, processing and storage. 295



20

19.3

Sheets, bed spreads, pillow slips, patient and doctor gowns, pajamas, scrub dress, and other light garments shall be ironed on a press or flat-work iron to reduce total bacterial counts and to eliminate wrinkles.

19.4

All finished linen and dry cleaning shall be returned clean and neat and shall be subject to a bacteria count audit. Clean and neat is defined as free from stains, lint and wrinkles, tears or holes. Linen rewashed but not free from stains shall be returned to the laundry.

19.5

All clean linen and dry cleaning shall be well wrapped and covered to protect it from contamination when delivered.

19.6

Staff handling, or those exposed to, dry cleaning chemicals shall be provided with, and wear, suitable protective clothing when handling such chemicals.

19.7

Material Data Sheets/Chemical Hazard Bulletins shall be displayed in all areas where dry cleaning chemicals are stored, used or handled.

19.8

‘No smoking’ notices shall be displayed in areas where dry cleaning chemicals are stored or used.

19.9

Dry cleaning chemicals shall be stored in a safe manner, protected from sunlight and away from all other materials. Appropriate notices shall be displayed indicating the flammable nature of the chemicals and suitable fire-fighting equipment shall be provided in a location that is easily accessible for use in emergencies

VEHICLES Delivery vehicles shall have storage compartments that are easily cleanable, tightly enclosed and maintained in good repair. Delivery vehicles that are used to transport soiled linen shall be cleaned and sanitized immediately thereafter. Clean and soiled linen shall not be transported together in a truck unless appropriately designed separate compartments are available on the truck.

21 LAUNDRY DEPOTS 21.1 Laundry depots provided on Saudi Aramco facilities for the purposes of receiving and dispatching personal linen shall meet the following general design and operating criteria: 21.1.1

They shall be designed to receive linen from the public through one door and dispatch dirty linen and receive clean linen through another.

21.1.2

Adequate shelving and hanging racks shall be provided for storing clean linen and these shall be maintained clean.

21.1.3

Separate and adequate facilities shall be provided for storing soiled linen This shall be deemed satisfied, if suitable linen containers/hampers are provided.

21.1.4

Suitable procedures shall be implemented to identify individual customer’s linen.

21.1.5

Employees shall have access to toilet, handwashing facilities and a drinking water supply. These shall either be located within the laundry depot, or nearby, should the depot be located in a Saudi Aramco Concessionary Facility.

21.1.6

The laundry depot shall be provided with adequate ventilation/air conditioning according to standards equivalent to those outlined in Saudi Aramco Engineering Standard (SAES-K001).

21.1.7

The laundry depot shall be illuminated in accordance with the requirements outlined in Table 1.

21.1.8

The laundry depot shall be provided with garbage storage facilities and garbage shall be disposed of in accordance with requirements outlined in sub-section 14 of this Code Section. 296



22 SAFETY SHOWER AND EYE WASH

23

22.1

A safety shower and eyewash shall be provided in the process area. The safety shower is for emergency use only and is separate and distinct from the domestic shower baths required in subsection 12 of this Code Section.

22.2

Fire extinguishers suitable for Classes 1,2 and 3 Type fires shall be provided in all rooms where linen is handled processed, in workshops, mechanical rooms and in any employee kitchen/lunchroom.

QUALITY ASSURANCE 23.1

Laundries shall develop and implement a Quality Assurance Program that shall meet the requirements of ISO 9002 Quality Assurance Standard. The standard shall be designed to ensure the maintenance of quality positively by carefully controlling processing rather than by relying solely on testing the final product. 23.1.1 A clear quality policy statement shall be drafted which shall testify to the owners commitment and intent to make quality a top priority and company-wide culture. 23.1.2 Clear assignment of personal responsibility for implementation of quality systems shall be included. The necessary authority must be vested in named persons. 23.1.3 The whole management operating and validation system shall be detailed in a Quality Manual, which cites working documents such as management procedures, work instructions, process monitoring forms and product test forms. 23.1.4 The issuing, revision and updating of documents shall follow a defined control procedure. 23.1.5 The defining of Saudi Aramco’s contract requirements and reviewing of requirements shall conform to a set procedure. 23.1.6 Selection of suppliers and procedures for verification of the product conformance to specifications are necessary. The control of production materials, their traceability and procedures for recording and dealing with non-conformances are an important lever on quality control and as such shall be included in the program. 23.1.7 A controlled series of documented work instructions shall be provided. The monitoring of all processes, their ongoing documented verification, as well as records of plant condition shall form a continuous documented system. Equipment control and preventive maintenance with records are included to comprise a complete traceable system so that any product non-conformances can always be related back to processes actually used and their current status and conformity to specifications. Copies of work procedures shall be displayed at relevant workstations. 23.1.8 All process changes shall be fully controlled, authorized and documented. 23.1.9 Records of product conformance tests at chosen points in the process and on the finished product shall be maintained. 23.1.10 Definite procedures which deal with verification of corrective action in cases of supplies, process or product non-conformance are a vital part of the quality system and shall be developed and implemented. 23.1.11 Many documents, such as inspection and test procedures and instructions, work Instructions and operating procedures, will need to be visible to staff but it is important not 297



to make the system over bureaucratic. An index of all such documents as well as their use and detailed application shall be included in the quality manual. 23.1.12 Quality records, such as inspection and test reports, process validation reports and maintenance reports, shall be kept for the duration of any Laundry Services Contract agreed with any Saudi Aramco Proponent Organization. 23.1.13 The correct training of staff is vital to the Quality Assurance. Training requirements for management, technical and production staff, covering all relevant activities, procedures and tests, shall be documented. Training records of all staff and the work procedures against which they have been trained shall be maintained. Effectiveness of training and requirements for re-training shall be regularly reviewed and actions recorded. 23.1.14 Regular internal audits of the functioning of the company’s quality system shall be carried out. The people responsible for the audits and the precise scope of checks shall be defined. Audits should be done by staff not doing the actual work being audited. The audits are the mechanism for steering the system and ensuring that control is maintained, guaranteeing the long-term satisfaction of the customer. 23.1.15 The Quality Assurance Manual shall include policies on glass, needles, foreign bodies and the use of medical dressings used by laundry staff 23.2

Microbiological Monitoring 23.2.1 Quality Assurance principles shall be used to identify critical control points. Critical control points shall be monitored for microbiological contamination and the frequency of monitoring; action and alert levels shall be established for each point and results documented. 23.2.2 On-site microbiological sampling of surface and airborne contamination shall be carried out at regular intervals. 23.2.3 A proven microbiological challenge test shall be used to validate thermal disinfection in the wash cycle and the results documented. 23.2.4 All rinse water shall be of proven microbiological standard. 23.2.5 All microbiological and QA records shall be available for inspection and audit by Saudi Aramco EPD.

23.2

Glass Policy 23.3.1 All sources of glass shall be listed and wherever possible, glass shall be protected in such a way that if breakage occurs, glass fragments will be retained. 23.3.2 Regular auditing shall be conducted to check for breakages or damage and results shall be documented.

23.3

Needle Policy 23.4.1 A documented policy shall be developed and implemented which deals with needles used in repair of garments and other laundered items. This policy shall be designed to track the introduction use and disposal of every needle in order to avoid entrapment of needles or needle fragments in garments and other items being returned. 298



23.4.2 Documentation shall be audited regularly to ensure that all needles are being accounted for. 23.5

Foreign Object Policy 23.2.1 A documented policy shall be developed and implemented which deals with foreign objects, particularly sharp objects and surgical instruments received by the laundry in soiled linen bags and particularly when their presence results in a sharps related injury to a laundry employee. The laundry shall log any incident and report back to Saudi Aramco EPD. Saudi Aramco EPD shall investigate all such incidents and instigate necessary corrective action to avoid recurrences. 23.5.2 Documentation shall be maintained on site of all incidents where foreign objects are received in incoming soiled linen for audit by Saudi Aramco EPD.

23.6.

Medical Adhesive Plaster Policy 23.6.1 Plasters that are colored blue shall be issued to the laundries dedicated first aider who shall log to whom they are issued. Supervisors shall check all operatives entering and leaving the processing areas and shall maintain a log of operatives wearing or issued with plasters. 23.6.2 The log shall be kept available on site for audit by Saudi Aramco, EPD.

299



REFERENCES

1

Laundry & Linen Service, Planning Design and Operation – The Division of Building Technology, CSIR in Association with The Fabric Care Research Association U.K., Published by Division of Building Technology CSIR. P.O. Box 395 Pretoria 001, South Africa.

2

Laundering Workwear for the High Care Section of the Food Industry, Published by The Fabric Care Research Association, Forest House Laboratories, Knaresborough Road Harrogate, north Yorkshire HG2 7LZ England, U.K.

300


Places of Employment, SASC-S-12

SASC-S-12 PLACES OF EMPLOYMENT This Section prescribes the public health requirements and specifications necessary to the maintenance of a sanitary, safe workplace (the control of toxic materials in the workplace is regulated by Industrial Hygiene). NOTE: All sub-sections should be read in conjunction with the appropriate referenced documents listed at the end of this Section. DEFINITIONS: Available Chlorine: A measure of the total oxidizing power of chlorinated hypochlorites. Backsiphonage: The flowing back of used, contaminated or polluted water from a plumbing fixture or vessel into a water supply pipe due to negative pressure in that pipe. Blackwater (Sanitary Sewage): Wastewater from toilets, urinals, etc. as distinguished from graywater from laundries, car washes, etc.. Chlorinated: Water to which chlorine or hypochlorites have been added to disinfect, control taste and odor and prevent the growth of algae or other organisms. Chlorine Residual: The amount of chlorine in all forms (total) of HOCl (free) remaining in treated water to insure disinfection for a certain period of time. Decontamination: The removal of pathogenic microorganisms from objects so that they are safe to handle. Free Chlorine Residual: The application of chlorine or chlorine compounds to water or wastewater to produce a free available chlorine residual through the destruction of ammonia compounds. Gray Water: Wastewater from laundries, car washes, etc.as distinguished from sewage from toilets, showers, urinals, etc.. Hypochlorite: In its sodium form, the active bleaching ingredient in liquid chlorine bleach. Potable Drinking Water: Water at the consumer tap that is wholesome and which meets the chemical, physical and microbiological standard as outlined in SASC-S-01. PPM (Parts Per Million): A unit of concentration replaced by mg/L in solution. Residual Chlorine: The free chlorine which remains in solution after the demand has been satisfied. RO Product water from reverse osmosis (RO) desalinization. TDS (total dissolved solids): Total solids dissolved in water. Unsanitary: One or more factors in a man’s physical environment that affect ones health or survival that are not being properly controlled. Utility Water: In Saudi Aramco terminology, utility water systems are used in process facilities as opposed to raw water systems used in domestic facilities. Water normally contains less than 5,000 mg/L TDS. Vacuum Breaker: A device for relieving a vacuum formed in pipeline, thereby preventing backsiphonage.

301



1

2

INSPECTIONS 1.1

Proponent organizations shall inspect workplaces they control as often as is necessary to ensure compliance with this Code Section. All inspections shall be recorded and such records shall be made available to Saudi Aramco Environmental Protection Department (EPD) upon request.

1.2

Saudi Aramco EPD will routinely inspect places where persons are directly or indirectly engaged in work for Saudi Aramco. Inspections will be conducted according to requirements outlined in Saudi Aramco General Instructions 2.718 and 0151.006, as well as the Saudi Arab Government Labor Law. A written report will be provided to the proponent organization.


The site, if practicable, shall not be located in an area subject to periodic flooding or adjacent to marshes, railroads, stockyards, industrial sites, pipelines or other such areas which would constitute a health or safety hazard.

2.2


2.3

All areas shall be kept free of nuisances and safety hazards (see Section SASC-S-18 of this Code). Whenever a nuisance or violation of this Code is observed by any agency, employee or individual other than the Saudi Aramco proponent, it shall be reported to Saudi Aramco EPD. Saudi Aramco EPD will ensure that the Saudi Aramco proponent is aware of the problem and shall provide assistance as required.

2.4

Housekeeping: 2.4.1

All places of employment, both inside and outside, including all furnishings, equipment and fixtures shall be in good repair, in a clean and sanitary condition and free of insects, rodents and other vermin.

2.4.2

The floor of every workroom shall be maintained in a clean and, so far as possible, a dry condition. Where wet processes are used, drainage shall be maintained and dry standing places shall be provided where practicable.

2.4.3

All dressing rooms, toilet rooms, shower rooms, handwashing facilities, utility rooms and facilities shall be kept clean and in good repair at all times. They shall be free from flies and objectionable odors. All fixtures and floors, as well as walls subject to splash, shall be cleaned with an approved detergent, rinsed and then sanitized with a 0.3 to 0.6 percent hypochlorite solution (3,000 to 6,000 milligrams per liter), or other equivalent disinfectant approved by Saudi Aramco EPD, at least once daily. Materials, maintenance and cleaning equipment shall be properly stored.

2.4.4

Cleaning and sweeping shall be conducted in such a manner as to minimize the contamination of the air with dust and shall be done outside of working hours, if practicable.

2.5

Expectorating upon the walls, floors, stairs or any other area within the workplace is prohibited.

2.6

Food shall not be cooked in any room unless such room was specifically designed for this purpose and the use of such room for cooking is approved by Saudi Aramco EPD.

2.7

Noise levels shall conform to standards in SAES-A-105, Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards.

302



3

2.8

All entrances, exits, corridors and stairways shall be properly illuminated. Fire exits shall be provided with lighted exit signs equipped with emergency power sources. Entrances, exits, corridors, stairways, fire exits and fire escapes shall be kept free of obstructions.

2.9

Live animals, including those intended for slaughter, shall be excluded from the premises. Animals shall not be slaughtered in a place other than a Saudi Arab Government approved slaughterhouse.

2.10

Every effort shall be made to prevent problems rather than solve them after they have developed. For example, insects, rodents and vermin shall be controlled by elimination of breeding and harborage sources, proper sanitary practices, vermin proofing of structures, proper storage of materials and by other approved control methods. Desperate campaigns to rid buildings, structures and premises of established infestations are undesirable and must be avoided.


3.2

Floors: 3.1.1

Floors shall be constructed of durable, smooth and easily cleanable materials. Carpeting, if used, shall be designed for heavy use, shall be of closely woven construction, shall be properly installed and shall be maintained in good repair and in a clean condition at all times.

3.1.2

The floors of kitchens, lunch rooms, shower rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and handwashing facilities shall have smooth, hard, easily cleanable surfaces which are impervious to water, detergents and disinfectants (carpeting is prohibited in these areas). These floors shall be sloped to properly trapped floor drains and the junctions between the floors and the walls shall be coved and sealed.

3.1.3


3.1.4

Floor mats and duckboards are prohibited in wet areas, e.g. kitchens, shower rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and handwashing facilities.

Walls and ceilings: 3.2.1

Walls and ceilings shall be constructed of durable materials and shall have light colored, smooth, easily cleanable surfaces. In addition, the walls in toilet and shower rooms shall be impervious to water, detergents and disinfectants to a minimum height of 1.2 meters (4 feet) in toilet rooms and 1.8 meters (6 feet) in shower rooms. The junctions between the floors and walls in kitchens, lunch rooms, shower rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and handwashing facilities shall be coved and sealed (see sub-section 3.1.2 of this Code Section).

3.2.2

The use of rough or unsealed and unfinished building materials, such as brick, concrete blocks and wooden beams is prohibited in kitchens, lunch rooms, shower rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and handwashing facilities.

3.2.3

Studs, joists and rafters shall not be exposed in kitchens, lunch rooms, shower rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and handwashing facilities.

3.2.4


3.2.5


303



3.3

3.2.6


3.2.7

Acoustical paneling may be utilized providing it is installed not less than 1.8 meters above the floor. Any perforations shall not penetrate the entire depth of the panel, shall not be greater than 3 millimeters in any dimension, and shall not comprise more than 25 percent of the exposed panel surface. The paneling shall otherwise meet the requirements of this Section.

3.2.8


3.2.9


3.2.10

the walls or partitions between toilet/shower compartments may be less than the height of the room walls, but the tops shall not be less than 1.8 meters (6 feet) from the floor. If partitions are used, the bottoms of the partitions shall be raised at least 20 centimeters (8 inches) above the floor. In situations where a raised partition is not desirable, such as partitions separating eastern style toilet fixtures where a raised partition may not afford suitable privacy, partitions shall be placed on a continuous raised masonry or concrete base at least 15 centimeters (6 inches) high, or a properly designed and constructed wall that joins the floor shall be provided.

Doors, Windows and Screening: 3.3.1

All exterior entrances to corridors, habitable rooms, kitchens, lunch rooms, shower rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and handwashing facilities shall be provided with solid doors or glazed windows which shall be kept tightly closed when not in use (excludes passageways between rooms within an enclosed building). If outside openings are appropriately protected from the entry by insects and rodents according to the requirements outlined in subsections 3.3.2 and 3.3.4 of this Code Section, solid doors and glazed windows may be considered to be "in use" if they are left open to ventilate the structure.

3.3.2

All exterior entrances to kitchens, lunch rooms, shower rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and handwashing facilities shall be fitted with self-closing screen doors which open outwards (a screen door is not required if the solid door is self-closing and opens outward, the area is fully air conditioned alleviating the need for propping the solid door open and the operational nature of the facility is such that employees are required to keep doors closed, e.g. facilities within industrial plants. The bottoms of screen doors shall be covered with metal sheeting in accordance with sub-section 3.3.3 of this Code Section. Other effective fly control devices, e.g. air curtains, may be used in lieu of screen doors.

3.3.3


3.3.4

All openable windows which are not solidly closed and are accessible to insects and rodents shall be appropriately screened by grills, hardware cloth or other material capable of precluding the entry by insects and rodents. The effective mesh size of screening material shall not be less than 6 mesh per centimeter (16 mesh per inch). 304



3.3.5

4

5


VENTILATION 4.1

Ventilation shall be provided to remove gases, odors, steam, excessive heat, grease, vapors, smoke and other contaminants from the workplace. Ventilation systems shall be installed and operated according to standards equivalent to those outlined in Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards (e.g. SAES-K-30).

4.2

Intake air ducts shall be designed and maintained to prevent the entrance of dust, dirt, and other contaminating materials. All ventilation openings shall be appropriately screened by grilles, hardware cloth or other material capable of precluding entrance of insects and rodents. Note that automatic fan ventilation openings are acceptable for rodent stoppage if the fan covering is maintained in good repair.

4.3

The temperature in all habitable and other rooms in which personnel work shall be maintained at a level conducive to the healthful performance of the activity conducted in the area.

4.4

All habitable rooms and corridors shall be sufficiently ventilated by means of natural or mechanical ventilation. The requirement is deemed satisfied in corridors, offices and similar areas when it can be demonstrated that the ventilation system exchanges at least two volumes of air per hour (if mechanical ventilation is used, at least one fifth of the air supply shall be taken from the outside). The rate at which the air volume is exchanged in shops, high activity work areas and areas subject to gases, odors, steam, excessive heat, grease, vapors, smoke and other contaminates will be a function of the activity and degree of health risk.

4.5

All kitchens, shower rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and handwashing facilities shall be provided with mechanical ventilation systems capable of providing the equivalent of five air changes per hour. At least 20 percent of the air supply shall be taken from the outside. If this is not feasible, mechanical exhaust fans may be used in lieu of the required mechanical ventilation system. Exhaust fans shall be capable of exhausting 1 cubic meter (35 cubic feet) of air per minute for each hand washbasin/sink, shower, toilet and urinal installed.

4.6

All kitchens shall be provided with a mechanical ventilation system fitted inside a hood placed over the stove, the design and specifications of which shall be compatible with the stove used. Screening over exhaust openings shall be easily removable for cleaning.

ILLUMINATION The following levels of light, whether from natural or artificial sources, shall be provided in workplaces. Light shall be evenly distributed and of sufficient intensity to avoid discoloration, shadows and strong glare. Also refer to Illumination requirements outlined in SAES-P-123, Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards.

305



TABLE 1 Illumination Illumination Levels Required* Area to be Illuminated Lux Footcandles Dining room 320 30 Desk in dormitory living room 320 30 Dormitory living room - general 160 15 Eye level above hand washbasin 540 50 Food service area 540 50 Hallway 110 10 Kitchen 540 50 Shower/toilet block 215 20 Sleeping room 160 15 Stairway 110 10 All other indoor areas 110 10 * Measured at a distance of 76 centimeters (30 inches) above the floor 6

POTABLE WATER SYSTEM 6.1

Water shall be obtained, conveyed, treated, stored and distributed in a closed system. Design, construction, maintenance and operational standards, as well as quality criteria, shall comply with requirements outlined in Section SASC-S-01 of this Code and standards referenced in Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards.

6.2

Enough potable water for the needs of the employees shall be obtained from the community water supply. If a community water supply is not available, then water shall be obtained from an adequate, easily accessible source which has been properly located and protected to ensure that water obtained is of a safe and sanitary quality. The source shall be constructed in a way that prevents underground or surface contamination from reaching the source. Facilities shall be operated and maintained by competent individuals. No part of the system shall be used for any other purpose.

6.3


6.4

All water not provided directly by pipe to the work place from the source shall be transported in a bulk water transport system which is used for no other purpose. At the time water is obtained from the approved source, enough chlorine shall be added to the water in the bulk water transport system to create a 0.5 to 1.5 milligrams per liter (0.5 to 1.5 parts per million) free chlorine residual. Hauled water shall be delivered directly to the closed water system at the work place. The bulk water transport system shall comply with requirements outlined in Section SASC-S-01 of this Code.

6.5

Water storage tanks shall be enclosed from the filling inlet to the discharge outlet. Tanks shall be designed with openings which permit visual inspection of the tank and provide access for cleaning and disinfection. All openings shall be covered. Covers shall overlap openings, be sloped so they are self-draining and shall be provided with gaskets and devices for securing them in place. All openings in the top of the tank shall be flanged upward to form a curb that prevents surface water from entering openings. Vents and overflows shall terminate in a downward direction and shall be screened to prevent entry by birds and other animals. All water storage tanks shall be provided with a sample tap.

6.6

Plumbing with emphasis on cross connection control: 306



6.6.1

Plumbing shall be designed, sized and installed according to standards outlined in Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards. Plumbing and plumbing fixtures shall be operated and maintained in a way which prevents contamination. Plumbing and plumbing fixtures shall be kept clean and in good repair.

6.6.2

The potable water system shall be designed and constructed to prevent the possibility of backflow. Devices to protect against backflow and backsiphonage shall be installed on all water outlets and equipment where an air gap of at least twice the inner diameter of the water outlet is not provided between the water outlet and the flood-level rim of the receiving drain or receiving basin of the drain fixture, and wherever else backflow or backsiphonage may occur. A hose shall not be attached to a faucet unless a backflow prevention device is installed.

6.6.3

There shall be no cross connection between the potable water supply and any unsafe or questionable water supply, sewerage system or any source of pollution which might contaminate or otherwise degrade the potable water supply.

6.6.4

There shall be no direct physical connection between the sewerage system and any drain originating from equipment which contains food or food equipment and utensils.

6.6.5


6.7

All potable water supplied to places of employment shall be disinfected by chlorination or other means or methods of equal efficiency in the killing or removal of organisms capable of causing infection. When chlorination is employed, a sufficient amount of chlorine shall be added to the water to maintain a chlorine residual of at least 0.5 milligrams per liter (0.5 parts per million) at all points in the distribution system from which water may be withdrawn.

6.8

Hot and cold potable water shall be provided at all hand washbasins, showers and kitchen sinks. The hot water heating system shall be capable of producing a constant flow of hot water at a temperature of at least 49°C (120°F). Specific requirements pertinent to the hot and/or tempered water discharged from each class of fixture are outlined in appropriate Standards.

6.9


6.10

Drinking water fountains and associated requirements 6.10.1


6.10.2


6.10.3

Open containers from which water must be dipped or poured, such as barrels, pails or tanks, whether or not they are fitted with a cover, are prohibited. Where single service paper cups are provided, cups shall be dispensed from a sanitary device designed for this purpose and a waste receptacle shall be provided for disposal of used cups. The common drinking cup is prohibited. 307

6.10.4



6.11


6.12


It is suggested that the following piping system be adopted. Non-toxic paints shall be used (the use of paints containing lead shall be avoided.

TABLE 2 Piping System Color-Code Piping System Base Color Identifying Color Stripe Chilled Water Blue 1-Gray Chlorine, Gas and Liquid Yellow 1-Oxide Red Condensate Water Blue 1-White Distilled and Demineralized Water Blue 1-Aluminum Raw Water Blue 1-Black Sea, Salt or Brine Water Blue 1-Yellow Treated (any process) Blue 1-Oxide Red Note: HVAC lines and electrical conduits are not color-coded but are Painted the same color as the background construction.

7

6.12.2

Equipment, devices, filters, and all other water treatment or conditioning apparatus shall be made of safe materials, shall be designed to be disassembled for periodic replacement of active elements/media, cleaning and service, shall be operated, inspected and serviced according to the manufacturer's instructions and specifications, and shall not be operated beyond their rated capacity. All such equipment shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition and, if necessary, shall be sanitized by application of a chlorine solution or by other approved means.

6.12.3

Records of equipment operation and maintenance, quantities of product water produced, types and amounts of chemicals added to treated water, pH and chlorine residual maintained shall be kept in a log book. The log book shall be available for review by authorized Saudi Aramco representatives at all times.

6.12.4


SEWAGE 7.1

Sewage shall be collected, treated and disposed of in accordance with requirements outlined in Section SASC-S-02 this Code and those outlined in Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards. Where a public sewer system is available, all plumbing fixtures, building sewers and vents shall be connected to it. In no case shall sewage or liquid waste of any type be discharged or otherwise disposed of on the surface of the ground, or into any well, cave, open ditch or reservoir until it has been properly treated and the disposal method has been approved by Saudi Aramco EPD. Pit latrines, outhouses and other non-water-carried sewage disposal methods are prohibited except as permitted in subsection 8.10 of this Code Section. 308



8

7.2

Floor drains and sewer pipes shall be large enough to carry off all wastewater and sanitary sewage. Sufficient clean-out places shall be provided in sewer drain pipes.

7.3


7.4

All sewer pipes or drains through which rodents may pass shall be closed with a properly secured, perforated metal or iron cover. Perforations shall not admit a cylinder 13 millimeters in diameter.

7.5


TOILET ROOMS, SHOWER ROOMS, HANDWASHING FACILITIES AND UTILITY ROOMS -- GENERAL 8.1

Every place of employment shall be provided with properly designed and constructed toilet, shower and hand washbasin facilities which are separate for each sex.

8.2

Toilet and handwashing facilities shall be readily accessible and open to personnel at all times. Facilities are not considered to be readily accessible if an employee is required to climb more than one floor-to- floor flight of stairs or if they are located more than 61 meters (200 feet) from the location where the employee normally works.

8.3


8.4

Shower rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and handwashing facilities shall be separated from food preparation and sleeping rooms by a minimum of a double set of doors incorporating an intervening vestibule which is exhausted to the outside through its own mechanical exhaust system that is independent of the food preparation and sleeping rooms. Complete separation of these areas is preferred.

8.5

Hand washbasins and other sinks, faucets and hydrants not specifically designed and approved for such use, shall not be used for cleaning or preparing food or for washing dishes, utensils or clothing.

8.6


8.7


8.8

The following number of showers, toilets/urinals and hand washbasins shall be provided:

309



Number of employees 1 to 15 16 to 30 31 - 45 46 - 60 61 - 75 76 - 90 91 - 105

>105

* **

***

8.9

TABLE 3 Numbers and Types of Fixtures Required Toilets** Number of Washbasins*** Showers* Number of male female employee male female employee male female s s 1 1 1 - 15 1 1 1 - 10 1 1 2 2 16 - 35 2 2 11 - 20 2 2 3 3 36 - 55 3 3 21 - 30 3 3 4 4 56 - 75 4 4 31 - 40 4 4 5 5 76 - 100 5 5 41 - 50 5 5 6 6 51 - 60 6 6 7 7 61 - 70 7 7 71 - 80 8 8 81 - 90 9 9 91 - 100 10 10 one per 15 additional >100 one per 30 additional >100 on per 10 additional persons persons persons

One shower shall be provided for every 15 workers, or portion thereof, exposed to excessive heat or to skin contamination with poisonous, infectious or irritating materials. Where 10 or more men are employed, urinals should be provided. Urinals may be substituted for toilets on a one to one basis, except that the number of toilets shall not be reduced to less than two-thirds of the number specified in Table 3. This clause does not apply to facilities provided for females. At least one hand washbasin shall be provided for every 10 employees or portion thereof, up to 100 persons, and one hand washbasin for each additional 15 persons or portion thereof. Where employees are exposed to skin contamination with poisonous, infectious or irritating materials, the number of hand washbasins provided shall be increased to one for every 5 employees. The minimum size of, and floor space allotted for, toilets, hand washbasins, urinals and showers shall be as follows:

TABLE 4 Minimum Space Required for Each Type of Installation Installation Minimum Minimum Width Depth Hand washbasin 60 cm 105 cm Shower cubical 75 cm 75 cm Shower stall 75 cm 75 cm Toilet compartment 80 cm 105 cm Urinal 60 cm 105 cm 8.10

9

Minimum Space Per Unit 1.1 m2 1.3 m2 1.3 m2 1.5 m2 1.1 m2

When chemical closets are required to support a transitory place of employment, they shall be of a type approved by the Saudi Aramco EPD and shall be maintained in a sanitary condition.

TOILET ROOMS 9.1

Toilet rooms shall be completely enclosed. Each toilet fixture shall be individually enclosed within its own compartment within the toilet room (does not apply to urinals). This is required to ensure that an individual's need for privacy does not interfere with his commitment to personal hygiene.

9.2


9.3

Urinals shall be provided according to requirements outlined in Table 3 of this Code Section. Note that 60 centimeters (24 inches) of trough urinal space is considered to be equivalent to one urinal. 310



10

11

9.4

Toilet bowls shall be set entirely free and open from all enclosing structures and shall be so installed that the space around the fixture can be easily cleaned. This does not prohibit the use of wall-hung toilets.

9.5


9.6


9.7


HANDWASHING 10.1

Adequate handwashing facilities shall be conveniently located adjacent to toilet facilities. When trough sinks and circular wash basins are provided with individual faucets, 60 centimeters (24 inches) of lineal trough sink or 45 centimeters (18 inches) of a circular basin shall be considered as equal to one hand washbasin. Also note that utility sinks are not acceptable substitutes for hand washbasins.

10.2


10.3

Handwashing cleanser and single-use paper towels shall be provided in dispensers at or next to hand washbasins at all times (common towels are prohibited). Mechanical hot air blowers for drying the hands may be substituted for paper towels.

10.4

A refuse container lined with a disposable plastic bag shall be provided next to hand washbasins. The refuse container need not be covered.

SHOWER ROOMS 11.1

Showers shall be provided if employees are exposed to skin contamination with poisonous, infectious or irritating materials.

11.2

Shower rooms shall be completely enclosed. Each shower fixture shall be individually enclosed in a separate compartment within the shower room. The compartment should be composed of a cubical with a bench and a clothes hook and a separated shower stall. The visual privacy of the bather should be maintained. Privacy curtains, if used, shall be of an easily cleanable material and kept clean.

11.3

Showers shall be designed and constructed to be self-draining and to preclude the flow of water into adjacent areas.

11.4


11.5 If individual shower compartments are not provided, the shower room shall include a dressing area. The dressing area shall be equipped with benches and clothes hooks.

311



11.6

12

13

14


CHANGING AREAS AND LOCKERS 12.1

Changing areas shall be provided wherever the work performed involves exposure to excessive dirt, heat, fumes, vapor or moisture, or when employees are exposed to poisonous, infectious or irritating materials.

12.2

Where employees' work clothes are exposed to contamination with poisonous, infectious or irritating materials, facilities shall be provided in changing rooms so that street and work clothes will not be stored in contact with each other.

12.3


12.4

Lockers, if provided for the storage of employee's street clothing and personal belongings, shall be constructed of easily cleanable, corrosion resistant materials and shall not have sharp edges. Lockers shall be vented. Lockers shall be set either on solid masonry bases 13 centimeters (5 inches) high or on legs so that locker bottoms are at least 25 centimeters (10 inches above the floor).

12.5


12.6

Shoe/boot racks shall be provided for proper air drying of wet shoes and boots between uses. The racks shall be sufficiently spaced to allow free air circulation around all items when all hooks/racks are used.

RETIRING ROOMS FOR WOMEN 13.1

Where 10 or more women are employed at any one time, at least one retiring room shall be provided, with the understanding that it is to be used only for rest and emergencies and not for smoking or recreational purposes. Where less than 10 women are employed and a formal retiring room is not furnished, some equivalent space shall be provided which can be properly screened for privacy and made suitable for use by female employees.

13.2

Retiring rooms shall be conveniently located, exclusively used by women, and open to them during all working hours.

13.3

Retiring rooms shall be furnished with one bed or couch for the first 10 to 50 female employees. One additional bed or couch shall be provided for every 100 female employees, or portion thereof, in excess of the original 50 female employees.

GARBAGE AND REFUSE FACILITIES 14.1


Prior to removal from the premises, garbage and other refuse shall be stored in a way that makes it inaccessible to insects, rodents and other vermin. Outside storage of garbage or refuse in open piles or in any container other than an approved garbage or refuse container is prohibited, e.g. storage in paper bags or cardboard boxes. Inside storage of waste in open piles on the floor of the garbage/refuse storage room is prohibited. Heavy duty plastic bags may be stacked on the floor of a properly designed and constructed refuse storage 312



room if the waste contained therein is satisfactorily sealed in the bag, i.e. the bag does not represent an "open pile".

14.2

14.1.2

The garbage/refuse storage room, if provided, shall be large enough to store all garbage/refuse containers which accumulate between disposal periods. Walls, ceilings and all attachments thereto, shall be made of substantial material having a smooth, nonabsorbent, easily cleanable finish. The floor shall be constructed of a smooth, easily cleanable, nonabsorbent material, such as sealed concrete, and shall be properly sloped to a trapped, covered drain that is connected to the sewerage system. The structure shall be insect- and rodent-proof, including the provision of a solid door designed to preclude the entry by rodents. Additionally, a screen door that opens outward, an air curtain device or other effective means of excluding flies shall be provided. The storage room shall be kept clean and maintained in good repair.

14.1.3

Facilities shall be provided for cleaning garbage/refuse containers, lugger boxes and compactor systems after they are emptied (this facility need not be provided on the premises if the waste hauler provides this service at another location). As a minimum, the facility shall be provided with hot running water delivered at a minimum pressure of at least 1.4 kilograms per square centimeter (20 pounds per square inch) with a minimum flow of at least 3.8 liters per minute (1 gallon per minute). The floor shall be constructed of a smooth, easily cleanable, nonabsorbent material, such as sealed concrete, and shall be properly sloped to a trapped, covered drain that is connected to the sewerage system.

14.1.4



Approved garbage and refuse containers shall include standard 115 liters (30 gallons) steel garbage cans, modified 210 liters (55 gallons) steel drums, purpose-built lugger boxes and compactor systems. All such containers shall be made of durable, nonabsorbent, easily cleanable materials which are impervious to attack by insects, rodents and other vermin. They shall be designed and constructed so that they do not leak. Drain plugs, where required, shall be in place at all times except during cleaning.

14.2.2

Refuse equipment and containers shall be provided with tight- fitting lids, doors or covers. 14.2.2.1 The lids, doors or covers of outside refuse equipment and containers shall be kept in the closed position when not in immediate use. 14.2.2.2 Refuse containers that are being actively used in the facility need not be covered. Refuse containers shall be covered when not being actively used. Filled refuse containers shall be covered and removed from the facility to the refuse storage facility.

14.2.3


14.2.4


14.2.5

Refuse containers shall be provided where refuse is generated. There shall be a sufficient number of approved containers to hold all the garbage and refuse produced and to 313



accommodate the total amount accumulated in the refuse holding facility between disposal periods.

14.3

15

14.2.6


14.2.7




14.3.2


14.3.3



The proponent is responsible for controlling insects, rodents and other vermin, including control of breeding sites, e.g. artificial bodies of water.

15.2

The presence of fly larvae, rodents or other vermin, or the traces, droppings, trails, runs or other evidence of the presence of such vermin, shall be evidence of filth and unsanitary conditions. Saudi Aramco EPD will report such evidence to the proponent and the proponent shall take immediate action to control the infestation. They shall report the results of their control activities to Saudi Aramco EPD within 72 hours of receipt of the notification.

15.3

Buildings shall be designed, constructed, equipped, maintained and operated to prevent the entry and harborage of insects, rodents, animals, birds and other vermin, as well as environmental contaminants, such as smoke and dust. Effective measures, such as excluding, inspecting and exterminating, shall be used to minimize the entry, presence and propagation of vermin, both inside and outside of the building.

15.4

All buildings, structures and associated facilities shall be insect- and rodent-proofed, freed of vermin before occupancy and shall be maintained in an insect, rodent and vermin free condition.

15.5

There shall be no openings in exterior walls, foundations, basements, ground or first floors, or roofs which will admit insects, rodents or other vermin. Openings for pipes, conduits and other utility services in foundations or exterior walls, floors or roofs accessible to insects and rodents shall be closed solidly by metal, concrete or other impervious material. If metal sheeting is used to seal holes around pipes, conduits and ducts, it shall extend at least 7.6 centimeters (3 inches) beyond all sides of the opening.

15.6

All ventilation and other non-window openings that cannot be solidly sealed and that remain accessible to insects and rodents shall be appropriately screened by grilles, hardware cloth or other material capable of precluding the entry by insects, rodents and other vermin. Note that the swingtype louvered flaps that automatically close when an exhaust or ventilation fan is switched off are deemed to be acceptable screening if they are kept clean and in good repair.

15.7

All sewer or drain openings shall be closed with a properly secured, perforated metal cover. Perforations shall not admit a cylinder 13 millimeters (0.5 inches) in diameter.

15.8

Employees shall not place, leave, or permit to accumulate any refuse or trash in the structure or on the premises in a manner which will afford food and harborage for insects, rodents or vermin. 314



16

15.9

Employees shall not accumulate, or permit the accumulation of lumber or other such material on the premises unless such material is stored on racks 30 centimeters (12 inches) above the ground.

15.10

The pest control program shall encompass all areas outside and inside the place of employment. Areas along fences, around buildings, under stored materials, in and around refuse facilities, as well as floors, walls and ceilings in buildings, shall be inspected frequently to detect the presence of insects, rodents and other vermin. Preventive control measures are preferable to eradication campaigns. 15.10.1


15.10.2

Pesticides shall be dispensed and handled by authorized, properly trained personnel. Restricted-use pesticides shall be applied by a qualified pest control operator.

15.10.3


LUNCH ROOMS AND KITCHENS 16.1

In all places where employees are permitted to lunch on the premises, an adequate space suitable for that purpose shall be provided (note that a separate lunch room is required if employees are exposed to injurious dusts, toxic materials or other hazardous substances and they cannot be required to lunch away from the premises). The space provided for the lunch room shall conform to the requirements outlined in Table 5 and shall be based on the maximum number of persons using the room at any one time. TABLE 5 Minimum Space Required For Lunch Rooms Number of persons Minimum space per person 2 25 and less 0.8 m 2 26 to 74 0.7 m 2 75 to 149 0.6 m 2 150 to 499 0.5 m 2 500 and more 0.4 m

16.2

If a kitchen is permitted, the design, construction and materials of structure and equipment, as well as the general operating methods and procedures used to store, handle and protect food, equipment and utensils, shall comply with requirements equivalent to those specified in Section SASC-S-04 of this Code.

16.3

An adequate number of waste receptacles shall be provided and shall be used by employees for the disposal of all waste food and materials (refer to sub-section 14.2 of this Code Section).

16.4

Employees shall not be permitted to store, prepare or eat food in any location where there are present any toxic materials or hazardous substances that may be injurious to their health.

REFERENCES: 1. Freedman, B., Sanitarians Handbook 2. Salvato, J., Environmental Engineering and Sanitation

315


Swimming Pools, Wading Pools and Spas, SASC-S-13

SASC-S-13 SWIMMING POOLS, WADING POOLS AND SPAS Man is at risk each time he consumes or has bodily contact with water. The spread of such diseases as typhoid and paratyphoid fever, amoebic dysentery and bacillary dysentery through contaminated drinking water is well documented and the potential exists for the spread of these diseases through contact with contaminated swimming pool water. In addition, the swimming pool and associated facilities frequently play a role in the transmission of infections of the eye, ear, nose and throat, as well as athlete's foot, impetigo and other dermatoses. The equipment and chemicals used to treat swimming pool water are potentially hazardous and they must be operated and used properly to prevent illness and injury. The water, wet surfaces, ladders and diving boards represent unique hazards that require regulation. The manner in which public swimming pools are designed, constructed, operated, maintained, evaluated and regulated is of significant public health concern. The following Sections address these concerns and must be considered in relation to all public swimming pools operated by or for Saudi Aramco. Note: All sub-sections should be read in conjunction with appropriate referenced documents listed at the end of this Section.

DEFINITIONS: Air Break: A physical separation which may be a low inlet into the indirect waste receptor from the fixtures, appliances or devices indirectly connected. Air Gap: (1) In a water supply system, it is the unobstructed vertical distance through the free atmosphere between the lowest opening from any pipe or faucet supplying water to a tank, plumbing fixture, or other device and the floodlevel rim of the receptacle. (2) The unobstructed vertical distance between the inlet from the potable water system and the flood level rim of the non-potable water system for a safe air gap must be equal to at least two times the inside diameter of the inlet pipe. Alkali: A chemical substance (such as a hydroxide or carbonate of sodium or potassium) which reacts with and neutralizes an acid. Alkalinity: A quantitative measure of the capacity of liquids or suspensions to neutralize strong acids or to resist the establishment of acidic conditions. Alkalinity results from the presence of bicarbonates, carbonates, hydroxides, volatile acids, salts, and occasionally of borates, silicates and phosphates. Numerically it is expressed in terms of the concentration of calcium carbonates that would have an equivalent capacity to neutralize strong acids; a property of water soluble substances or mixtures causing the concentration of hydroxyl ions (OH-) in water solutions to be higher than the concentration of hydrogen ions (H+). Available Chlorine: A measure of the total oxidizing power of chlorinated lime and hypochlorites. Backflow: The flow of water or other liquids, mixtures, or substances into the distributing pipes of a potable supply of water from any source or sources other than its intended source. (1) Backflow connection: (a) backflow connection or condition is any arrangement whereby backflow can occur and (b) any arrangement of pipes, pumps, or other devices whereby backflow can occur. (2) Backflow preventer - device for a water supply pipes to prevent the backflow of water into the water supply system from the connections on is outlet end. Also see 'vacuum breaker'. Backwash: Reversal of flow through a sand filter to remove captured material causing head loss. Bacteria: Minute, one-celled (unicellular), microscopic plant-like organism which lacks chlorophyll and multiplies by fission. Single-celled organisms, microscopic in size which possess rigid cell walls and when motile have flagella. The cell nucleus is not surrounded by a membrane. There are three major groups: true bacteria, actinomycetes, and budding bacteria. Some are capable of causing human, animal or plant diseases. Some are important in sewage or refuse stabilization. 316



Bacteria, Aerobic: Bacteria that require the presence of free (dissolved or molecular) oxygen for their metabolic processes. Oxygen in chemical combination will not support aerobic organisms. Bacteria, Anaerobic: Bacteria that do not require the presence of free or dissolved oxygen for metabolism. Strict anaerobes are hindered or completely blocked by the presence of dissolved oxygen and in some cases by the presence of highly oxidized substances such as sodium nitrates and perhaps sulfates. Bacteria, Facultative: Bacteria that can exist and reproduce under either aerobic or anaerobic conditions. Bactericide: A chemical agent which under defined conditions is capable of killing bacteria, but not necessarily bacterial spores. Bacteriostat: A chemical agent which under defined conditions inhibits growth of bacteria. Balance Tank: A reservoir of water between the pool itself and the rest of the circulation system; maintains a constant pool water level and supply to the pump. Breakpoint Chlorination: Addition of chlorine to water or wastewater until the chlorine demand has been satisfied and further additions result in a residual that is directly proportional to the amount added beyond the breakpoint. Chlorine bleach: A group of strong oxidizing agents, all of which have one or more chlorine atoms in their molecule. Liquid chlorine bleach is commonly sold as an approximately five per cent solution of sodium hypochlorite. As a laundry additive, liquid chlorine bleach removes stains, aids in soil removal, whitens, disinfects, and deodorizes. Dry forms of chlorine bleach include chlorinated isocyanurates and chlorinated trisodium phosphate. They are used as the bleaching ingredient in products marketed in dry form, such as cleansers and automatic dishwasher detergents. Neither liquid nor dry chlorine bleach should be used on silks, woolens, dyes sensitive to hypochlorite, and certain stains such as rust, which can be set by hypochlorite. Chlorine bleach deactivates enzymes found in laundry detergents or laundry aids. Chlorine Demand: The quantity of chlorine absorbed by sewage (or water) in a given length of time. Chlorine Residual: The amount of chlorine in all forms (total) or HOCl (free) remaining in a treated water to ensure disinfection for a certain period of time. Coliform Group Bacteria: (1) A group of bacteria predominantly inhabiting the intestines of man or animal, but also occasionally found elsewhere. It includes all aerobic and facultative anaerobic, Gram-negative, non-spore forming bacilli that ferment lactose with production of gas. Also included are all bacteria that produce a dark, purplish-green colony with metallic sheen by the membrane-filter technique used for coliform identification. The two groups are not always identical, but they are generally of equal sanitary significance. Refer to 'Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater'. (2) A group of organisms which includes Escherichia coli. Contact Tank: A tank in which dissolved ozone reacts with contaminants in the water. It may have a series of compartments or a single, large chamber with internal piping or baffles to inhibit short circuiting of the water system. CT value: Ozone concentration in mg/ l (ppm) multiplied by contact time in minutes. Disinfectant: (1) An agent that frees from infection by destroying harmful bacteria but not necessarily all bacterial spores. (2) A chemical or physical agent that kills pathogenic microorganisms (See 'disinfect' above). Filtration: Process of filtering. A process of removing particulate mater from a liquid by passing it through a filter. Hard Water: Any water containing more than 60 mg/L calcium and magnesium expressed as calcium carbonate. If used as a definition, this term shall be accompanied by additional description providing general details of the water source and composition. Hardness is caused by any multivalent metal ion, including iron, aluminum and silicon. Water that contains alkaline metal ions, mainly calcium and magnesium, at levels above 60 ppm is generally 317



regarded as being hard, but this definition is arbitrary. Hardness may alter the effectiveness of many disinfectants, detergents and soaps. Hypochlorite: In its sodium salt form, the active bleaching ingredient in liquid chlorine bleach. Microorganisms: Generally any living microscopic things (too small to be visible to the naked eye). This includes the bacteria, actinomycetes, yeasts, simple fungi, some algae, rickettsiae, spirochetes, slime molds, protozoa and some simple multicellular organisms. Some produce disease in man, animals or plants. Some are used to stabilize solid waste (composting) and sewage. Milligrams per liter (mg/L): A unit of the concentration of water or wastewater constituent. It is 0.001g of the constituent in 1,000 ml of water. It has replaced the unit formerly used commonly, parts per million, to which it is approximately equivalent, in reporting the results of water and wastewater analysis. Most Probable Number (MPN): (1) That number of organisms per unit volume that, in accordance with statistical theory, would be more likely than any other number to yield the observed test result or that would yield the observed test result with the greatest frequency. Expressed as density of organisms per 100 ml. Results are computed from the number of positive findings of coliform group organisms resulting from multiple portion decimal dilution plantings. (2) A laboratory technique for enumerating bacteria consisting of statistical evaluation of growth or no growth in multiple dilutions of a water or wastewater. Oxidation-Reduction Potential: (ORP) - The potential required to transfer electrons from the oxidant to the reductant and used as a qualitative measure of the state of oxidation in wastewater treatment systems. Ozonated: Water to which ozone (O3) has been added to disinfect, control taste and odor, and/or prevent the growth of algae and other organisms. Ozonation is an alternative to chlorination. Ozone: A molecule consisting of 3 atoms of elemental oxygen (O). A powerful oxidizer and disinfectant. Ozone Destructor: A device for destroying ozone in air before discharge to atmosphere i.e. in “off-gasses”. It can be destroyed in a number of ways including: i) Passing through an oven and heating to > 350º C for at least 5 seconds. ii) Irradiating with ultra-violet light at a wavelength of 254 nanometers. iii) Passing the off-gas through a bed of granular activated charcoal (GAC). iv) Passing the off-gas through a bed of manganese dioxide catalyst material. Pathogen: Any infective agent capable of producing disease; may be a virus, rickettsia, bacterium, protozoan, etc. A specific causative agent (as a bacterium or virus) of disease. PH: Chemical symbol expressing the degree of acidity or alkalinity of a solution. The pH scale runs from zero to fourteen, with seven indicating neutrality. The numbers increase as alkalinity increases and decrease as acidity rises. The logarithm of the reciprocal of the hydrogen ion concentration. The concentration is the weight of hydrogen ions, in grams, per liter of solution. Neutral water, for example, has a pH value of 7.0 and a hydrogen ion concentration of 0.0000001. Private Residential Swimming Pool: Any swimming pool under the control of a Saudi Aramco community resident, the use of which is limited to the family members and invited guests of the resident. (The design, construction and operation of such pools are not subject to the provisions of these requirements). Public Swimming Pool: Any swimming pool, other than a private residential swimming pool, intended to be used collectively by numbers of persons for swimming, diving or recreational bathing, operated by or for Saudi Aramco. Soda Ash: A common name for a commercial form of anhydrous (without water) sodium carbonate. Soft (water): A vague term. Normally considered to be water containing less than 60 mg/L calcium, magnesium, and other metallic ions that react with soap or other sanitizing compounds. If used as a definition, this term shall be accompanied by additional description providing general details of the water source and composition. 318



Heterotrophic Plate Count (HPC): With regard to food microbiology, a specific culture procedure used to quantitate the number of viable, aerobic microorganisms in milk. As with "Aerobic Plate Count (APC)", the results of this test are often times misinterpreted to mean "total numbers" of viable, aerobic microorganisms in the analytical unit of milk. In fact, the test is based upon the assumption that each microorganism or group of microorganisms present in the analytical unit will, when mixed with the nutrient medium employed, form visible colonies when incubated for a specified time and temperature. Such methods do not result in a count of "total numbers", but give only an estimate of those microorganisms or clumps of microorganisms which are capable of growing into visible colonies under the conditions of the test. TDS (total dissolved solids): Total solids dissolved in water. TDS is preferably expressed in mg/L. Frequently expressed as parts per million (ppm) which is essentially equivalent to mg/L. Vacuum breaker: A device for relieving a vacuum or partial vacuum formed in a pipeline, thereby preventing backsiphonage. 1

PROPOSED DESIGN FACTORS FOR NEW OR REMODELED SWIMMING POOLS A report, which should be written by a design engineer, shall accompany all plans for complete systems and will give all data upon which the design is based and shall include all conditions which may in any way affect the design or operation of the swimming pool.

2

1.1

Maximum number of swimmers, non-swimmers and casual users (e.g. sunbathers who might use the swimming pool sporadically) expected daily.

1.2

Number and type of diving boards and platforms.

1.3

Source of water supply to be used.

1.4

Manner of disposal of sanitary sewage, backwash and drain water.

1.5

The method of swimming pool water treatment to be adopted and a description of each unit in the system.

1.6

The method of disinfection, the quantity of disinfectant per million parts of water and the method of application.

1.7

Pool volume, circulation rate and turnover period.

PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS The plans for the swimming pool shall include the above general design factors which define the current proposal, as well as information pertaining to areas which are reserved for future extensions. The proponent must also submit detailed plans that adequately define design specifications, construction criteria, equipment, materials, processes and operational considerations, showing longitudinal and transverse profiles of the entire plant, individual areas within the plant, as well as specific process units and pieces of equipment and appurtenances thereto. Specifications for the construction of a new or original swimming pool will accompany the plans. Specifications may be omitted for extensions of existing pools, provided that those extensions are to be constructed in accordance with specifications filed previously with original plans. If the plans are solely for the extension of an existing pool, or the addition of splash pools and/or waterslides o an existing system, only such information as is necessary for the comprehension of the plans shall be required. This information, in general, must conform to the above requirements for a complete system. Changes to an existing system shall not be made without prior consultation with Manager, Environmental Protection Department (EPD). 319



3

LOADING STRESS AND STRUCTURAL STABILITY All swimming pools shall be designed and constructed to withstand all anticipated loading for both full and empty conditions. A hydrostatic relief method will be provided in areas having a high water table. The design engineer will be responsible for certifying the structural stability and safety of the pool.

4

CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS (GENERAL) Swimming pools, and all appurtenances thereto, shall be constructed of materials which are inert, nontoxic to man, impervious and permanent; which can withstand the design stresses; which will provide a tight tank with a smooth and easily cleanable surface, or to which a smooth, easily cleanable surface finish can be applied; and which will be finished in white or a light color. Sand or earth bottoms are not permitted.

5

SIZE AND DESIGN CRITERIA 5.1

For purposes of computing user loading, those portions of the swimming pool 1.5 meters (5 feet) or less in depth will be designated as "non-swimmer" areas. Portions of the swimming pool over 1.5 meters (5 feet) in depth will be designated as "swimmer" areas. 5.1.1 Non-swimmers: 0.9 square meters (10 square feet) of pool water surface area shall be provided for each non-swimmer expected at the time of maximum load. 5.1.2 Swimmers: 2.2 square meters (24 square feet) of pool water surface area shall be provided for each swimmer expected at the time of maximum load. 5.1.3Casual Users: Computed user loading for pools with extensive deck areas for lounging or sun bathing shall be evaluated with regard to similar facilities currently in operation. 5.1.4 Diving Area Factor: 28 square meters (300 square feet) of pool water surface area shall be reserved around each diving board or diving platform, and this area shall be added to user loading calculations to determine the total pool surface area required in the final design. 5.1.5 The maximum design bathing load shall be known and displayed on a plate in the plant room and conspicuously by the pool.

5.2

No limits are specified for length and width of swimming pools except that swimming pools used for competition should meet the requirements for diving areas as outlined in sub-section 5.8.

5.3

The shape of the swimming pool shall be such that the circulation of pool water and control of swimmers' safety are not impaired. Consideration shall be given to shape from the standpoint of safety and the need to facilitate supervision of bathers using the pool.

5.4

The slope of the bottom of any portion of the pool having a water depth of less than 1.5 meters (5 feet) shall not be more than 30.5 centimeters in 3.7 meters (1 foot in 12 feet) and side slope shall be uniform. In portions of the pool with a depth greater than 1.5 meters (5 feet), the slope shall not exceed 30.5 centimeters in 1.2 meters (1 foot in 4 feet). See Table 1.

5.5

The minimum depth of water in the swimming pool shall be 91 centimeters (3 feet) except for special purpose pools, or for restricted or recessed areas in general pools which are set aside primarily for the use of children. Such areas, when included as part of the swimming pool, shall be separated from the swimming pool proper by means of a safety line supported by buoys attached to the side walls.

5.6

The maximum depth at the shallowest end of the swimming pool shall not exceed 105 centimeters (3 feet 6 inches) except for competitive or special purpose swimming pools.

320



TABLE 1 Minimum Depths and Clearances for Diving Area*** Height of diving board Dimensions Water depth above water Level D-1 D-2 D-3 A 46 cm minimum 214cm 244cm 229cm 76cm 76 cm minimum 244cm 260cm 244cm 76cm 100 cm minimum 260cm 275cm 244cm 122cm 300 cm minimum 305cm 336cm 305cm 152cm *** Pool wall and floor dimensions, as well as required clearances, this table.

Section dimensions B C E F 214cm 61cm 152cm 183cm 244cm 92cm 152cm 183cm 275cm 152cm 183cm 275cm 305cm 152cm 214cm 366cm shall not be less than those outlined in

5.7

Depth of water shall be plainly marked at, or above the water surface, on the vertical wall of the swimming pool and on the edge of the deck or walk, next to the swimming pool, at maximum and minimum points (wading pools and spas are exempt from this requirement). Also at the points of break between the deep and shallow portions and at intermediate 30.5 centimeters (1 foot) increments of depth in the shallow end. They should be spaced at not more than 7.6 meters (25 feet) intervals measured peripherally. The depth in the diving areas shall be appropriately marked. Depth markers shall be in numerals 10.2 centimeters (4 inches) minimum height and of a color contrasting with their background. Where depth markers cannot be placed on the vertical walls above the water level, other means shall be used which are plainly visible to persons in the swimming pool.

5.8

In order to incorporate necessary safety into the construction of the diving area, the dimensions in Table 1 shall be the minimum allowed in sizing diving areas. 5.8.1 Walls of a swimming pool in the diving area shall be either vertical for water depths of at least 1.8 meters (6 feet); or vertical for a minimum distance of 91 centimeters (3 feet) beneath the water level, below which the wall may be curved to the bottom with a radius not greater than 1.5 meters (5 feet) and not greater than the difference between the depth at that point and the vertical side depth. 5.8.2 At least 4.5 meters (15 feet) of unobstructed headroom shall be provided above diving boards.

5.9

6

Wading facilities for children shall be physically separated from the main pool. Wading pools shall be served by the pool or separate recirculation system with turnover rates of once every 1 hour.

STAIRWAYS, LADDERS AND HANDRAILS 6.1

All stairways, step-hole ladders, ladders, handrails, guardrails, diving boards, diving platforms and supports shall be of substantial construction and of sufficient structural strength to accommodate maximum loading under continuous use conditions. They shall be made of corrosion resistant materials, that are non-toxic, durable, easily cleanable and of non-slip design. They shall not have any sharp edges, be designed in a way that can entrap bathers; represent tripping hazards, or be otherwise unsafe.

6.2

A stairway, step-hole ladder, or ladder shall be provided at the shallow end of the swimming pool, if the vertical distance from the bottom of the pool to the deck or walkway is over 61 centimeters (2 feet). A ladder or step-hole ladder shall be provided at the deep portion of the swimming pool. If the pool is over 7.6 meters (25 feet) wide, such ladders or step-hole ladders, shall be installed on each side of the pool.

6.3

Stairway steps leading into the swimming pool shall be of non-slip design, have a minimum tread of 30.5 centimeters (12 inches) and have a maximum rise or height of 25.4 centimeters (10 inches). Stairways shall be designed so that they may be cleaned readily and steps shall be sloped toward the pool to prevent the accumulation of dirt thereon. Handrails shall be provided on both sides of stairways 321



and shall extend over the edge of the deck. There shall be no abrupt drop-offs or submerged projections into the pool unless guarded by handrails.

7

8

6.4

Step-hole ladders shall be of non-slip design, have a minimum tread of 12.7 centimeters (5 inches) and have a minimum width of 36 centimeters (14 inches). Step-hole ladders shall be designed so that they may be cleaned readily and step-holes shall be sloped toward the pool to prevent the accumulation of dirt thereon. Step-hole ladders shall be provided with handrails at the top of both sides, extending over the coping or edge of the deck.

6.5

Ladders shall be equipped with non-slip rungs. All ladders shall be designed to provide a handhold and will be rigidly installed. The clearance between any ladder and the pool wall shall not be greater than 12.7 centimeters (5 inches), nor less than 7.6 centimeters (3 inches). There shall be a handrail at the top of both sides of the ladder, which extends over the coping or edge of the deck.

6.6

Diving platforms and diving boards shall be provided with access stairways or ladders, equipped with handrails, if they are more than 1 meters (3.3 feet) high. The actual diving platform or diving board shall be protected with guardrails if it is more than 1 meter (3.3 feet) high.

DECKS AND WALKWAYS 7.1

A continuous deck at least 1.2 meters (4 feet) wide and preferably 3.1 meters (10 feet) or more wide, shall extend completely around the swimming pool. The deck shall be made of an impervious, easily cleanable material with a non-slip surface. The deck shall be sloped away from the pool to a drain at a grade of 6.4 to 9.5 millimeters (0.25 to 0.38 inches) per each lineal 30.5 centimeters (1 foot). Deck drains shall not be connected to the recirculation system.

7.2

As a minimum, two water faucets shall be installed for cleaning the deck, one at each end of the pool enclosure. All faucets shall be provided with backflow prevention devices. Hoses shall be constructed of safe materials, shall have a smooth interior surface and shall be used for no purpose other than cleaning the swimming pool. Hoses shall be stored and used so as to be kept free of contamination.

7.3

The walking and driving surfaces of all areas outside the swimming pool enclosure shall be surfaced with concrete, asphalt or similar material effectively treated to facilitate maintenance and to minimize dust. These surfaces shall be well drained and kept clean.

7.4

The swimming pool site, including areas outside the swimming pool enclosure, shall be well drained and shall not be located in an area subject to periodic flooding.

7.5

Deck-level pool channels shall be drained not less than once per month (by reducing the pool water level marginally). The channels shall then be cleaned by flushing out with 10 mg/l chlorinated water which can return to the balance tank. The tank itself should be drained at least twice per year, any debris cleaned out and its inner surfaces brushed and flushed down with 10 mg/l chlorinated water which can return to the circulation system via the filters.

ILLUMINATION AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 8.1

All electrical wiring, equipment and appurtenances thereto shall be designed, constructed, installed, operated and maintained in accordance with Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards.

322



8.2

No overhead electrical wiring shall pass within 6.1 meters (20 feet) of any swimming pool. If the swimming pool is used at night, artificial illumination shall be provided according to the requirements presented in Table 2. Illumination shall be evenly distributed and of sufficient intensity to avoid discoloration, shadows and strong glare. Underwater illumination shall be placed to illuminate all portions of the pool, including the bottom, which shall be readily visible without glare.

TABLE 2 Illumination Illumination Levels Required** Area to be Illuminated Lux Footcandles Deck areas and diving boards 645 60 Underwater illumination* Minimum 320 30 Preferred 645 60 All other indoor areas 215 20 * Measured at pool water surface. ** Measured at a distance of 76 centimeters (30 inches) above the floor 8.3

9

10

Shatterproof protective light shields designed to contain broken glass from exploding electric light bulbs shall be provided for all light fixtures suspended over areas where bare feet are exposed.

WATER SUPPLY 9.1

The water supply serving the swimming pool and all plumbing fixtures, including drinking fountains, hand washbasins and showers, shall meet the requirements of Section SASC-S-01 of the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code.

9.2

All portions of the water distribution system serving the swimming pool and auxiliary facilities shall be protected against backflow. Water introduced into the pool, or surge tank, shall be supplied through an approved air gap. Alternatively, a fresh water inlet may be submerged in the pool or make-up tank, if protected by a properly installed and tested vacuum breaker, approved by Saudi Aramco EPD.

SEWER SYSTEM 10.1

The sanitary sewer serving the swimming pool and auxiliary facilities, including bathhouse, locker room and related accommodations, shall discharge to the public sewer system wherever possible. Where no such sewer system is available, the connection shall be made to a suitable disposal plant designed, constructed and operated in accordance with requirements of Section SASC-S-02 of the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code.

10.2

There shall be no direct physical connection between the sanitary sewer system and any drain from the swimming pool or recirculation system. Any swimming pool, or gutter drain overflow from the recirculation system, when discharged to the sanitary sewer system, will connect through a suitable air gap to preclude the possibility of backup of sewage or waste into the swimming pool piping system.

10.3

Valves and/or pumps used for draining swimming pools shall be sized or controlled to prevent the surcharging of the sewer.

10.4

If large quantities of chlorinated or super-chlorinated water are to be discharged to the sewer system, the manager of the relevant S.T.P. shall be notified in advance of any such discharge.

323



11

SPECIFICATIONS FOR RECIRCULATION SYSTEMS A recirculation system consisting of water conditioning, disinfection equipment and other necessary accessory equipment shall be provided. 11.1

The recirculation system shall be designed to clarify and disinfect the entire volume of swimming pool water in 6 hours or less, thus providing a minimum turnover rate of at least 4 times in 24 hours. The recirculation rate shall be increased to provide a 4 hour turnover for swimming pools subject to heavy bather loads. The turnover rate in a wading pool shall be once every 1 hour. The turnover rate in a spa pool shall be once every 1/2 hour (30 minutes).

11.2

Piping shall be designed to give a reasonable amount of friction loss and to carry the required quantity of water at a maximum velocity not to exceed 3.0 meters (10 feet) per second through PVC piping; except that the water velocity shall not exceed 2.5 meters per second (8 feet per second) in all suction piping and copper piping. Piping shall be made of non-toxic materials, resistant to corrosion and able to withstand operating pressures. It is suggested that the following piping system be adopted. Nontoxic paints shall be used (the use of paints containing lead shall be avoided. TABLE 3 Piping System Color-Code Piping System Base Color Identifying Color Stripe Chilled Water Blue 1-Gray Chlorine, Gas and Liquid Yellow 1-Oxide Red Distilled and Demineralized Water Blue 1-Aluminum Treated (any process) Blue 1-Oxide Red Note: HVAC lines and electrical conduits are not color-coded but are painted the same color as the background construction.

11.3

Strainers shall be provided in the recirculation piping just prior to the pumps. Strainers shall prevent hair, lint and other foreign materials from reaching the pumps and filters. Strainers shall be resistant to corrosion, have openings of not more than 3.2 millimeters (0.125 inches) in size, provide a free flow area of at least 4 times the area of pump suction line and be readily accessible for frequent cleaning. Whenever the pumps are re-started

11.4

A vacuum cleaning system shall be provided. When it is an integral part of the recirculation system, a sufficient number of connections shall be located in the walls of the swimming pool at least 20.3 centimeters (8 inches) below the water line. All waste from vacuuming operations shall bypass the filters and be discharged directly to the sewerage system through an appropriate air gap.

11.5

Rate-of-flow indicators, reading in liters per minute, shall be installed and located on the pump discharge pipe to the filters, the return line from the skimmers or gutter drains, the main drain line from the swimming pool, the drain line from the children's wading pool, and the drain line from the spa so that the rate of recirculation (and backwash rate where applicable) may be checked. The indicators shall be capable of measuring flows of at least one and one half times the design flow rate, shall be accurate within 10 percent of the true flow and shall be easy to read.

11.6

Pumps shall be of adequate capacity to provide the required number of turnovers of swimming pool water as specified in sub-section 11.1, of this Code Section, and, whenever possible, shall be located to eliminate need for priming. If the pump or suction piping is located above the overflow level of the pool, the pump shall have a priming device. The pump or pumps will be capable of providing flow adequate for the backwashing of filters where required. Under normal conditions, the pump or pumps shall supply the recirculation rate of flow at a dynamic head of at least 18.5 meters (60 feet). Data plates shall be permanently affixed to the pumps. The pump header which consolidates flow from the skimmers (or surge tank drain) and various drain and vacuum lines shall be designed to ensure that suction is proportionately distributed.

11.7

A fixed thermometer shall be installed in the recirculation line at the heater outlet (if applicable). 324



11.8

At least one drain/return outlet shall be provided at the deepest point of the swimming pool to permit the pool to be completely and easily emptied and to return the required quantity of pool water to the filter system for treatment. Multiple drain/return outlets shall be provided where the width of the pool is more than 6.1 meters (20 feet). In such cases, outlets shall be spaced not more than 6.1 meters (20 feet) apart nor more than 3 meters (10 feet) from the side walls. The connection between the drain/return outlet and the discharge pipe shall be fitted with a cup sink which is recessed into the floor of the pool. The cup sink shall be covered by a proper grating which is installed flush with the bottom of the pool. The cup sink shall be large enough to accommodate a grating that provides for passage of water through grate openings equivalent to at least 4 times the cross-sectional area of the discharge pipe or provides sufficient area so that the maximum velocity of the water passing through the grate will not exceed 45.7 centimeters (1.5 feet) per second. The spacing between grate mesh/openings shall not exceed 1.3 centimeters (0.5 inches). The drain/return outlets in the bottom of the pool shall be plainly marked by a black or contrasting circle, unless the outlet grating is of a conspicuous coloring.

11.9

The main drain/return outlet(s) described in Section 11.8 above shall be capable of recirculating that portion of the pool water that does not flow into the overflow gutters or skimmers. 11.9.1 In general, pools designed with overflow gutters will recirculate all water that passes through the gutter drain and the main drain/return outlet(s). When this is the case, the flow through the main drain/return outlet(s) and the gutter drain shall be adjusted so that 50 percent of the recirculated water passes through the main drain/return outlet(s) and 50 percent passes through the gutter drain. In the rare case where a pool with an overflow gutter is designed such that all water flowing into the gutter drain is discharged to waste, then 100 percent of the water in the pool must be recirculated through the main drain/return outlet(s). 11.9.2 For pools provided with skimmers, the flow through the main drain/return outlet(s) and skimmers shall be adjusted so that at least 35 percent of the recirculated water passes through the main drain/return outlet(s) and 65 percent flows through the skimmers.

11.10

Water returned to the swimming pool from the recirculation system shall be injected through a series of inlets so located to produce uniform circulation of water and to facilitate the maintenance of a uniform disinfectant residual throughout the entire volume of swimming pool water without existence of dead spots. 11.10.1 The minimum number of inlets shall be calculated by dividing the swimming pool perimeter length in meters by 4.6 (divide feet by 15), or the minimum number of inlets for a swimming pool having a volume of 249,480 liters (66,000 gallons) or less may be based on one inlet for each 22,680 liters (6,000 gallons), or fraction thereof, of pool volume. In any case, an adequate number of inlets shall be provided, properly spaced and located, to accomplish complete and uniform circulation of water and maintenance of uniform disinfectant residuals throughout the entire pool volume. 11.10.2 Inlets shall be submerged at least 30.5 centimeters (12 inches) below the water level. Multiple inlets shall be provided on opposite sides of the swimming pool when the distance across any portion of the pool is more than 4.6 meters (15 feet). 11.10.3 Each inlet shall be designed as an orifice subject to adjustment, or shall be provided with an individual gate valve or similar device to permit adjustment of water flow, to obtain the best circulation of pool water. 11.10.4 Water velocity in the pipe serving an individual inlet shall be between 1.2 meters (4 feet) and 3.7 meters (12 feet) per second. The inlet piping system shall be designed such that the total hydraulic friction loss amongst all inlets is no more than 91.4 centimeters (3 feet) of head.

325



11.10.5 Inlets shall not project more that 2.5 centimeters (1 inch) beyond the pool wall surface. Inlets in the pool bottom shall be flush with the floor. Exposed surfaces of inlets shall not have sharp edges. 11.11

Overflow gutters (if applicable) are permitted on swimming pools provided that they meet the following specifications. Note that the design concept of overflow gutters will be drastically different depending on whether water spilling into the gutter will be returned to the recirculation system or discharged to waste. 11.11.1 The design shall minimize the need for make-up water while maximizing the removal of foreign materials floating on top of the water.

f

11.11.2 The overflow gutter, drains and piping shall be designed to rapidly remove the overflow water caused by wave action, other causes produced by the maximum pool bather load and, if applicable, recirculation displacement. 11.11.3 The gutter shall extend completely around the pool except at steps or recessed ladders. The opening into the gutter beneath the coping shall be not less than 10 centimeters (4 inches) wide with a depth of at least 7 centimeters (3 inches). 11.11.4 The overflow gutter shall be provided with outlet drains located 3 meters (10 feet) to 4.6 meters (15 feet) apart. The minimum diameter of outlet drain pipes shall be no less than 5.1 centimeters (2 inches). The connection between the outlet drain and the discharge pipe shall be fitted with a cup sink which is recessed into the bottom of the gutter. The cup sink shall be covered by a proper grating which is installed flush with the bottom of the gutter. The cup sink shall be large enough to accommodate a grating that provides for passage of water through grate openings equivalent to at least one and one half times the cross-sectional area of the discharge pipe. 11.11.5

The gutter shall be designed to prevent entrance or entrapment of bathers' arms and legs.

11.11.6

The edge or lip of the overflow gutter shall serve as a handhold. The overflow edge or lip shall be rounded and not thicker than 6.4 centimeters (2.5 inches).

11.11.7

Additional criteria specific to an overflow gutter connected to the recirculation system: 11.11.7.1 Overflow gutters shall not be connected directly to the recirculation system, but shall be discharged to a properly designed surge tank, which in turn is connected to the recirculation pumps. 11.11.7.2 The overflow gutter shall be capable of continuously removing 50 percent or more of the recirculated water and returning it to the surge tank.

11.12

11.11.8

Additional criteria specific to an overflow gutter not connected to the recirculation system, but discharged directly to drain. As noted in sub-section 10.2 of this Code Section, there shall be no direct physical connection between the sanitary sewer system and any drain from the swimming pool or recirculation system. An air gap shall be provided if the gutter drain is to be discharged directly to the sanitary sewer system.

11.11.9

Nothing in this Section shall preclude the use of the modified gutter drain system known as the roll-out or deck level type swimming pool. If a modified gutter drain is used, overflow rates and curbing handholds shall be designed to conform to the general provision relating to gutter drain systems. Approval by Saudi Aramco EPD shall be based on a detailed review of design and construction features and evaluated in respect to the proposed use of the pool.

Skimmers (if applicable) are permitted on public swimming pools provided approved handholds are installed and sufficient motion to the pool water is induced by the pressure of return inlets. Note that 326



handholds shall consist of bull-nosed coping not over 7.6 centimeters (3 inches) thick for the outer 3.8 centimeters (1.5 inches), or an equivalent approved handhold. The handholds shall be no more than 22.9 centimeters (9 inches) above the normal water line. 11.12.1 At least one skimming device shall be provided for each 46.5 square meters (500 square feet) of water surface area or fraction thereof. 11.12.2 Skimmers shall be located to minimize interference with each other and to ensure maximum skimming action. The location of skimmers shall be such that the prevailing wind enhances skimming action and precludes creation of wind generated dead spots. 11.12.3 Skimming devices shall be built into the pool wall and shall be made of sturdy, corrosion resistant materials. The top of the skimmers and skimmer covers shall be flush with the deck. 11.12.4 The piping and other pertinent components of skimming equipment shall be designed for a total capacity of 65 to 80 percent of the required filter flow of the recirculation system, and no skimmer shall be designed for a flow-through rate of less than 114 liters (30 gallons) per minute or 14.4 liters (3.8 gallons) per minute per 2.5 lineal centimeters (1 lineal inch) of weir. 11.12.5 The skimmer weir shall be automatically adjustable and shall operate freely with continuous response to variations in water level over a range of at least 10 centimeters (4 inches). The weir shall be of such buoyancy and design to operate at all flow variations as described in sub-section 11.11.4 and to accommodate the volume and velocity of the water that will pass over the weir at maximum load. 11.12.6 An easily removable and cleanable basket or screen through which all overflow water must pass shall be provided to trap large solids. 11.12.7 Skimmer covers shall be fitted with data plates. Data plates shall be of a permanent nature and so located and inscribed as to be easily read and understood. 11.12.8 The skimmer shall be provided with a device to prevent air lock in the suction line. If an equalizer pipe is used to prevent air lock in the suction line, it must provide an adequate amount of water for pump suction if the water of the swimming pool drops below the weir level. It must be sized to meet the capacity requirements of the filter and pump and will in no case be less than 5 centimeters (2 inches) in diameter. The pipe will be located at least 30 centimeters (1 foot) below the lowest overflow level of the skimmer. It shall be provided with a valve or equivalent device that will remain tightly closed under normal operating conditions, but will automatically open when the water level drops as much as 5 centimeters (2 inches) below the lowest weir level. If any other device, surge tank or arrangement is used, a sufficient amount of water for pump suction must be assured. 11.13

All filter systems, regardless of type (cartridge, sand, diatomite), shall meet the following requirements (as tested and certified by the manufacturer): 11.13.1 The filter and all component parts shall be of such materials, design and construction to withstand normal, continuous use without significant deformation, deterioration, corrosion or wear which could adversely affect filter operation. All orifices or other openings will be designed to maintain an approximate constant area and shall be non-clogging. Where dissimilar metals which might set up galvanic electric currents are used in the filters, provision shall be made to resist electrolytic corrosion. 11.13.2 The tank and its integral parts will be designed for a working pressure of 3.5 kilograms per square centimeter (50 pounds per square inch) with a safety factor of 4 to 1. When the maximum shutoff head of the pump used with the filter tanks exceeds 3.5 kilograms per square centimeter (50 pounds per square inch), the tank shall be designed for this head with a 4 to 1 safety factor. 327



11.13.2.1

Tanks shall be tested for soundness and leakage at a pressure of 150 percent of the working pressure.

11.13.2.2

Pressure vessels containing filter media, cartridges or elements, and all permanent components, shall be watertight to one and one half times the working pressure and shall show no evidence of failure after being subjected to 20,000 low-high pressure cycles of 0.0 to 2.1 kilograms per square centimeter (0.0 to 30 pounds per square inch) at a temperature of 22.8°C (73°F). The dwell time at the minimum and maximum pressures shall be not less than two seconds. Following cyclic pressure test, the vessel must not burst at a hydrostatic pressure of less than 50 percent of the design burst.

11.13.2.3

The initial pressure drop through any filter operating at the design flow rate and measured from the filter housing inlet to the filter housing discharge shall not exceed 0.2 kilograms per square centimeter (3 pounds per square inch).

11.13.3 Filter tanks shall be designed to withstand the pressure developed by the weight of the water contained therein, with a safety factor of one and one-half. Vacuum filters that may be closed during part of their cycle shall, in addition, be designed to withstand the crushing pressure developed under a vacuum of 63.5 centimeters (25 inches) of mercury with a safety factor of one and one-half. 11.13.4 The filter plant will be provided with pressure, vacuum or compound gauges that are required to indicate the condition of the filter. Gauges will be located on the influent and effluent side of the filter and at any other required location within the system. If possible, all gauges shall be plumbed with extensions so that they can be clustered in one location at the same elevation. 11.13.5 Where the design of the filter permits accumulation of air in the top of the housing, the filter tank shall be equipped with an air release valve connected at the top of the tank that will expel air which enters the filter tank. A means shall be provided to permit the manual operation of the air release valve. 11.13.6 In vacuum type filter installations where the circulation pump is 2 horsepower or higher, an adjustable high vacuum automatic shutoff should be provided to prevent damage to the pump by cavitation. 11.13.7 All filter components which require servicing shall be accessible and available for inspection and repair when installed according to manufacturer's instructions. Adequate openings into the housing with removable covers shall be provided. Sand filter tanks shall be provided with a covered access opening of not less than a standard 28 by 38 centimeters (11 by 15 inches) manhole. 11.13.8

Provision shall be made for draining the filter.

11.13.9

Where needed, means shall be provided for adding chemicals ahead of the filters.

11.13.10 Each filter shall be fitted with a data plate. Data plates shall be of a permanent nature and so located and inscribed as to be easily read and understood. 11.13.11 In those cases where smaller filter units are installed in series to provide required filtration capacity, filters shall be plumbed such that one unit may be taken out of service for cleaning and maintenance while the other unit(s) is still in operation. 11.13.12 Filters shall be cleaned per manufacturer's recommendations. If the manufacturer's recommendations should not prove satisfactory for the local conditions, then the filters shall be cleaned when the head loss between the inlet and outlet of the filter is greater than 0.2 kilograms per square centimeter (3 pounds per square inch). Where filters are cleaned by backwashing, this shall be carried out in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions ( and 328



at least once per week). Care must be taken not to reduce significantly the depth of water in the pool if bathers are in it. Backwashing shall continue until backwash water is clear. After backwashing the normal flow shall be restarted but the filter shall run to waste for a few minutes. 11.13.13 Filter media shall be replaced as per manufacturer’s instructions, and at least every 5 years. 11.14

Sand filters: 11.14.1

The design filtration rate of a standard rapid sand filter shall be a maximum of 122 liters per minute per square meter (3 gallons per minute per square foot) of bed area at time of maximum head loss with sufficient area to meet the design rate of flow required by the prescribed turnover. The design filtration rate for high rate sand filters shall be in excess of 203 liters per minute per square meter, but not in excess of 1017 liters per minute per square meter (5 gallons per minute per square foot, but not in excess of 25 gallons per minute per square foot) of bed area at time of maximum head loss with sufficient area to meet the design rate of flow required by the prescribed turnover.

11.14.2

The system shall properly distribute incoming water during the filter cycle to prevent any appreciable movement or channeling of filtering media at the design flow rate. It shall properly collect water during backwash cycle and have a combined area at least equivalent to that of the backwash effluent piping.

11.14.3

The system shall provide adequate flow and distribution to uniformly expand the filtering bed during backwashing, and to uniformly collect the filtered water during the filter cycle. With the exception of filters employing the dome or similar type under-drain having openings 4.8 millimeters (0.19 inches) or larger. All components of the lower distribution system shall be replaceable through the manhole opening provided in the filter tank.

11.14.4

Filter media: 11.14.4.1 The filter media and supporting material shall be non-toxic and shall impart no color, taste, or odor to the pool water. 11.14.4.2 The filter media and supporting material shall not migrate during the filter cycle and shall remain reasonably flat and level when operated at the design flow rate. 11.14.4.3 The filter bed shall not break down or channel in the filter cycle when subjected to a 1.1 kilograms per square centimeter (15 pounds per square inch) pressure differential across the filter bed. 11.14.4.4 Filter sand shall be made of a hard, sharp silicon material free of carbonates or other foreign material and shall be screened to provide an effective size between 0.4 and 0.6 millimeters (0.016 and 0.022 inches) with a uniformity coefficient not exceeding 1.75. Depth of filter sand shall be adequate to perform the function for which it is intended; however, in no case shall it be less than 50.8 centimeters (20 inches) for rapid rate type and 30.5 centimeters (12 inches) for high rate type filters. The sand shall be of proper gradation and weight so there will be no media lost in the backwash operation using a rate of 610 liters per minute per square meter (15 gallons per minute per square foot) of filter area, or the manufacturer's recommended backwash flow rate. The sand shall be capable of being thoroughly cleaned when backwashed per the manufacturer's specifications. Anthracite having an effective size between 0.6 and 0.8 millimeters (0.024 and 0.032 inches) with a uniformity coefficient of not greater than 1.8 may be used in lieu of the sand. 11.14.4.5 Where gravel is used to support the filter sand, it shall be a rounded material, free of limestone and clay, and shall consist of at least four layers properly 329



graded to prevent intermixing. The total bed depth shall be adequate to perform the function for which it is intended; however, in no case shall it be less than 50.8 centimeters (20 inches) above the lower distribution openings. A reduction in this depth or elimination of gravel may be permitted where equivalent performance and service has been demonstrated. 11.14.4.6 At least 30.5 centimeters (12 inches), and preferably 45.7 centimeters (18 inches), of freeboard will be provided between the upper surface of the filter media and the lowest portion of the pipes or drains which serve as overflows during backwashing. 11.14.4.7 Sand filter systems shall be provided with a backwash sight glass on the waste discharge line. 11.15

11.16

Diatomite filters: 11.15.1

The filter should be designed and constructed so as to preclude the introduction of appreciable quantities of filter-aid into the pool during pre-coating operations. The septa shall be constructed to be resistant to rupture under conditions of the maximum differential pressure between influent and effluent which can be developed by the recirculation pump(s). The septa will also have the strength to resist any additional stresses developed by the cleaning operation.

11.15.2

Sufficient filtering area will be provided to meet the design pump capacity as required by sub-section 11.6, of this Code Section. Filtering area, where fabric is used, should be determined on the basis of effective filtering surfaces as created by the septum supports, with no allowances for areas of impaired filtration, such as board supports, folds, or portions which may bridge the area.

11.15.3

Pressure filters: The design rate of filtration shall not be greater than 82 liters per minute per square meter (2 gallons per minute per square foot) of effective filtering surface without continuous body feed and not greater than 102 liters minute per square meter (2.5 gallons per minute per square foot) with continuous body feed.

11.15.4

Vacuum filters: The design rate of filtration shall not be greater than 41 liters per minute per square meter (1 gallon per minute per square foot) of effective filtering surface without continuous body feed and not greater than 61 liters per minute per square meter (1.5 gallons per minute per square foot) with continuous body feed.

11.15.5

Where body feed is provided, the device shall be dependable, accurate within 10 percent and shall be capable of continually feeding within a calibrated range adjustable from 82 to 244 liters per minute per square meter (2 to 6 gallons per minute per square foot) at the design capacity of the recirculation pump(s).

11.15.6

All filters shall be equipped for cleaning by one or more of the following methods: a) backwashing; b) air-pump assisted backwashing; c) spray wash (mechanical or manual); and/or d) agitation. Provision shall be made for completely and rapidly draining the filter.

Cartridge filters: cartridge type filters shall be demonstrated to produce an effluent at least equal to that produced by a sand type filter. 11.16.1

All internal components shall be designed and constructed to ensure that foreign materials cannot bypass the cartridges or high permeability element. All internal components must be able to withstand a continuous differential operating pressure between influent and effluent of not less than 5.3 kilograms per square centimeter (75 pounds per square inch) for pressure units and 1.4 kilograms per square centimeter (20 pounds per square inch) for vacuum units. Where units are designed for pressure backwashing, all components of the 330



filter element shall be designed to withstand the pressure differential developed during backwashing without permanent damage or deformation.

11.17

11.16.2

When reverse flow backwashing is not provided, there shall be a clearance of at least 6.4 millimeters (0.25 inches) between the tank and cartridges and between adjacent cartridges. There shall be an adequate distance between pleats at the outside diameter of pleated cartridges to permit filtration.

11.16.3

Sufficient filtering area shall be provided to meet the design pump capacity as required by sub-section 11.6, of this Code Section. Filtering area should be determined on the basis of effective filtration area with no allowances for areas of impaired filtration.

11.16.4

A suitable baffle or other device shall be installed in the filter tank to prevent the full force of incoming water from impacting directly against the effective filter area during filtering operations.

11.16.5

In multi-cartridge units, devices shall be provided to securely fasten cartridges together as well as to align stacked cartridges to provide proper sealing and maintain proper clearance between adjacent cartridges. These devices shall not obstruct the filter area.

11.16.6

The design rate of filtration shall not be greater than 122 liters per minute per square meter (3 gallons per minute per square foot) of effective filtration area for depth type cartridge filters, nor greater than 16 liters per minute per square meter (0.4 gallons per minute per square foot) with surface type cartridge filters.

11.16.7

Cartridges should be replaced after each use unless the manufacturer specifically indicates that they may be washed and reused. Some cartridge filter systems are designed for backwashing in place. Some reusable cartridges must be removed from the filter tank and washed by hand. In either case, the cleaning method shall satisfactorily remove accumulated dirt from the filtering surface. Cleanable cartridge filters should be discarded and replaced by new cartridge filters when successive runs or cycles are reduced to 75 percent of the run obtained with new cartridge filters.

11.16.8

Means of removal of the wash water and dislodged dirt from the filter tank shall be provided to prevent the accumulation of waste matter in the filter tank and connecting pipework.

Disinfectant and chemical feed systems required to disinfect the pool water and regulate pH and other chemical parameters shall be provided as an integral part of the recirculation system. Feed systems shall comply with the following requirements: 11.17.1

Feed systems shall be of sturdy construction and materials which will withstand wear, corrosion or attack by disinfectant solutions, vapors and/or other chemicals.

11.17.2

Feed systems shall not be adversely affected by repeated, regular adjustments or other conditions anticipated in the use of the devices.

11.17.3

Feed systems shall be of such size, design, and material that they may be disassembled easily for cleaning and maintenance.

11.17.4

Feed systems shall be designed and constructed to preclude stoppage from chemicals intended to be used or foreign materials that may be contained therein.

11.17.5

Feed systems should be of the positive displacement type.

11.17.6

Feed systems shall incorporate failure-proof safety features so that the disinfectant or concentrated doses of other chemicals cannot feed directly into the swimming pool, the pool piping system, water supply system, or the swimming pool enclosure under any type of failure of the equipment or its maintenance. 331



11.17.7

The disinfectant feed system shall be capable of supplying the equivalent of 0.454 kilograms (1 pound) of chlorine per 24 hours for each 37,850 liters (10,000 gallons) of indoor swimming pool capacity and 0.454 kilograms (1 pound) per 8 hours for each 37,850 liters (10,000 gallons) of outdoor swimming pool capacity under conditions of operation to be anticipated at the proposed installation. Disinfectants shall be dosed before the filters in the circulation system, to avoid the inadvertent mixing of acids and disinfectant, and to reduce the bacterial colonization of the filters. pH adjusting chemicals shall be dosed downstream from the filters - where possible, after the heat exchanger. (NB. It is important that disinfectants and pH value adjusting chemicals are well mixed with the water at the point of dosing.)

11.17.8

The disinfectant feed system shall be equipped with a graduated, clearly marked dosage adjustment to provide flows from full capacity to 10 percent of such capacity. The device shall be capable of continuous delivery within 10 percent of the dosage at any setting.

11.17.9

When disinfectant and/or other chemicals are introduced at the suction side of the pump, the feed system shall be designed to prevent air lock of the pump or recirculation system.

11.17.10 Disinfectant and chemical feeding devices shall be fitted with data plates. Data plates shall be of a permanent nature and so located and inscribed as to be easily read and understood. Disinfectant and acid tanks shall be:11.17.10.1 Clearly labeled. 11.17.10.2 Provided with a supply of water for making up solutions. 11.17.10.3 Separated by bunds which will contain 110% of contents of each tank and so prevent mixing should a leak develop. 11.17.10.4 Pipelines carrying solutions of disinfectant shall also be clearly labeled. (Color coded chlorine line yellow, acid line red). 11.17.11 Dosing pumps shall be fitted as close to the point of injection as possible. 11.17.12 When compressed chlorine gas is used to disinfect swimming pool water, the following additional features shall be provided: 11.17.12.1 The chlorine cylinders and chlorinator equipment shall be located in separate, well ventilated rooms. Such rooms shall not be below ground level and shall be provided with forced draft vents located no more than one foot above the floor which terminate out-of-doors. The control switches for the ventilation systems (one for the chlorine cylinder room and one for the chlorinator equipment room) shall be located outside each room and shall be clearly marked -- "Turn On Before Entering". The doors to the rooms shall not open to the swimming pool enclosure, but should open to the outside. 11.17.12.2 The chlorinator equipment shall be of rugged design and construction, capable of withstanding wear without developing leaks. The chlorinator will be a solution feed type, capable of delivering chlorine at its maximum rate without releasing gas to the atmosphere. The chlorinator shall be designed to prevent the backflow of water into the chlorine cylinder. 11.17.12.3 Chlorine cylinders shall be anchored to prevent their falling over. Valve protection hoods shall be kept in place except when the cylinders are connected to the chlorinator. A valve system wrench shall be maintained on the chlorine cylinder while it is in use so that the gas supply can be shut off quickly in the case of an emergency. Chlorine gas cylinders shall not be stored in direct 332



sunlight, next to heaters or in areas subject to extreme heat loads. Note that this is very important because the cylinders are fitted with fusible plugs which will melt at 71°C (160°F). 11.17.12.4 The chlorine feeding device shall be designed so that it will automatically stop the flow of chlorine gas when the water supply is interrupted, the system is damaged or the feeding device or other part of the system fails due to wear, corrosion or other fault. As a back-up safety system, the chlorine feeding device shall also be fitted with a line that will conduct leading chlorine gas away from the swimming pool enclosure to the out-of-doors should the automatic chlorine shut-off fail to work. 11.17.12.5 A gas mask (note that a properly maintained Scott AirPak may be used in lieu of a gas mask) designed for use in a chlorine atmosphere and of a type approved by Saudi Aramco EPD shall be provided. In addition, replacement canisters shall be provided and a record shall be kept of gas mask usage to ensure that the mask will be serviceable when needed. The gas mask (or Scott AirPak) shall be kept in a closed cabinet, accessible without a key, and located outside the rooms in which chlorine cylinders and/or chlorinator equipment is situated. 11.17.12.6 A chlorine gas leak detector shall be provided. The leak detector shall be stored next to the gas mask outside the chlorination rooms. 11.17.12.7 Installation of gas chlorinator equipment, and operation thereof, shall be carried on by and under the supervision of personnel experienced with installation and operation of such equipment. 11.17.13 When a hypochlorite solution is used to disinfect pool water, the following additional requirements shall apply to the hypochlorinator equipment: 11.17.13.1 The hypochlorinator shall feed the chlorine solution into the system in a positive manner under all conditions of pressure in the recirculation system, without artificial constriction of the pump suction line whether this line be under pressure or vacuum. 11.17.13.2 The hypochlorinator shall be fitted with a device that regulates the chlorine feed rate to ensure that a constant feed is provided despite variation in the back pressure generated by the recirculation system. 11.17.13.3 The hypochlorinator shall be designed to prevent backflow from the recirculation system to the solution container and to reduce to a minimum the entry into the swimming pool of free calcium released from calcium hypochlorite. The hypochlorinator shall be designed to prevent siphoning of hypochlorite solution from the hypochlorite solution vat into the recirculation system when the recirculation pump and hypochlorinator are both turned off.

11.17.13.4 Hand dosing of chemicals and disinfectants shall not be carried out while patrons are using the pool 11.18

Disinfection by ozone 11.18.1 Staff shall be properly trained in the safe use of ozone generating equipment and in the appropriate emergency procedures, including first aid precautions for exposure to ozone and electric shock where corona discharge systems are used.

333



11.18.2 Appropriate warning signs shall be displayed on ozone plant access doors, or in the passageway leading to the plant room. Notices shall include information on the type of ozone generation equipment in use. 11.18.3 Plant operating controls, including a shutdown control shall be situated outside the plant room. 11.18.4 The ozone disinfecting system for each pool shall be designed to cope with the specified bathing load of the pool. The bather load at each pool shall be clearly indicated within the plant room. This bather load shall be controlled to match the disinfection and filtration system installed at each pool. 11.18.5 Materials used for piping, valves, gaskets, pump diaphragms and sealant shall be resistant to electrolytic corrosion and chemical attack. 11.18.6 Contact Time (CT) Values. The concentration (C, in mg/l) of dissolved ozone multiplied by the time (T, in minutes) of contact between the dissolved ozone and the water being treated gives a “CT Value”. This value is used as an index to the effectiveness of the disinfection process. In order to achieve proper disinfection a CT value of 1.6 or greater is required. (For example, a dissolved ozone concentration of 0.8 mg/l in contact with water for 2 minutes gives a CT value of 0.8 x 2 = 1.6). 11.18.7 Where only a percentage of the flow rate is treated as opposed to the total flow rate of the system (so-called slipstream ozonation ), a minimum of 20% of the flow rate shall be dosed. 11.18.8 A disinfectant residual, e.g. hypochlorite, shall be provided after ozonation (and deozonation) as the water will not contain enough residual disinfectant to prevent cross-infection within the pool itself. A minimum of 0.5 ppm free chlorine residual shall therefore be maintained. The pH shall be maintained at between 7.2 and 7.8. 11.18.9 Pipes carrying different materials (ozone/air, ozone/water, for example), shall be identifiable by color-coding or by naming. The system must be immediately understood by all the workers in the area. Tanks shall be identified by purpose (e.g.. ‘reaction tank’) and by their contents. 11.18.10 Piping systems shall be: 11.18.10.1 Kept as short as possible to minimize leaks 11.18.10.2 Appropriately braced 11.18.10.3 Protected from shock or vibration 11.18.10.4 Able to withstand the system pressures 11.18.10.5 Pressure tested before being placed into operation 11.19

Corona Discharge Systems. 11.19.1 Ozone generators shall be clearly marked with legible and permanent identification showing: 11.19.1.1 Manufacturer and/or supplier 11.19.1.2 Method of ozone generation 11.19.1.3 Model number and serial number 334



11.19.1.4 Year of construction 11.19.1.5 Type of supply gas 11.19.1.6 Ozone production in grams/hour or kilograms/day (rated capacity) 11.19.1.7 Ozone concentration (% weight or ppm) 11.19.1.8 Feed-gas flow rates 11.19.1.9 Electrical requirements 11.19.2 Ozonators shall incorporate shut off devices which shall automatically shut down the plant under the following abnormal conditions: 11.19.2.1 Air drier failure 11.19.2.2 Cooling water failure 11.19.2.3 Loss of vacuum 11.19.2.4 Circulation pump failure 11.19.2.5 Excess or low electrical power 11.19.2.6 Airflow failure 11.19.2.7 Water backflow detected 11.19.2.8 Door open/panel removed 11.19.2.9 Low feed-gas supply 11.19.2.10 High temperature of ozone generator module 11.19.2.11 Over temperature of the high voltage transformer

11.19.3 Off-gasses from the reaction tank shall pass through an ozone destructor before being vented to atmosphere. Gasses leaving the destructor shall be discharged away from any air intakes or work locations. The pipe to the destructor shall be approved for carrying ozone/air mixtures and have sealed joints. It shall incorporate a water trap for collection and discharge of any liquid escaping the reaction tank or condensation forming in the line. 11.19.4 Where the ozonator operates under positive pressure, the following additional safeguards: 11.19.4.1 The ozonator shall be fitted with a fail-safe device which automatically shuts down the plant when the concentration of O3 in the atmosphere reaches >0.3 ppm (or lower). 11.19.4.2 Visual and audible alarms shall be actuated when the concentration of O3 in the atmosphere reaches 0.1ppm (or lower). 11.19.4.3 Sensory equipment installed to monitor the above levels of O3 shall be tested and calibrated in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 11.20

Deozonation 335


regularly


11.20.1 All traces of ( toxic) ozone shall be removed from the treated water before it enters the pool. This can be achieved by passing the water through suitable filtration media such as 2 granular activated carbon (GAC) having a microporous surface of at least 1000m /g, and a bed depth of not more than 0.5m; or inactivated heat-treated anthracite or coal which has a 2 lower adsorbent area of less than 500m /g, and a bed depth of not more than 0.7m. Velocity of water flow through the filter media shall be maintained between 33 and 37m/h. 11.20.2

11.21

12

Where Oxidation-Reduction Potential (ORP) probes are used to eliminate overdosing, the above filtration is not required. In these cases the ORP system shall be fitted with automatic shutoff devices (factory-) set to activate at pre-determined levels.

The use of alternative equipment and/or recirculation systems not covered by this Code may be approved by Saudi Aramco EPD if available facts indicate that the system will perform as well as, or better than, systems permitted by the Code Section.

SHOWER ROOMS, DRESSING ROOMS AND TOILET 12.1

12.2

Design and layout of bathhouse: 12.1.1

A dressing room shall be provided adjacent to the shower facilities.

12.1.2

The layout of bathhouse shall be such that the bathers, on leaving the dressing room, must pass the toilets and showers en route to the swimming pool.

12.1.3

A bathhouse that will be used simultaneously by both sexes shall be divided into two parts separated by a permanently fixed partition that totally blocks the view from either side to the other. One side of the partitioned bathhouse shall be permanently designated for males and the other side shall be permanently designated for females. The entrances and exits shall be screened to break line of sight. All facilities, except for urinals, shall be provided separately for both sexes.

12.1.4

The entrances and exits from the bathhouse to the pool should be located at the shallow end of the pool.

Dressing rooms shall be equipped with benches, clothes hooks and lockers.

336



Lockers shall be constructed of easily cleanable, corrosion resistant materials and shall not have sharp edges. Lockers shall be properly vented. Lockers will be set either on solid masonry bases 12.7 centimeters (5 inches high) or on legs so that locker bottoms are at least 25.4 centimeters (10 inches above the floor). 12.3

Cleanliness and sanitation: All dressing rooms, toilet rooms, shower rooms, handwashing facilities, utility rooms, hallways and associated facilities shall be kept clean and in good repair at all times. They shall be free from flies and objectionable odors. All fixtures and floors, as well as walls subject to splash, shall be cleaned with an approved detergent, rinsed and then sanitized with a 0.3 to 0.6 percent hypochlorite solution (3,000 to 6,000 milligrams per liter or 3,000 to 6,000 parts per million), or other equivalent disinfectant approved by Saudi Aramco EPD, at least once daily. Materials, maintenance and cleaning equipment shall be properly stored.

12.4

Pest control: Facilities shall be designed, constructed, equipped and maintained to prevent the entrance and harborage of insects, rodents and other vermin. Control methods shall include elimination of breeding and harborage sites, pest proofing of buildings, proper sanitary practices and other approved methods.

12.5

All electrical wiring, equipment and appurtenances thereto shall be designed, constructed, installed and maintained in accordance with the Saudi Aramco Electrical Code.

12.6

All structural elements and plumbing shall be designed, constructed, installed and maintained in accordance with Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards.

12.7

Illumination: 12.7.1

The following levels of illumination, whether from natural or artificial sources, shall be provided. In all cases, illumination shall be evenly distributed and of sufficient intensity to avoid discoloration, shadows and strong glare.

TABLE 4 Illumination Illumination Levels Required** Area to be Illuminated Lux Footcandles Mirrors above hand washbasins* 320 30 Exercise rooms 540 50 All other indoor areas 215 20 * Measured at the mirror. ** Measured at a distance of 76 centimeters (30 inches) above the floor 12.7.2

12.8

Shatterproof protective light shields designed to contain broken glass from exploding electric light bulbs shall be provided for all light fixtures suspended over areas where bare feet are exposed.

Ventilation: All rooms shall have sufficient ventilation to keep them free of excessive heat, steam, condensation and other environmental factors conducive to the growth of microorganisms and development of odors. They shall be suitably cooled or heated. They shall be provided with mechanical ventilation systems capable of providing the equivalent of five air changes per hour. At least 20 percent of the air supply shall be taken from the outside. If this is not feasible, mechanical extract fans may be used in lieu of the required mechanical ventilation system. Extract fans shall be capable of exhausting 1 cubic meter (35 cubic feet) of air per minute for each toilet, urinal, shower or hand washbasin installed.

337



12.9

Walls, partitions, doors, ceilings and appurtenances thereto: 12.9.1

12.9.2

12.9.3

12.9.4

12.9.5

Walls, including non-supporting partitions, and ceilings shall be made of durable, light colored, smooth, nonabsorbent and easily cleanable materials, free from cracks and open joints. The use of brick, concrete blocks, wood or other rough or unfinished building materials is prohibited. Exposed studs, joists and rafters shall be properly finished to provide a durable, nonabsorbent, smooth and easily cleanable surface. Walls and ceilings, including doors, windows, skylights and similar closures, shall be kept clean and in good repair. The walls shall be finished with ceramic tile, stainless steel, fiberglass or other waterproof material to a height of not less than 1.2 meters (4 feet) in toilet rooms and handwashing facilities, and to a height of not less than 1.8 meters (6 feet) in shower rooms. The angle formed by the floor and side walls shall be of watertight construction and shall be coved to facilitate cleaning. The walls or partitions between dressing rooms, toilet fixtures and showers may be less than the height of the room walls, but the tops shall not be less than 1.8 meters (6 feet) from the floor and the bottoms of partitions shall terminate at least 25.4 centimeters (10 inches) above the floor. In situations where a raised partition is not desirable, such as partitions separating eastern style toilet fixtures, partitions shall be placed on a continuous raised masonry or concrete base at least 12.7 centimeters (5 inches) high, or a properly designed and constructed wall that joins the floor shall be provided. Utility service lines and pipes shall not be unnecessarily exposed on walls or ceilings. Exposed utility service lines and pipes, light fixtures, vent covers, wall mounted fans and similar equipment attached to walls and ceilings shall be properly designed and constructed of materials that are durable and easily cleanable, shall be installed in a way that does not obstruct or prevent cleaning and maintenance, and shall be kept clean and in good repair at all times. Doors and door jambs shall be properly designed and constructed of materials that are durable and easily cleanable and shall be kept clean. Worn or damaged doors and door jambs shall be repaired to preclude entrance of insects and rodents and afford privacy.

12.10

Floors shall be made of durable, impervious, easily cleanable materials which extend upward onto the walls at least 12.7 centimeters (5 inches). The junction between the wall and floor shall be coved. Floors shall have a smooth, non-slip surface; shall be maintained in good repair; and shall be kept clean and sanitized. Floors made of grouted tiles shall be so constructed to minimize exposed grouting. Floors shall be sloped to properly designed and constructed, trapped drains that are connected to the sanitary sewer system. Bath mats, duck boards or other porous material shall not be used on floors.

12.11

The water supply system shall deliver water at a minimum pressure of at least 1.4 kilograms per square centimeter (20 pounds per square inch) and at a minimum flow of at least 3.8 liters (1 gallon) per minute at all outlets and fixtures except that at least 11.4 liters (3 gallons) per minute is required at all shower outlets. Toilets, urinals, hand washbasins, showers and drinking fountains shall be provided on the basis of the following fixture schedule:* TABLE 5 Numbers and Types of Fixtures Required Number required for females Type of fixture Number required for males Toilet 1/60 1/40 Urinal 1/60 none Hand washbasin 1/60 1/60 Shower 1/40 1/40 Drinking fountain ** ** * Fixture schedules shall be increased for swimming pools at school or similar locations where bather load peaks are reached on a regular basis. ** Drinking Fountain: Minimum of one adult-height and one child-height drinking fountain to be located in swimming pool area.

12.12

338



TABLE 6 Minimum Space Required for Each Type of Installation Installation Minimum Minimum Width Depth Hand washbasin 60 cm 105 cm Shower cubical 75 cm 75 cm Shower stall 75 cm 75 cm Toilet compartment 80 cm 105 cm Urinal 60 cm 105 cm

12.13

12.14

Minimum Space Per Unit 1.1 m² 1.3 m² 1.3 m² 1.5 m² 1.1 m²

Toilet facilities: 12.13.1

Toilets shall be adequate and conveniently located near the entrance/exit to the bathhouse and shall be accessible to bathers at all times.

12.13.2

Toilet rooms shall be completely enclosed and shall have tight fitting, self-closing doors. Such doors shall not be left open except during cleaning or maintenance.

12.13.3

Each toilet (water closet) shall occupy a separate enclosure within the toilet room.

12.13.4

Toilet enclosures shall be provided with a toilet paper holder or dispenser and a supply of toilet paper.

12.13.5

Covered refuse containers shall be provided in toilet enclosures used by women.

12.13.6

Western style toilets shall be set entirely free and open from all enclosing structures and shall be so installed that the space around the fixture can be easily cleaned (this provision does not prohibit the use of wall-hung type toilet fixtures). Western toilets shall have a hinged, open-front seat made of durable, nonabsorbent, smooth, easily cleanable material.

12.13.7

Eastern style toilet fixtures shall be set in the floor of the toilet enclosure. The floor area surrounding the eastern style toilet fixture shall be sloped toward the toilet fixture. Eastern style toilets shall be provided with a water tap. Such a water tap shall not be cross connected with the toilet fixture. All hose connections in eastern toilets shall be provided with suitable backflow prevention devices.

Handwashing facilities: Note that janitor's sinks and utility sinks are not acceptable substitutes for hand washbasins. 12.14.1

Hand washbasins shall be located within or immediately adjacent to all toilet rooms.

12.14.2

Each hand washbasin shall be provided with running water. Handwashing facilities that are constructed or remodeled shall be provided with tempered water from a self-closing combination or premixing faucet that supplies warm water for a minimum of 15 seconds while both hands are free for washing and rinsing (also refer to water supply requirements in sub-section 9 of this Code Section). The manually operated, stem-type hot and cold mixing valves currently installed in existing facilities should be scheduled for remodeling at the earliest possible date.

12.14.3

Handwashing cleanser and single-use paper towels shall be provided in dispensers at or next to hand washbasins at all times (common towels are prohibited). Mechanical hot air blowers for drying the hands may be substituted for paper towels. Where paper hand towels are used, a refuse container lined with a disposable plastic bag shall be provided next to paper towel dispensers. The refuse container need not be covered.

339



12.15

Shower facilities: 12.15.1 An adequate number of properly maintained showers shall be provided to ensure that all swimmers have the opportunity to wash their bodies before they enter the pool. If private shower stalls are provided, privacy curtains, if used, shall be of easily cleanable material and kept clean.

12.16

13


12.15.3

Shower stalls shall be not less than 76 by 76 centimeters (30 by 30 inches) in area.

12.15.4

The surface of shower floors shall be finished with a non-slip material. Bath mats, duck boards or other porous material shall not be used on shower floors.

12.15.5

Shower floors shall be self-draining. The design shall preclude the flow of water into adjacent areas.

Drinking water fountains shall be provided. 12.16.1

Drinking fountains shall be approved angle-jet type and shall be provided with an adequate supply of water under pressure.

12.16.2


12.16.3


12.16.4

Where single service paper cups are provided, cups shall be dispensed from a sanitary device designed for this purpose and a waste receptacle shall be provided for disposal of used cups. The common drinking cup is prohibited.

REFUSE 13.1

13.2 13.3 14

12.15.2

A sufficient number of durable, easily cleanable, nonabsorbent, leak-proof, insect-proof and rodentproof, covered refuse containers shall be provided next to the entrance to the swimming pool, in the swimming pool enclosure and in appropriate areas of the bathhouse. Refuse containers shall be lined with plastic bags to minimize cleaning requirements. Containers shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition at all times. Plastic bags containing refuse shall not be stored in the swimming pool area in other than the approved refuse containers described in sub-section 13.1 of this Code Section. Refuse shall be collected and removed from the swimming pool area at least once every other day.

MISCELLANEOUS REQUIREMENTS 14.1

Food and drink shall not be permitted in the immediate area of the swimming pool, dressing rooms or decks surrounding the pool.

14.2

Management shall inspect swimming pool facilities and equipment as often as is necessary to ensure compliance with this Code.

14.3

Spitting upon the walls, floors or decks is prohibited. 340



15

16

14.4

The use of a common foot bath in any area of the swimming pool complex is prohibited.

14.5

Bulk stocks of chemicals, cartridge filters and other expendable materials shall be properly stored in a place other than the swimming pool. Only articles necessary to the immediate operation and maintenance of the swimming pool shall be stored on the premises. Cleaning materials and pool chemicals shall be kept separate.

14.6

Playground equipment, when provided for children, shall be designed for safety, maintained in good repair and located in an area away from the swimming pool which is free of hazards.

14.7

A janitorial sink supplied with hot and cold water shall be provided (see sub-section 12.11 of this Code Section). Adequate storage space for housekeeping materials and equipment shall be provided.

LIFESAVING EQUIPMENT, FIRST AID KIT AND TELEPHONE 15.1

An elevated lifeguard platform or chair shall be provided for swimming pools operated primarily for unorganized use and having a water surface area of more than 209 square meters (2,250 square feet). In pools with 371 square meters (4,000 square feet) or more of water surface area, additional elevated platforms or chairs shall be provided. They shall be located to provide a clear, unobstructed view of the pool bottom in the area under surveillance.

15.2

Not less than one unit of lifesaving equipment shall be provided for every public swimming pool. One unit of lifesaving equipment shall consist of the following: 15.2.1

A float board or ring buoy not more than 31 centimeters (15 inches) in diameter to which a 13 meters (60 feet) length of 4.8 millimeters (0.2 inches) rope shall be attached.

15.2.2

A life pole or shepherd's hook type of pole having blunted ends with a minimum length of 3.7 meters (12 feet).

15.2.3

A separate throwing line of 6.4 millimeters (0.25 inches) rope with a length not less than one and one half times the maximum width of the pool.

15.3

A standard first aid kit shall be provided at each swimming pool.

15.4

Lifesaving equipment and first aid kits shall be mounted in conspicuous, readily accessible places around the swimming pool deck, at lifeguard chairs, or elsewhere, their functions plainly marked. They shall be kept in good repair and properly stocked. Bathers or others shall not be permitted to tamper with, remove from established locations, or use lifesaving equipment for any purpose other than for a lifesaving or related emergency situation.

15.5

There shall be a telephone readily accessible to every swimming pool. The telephone number of the nearest Emergency Receiving Room (ERR) shall be posted near the telephone.

SUPERVISION 16.1

Every swimming pool shall be operated under the close supervision of a competent, trained person who is familiar with this Code Section, as well as all phases of pool operation, including the water treatment plant, making of routine control tests, keeping of records, pool safety and general sanitation. EPD may require a certificate of competency obtained through attendance and successful completion of a swimming pool operator's training course as evidence of compliance with this Code Section.

16.2

Proper operating records, which may include the following as required by EPD, shall be kept daily: 16.2.1

Total and peak bather loads. 341



16.2.2

Volume of fresh water and amounts of chemicals added.

16.2.3

Operating periods of the recirculation pumps and filters and corresponding rate of flow meter readings.

16.2.4

Disinfectant residuals, pH readings and other chemical parameters measured, as well as physical conditions measured. Maintenance, servicing and replacement (and malfunctioning) of equipment, including arecord of when filters are cleaned.

16.2.5

16.2.6 16.2.7

17

Unusual incidents, safety violations and injuries. A manual of safety and operational instructions, Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS`s,) Chemical Hazard Bulletins (CHB`s) and any risk assessments shall be kept on the premises.

SUPERVISION OF BATHERS 17.1

One or more instructors, lifeguards, or equally qualified attendants shall be on duty at the pool side at all times when the pool is open and in use by the public (it is recommended that one lifeguard be provided for each 75 persons in the swimming pool). Lifeguards should have satisfactorily completed courses in first aid and CPR, as well as a senior course of instruction in life saving and water safety. The lifeguard shall be in full charge of the bathers and have authority to enforce all rules and regulations pertaining to safety and sanitation.

17.2

Lifeguards assigned to the pool shall not be subject to duties that would distract their attention from proper observation and supervision of persons in the pool area, or that would prevent immediate assistance for persons in distress in the water.

17.3

Lifeguards shall wear distinguishing suits or emblems so that they may be easily identified by persons using the swimming pool.

17.4

Bathers shall comply with, and the lifeguard shall enforce, the following rules and regulations:

17.5

17.4.1

All persons using the swimming pool shall take a cleansing shower bath, using warm water and soap, and thoroughly rinsing off all soap suds, before entering the swimming pool enclosure. Sun bathers are not exempt and they must take additional cleansing shower to remove all oils, lotions and creams each time they enter the water, even if only for a short dip. A bather leaving the pool to use the toilet shall take another cleansing shower bath before returning to the pool enclosure.

17.4.2

Any person having an infectious or communicable disease shall be excluded from a public swimming pool. Persons having any considerable area of exposed subepidermal tissue, open blisters or open wounds shall be warned that these are likely to become infected and instructed not to use the pool.

17.4.3

Spitting, spouting of water and blowing the nose in the swimming pool shall be prohibited.

17.4.4

No running, boisterous or rough play, except supervised water sports, shall be permitted in the pool, on the decks, diving boards, floats, platforms, or in dressing rooms, shower rooms or any other area.

17.4.5

All bathers shall wear an acceptable type of swimming attire while using the pool. Use of articles of clothing other than swimming attire is prohibited,

Suitable signs, written in Arabic and English, embodying the above personal regulations and instructions, shall be posted in all dressing rooms, the pool enclosure and in all pool offices.

342



18

WATER QUALITY AND TESTING (PHYSICAL PARAMETERS) 18.1

The swimming pool water shall have sufficient clarity at all times so that a black disc, six inches in diameter, is readily visible when placed on a white field at the deepest point of the swimming pool. Failure to meet this requirement shall constitute grounds for immediate closure of the swimming pool.

18.2

Visible dirt on the bottom of the pool, as well as scum and floating matter on the water surface, shall be removed at least once every 24 hours (more frequently if necessary) by vacuuming, skimming flushing or other effective means. Emergency measures shall be implemented immediately in the case of contamination of pool water by feces, blood or vomit, or excess chemicals. Such measures shall include: 18.2.1 Clear the pool of people immediately 18.2.2 Maintain disinfectant levels at the top of the recommended range 18.2.3 Smaller pools (and wading pools) can be emptied and cleaned; larger pools shall be vacuumed and swept 18.2.4 Add a coagulant; filter for 3 turnover cycles 18.2.5 Backwash as recommended for the filter; only then reopen the pool.

18.3

19

The temperature of the swimming pool water shall be maintained below 29°C (84°F) to retard the growth of algae; and above 24ºC ( 75º F) to minimize corrosion.

WATER QUALITY AND TESTING (CHEMICAL PARAMETERS) 19.1

Chemicals used to control the quality of swimming pool water shall be demonstrated to be non-toxic to man in the concentrations used. Specialized chemicals used to control algae in swimming pools, other than chlorinated compounds specifically formulated for this purpose, shall be approved by EPD.

19.2

An accurate and complete record of all tests to measure the pH, alkalinity, TDS, residual concentration of disinfectant and cyanuric acid shall be maintained by pool attendants. A ‘hard-copy’ of records shall be maintained for a period of not less than 1 month for EPD review if needed.

19.3

Pools, when in use, shall be continuously disinfected by a chemical which imparts an easily measurable, freely available residual. 19.3.1

When chlorine is used to disinfect pool water, a free residual of at least 0.5 milligrams per liter (0.5 parts per million) chlorine shall be maintained throughout the pool. If cyanuric acid is used to stabilize the chlorine, a free residual of at least 1.5 milligrams per liter (1.5 parts per million) chlorine shall be maintained throughout the pool. The level of combined chlorine should not exceed one-third of the total chlorine present.

19.3.2

EPD may accept disinfecting materials or methods other than chlorine when they have been adequately demonstrated to provide a satisfactory residual effect which is easily measured and to be otherwise equally as effective under conditions of use as the chlorine concentration required (e.g. the free residual concentration of bromine would have to be 1 milligram per liter (1 part per million) to equal the disinfecting power of 0.5 milligrams per liter (0.5 parts per million) of free residual chlorine). The disinfectant shall not be dangerous to public health, create objectionable physiological effects or impart toxic properties to the water.

19.3.3

An approved test kit shall be provided at each pool to measure the concentration of the disinfectant in the pool water. For halogens, the test kit shall have a range from at least 0.0 to 2.5 milligrams per liter (0.0 to 2.5 parts per million) and a sensitivity of at least 0.1 343



milligrams per liter (0.1 parts per million). Range and sensitivity specifications for disinfectants other than halogens shall be determined by EPD at the time the alternate method of disinfection is approved.

19.4

19.5

19.6

19.3.4

The concentration of free residual disinfectant in pool water shall be measured before the swimming pool is opened each day, at least once every three hours during periods of low usage and at least once hourly during periods of high usage.

19.3.5

Where levels of free chlorine above 3.0 milligrams per liter (3.0 ppm) are recorded, chlorination shall be reduced. Where levels above 5.0 milligrams per liter (5.0ppm) are recorded, chlorination shall be stopped immediately. In the event of free chlorine levels reaching above 10.0 milligrams per liter (10.0 ppm) bathing shall cease until levels are brought down to within recommended parameters.

19.3.6

In the event of no detectable chlorine residual, the test shall be repeated in several different areas of the pool. If no chlorine is found, the pool shall be closed to the public until a residual of 0.5ppm (minimum) is detected throughout the pool.

Cyanuric acid: 19.4.1

It is recommended that a concentration of 40 milligrams per liter (40 parts per million), but not less than 25 milligrams per liter (25 parts per million) nor more than 100 milligrams per liter (100 parts per million), of cyanuric acid be maintained in chlorinated swimming pool water to stabilize the chlorine and resist the decomposing effects of sunlight.

19.4.2

The concentration of cyanuric acid shall be measured at least once per month during the winter, once per week during the summer, or whenever there is a problem with maintaining a stable chlorine residual.

19.4.3

An approved cyanuric acid test kit with a range from at least 20 to 100 milligrams per liter (20 to 100 parts per million) and a sensitivity equivalent to at least the LaMotte Model EC-5 Cyanuric Acid Test Kit shall be provided if cyanuric acid is used.

pH: 19.5.1

The pH of the pool water shall be maintained at not less than 7.2 and not over 8.2, with the optimum being in the range between 7.4 to 7.6.

19.5.2

The pH of the pool water shall be measured at least once every three hours during periods of low usage and at least once hourly during periods of high usage; and whenever there is a problem with maintaining a stable chlorine residual.

19.5.3

An approved pH test kit with a range of at least 6.6 to 8.4 and a sensitivity of at least 0.2 pH units shall be provided at each swimming pool.

Alkalinity: 19.6.1

The alkalinity of the swimming pool water shall be at least 50 milligrams per liter (50 parts per million), but not more than 250 milligrams per liter (250 parts per million), the optimum range being 80 to 120 milligrams per liter (80 to 120 parts per million).

19.6.2

The alkalinity of the pool water shall be determined in all cases where there is a problem with maintaining a stable pH or chlorine residual; and in any case not less than once per week.

19.6.3

An approved alkalinity test kit with a range of at least 0.0 to 200 milligrams per liter (0.0 to 200 parts per million) and a sensitivity of at least 10 milligrams per liter (10 parts per million) shall be provided at each swimming pool. 344



19.7

19.8

Calcium hardness: 19.7.1

The calcium hardness of the swimming pool water shall be at least 80 milligrams per liter (80 parts per million), but not more than 500 milligrams per liter (500 parts per million), the optimum range being 200 to 250 milligrams per liter (200 to 250 parts per million) for plaster lined pools or 175 to 225 milligrams per liter (175 to 225 parts per million) for all other types of non-plaster lined pools.

19.7.2

The calcium hardness of the pool water shall be measured in all cases where there is a problem with corrosion of metal (low calcium hardness suspected) or calcium scale buildup on pool surfaces, filters and/or equipment (high calcium hardness suspected); and in any case not less than once per week.

19.7.3

An approved calcium hardness test kit with a range of at least 20 to 500 milligrams per liter (20 to 500 parts per million) and a sensitivity of at least 20 milligrams per liter (20 parts per million) shall be provided at each swimming pool.

Total dissolved solids 19.8.1

20

WATER QUALITY AND TESTING (MICROBIOLOGICAL PARAMETERS) 20.1

20.2

21

The Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) concentration of pool water shall not exceed 1000 ppm above the level of the feed water, up to a maximum of 3000 ppm as measured by electronic conductivity meter.

Not more than 15 percent of the samples covering any considerable period of time shall: 20.1.1

Exceed 200 bacteria per milliliter as determined by the heterotrophic plate count (SPC) method.

20.1.2

Show positive results (confirmed test) for coliform organisms in any of the five 10 milliliter portions of a sample as determined by the most probable number (MPN) method, or exceed 1 coliform organism per 100 milliliters of a sample when the membrane filter method is used.

Samples shall be collected and examined according to requirements outlined in Section SASC-S01 of this Code.

SPA POOLS A spa pool is a self-contained body of warm water designed for sitting in as opposed to swimming. The relatively small volume of water in relation to bather load, combined with a raised temperature and agitation of the water, makes considerable demands on the disinfection and filtration systems. Careful management by competent trained staff is therefore essential to ensure that the water quality does not deteriorate. 21.1

Design criteria : spa pool design features. 21.1.1

Conventional (Rim) Type – Water level 150-200mm (6”-8”) below top. Overflow (Deck Level) Design – Maintains water level at constant height, excess water is transferred to balance tank.

21.1.2

Surfaces shall be free from defects and/or projections and designed to facilitate draining and cleaning.

21.1.3

Overflow channels and balance tanks shall be accessible and easy to clean. The Cleaning procedures detailed in sub-section 7.5 of this Code Section shall be followed. 345



21.2

21.3

21.1.4

All steps into the spa together with the surrounding area shall be of a non-slip pattern

21.1.5

All spas shall have a suitable hand rail fitted to aid entry and exit to the spa

Filtration 21.2.1

The pump from the balance tank on a deck-level spa pool shall be automatically designed to stop in the event of low water levels in the balance tank. The heater and chemical dosing units shall be adequately interlocked to fail-safe in the event that water stops circulating.

21.2.2

In conventional (rim) spas water is drawn directly from the spa via a skimmer and a low suction point. All suction outlets shall be duplicated to reduce the risk of entrapment of hair or any part of bather’s bodies. Fittings shall be of an anti-vortex design for the same reason. If separate suction pipes are run to the plant room these shall be fitted with suction valves which shall be open while the pump is running.

21.2.3

Maintenance and operation of filters shall be carried out in strict accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. Filters shall be backwashed on a daily basis.

21.2.4

Spa pools shall be on a separate filtration system from any swimming pool located at the same facility.

21.2.5

Strainer baskets shall be examined daily, cleaned if necessary and in any case cleaned once each week.

21.2.6

Air for the air massage system shall be from a satisfactory source. Input air filters shall be inspected and cleaned regularly.

Design capacity 21.3.1

21.4

21.5

Design bather load 21.4.1

The design bather load is the maximum number of bathers who use the spa in any one hour, each hour consisting of 3 x 15 minute bathing sessions, each followed by a 5 minute rest period. The design bather load shall be 10 times the capacity of water in the spa system when measured in cubic meters.

21.4.2

As a general rule 30 liters/day/bather entry, or 50% of the water in the spa system, whichever is the greater volume, shall be replaced each day.

Turnover rates 21.5.1

21.6

For each bather there shall be a minimum surface area of 0.37m² (4 ft²) and a minimum volume of water of 250 liters (55 gallons).

There shall be a maximum water turnover time of 30 minutes. The turnover time is the time taken for the entire pool water volume to pass through the filters and treatment plant and back to the pool.

Dehumidification of indoor spas 21.6.1

The operation of jets/airblowers shall be controlled by timers to limit the operation to no more than 10 minutes when the bath has been vacated.

346



21.7

21.6.2

Air ventilation shall be provided by a unit which works in 2 directions and is capable of resisting the potentially corrosive and humid spa pool atmosphere.

21.6.3

A spa pool cover shall be used overnight, unless the pool is emptied.

21.6.4

In the case of a large spa pool or a pool operated in a confined space, a wall-mounted dehumidifier shall be provided.

Advice to users 21.7.1

The following shall be in the area of the spa pool: 21.7.1.1 A wall clock clearly visible from the pool 21.7.1.2 A notice pointing out the recommended immersion time 21.7.1.3 The maximum number of persons permitted in the pool at any one time.

21.7.2

A notice shall also be clearly displayed near the pool advising users of the following: 21.7.2.1 Do not wear sun tan lotions or skin creams in the spa pool 21.7.2.2 Shower before entering the spa, and again after using the spa pool 21.7.2.3 Do not exceed 15 minutes immersion per day 21.7.2.4 Do not exceed the maximum number of bathers permitted in the pool 21.7.2.5 Do not let children use the spa without supervision 21.7.2.6 Do not use a spa after a heavy meal 21.7.2.7 If suffering from disease of the heart and circulation, skin conditions, immunosuppressed, or subject to fits, or if taking drugs affecting the cardiovascular or nervous systems, seek medical advice before bathing in spa pools.

21.8

21.9

Water quality and testing ( physical parameters) 21.8.1

The temperature of spa water shall be not more than 40ºC (104ºF).

21.8.2

Visible dirt, as well as scum and floating matter on the surface, shall be removed as often as is necessary and at least once every 24 hours by vacuuming, skimming, flushing or other effective means.

Water quality and testing (chemical parameters) 21.9.1

Chemicals used to control the quality of spa water shall be demonstrated to be non-toxic to man in the concentrations used. Specialized chemicals used to control algae in spa pools, other than chlorinated compounds specifically formulated for this purpose, shall be approved by Saudi Aramco EPD.

21.9.2

An accurate and complete record of all tests to measure the temperature, pH, alkalinity, TDS, residual concentration of disinfectant and cyanuric acid shall be maintained by pool attendants. A ‘hard-copy’ of all test results shall be maintained at the pool fro a minimum of 1 month for EPD review if necessary

21.9.3

Chemical parameters shall be kept within the ranges specified in Table7. 347



Parameter Chlorine (Free) Chlorine (Combined) Bromine ( Total ) Ph Temperature T.D.S. Alkalinity Hardness Cyanuric Acid * not less than 21.10

TABLE 7 Spa Pool Chemical Parameters Range Frequency of Measurement 3 - 5 mg/l (ppm) nlt* every 2 hours <1 mg/l nlt every 2 hours 4 - 6 mg/l (ppm) nlt every 2 hours 7.2 - 7.8 nlt every 2 hours daily <40° C < 1500mg/l daily weekly weekly <200 mg/l weekly

Water quality and testing ( microbiological parameters) 21.10.1 No sample shall : 21.10.1.1 Exceed 100 colonies/ml (24 hours at 37° C), and preferably < 10 cfu/Ml 21.10.1.2 Show positive results for coliform organisms and Escherichia coli in 100mLs 21.10.1.3 Show positive results for Pseudomonas aeruginosa in 100mL. 21.10.2

Samples shall be collected and examined according to requirements outlined in Section SASC-S-01 of the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code

REFERENCES : 1. Pool water guide - The Treatment and Quality of Swimming Pool Water.  1995 Pool Water Treatment Advisory Group. (HMSO) 2. Ozone water treatment systems for swimming pools - A National Survey. 1986 Sports Council/PWTAG 3. Standard for residential swimming pools - National Spa and Pool Institute 1988. 4. Pool manager’s handbook - Olin/hth Chemicals. 5. Corona discharge ozone systems: Application guidelines-commercial pools & spa pools - Del industries 6. Public bathing places regulations - State of Nevada 7. Hygiene for spa pools - Public health laboratory service. HMSO 1994 8. The professional pool maintenance manual - Terry Tamminen, 1995 9. Uniform swimming pool, spa and hot tub code - International association of plumbing and mechanical officials. 1991 10. Health and safety standards of swimming pools enforced by local authorities Chartered Institute of Environmental Health, 11. 1991 Southern Building Code Congress: "Southern Standard Swimming Pool Code", 1974. 12. State of Texas, Texas State Department of Public Health: Rules and Regulations for Public Water Supply Systems", 1973" 13. Uniform Building Code" and "Uniform Plumbing Code", (Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards).

348


Barber and Beauty Shops, SASC-S- 14

SASC-S-14 BARBER AND BEAUTY SHOPS This Section describes the public health requirements for barber and beauty shops. Compliance with facility and equipment requirements, as well as good operating practices, will safeguard operators and customers from the potential spread of communicable disease. NOTE: All sub-sections should be read in conjunction with referenced documents listed at the end of this Section.

DEFINITIONS: All Purpose Detergent: A powder or liquid detergent suitable both for laundering and for other household cleaning. Beauty Bar: A toilet bar used primarily for cleansing of the skin and complexion care. Closed: Without openings large enough for the entrance of insects. An opening of 0.8 mm (1/32 inch) or less is 'closed' Coat: To cover with something, i.e. coat the chicken with breadcrumbs. Disinfect: To kill infectious microorganisms outside the body by chemical or physical means. Some bacterial spore forming organisms may survive the process, but all other microorganisms are reduced to insignificant levels or eliminated completely. Easily Cleanable: Readily accessible, made of such material and finish, and fabricated such that all surfaces can be washed and sanitized, and that residues may be effectively removed, by normal cleaning methods. Hot Water: Potable water that meets the specific temperature requirement appropriate for the facility. Hot Water Booster: Electric, steam or gas heated insulated tank or coil used to raise the incoming hot water from house temperature to sanitizing temperature, as required by code. Booster may be mounted inside housing or at end of warewashing machine, under warewashing table, or may be remotely located. Liquid Chlorine Bleach: A solution of sodium hypochlorite, a highly active oxidizing agent. Liquid chlorine bleach is also called household bleach or simply liquid bleach, and is commonly distributed as an approximately five per cent solution of sodium hypochlorite. Vacuum Breaker: A device for relieving a vacuum or partial vacuum formed in a pipeline, thereby preventing backsiphonage. 1


Floors shall be constructed of smooth, impervious and easily cleanable materials.

1.2

Walls and ceilings shall have a smooth, washable, light colored surface.

13

Doors and windows: All openings to the outside shall have tight-fitting, self-closing, solid doors or glazed windows that preclude the entrance of insects and rodents. All outer doors and windows that will remain open shall be screened. Screen doors shall be self-closing and shall open outwards.

1.4

Illumination: A minimum of 755 Lux (70 foot-candles) of natural and artificial illumination measured 76 centimeters (30 inches) above the floor shall be provided in all areas where the customer is served or instruments are cleaned and sanitized. 349



2

1.5

Ventilation: All rooms shall be sufficiently ventilated to keep them free of excessive heat, steam and condensation in accordance with Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards (e.g. SAES-K-30).

1.6

Water Supply: Hot and cold running water which complies with requirements equivalent to those outlined in Section SASC-S-01 of this Code shall be provided to all hand washbasins and sinks.

1.7

Sewage shall be disposed of in accordance with requirements equivalent to those outlined in Section SASC-S-02 of this Code.

1.8

Plumbing fixtures shall be properly trapped and vented in accordance with standards equivalent to the Saudi Aramco Plumbing Code. A vacuum breaker shall be provided between any fixture equipped with a hose and the water supply line.

1.9

Both handwashing facilities and separate hair care sinks shall be provided. Janitor's sinks and utility sinks, if provided, are not acceptable substitutes for either hand washbasins or hair care sinks and shall not be used as such. 1.9.1

Handwashing facilities that are constructed or remodeled shall be provided with tempered water from a self-closing combination or premixing faucet which supplies warm water for a minimum of 15 seconds while both hands are free for washing and rinsing. A foot, knee or elbow operated combination or premixing faucet may be substituted for a self-closing faucet. The manually operated, stem-type hot and cold mixing valves currently installed in existing facilities should be scheduled for remodeling at the earliest possible date.

1.9.2

Handwashing cleanser and single-use paper towels shall be provided in dispensers located next to hand washbasins (common towels are prohibited). The supply of cleanser and paper towels shall be maintained at all times. A refuse container lined with a disposable plastic bag shall be provided adjacent to paper towel dispensers. The refuse container may be used for combined disposal of paper towels and barber/beauty wastes and shall, therefore, be covered (preferably with a pedal activated lift-lid).

1.10

Storage cabinets, shelves, drawers, etc. shall be provided to properly segregate and store equipment, supplies, hair care products, clean linen, etc. Cleaning materials and chemicals shall be stored separately from hair care and beauty products.

1.11

No portion of a barber/beauty shop shall be used as sleeping or living quarters.

1.12

The barber/beauty shop, and all parts of the property used directly or indirectly in connection with the operation of the shop, shall be kept free of public health nuisances (see Section SASC-S-18).

CLEANING AND DISINFECTION 2.1

Brushes, clips, combs, rollers, scissors, tweezers, and other hair care or beauty instruments and accessories which have been used on a customer, or soiled in any manner, shall be placed in a properly labeled receptacle provided for the purpose; such instruments and accessories shall not be used on another customer until they have been properly cleaned and disinfected. Brushes are prohibited for the application of shaving foams or creams. (Refer to sub-section 5.13 of this Code Section) 2.1.1

Combs, brushes, etc. shall be cleaned with soap (or detergent) and hot water (minimum temperature of 49°C {120°F}) to remove all foreign matter that might harbor bacteria.

2.1.2

Combs, brushes, hair accessories, tweezers, scissors, and other non-electric instruments shall be disinfected by immersion for at least 2.0 minutes in a solution containing at least 350



1,000 milligrams per liter (1,000 parts per million) of a quaternary ammonium compound, or a solution containing at least 500 milligrams per liter of calcium hypochlorite. 2.1.3

3

4

Immersion in other effective disinfectant which is used in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations may be permitted by Environmental Protection Department (EPD) if the product is specifically designed for disinfection of hair care instruments and is generally recognized as being safe and non-hazardous to humans.

2.2

Manicure instruments shall be disinfected prior to each use by the method described in sub-section 2.1 above. Instruments or attachments which cannot be properly disinfected shall be disposed of immediately after use.

2.3

Clippers, vibrators, and other electrical instruments that touch a customer's skin, hair or clothing, shall be disinfected prior to each use. The method of disinfection recommended by the manufacturer shall be followed.

2.4

For disinfection of instruments that cannot otherwise be sterilized by solutions, other suitable means must be provided such as an ultraviolet sterilizer. Equipment must be installed and operated in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and approved by EPD.

HAIR CARE AND BEAUTY PRODUCTS 3.1

All lotions, powders, soaps, cosmetics, creams, oils, liquids, ointments, or any other substance, shall not contain toxic or injurious acids, metals or other chemicals.

3.2

All bottles and containers used shall be distinctly and correctly labeled to disclose their contents. All bottles containing poisonous substances shall be additionally and distinctly marked as such, and shall be stored separately.

PERSONNEL 4.1

Operators shall have a valid photo identification card in their possession that identifies them as being a barber, beautician, cosmetologist or related practitioner. Identification cards are not transferable.

4.2

Operators shall be thoroughly trained and qualified in all aspects of the specific tasks assigned to them.

4.3

No operator shall be permitted to carry any instrument or supplies in or on a garment or uniform.

4.4

Operators shall have a valid medical examination certificate. 4.4.1

As a minimum, all operators shall be given a physical health examination prior to commencement of employment, whenever necessitated by illness or injury and whenever requested by Saudi Aramco EPD. Operators shall have an additional chest x-ray every two years thereafter. The medical examination shall be equivalent to, and completed with the same thoroughness, as those conducted by the Saudi Aramco Medical Services Organization.

4.4.2

All medical examinations shall be conducted in an approved Saudi Arabian clinic or hospital by a physician licensed by the Saudi Arab Government.

4.4.3

As a minimum, the examination shall include a chest x-ray, routine urinalysis, blood pressure measurement, stool analysis (ova and parasites, as well as bacterial tests for Salmonella sp. 351



and Shigella sp.), and examination for skin disease. The extent of the examination may be expanded at the discretion of Saudi Aramco EPD.

4.5

5

4.4.4

The medical examination report shall include a statement, signed by the licensed physician conducting the examination, declaring the individual to be in good physical condition for his assigned duties and free of all communicable diseases and conditions which can be transmitted from person to person.

4.4.5

A copy of the operator's medical examination, with a photograph of the operator attached, shall be kept on file at his work site. The results of all medical examinations shall be available for review by authorized Saudi Aramco representatives prior to and throughout the individual's employment by the barber/beauty shop.

Any operator who is ill, has a respiratory infection, skin disease or any other condition, which could be transmitted from person to person, shall be removed from duty and referred to a physician licensed by the Saudi Arab Government for evaluation. An explanation of the operator's duties and a request that he be specifically evaluated and cleared of all illnesses or conditions which could be transmitted from person to person shall be submitted to the physician. The operator shall not be allowed to return to duty until: 4.5.1

He has been examined and found to be free of disease/condition that could transmitted from person to person.

4.5.2

He has been treated and is now free of disease/condition that could be transmitted from person to person.

4.5.3

A statement signed by the examining/treating physician to the effect that the operator has been examined/treated and is free of communicable disease or other condition which could be transmitted from person to person is in the operator's file at his work site. This report shall be available for review by authorized Saudi Aramco representatives and, if so requested, a copy of the report shall be transmitted to Manger, EPD.

4.6

An operator that voluntarily reports a suspected disease/condition shall NOT be subject to punishment, e.g. loss of earnings.

4.7

Operators shall not prepare or consume food, or use tobacco in any form, in any area of the barber/beauty shop. Operators shall eat and use tobacco in designated areas during non-work periods only.

4.8

Operators shall wear neat, clean, light colored uniforms that are changed at least daily. Clothing that is used once and then discarded is permissible.

4.9

Operators shall maintain a high degree of personal cleanliness and shall conform to good hygienic practices.

4.10

Operators shall thoroughly wash their hands and the exposed portions of their arms before starting work; before and after each customer; after using the toilet; after touching their ears, nose, mouth or hair; before and after any cleaning procedure; after smoking, eating or drinking; and during work as often as necessary to keep hands clean. They shall keep their fingernails clean and trimmed.

GENERAL SANITATION AND HYGIENE 5.1

Operators shall refuse service to any customer afflicted with a visible skin rash, lice, etc. The operator shall recommend that the afflicted customer report to his physician for evaluation. 352



5.2

Barber/beauty shops shall be properly maintained and shall be kept clean and in a sanitary condition at all times. Fixtures, such as hand washbasins, hair care sinks and barber/beauty chairs, shall be lightly cleaned after each customer and shall be thoroughly cleaned and sanitized at the end of each workday. Physical facilities and equipment, such as floors, walls, doors, windows, cabinets, shelves, mirrors, waiting room chairs, etc. shall be cleaned on a regularly scheduled basis.

5.3

Straightedge or other multi-use razors are strictly and categorically prohibited. Only single-use disposable razors and razor blades shall be used. A new disposable razor or razor blade shall be used for each customer. After use on one customer, the razor or razor blade shall be discarded. If razor blades are used, the blade holder shall not be used on another customer until it has been properly cleaned and disinfected.

5.4

No common article may be used on any person except the temporary cover placed over clothing. The temporary cover shall not touch any skin about the face or neck. This shall be accomplished by placing a clean cloth, towel or single-use disposable soft paper guard around the customer's neckline before the temporary cover is wrapped around the customer's neck.

5.5

There shall be as many separate clean towels, cloth neck guards and cloth headrest covers for each customer as may be required for service to the customer. Once used, towels, cloth neck guards and cloth headrest covers shall not be reused for another customer until they have been washed and dried.

5.6

Clean towels, cloth neck guards, cloth headrest covers and temporary covers shall be stored in a clean, dry place protected from contamination.

5.7

After use, or when they become soiled, damp or unclean, towels, cloth neck guards, cloth headrest covers and temporary covers shall be placed in a nonabsorbent container or washable laundry bag where they shall be held until they are removed for laundering. Towels, cloth headrest covers and protective covers shall be washed and dried at the end of each workday (more often if necessary). Laundry containers and bags shall be cleaned or washed when emptied.

5.8

The headrest shall be covered with a clean cloth or a single-use disposable paper towel prior to use by each customer.

5.9

Alum or other material used to stop the flow of blood shall be applied in powdered or liquid form only.

5.10

No powder puff, sponge or wet or dry duster shall be used in any barber or beauty shop.

5.11

All supplies which come in direct contact with a customer that cannot be disinfected (for example, cotton pads, emery boards, and paper neck strips) shall be disposed of in a waste receptacle immediately after use.

5.12

Hair cuttings shall be removed from the floor immediately after each customer and shall be placed in a refuse container lined with a disposable plastic bag. The refuse container shall be covered, preferably with a pedal activated lift-lid.

5.13

Brushes or other applicators, shall not be used for the application of shaving foams, creams or lotions to any part of the body including the face, neck or head of customers

353


Indoor and Outdoor Recreation SASC-S-15

SASC-S-15 INDOOR AND OUTDOOR RECREATION AREAS AND FACILITIES, INCLUDING BEACHES, CAMPGROUNDS AND MARINAS This Section describes the public health requirements and specifications for indoor and outdoor recreation areas and facilities, including beaches, campgrounds and marinas. NOTE: All sub-sections should be read in conjunction with appropriate referenced documents listed at the end of this Section. DEFINITIONS: Public Beach: Any beach area used by the public for recreational purposes. Total Coliform: The term total coliform bacteria refer to a number of gram-negative bacteria including Escherichia, Klebsiella, Citrobacter, and Entrobacter. All f these organisms are associated with feces of warmblooded animals. They may also be present in soil. Fecal Coliform: Are sub group of total coliform group, able to grow at 44.5 °C. The organisms are used as indicators of fecal contamination. Life Preserver: A buoyant belt to be worn when in the water Lifeboat: A boat, used to save swimmers. Oar: A shaft of wood, broad at one end, for rowing a boat. Oarlock: A U- shaped oar rest on the side of a boat.

1

INSPECTIONS AND COMPLIANCE WITH CODE REQUIREMENTS

- RESPONSIBILITIES

1.1

The Saudi Aramco proponent organization and/or operator of recreation areas and facilities shall ensure that they comply with the terms of this Code Section and that they are kept free of public health nuisances and safety hazards (see Section SASC-S-18 of the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code). They shall inspect all recreation areas and facilities for which they are responsible as often as is necessary to ensure compliance with the Code. All violations of the Code, nuisance conditions identified, as well as actions taken to correct problems noted, shall be documented. Inspection records shall be maintained in a permanent file and the file shall be made available to Saudi Aramco Environmental Protection Department (EPD) upon request.

1.2

Saudi Aramco EPD will inspect recreation areas and facilities routinely. A written report will be provided to the proponent organization.

1.3

Whenever a nuisance or violation of this Code is observed by any agency, resident or individual other than the Saudi Aramco proponent/operator, it shall be reported to Saudi Aramco EPD. Saudi Aramco EPD will ensure that the Saudi Aramco proponent and/or operator of the recreation area or facility are aware of the problem and shall provide assistance as required.

1.4

Every effort shall be made to prevent problems rather than solve them after they have developed. For example, insects, rodents, vermin and other such nuisances shall be controlled by elimination of breeding and harborage sources, proper sanitary practices, vermin proofing of structures, proper storage of materials, and by other approved control methods, not by application of pesticides after insects, rodents and vermin have established a harborage.

354



2

LOCATION The site on which a recreation area or facility is located shall be well drained and shall not be subject to periodic flooding. Recreation areas and facilities shall not be located adjacent to marshes, railroads, stockyards, industrial sites, pipelines or other such areas, which constitute a health or safety hazard.

3


All outdoor recreation areas shall be designed and used to provide sufficient space for intended activities, vehicles, sanitary facilities and appurtenant equipment.

3.2

The number of users shall be limited to that number for which the physical facilities were designed.

3.3

All outdoor recreation facilities shall be clearly marked and identified as to their intended use. Individual signs need not be posted at each site if the intended use of facilities is all similar, there is only one controlled entrance through which all users must pass and the rules governing the use of the facilities is conspicuously posted at this controlled entrance.

3.4

All outdoor recreation sites shall be more than 7.6 meters (25 feet) from a public highway rightof-way.

3.5

The density of outdoor recreation sites shall not be more than 25 per 4,050 square meters (25 per acre) excluding roads, buildings and other common use areas.

3.6

Outdoor recreation sites shall be designed and constructed to provide adequate support for vehicles and equipment and to prevent ruts and low spots. Outdoor recreation sites provided with paved parking areas for vehicles or camping vehicles, or for erection or use of camping equipment, shall be designed to provide for safe and easy placement and removal of such vehicles and equipment.

3.7

Users of recreation areas shall maintain all facilities and sites in a clean and safe condition. Refuse shall be deposited in containers provided for this purpose or removed from the site by the user, and shall not be deposited on the ground.

3.8

No permanent or semi-permanent structures, such as cabins, lean-tos, sheds or buildings, shall be erected by users on outdoor recreation sites. Temporary structures, such as canvas awnings, screened enclosure, or platforms, which are classified as being portable and temporary, such as a normal camping tent, may be erected by users, but must be removed when the recreation site is vacated.

3.9

All electrical wiring, equipment and appurtenances thereto shall be designed, constructed, installed and maintained in accordance with the Saudi Aramco Electrical Code.

3.10

All structural elements and plumbing shall be designed, constructed, installed and maintained in accordance with Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards.

3.11

All buildings, including all furnishings, equipment and fixtures, as well as all outside premises, yards and playgrounds, shall comply with the general requirements of this Code and shall be maintained in good repair, in a clean and sanitary condition at all times and free of insects, rodents and other vermin.

3.12

All entrances, exits, corridors, stairways and fire exits shall be properly lighted. Fire exits shall be provided with lighted exit signs equipped with emergency power sources. Entrances, exits, corridors, stairways, fire exits and fire escapes shall be kept free of obstructions.

3.13

Play equipment, when provided, shall be designed for safety, located in an area free of hazards and maintained in good repair. 355



4

5

3.14

All food facilities referred to in this Code Section shall comply with the minimum requirements of SASC-S-04 of this Code.

3.15

Liquid petroleum gas, fuel oil, gasoline and other flammable liquids shall be handled and used in a safe manner and as approved by the Saudi Aramco Fire Prevention Engineer. Fuels, fuel storage and fuel dispensing equipment shall be properly installed, maintained in a safe condition and used in a manner to prevent pollution from spillage. A shut-off valve shall be installed immediately upstream from the hose and nozzle for emergency use. Where fuel oils are dispensed, provisions shall be made to contain and remove accidental spillage to minimize pollution.

3.16

All areas shall be kept free from accumulation of refuse and any health, fire or safety hazards.

3.17

Solid and liquid waste shall not be discharged or otherwise disposed of on the surface of the ground, in the Arabian Gulf or Red Sea, or into any dry or wet stream bed, reservoir, spring, well, cave, open ditch or any other area not specifically approved for waste disposal by Saudi Aramco EPD.

3.18

Hand washbasins, faucets, hydrants or other water outlets not specifically designated for the purpose shall not be used for cleaning fish or food, or for washing dishes, utensils, clothing or other articles.

3.19

Dogs and other pets shall be kept under control and shall not be permitted to run unattended or be permitted to become nuisances.

FIRES AND COOKING AND EATING FACILITIES IN OUTDOORS RECREATION AREAS 4.1

In general, open fires are not permitted in any recreation area operated or controlled by Saudi Aramco. Fires are permitted only in facilities, which have been provided for such purpose, and then only if an assessment of prevailing conditions indicates that the fire will not represent a fire or safety hazard.

4.2

Fire places, fire pits, charcoal braziers, wood burning stoves or other cooking facilities, shall be located, constructed, maintained and used to minimize fire hazard and smoke nuisance in the outdoor recreation area and neighboring properties.

4.3

Tables shall be of durable, non-tip construction and finished with smooth, readily cleanable, weather resistant material.

ROADS, PARKING AREAS AND WALKS 5.1

All recreation areas and facilities shall be provided with adequate and safe walks, roads and parking areas.

5.2

Safe entrance and exit of pedestrian and vehicular traffic shall be provided. Pedestrians shall have the right.

5.3

Roads and parking spaces shall be located and constructed for safe movement of vehicular and pedestrian traffic and shall be graded and surfaced where necessary to maintain proper drainage and to minimize dust.

356



5.4

Roads shall not be less than the widths specified in table 1:

TABLE 1 Roads and Parking Spaces Type of Road Width of Road Meters Feet Entrance road* 7.3 24 One traffic lane 3.0 10 Two traffic lane 6.1 20 Parallel parking lane 3.0 10 * Unless separate exit provided.

5.5

6

7

A sufficient number of parking spaces shall be provided in all recreational areas, including campgrounds, marinas, etc., for automobiles, camping or recreational vehicles, boats, trailers and other appurtenant equipment at the rate of at least one space for each such vehicle anticipated during peak periods.

CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS FOR FLOORS 6.1

Floors of recreation buildings shall be constructed of durable materials, the surfaces of which are slip-resistant, smooth, easily cleanable and washable. Carpeting, if used, shall be designed for heavy use, shall be of closely woven construction, shall be properly installed, shall be easily cleanable, and shall be maintained in good repair, free of vermin and in a clean condition at all times.

6.2

The floors of kitchens, laundry rooms, shower/bath rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and handwashing facilities shall have smooth, durable, easily cleanable surfaces that are impervious to water detergents and disinfectants (carpeting is prohibited in these areas). These floors shall be sloped to properly trapped floor drains and the junctions between the floors and the walls shall be coved and sealed.

6.3


6.4


6.5

Floors shall be kept clean and in good repair.

CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS FOR WALLS AND CEILINGS 7.1

7.2

The minimum height of ceilings shall be as follows: 7.1.1

The height of ceilings in auditoriums, gymnasiums and shops shall be compatible with planned activities.

7.1.2

The height of ceilings in general recreational rooms, administrative offices and similar areas shall be at least 2.3 meters (7.5 feet) high as measured to the lowest projection from the ceiling.

7.1.3

The ceilings in hallways, laundry rooms, shower/bath rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and handwashing facilities shall be at least 2.1 meters (7 feet) high as measured to the lowest projection from ceiling.

Walls and ceilings shall be constructed of durable materials and shall have light colored, smooth, easily cleanable surfaces. In addition, the walls in toilet and shower rooms shall be impervious to 357



water, detergents and disinfectants to a minimum height of 1.2 meters (4 feet) in toilet rooms and 1.8 meters (6 feet) in shower rooms. The junctions between the floors and walls in kitchens, laundry rooms, shower rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and handwashing facilities shall be coved and sealed by a smooth, durable material with an impervious, cleanable surface

8

7.2.1


7.2.2


7.2.3


7.2.4

Acoustical paneling may be utilized providing it is installed not less than 1.8 meters (6 feet) above the floor. Any perforations shall not penetrate the entire depth of the panel, shall not be greater than 3 millimeters (0.13 inches) in any dimension, and shall not comprise more than 25 percent of the exposed panel surface. The paneling shall otherwise meet the requirements of this Section.

7.2.5


7.2.6


7.2.7


CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS FOR DOORS, WINDOWS AND SCREENING 8.1

All openings to the outside shall be provided with solid doors or glazed windows that shall be kept tightly closed when not in use (excludes passageways between rooms within an enclosed building). If outside openings are appropriately protected from the entry of insects and rodents according to the requirements outlined in sub-section 8.4 of this Code Section, solid doors and glazed windows may be considered to be "in use" if they are left open to ventilate the structure.

8.2

All outer doors and screen doors shall be tight fitting and self-closing. All doors and screen doors, including sliding or folding types, shall be constructed so that the space between the lower edge of the door and the threshold does not exceed 6.4 millimeters (0.25 inches). The space between sections of folding and sliding doors, when closed, shall not exceed 6.4 millimeters (0.25 inches). All exposed edges of the lower 20.3 centimeters (8 inches) of doors and jambs that are made of materials through which rodents could gnaw, especially outer doors and doors known to be accessible to rodents, shall be protected by covering such edges of doors and jambs with metal sheeting that cannot be gnawed through.

8.3

All outer doors serving exterior entrances to public corridors, kitchens, dining rooms, laundry rooms, shower/bath rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and handwashing facilities shall be fitted with self-closing screen doors that open outwards. Saudi Aramco EPD may accept other effective fly control 358



devices, e.g. air curtains in lieu of screen doors. If applicable, the bottoms of screen doors shall be covered with metal sheeting in accordance with sub-section 9

9

8.4

All open able windows which are not solidly closed and are accessible to insects and rodents shall be appropriately screened by hardware cloth or other material capable of precluding the entry by insects and rodents. The effective mesh size of screening material shall not be less than 6 meshes per centimeter (16 mesh per inch).

8.5

Doors, windows and appurtenances thereto, shall be designed and constructed to avoid accumulation of dirt and shall be finished so that they are smooth, nonabsorbent and easily cleanable. Doors, windows, as well as appurtenances thereto, shall be kept clean and maintained in good repair.

VENTILATION REQUIREMENTS 9.1

The temperature in all indoor recreation buildings in which people play and work shall be maintained at a level conducive to the healthful performance of the activity conducted therein.

9.2

All habitable rooms and public corridors shall be sufficiently ventilated by means of natural or mechanical ventilation. The requirement is deemed satisfied when it can be demonstrated that the ventilation system exchanges at least two volumes of air per hour in all habitable rooms a public corridors. If mechanical ventilation is used, at least one fifth of the air supply shall be taken from the outside.

9.3

All kitchens, laundry rooms, shower/bath rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and handwashing facilities shall be well ventilated and free of excessive condensation. They shall be suitably cooled or heated. They shall be provided with mechanical ventilation systems capable of providing the equivalent of five air changes per hour. At least 20 percent of the air supply shall be taken from the outside. If this is not feasible, mechanical exhaust fans may be used in lieu of the required mechanical ventilation system. Exhaust fans shall be capable of exhausting 1 cubic meter (35 cubic feet) of air per minute for each toilet, urinal, shower, and hand washbasin or laundry sink/washing machine installed.

9.4

All ventilation and other non-window openings that cannot be solidly sealed and that remain accessible to insects and rodents shall be appropriately screened by, hardware cloth or other material capable of precluding the entry by insects, rodents and other vermin. Note that the swing-type louvered flaps that automatically close when an exhaust or ventilation fan is switched off are deemed to be acceptable screening if they are kept clean and in good repair.

9.5

All kitchens shall be provided with an approved mechanical ventilation system fitted inside a hood placed over the stove, the design and specifications of which shall be compatible with the stove used. Filters over air intakes shall be easily removable for cleaning.

10 ILLUMINATION REQUIREMENTS 10.1

All areas shall be properly illuminated. Illumination shall be well diffused and properly distributed to reduce shadows, glare and contrast, especially in areas where sports activities are conducted.

10.2

The following levels of illumination, whether from natural or artificial sources, shall be provided. Also refer to illumination requirements outlined in SAES-P-123, Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards.

359



TABLE 2 Illumination Illumination Levels Required* Area to be Illuminated Athletic/sports competition Eye level above hand washbasin Food Service area General play/work areas Hallway Kitchen Shower/toilet block Sleeping room Stairway All other indoor areas *

11

Lux Footcandles As appropriate to sport 540 50 540 50 320 30 110 10 540 50 215 20 160 15 110 10 110 10


TOILET ROOMS, SHOWER ROOMS, HANDWASHING FACILITIES (GENERAL) All recreational areas and facilities shall be provided with adequate, properly designed and constructed, and conveniently located shower rooms, locker rooms, dressing rooms, toilet rooms, laundry rooms, handwashing facilities and utility/service areas in accordance with the projected level of use and types of activities performed. 11.1

Toilet and shower rooms shall be conveniently located at a distance of not more than 91 meters (300 feet) from the activity served and the location shall be plainly marked by signs in Arabic and English

11.2

Toilets, hand washbasins and showers shall be separately installed to be individually accessible and to permit simultaneous use.

11.3

Shower rooms, toilet rooms, laundry rooms, handwashing facilities and other such service areas shall be separated from food preparation and sleeping rooms by a self-closing, tight-fitting double door. The storage of food, equipment, utensils or personal articles in such areas is prohibited.

11.4

Open-bay, military barracks-type shower arrangements are permitted, but are not recommended.

11.5

Hand washbasins and other sinks, faucets and hydrants not specifically designed and approved for such use, shall not be used for cleaning or preparing food or for washing dishes or utensils.

11.6

The number of shower, toilet/urinal and hand washbasin fixtures required per numbers of persons accommodated at dependent campgrounds, beaches, marinas and similar recreational facilities follow. If the numbers required by the Saudi Aramco Plumbing Code should prove to be more restrictive than these, then the more restrictive figure shall be used. 11.6.1

At least one toilet, one hand washbasin and one shower per each sex for every 30 persons expected to use a dependent campground.

11.6.2

At Saudi Aramco beaches, at least one toilet, one hand washbasin and one shower per each sex for every 30 picnic spaces, or for each boat launching and retrieving ramp lane, whichever is greater.

360



11.7

11.6.3

At least one toilet and one hand washbasin per each sex for every 30 picnic spaces at a location other than an Saudi Aramco beach.

11.6.4

At least one toilet and one hand washbasin per each sex for each 100 persons in a recreational area having concentrated numbers of people.

The minimum size of, and floor space allotted for, toilets, hand washbasins, urinals and showers shall be as follows: TABLE 3 Minimum Space Required for Each Type of Installation Installation Minimum Minimum Minimum Space Per Width Depth Unit 2 Hand washbasin 60 cm 105 cm 1.1 m 2 Shower cubical 75 cm 75 cm 1.3 m 2 Shower stall 75 cm 75 cm 1.3 m 2 Toilet compartment 80 cm 105 cm 1.5 m 2 Urinal 60 cm 105 cm 1.1 m

12

11.8

Urinals and hand washbasins shall be installed at heights convenient for use by children and adults. At least 25 percent of the urinals and hand washbasins provided should be installed 30 centimeters (12 inches) below standard height.

11.9

All facilities shall be well ventilated (see sub-section 9.3 of this Code Section).

11.10

All shower rooms, locker rooms, dressing rooms, toilet rooms, laundry rooms, handwashing facilities, utility/service rooms, and associated facilities shall be kept clean and in good repair at all times. They shall be free from flies and objectionable odors. All fixtures and floors, as well as walls subject to splash, shall be cleaned with an approved detergent, rinsed and then sanitized with a 0.3 to 0.6 percent hypochlorite solution (3,000 to 6,000 milligrams per liter or 3,000 to 6,000 parts per million), or other equivalent disinfectant approved by Saudi Aramco EPD, at least once daily. Materials, maintenance and cleaning equipment shall be properly stored.

11.11


TOILET ROOMS AND TOILETS 12.1

Toilet rooms shall be completely enclosed. Individually enclosed toilet compartments are not required within the toilet room, but are recommended to ensure that an individual's need for privacy does not interfere with his commitment to personal hygiene.

12.2


12.3

Urinals may be substituted for up to one-third of the number of toilets required for men. Men's toilet rooms hereafter constructed shall include urinals where more than two toilets are required. Sixty cm (24 inches) of a trough urinal shall be considered the equivalent of one urinal (see sub-section 11.7 of this Code Section).

12.4

Toilet bowls shall be set entirely free and open from all enclosing structures and shall be so installed that the space around the fixture can be easily cleaned. This does not prohibit the use of wall-hung toilets. 361



13

14

12.5


12.6

Every eastern-type toilet shall be made of substantial material having a smooth, nonabsorbent, easily cleanable finish. Each toilet shall be provided with a water tap for washing (and a supply of toilet paper with holder, where indicated). Water taps equipped with ablution hose, provided for eastern-type toilets shall be fitted with appropriate backflow prevention devices designed to protect the water distribution system from contamination.

12.7

Covered sanitary waste receptacles shall be provided in all toilet compartments used by women.

12.8

For temporary public toilets (see SASC-S-02 sub-section 7.2)



13.2

Each hand washbasin shall be provided with running water. If hot water is provided, water shall be tempered by means of a mixing valve or combination faucet. Water shall be delivered at a minimum pressure of at 1.4 kilograms per square centimeter (20 pounds per square inch) with a minimum flow of at least 3.8 liters per minute (1 gallon per minute). Any slow-closing faucet used shall provide a flow of water for at least 15 seconds without the need to reactivate the faucet.

13.3

Handwashing cleanser and single-use paper towels shall be provided in dispensers at or next to hand washbasins at all times (common towels are prohibited). Mechanical hot air blowers for drying the hands may be substituted for paper towels. Where paper hand towels are used, a refuse container lined with a disposable plastic bag shall be provided next to paper towel dispensers. The refuse container need not be covered.

13.4

Hand washbasin areas shall be provided with clothes hooks.

SHOWER ROOMS AND SHOWERS 14.1

Shower rooms shall be completely enclosed. Individually enclosed shower stalls are not required within the shower room, but are recommended to ensure that an individual's need for privacy does not interfere with his commitment to personal hygiene. It is recommended that each shower fixture occupy a separate compartment. The compartment should be composed of a cubical with a bench and a clothes hook and a separated shower stall. The visual privacy of the bather should be maintained. Privacy curtains, if used, shall be of easily cleanable material and kept clean.

14.2

Showers shall be designed and constructed to be self-draining and to preclude the flow of water into the dressing area space.

14.3

Shower floors shall be skid-resistant or be provided with non-slip, impervious mats. Where impervious mats are used, they shall be cleaned and air dried at least once daily and shall not be kept on the shower floor when not in use. Wooden racks (duckboards) over shower floors are prohibited).

14.4

Showers shall be supplied with water through thermostatic, tempering or mixing valves at a temperature of at least 37°C (98°F) but not more than 50°C (122°F) at a rate of at least 11.4 liters (3 gallons) per minute. Any slow-closing faucet used shall provide a flow of water for at least 30 seconds without the need to reactivate the faucet. 362



15

16

14.5

If individual shower compartments are not provided, the shower room shall include a dressing area. The dressing area shall be equipped with a bench and clothes hook.

14.6

Body liquid soap via dispenser shall be provided at each shower compartment. Solid bar soap for public use is not recommended

LAUNDRY ROOMS 15.1

Laundry rooms shall be completely enclosed

15.2

All laundry equipment shall be installed, operated and maintained according to the manufacturer's instructions. Sorting tables and other surfaces that contact clothing shall be made of durable material having a smooth, nonabsorbent, easily cleanable finish. All equipment and facilities shall be kept clean and in good repair.

15.3


POTABLE WATER SYSTEM 16.1

Water shall be obtained, conveyed, treated, stored and distributed in a closed system. Design, construction, maintenance and operational standards, as well as quality criteria, shall comply with requirements equivalent to those outlined in Section SASC-S-01 of this Code and standards referenced in Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards (see sub-section 16.6 of this Code Section).

16.2

Enough potable water for the needs of the recreation area or facility shall be obtained from the municipal water supply. If a municipal water supply is not available, then water shall be obtained from an adequate, easily accessible source that has been properly located and protected to ensure that water obtained is of a safe and sanitary quality. The source shall be constructed in a way that prevents underground or surface contamination from reaching the source. Facilities shall be operated and maintained by competent individuals. No part of the system shall be used for any other purpose. The following minimum volumes of water shall be provided: 16.2.1

Approximately 380 liters (100 gallons) per day per individual recreation site provided with individual water connections and where flush toilets are used in a camping vehicle or in a service building.

16.2.2

Approximately 280 liters (75 gallons) per day per individual recreation site where faucets are provided in common and centralized flush toilets are provided in a service building.

16.3

Water wells (or other water source) and collection, conveyance, treatment, storage and distribution systems, or parts thereof, which are newly constructed, have been repaired or have otherwise become contaminated, shall be thoroughly disinfected according to requirements outlined in Section SASC-S01 of this Code before being used. The supply shall be purged of all but normal residual amounts of disinfectant (less than 3 milligrams per liter [3 parts per million] if chlorine is used to disinfect the system) before a sample for bacteriological testing is collected.

16.4

All water not provided directly by pipe to the recreation area or facility from the source shall be transported in a bulk water transport system, which is used for no other purpose. At the time water is obtained from the approved source, enough chlorine shall be added to the water in the bulk water transport system to create 0.5 to 1.5 milligrams per liter (0.5 to 1.5 parts per million) free chlorine residual. Hauled water shall be delivered directly to the closed water system at the work place. The 363



bulk water transport system shall comply with requirements outlined in Section SASC-S-01 of this Code. 16.5

Water storage tanks shall be enclosed from the filling inlet to the discharge outlet. Tanks shall be designed with openings that permit visual inspection of the tank and provide access for cleaning and disinfections. All openings shall be covered. Covers shall overlap openings, be sloped so they are selfdraining and shall be provided with gaskets and devices for securing them in place. All openings in the top of the tank shall be flanged upward to form a curb that prevents surface water from entering openings. Vents and overflows shall terminate in a downward direction and shall be screened to prevent entry by birds and other animals. All water storage tanks shall be provided with a sample tap.

16.6


Plumbing shall be designed sized and installed according to standards outlined in Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards. Plumbing and plumbing fixtures shall be operated and maintained in a way that prevents contamination. Plumbing and plumbing fixtures shall be kept clean and in good repair.

16.6.2

The potable water system shall be designed and constructed to prevent the possibility of backflow. Devices to protect against backflow and backsiphonage shall be installed on all water outlets and equipment where an air gap of at least twice the inner diameter of the water outlet but in any case the air gap shall not be less than 25mm between the water outlet and the flood-level rim of the receiving drain or receiving basin of the drain fixture, and wherever else backflow or backsiphonage may occur. A hose shall not be attached to a faucet unless a backflow prevention device is installed.

16.6.3


16.6.4


16.6.5

16.7

16.6.4.1


16.6.4.2


16.6.4.3



All potable water supplied to the recreation area or facility shall be disinfected by chlorination or other means or methods of equal efficiency in the killing or removal of organisms capable of causing infection shall disinfect facility. When chlorination is employed, a sufficient amount of chlorine shall be added to the water to maintain a chlorine residual of at least 0.5 milligrams per liter (0.5 parts per million) at all points in the distribution system from which water may be withdrawn. 364



16.8

Water shall be delivered at a minimum pressure of at least 1.4 kilograms per square centimeter (20 pounds per square inch) with a minimum flow of at least 3.8 liters per minute (1 gallon per minute). The temperature of hot water shall equal or exceed 50 °C. (122 °F) Hot and cold potable water shall be provided to all showers, ware washing facilities and laundry facilities. The hot water heating system shall be capable of producing a constant flow of hot water at a temperature of at least 5O° C. (122° F) Specific requirements pertinent to the hot and/or tempered water discharged from each class of fixture are outlined in appropriate Standards.

16.9


16.10

Drinking water fountains and associated requirements: 16.10.1 Drinking fountains, if provided, shall be approved angle-jet type and shall be provided with an adequate supply of water under pressure. Drinking water facilities should be located not more thane 61 meters (200feet) from the recreation facilities. 16.10.2 Spillage, overflow, drainage or wastewater from drinking fountains and faucets shall be discharged to the sewerage system through approved drains to prevent impoundment of water, creation of mud holes or other nuisance conditions. 16.10.3 Open containers from which water must be dipped or poured, such as barrels, pails or tanks, whether or not they are fitted with a cover, are prohibited. If an igloo can is provided, it should be located not more than 61 meters (200 feet) from recreational facilities. The igloo must be cleaned and sanitized whenever refilled. 16.10.4 Where single service paper cups are provided, cups shall be dispensed from a sanitary device designed for this purpose and a waste receptacle shall be provided for disposal of used cups. The common drinking cup is prohibited.

16.11

Compressed air used to pressurize the potable water system shall be filtered or otherwise treated to render it free of dust, insects and extraneous material. Air intakes shall be properly located and maintained. Filters shall be located upstream from the compressor and shall be easily removable for cleaning and replacement. The blower or compressor supplying air shall be designed so that it will deliver oil-free air. Oil-free air shall be produced by a method equivalent to one of the following: a) use of carbon ring piston compressor; b) use of an oil-lubricated compressor with effective provision for removal of oil vapor; or c) high-pressure, water-lubricated or non-lubricated blowers.

16.12

If a water treatment plant is provided: 16.12.1 It is suggested that the following piping system be adopted. Non-toxic paints shall be used (the use of paints containing lead shall be avoided. (Table 3)

365



TABLE 3 Piping System Color-Code Piping System

Base Color Blue Yellow Blue Blue Blue Blue Blue

Chilled Water Chlorine, Gas and Liquid Condensate Water Distilled and Demineralized Water Raw Water Sea, Salt or Brine Water Treated (any process)

Identifying Color Stripe 1-Gray 1-Oxide Red 1-White 1-Aluminum 1-Black 1-Yellow 1-Oxide Red


16.12.2 Equipment, devices, filters and all other water treatment or conditioning apparatus, shall be made of safe materials, shall be designed to be disassembled for periodic replacement of active elements/media, cleaning and service, shall be operated, inspected and serviced according to the manufacturer's instructions and specifications, and shall not be operated beyond their rated capacity. All such equipment shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition and, if necessary, shall be sanitized by application of a chlorine solution or by other approved means. 16.12.3 Records of equipment operation and maintenance, quantities of product water produced, types and amounts of chemicals added to treated water, pH and chlorine residual maintained shall be kept in a log book. The logbook shall be available for review by authorized Saudi Aramco representatives at all times. 16.12.4 The biological and chemical quality of the water after treatment shall be as good as, or better than, it was before treatment. 16.13

Special considerations: 16.13.1 Where water connections are provided at each campsite and there are individual water connections, the riser pipe shall be at least 13 millimeters (0.5 inches) in size and shall extend at least 10 centimeters (4 inches) vertically above the ground elevation. It shall be equipped with a 13 millimeters (0.5 inches) valve outlet with a threaded male spigot for attaching a standard garden hose. 16.13.2 Where individual water connections are not provided, common-use water faucets shall be conveniently accessible and located not more than 46 meters (150 feet) from any campsite. If a hose is provided to fill water-holding tanks, the installation shall be designed such that no part of the hose may touch the ground. 16.13.3 Spillage, overflow, drainage or wastewater from faucets and drinking fountains shall be discharged to approved drains to prevent impoundment of water, creation of mud holes or other nuisance conditions. 16.13.4 The plumbing provided for a camping vehicle waste tank station shall consist at least a 19 millimeters (0.75 inches) pipe and valve outlet fitted with an appropriate hose. The plumbing shall be protected against the hazards of backflow and backsiphonage by an approved backflow prevention device located downstream from the shutoff valve. 16.13.5 At marine water stations, hoses used for filling potable water holding tanks for boats shall be equipped with a backflow prevention device installed downstream from the shutoff valve on the riser pipe. The mechanism to which the fill hose is connected shall be designed such that the fill hose does not touch the marina water or deck when not in use. 366



17

SEWAGE No boat, which is equipped with a toilet, shall discharge human waste into areas of the sea used for swimming or other body contact sports. The drains shall discharge to a sewerage system or a retention tank for disposal by approved means. 17.1

Sewage shall be collected, treated and disposed of in accordance with requirements equivalent to those specified in Section SASC-S-02 of this Code and those outlined in the Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards. Where a public sewer system is available, all plumbing fixtures and building sewers shall be connected to it. In no case shall sewage or liquid waste of any type be discharged or otherwise disposed of on the surface of the ground, or into any well, cave, open ditch or reservoir until it has been properly treated and the disposal method has been approved by the Saudi Aramco EPD. Pit latrines, outhouses and other non-water-carried sewage disposal methods are prohibited.

17.2

Floor drains and sewer pipes shall be large enough to carry off all wastewater and sanitary sewage.

17.3


17.4


17.5


17.6

The sewerage system shall be provided with sufficient clean-out places to properly service the sewer drain pipes in the event they become clogged. Clean-outs or manholes shall be provided at the upper end of each main sewer line, at intersections of two or more sewer lines, at changes in grade or alignment of more than 45 degrees and at intervals of not more than 122 meters (400 feet).

17.7

Sewage collection lines shall be laid in trenches of sufficient depth to protect them against breakage from traffic, ground movement, agricultural activity, or other sources of damage and shall be separated from the water supply system by a horizontal distance of 3 meters (10 feet) and a vertical elevation of 61 centimeters below water lines at crossing points unless pressure sewers are used.

17.8

The sewer lines shall be constructed of approved materials with adequate vents, watertight joints and sufficient clean-outs.

17.9

Sewers shall be installed at a grade of at least 3 millimeters per 30 centimeters (0.125 inches per foot) to ensure a velocity of 61 centimeters per second (2 feet per second) when flowing full. Horizontal drainage lines connecting with other horizontal drainage lines shall enter through 45-degree "Y" branches or other combinations of equivalent sweep.

17.10

Defective sewer pipes, traps, drains or other plumbing shall be repaired or replaced promptly and professionally. Crude repairs with wood, tape or metal strips are not satisfactory.

17.11

Special considerations pertinent to modern campgrounds and camping vehicles equipped with plumbing fixtures: 17.11.1 A properly trapped and vented sewer riser pipe with an outside diameter of 7.6 centimeters (3 inches) shall be provided at each modern independent campsite. When the campsite is not occupied, the sewer riser pipe shall be adequately covered. 17.11.2 A camping vehicle equipped with plumbing fixtures shall not be permitted in a campground unless it is connected directly to the sewerage system by means of a durable, water-tight, 367



flexible, readily cleanable, nonabsorbent, corrosion resistant drain hose having an inside diameter of 7.6 centimeters (3 inches). Camping vehicles with a drain hose less than 7.6 centimeters in diameter shall be connected with reducers and screw or clamp-type fittings. The sewer service connection shall be installed and maintained with a grade of not less than 6.4 millimeters per 30.5 centimeters (0.25 inches per foot). This requirement may be waived if all wastes are contained in a sewage holding tank in a self-contained camping vehicle, the drain outlets from the camping vehicle are capped, or the drain outlets are connected to a sealed container located outside the camping vehicle and facilities are available to properly remove and dispose of sewage from the sealed container. 17.11.3 A sanitary waste station shall be provided for each 100 campsites, or fraction thereof, not equipped with individual sewer connections. 17.11.4 Flushing sinks or other means of disposal shall be provided for disposal of liquid wastes from self-contained portable toilets. It is recommended that the flushing sinks be easily accessible and located at a distance of not more than 61 meters (200 feet) from any campsite. The sink shall not be located in a room-containing toilet; hand washbasin or bathing facilities, and toilets shall not be used for disposal of such liquid wastes. 18

GARBAGE AND REFUSE The storage, collection and disposal of refuse shall be performed in a manner that will minimize accidents, fire hazards, air pollution, odors, insects, rodents, nuisances, public health hazards and adverse environmental impacts. 18.1


Prior to removal from the recreation area and facility, garbage and other refuse shall be stored in a way that makes it inaccessible to insects, rodents and other vermin. Outside storage of garbage or refuse in open piles or in any container other than an approved garbage or refuse container is prohibited, e.g. storage in paper bags or cardboard boxes. Inside storage of waste in open piles on the floor of the garbage/refuse storage room is prohibited. Heavy-duty plastic bags may be stacked on the floor of a properly designed and constructed refuse storage room if the waste contained therein is satisfactorily sealed in the bag, i.e. the bag does not represent an "open pile".

18.1.2


18.1.3


18.1.4

Facilities shall be provided for cleaning garbage/refuse containers, lugger boxes and compactor systems after they are emptied. As a minimum, the facility shall be provided with hot running water delivered at a minimum pressure of at least 1.4 kilograms per square centimeter (20 pounds per square inch) with a minimum flow of at least 3.8 liters per minute 368



(1 gallon per minute). The floor shall be constructed of a smooth, easily cleanable, nonabsorbent material, such as sealed concrete, and shall be and shall be properly sloped to a trapped, covered drain that is connected to the sewerage system. 18.2

18.3



18.2.2

Refuse equipment and containers shall be provided with tight-fitting lids, doors or covers. 18.2.2.1


18.2.2.2


18.2.3

The cover and the outside surface of the 210 liters (55 gallons), 115 liters (30 gallons) and smaller containers shall be labeled with the word "GARBAGE" or "REFUSE." Once used as garbage or refuse container, the lid and container shall not be used for any other purpose, especially food preparation or storage.

18.2.4


18.2.5

Refuse containers shall be provided where refuse is generated. There shall be a sufficient number of approved containers to hold all the garbage and refuse produced and to accommodate the total amount accumulated in the refuse holding facility between disposal periods. A sufficient number of containers shall be provided at each service building and sanitary waste station and within 91 meters (300 feet) from each boat ramp or boat dock. Centrally located refuse containers shall be provided at the rate of one 210 Liters (55 gallons) container per each five campsites, picnic tables or the equivalent if containers are provided at individual sites.

18.2.6


18.2.7




18.3.2

Waste shall be removed to the disposal facility in a purpose-built refuse transport vehicle.

18.3.3

All refuse shall be disposed of in a municipal sanitary landfill. Open dumps and burn-pits are prohibited. 369



19


The recreation area or facility shall be designed, constructed, equipped, maintained and operated to prevent the entry and harborage of insects, rodents, animals, birds and other vermin, as well as environmental contaminants, such as smoke and dust. Effective measures, such as excluding, inspecting and exterminating, shall be used to minimize the entry, presence and propagation of vermin, both inside and outside of the recreation area and facility.

19.2

All buildings, structures and associated facilities shall be insect- and rodent-proofed, freed of vermin before occupancy and shall be maintained in an insect and rodent free condition.

19.3

All sewer or drain openings shall be closed with a properly secured, perforated metal cover. Perforations shall not admit a cylinder 12.7 millimeters (0.5 inches) in diameter.

19.4

There shall be no openings in exterior walls, foundations, basements, and roofs that admit insects, rodents or other vermin. Openings for pipes, conduits and other utility services in foundations or exterior walls, floors or roofs shall be closed solidly by metal sheeting, concrete or other impervious material. If metal sheeting is used to seal holes around pipes, conduits and ducts, it shall extend at least 7.6 centimeters (3 inches) beyond all sides of the opening.

19.5

No contractor, employee, operator or user shall place, leave, dump or permit to accumulate any garbage or trash in any building, or on any beach, marina, campground, playground or other recreation area in a manner that will afford food or harborage for insects, rodents or other vermin.

19.6

No contractor, employee, operator or user shall accumulate, or permit the accumulation of, any lumber, pipes, boxes, barrels, bricks, stones or construction material on any premises or recreation area unless such material is stored on racks 30 centimeters (1 foot) above the ground.

19.7

Control of harmful or annoying insects, rodents and other pests, including control of breeding sites (e.g. standing water), shall be the responsibility of the operator and/or proponent responsible for the recreation area or facility.

19.8

The presence of lice, bedbugs, fly larvae, rodents or any other vermin, or the traces, droppings, trails, runs or other evidence of the presence of such vermin, shall be evidence of the presence of filth and unsatisfactory sanitary conditions. Environmental Health will report such evidence to the operator and/or proponent and they shall take immediate action to control the infestation. They shall report the results of their control activities to Saudi Aramco EPD within 72 hours of receipt of the notification.

19.9

Whenever conditions inside, outside or under any building or structure, or on any premises or recreation area, provide such extensive harborage for insects and rodents that normal control measures are likely to be ineffective, Saudi Aramco EPD shall prepare a report with corrective recommendations for action by the Saudi Aramco proponent responsible for the recreation area or facility. The proponent shall ensure that the deficiencies are corrected immediately.

19.10

The pest control program shall encompass all areas outside and inside the recreation facility or area. Areas along fences, around buildings, under stored materials, in and around refuse facilities, as well as floors, walls and ceilings in buildings, shall be inspected frequently to detect the presence of insects, rodents and other vermin. Preventive control measures are preferable to eradication campaigns. 19.10.1 Insects, rodents and other vermin shall be controlled by elimination of breeding and harborage sites, proper sanitary practices, vermin proofing of buildings and structures, proper storage of materials, extermination, and by other approved control methods. 19.10.2 Pesticides shall be dispensed and handled by authorized, properly trained personnel. A qualified pest control operator shall apply restricted-use pesticides. 370



19.10.3 Pesticides shall not be applied in areas where food handling, ware washing or other such operations are in progress or in a way that contaminates food equipment, utensils or other food contact surfaces. 19.10.4 Fly electrocution devices, if used, shall be designed to have "escape-resistant" trays. They shall be installed so that dead insects are prevented from falling on food and food contact surfaces. Trays shall be emptied into an outside refuse container at least once each day. 19.10.5 Bait stations shall be tamper-proof or covered or, if open, maintained so that the rodenticide is kept within the station. If used inside a kitchen, bait stations shall be used in non-food handling areas only and are restricted to rodenticides falling within the anticoagulant group. 19.10.6 Exclusion is the preferred method of rodent control inside a kitchen. If this fails and rodents must be exterminated, trapping is recommended. Tracking powders shall not be used inside a kitchen.

20

RECREATIONAL VILLAS / COMMUNAL HOUSING 20.1

Every recreational villa/communal housing unit, including all furnishings, equipment and fixtures provided by Saudi Aramco, shall be in good repair, in a clean and sanitary condition and free of insects, rodents and other vermin before it is assigned. All recreational villas/communal housing units will be properly inspected, repaired, cleaned and freed of pests between each occupancy. Public areas of communal units shall be cleaned at least once daily and shall also be maintained in good repair, in a sanitary condition and free from insect, rodent and vermin harborages. Note that all public porches, walkways, garages, sheds, out-buildings, as well as all outside premises, yards, gardens, playgrounds and other areas which are accessible to the public, are subject to these requirements.

20.2

Recreational villas/communal housing units shall provide each occupant with a clean bed, mattress, mattress pad and blanket, all of which were inspected and were found to be free of vermin, urine and fecal matter before they were issued. Clean sheets, pillowcases and towels shall be supplied twice weekly and each time the bed or room is reassigned.

20.3

A refuse container shall be provided for each habitable room.

20.4

All badly worn or torn bedding, furniture, chairs, upholstered pieces, carpeting, drapes or other furnishings provided by Saudi Aramco which are not readily cleanable shall be repaired or replaced.

20.5

In general, each adult occupant of a recreational villa/communal housing unit shall be provided with a storage closet or cabinet for his/her personal items. The floor space occupied by the storage closet or cabinet represents a separate space requirement and shall not be calculated as being part of the required floor space allocation.

20.6

Sleeping rooms in communal recreational housing units shall be allocated floor space at a rate of not less than 4.6 square meters (50 square feet) per occupant, preferably 6.5 square meters (70 square feet) per occupant.

20.7

Sleeping rooms in guesthouses shall be allocated 12 square meters (130 square feet) of floor space per occupant.

20.8

The minimum floor area allocated for a recreational villa shall be not less than 20.4 square meters (220 square feet). An additional 9.3 square meters (100 square feet) of floor area shall be provided for each occupant of such unit in excess of two occupants per unit. 371



21

20.9

A systematic procedure shall be established for collection of solid wastes associated with recreational villas/communal housing units. Refuse shall be disposed of regularly to avoid excessive accumulations.

20.10

Food shall not be cooked in any habitable room unless such room was specifically designed for this purpose and the use of such room for cooking is approved by Saudi Aramco EPD.

20.11

All kitchens provided for recreational villas/communal housing units shall comply with the minimum requirements of SASC-S-04 of this Code. Interpretation of Section SASC-S-04 of this Code will be rigidly adhered to in the case of communal recreational housing units where large numbers of individuals prepare their food collectively.

14.6


20.13

All public entrances, exits, corridors and stairways shall be properly illuminated. Fire exits shall be provided with illuminated exit signs equipped with emergency power sources. Public entrances, exits, corridors, stairways, fire exits and fire escapes shall be kept free of obstructions.

20.14

All recreational villas/communal housing units designed to include occupancy of children shall be provided with sufficient yard space and/or outdoor play areas for children residing therein.

20.15

Live animals, including those intended for slaughter, shall be excluded from recreational villas/communal housing units, as well as from the premises. Animals shall not be slaughtered in a place other than a Saudi Arab Government approved slaughterhouse.

SWIMMING POOLS Swimming pools shall be operated, maintained and used in compliance with requirements to those specified in Section SASC-S-13 of this Code.

22

FOOD FACILITIES The design, construction and materials of structures and equipment, as well as the general operating methods and procedures used to store, handle and protect food, equipment and utensils, shall comply with requirements equivalent to those specified in Section SASC-S-04 of this Code.

23

NATURAL SWIMMING AREAS (public beaches) 23.1

Responsibilities 23.1.1

Any Saudi Aramco organization intending to designate a specific area of a naturally occurring body of water for water contact sports shall make a written application to Saudi Aramco EPD receives prior approval for such activities from EPD.

23.1.2

All swimming facilities and areas of water contact sports not subject to the provisions of SASC-S-13, within Saudi Aramco controlled premises, shall be operated and used in accordance with the requirements of this Section and with any special condition that may be specified on writing by the Manager, EPD to protect the health and safety of the users.

23.1.3

Saudi Aramco EPD shall monitor the water quality of areas used for water contact sports.

23.1.4

The Manager, EPD shall have the authority to close Saudi Aramco designated swimming areas and beaches whenever water quality does not meet standards established for water contact sports. 372



23.2

Safety shall be implemented in each area. 23.2.1

Any Proponent organization designating naturally occurring areas along the Arabian Sea, Red Sea or other water impoundments for water contact sports shall equip such areas with at least one lifeboat, which shall: 23.2.1.1 Be equipped with oars, oarlocks, and at least two (2) life preservers and two hundred (200) feet of rope 23.2.1.2 Have the word LIFEBOAT distinctively printed or painted upon it. 23.2.1.3 Be used for no purpose other than for the saving of life or for other emergencies; 23.2.1.4 Be kept in good repair and readily accessible to the areas of potential use.

23.2.2 A telephone shall be readily accessible to the beach or marina with emergency telephone numbers posted near the telephone. 23.2.3 Wireless telephone unit should be provided at the lifeguard stand for emergency use 23.2.4 A standard first aid kit shall be available for emergency use. 23.2.5 All potential subsurface or submerged hazards shall be eliminated. 23.2.6 No natural swimming or bathing area shall be maintained unless careful soundings of water depth and location of eddies and pools and determinations of the presence and nature of dangerous currents or tides, sunken debris, rocks and other obstructions have been made and recorded. 23.2.7 The Proponent shall post signs indicating, in both Arabic and English, the depth of the water location of pools or eddies and the presence and direction of strong currents. 23.2.8 Supervision of bathers: refer to Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code, Section SASC-S-13 23.2.9 Warning signs should be posted in both Arabic and English when no lifeguard service is provided “children under 14 years of the age should not use facility with out an adult in attendance.” 23.3

Water Quality 23.3.1

No sewage, sludge, grease or other physical evidence of sewage discharge shall be visible at any time on public beaches or water contact sports areas.

23.3.2

All recreational surface waters must be aesthetically pleasing. Objectionable odors, colors and floating debris must not be present.

23.3.3

Natural bathing areas shall not be affected by any type of community or industrial pollution. and because of the likelihood of contamination of recreational water by fecal matter, diaper-wearing infants should be prohibited from water contact. Public notification may be used to inform parents and others about the prohibition of individuals wearing diapers at the recreational waters.

23.3.4 Recreational waters must not contain chemical that are irritating to the mucous membranes of human bodies, or that if ingested in small quantities are toxic to humans. 23.3.5

The water must meet microbiological quality standards as defined below or swimming and other water contact sports shall not be allowed. 373



23.3.6

Samples of water from each sampling station at a public beach or public water-contact sports area shall have a most probable number of coliform organisms less than 1,000 per 100 ml (10 per ml); provided that not more than 20 percent of the samples at any sampling station, in any 30 day period, may exceed 1,000 per 100 ml (10 per ml), and provided further that no single sample when verified by a repeat sample taken within 48 hours shall exceed 10,000 per 100 ml (100 per ml).

23.3.7

Bacterial analysis shall be made in accordance with procedures recommended by the 19th edition of the Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater of the American Public Health Association.

23.3.7

A beach or water contact sports area will be closed for use when indicator organisms exceed any of the following, when confirmed with repeat sampling within 24-48 hours. If confirmation sampling and analysis are delayed, closure should proceed based on the initial results. Total coliform: 10000per 100 ml Fecal coliform: 400 per 100 ml

374


Schools, SASC-S-16

SASC-S-16 SCHOOLS

This Section describes the public health requirements and specifications necessary to the maintenance of a sanitary, safe school environment. NOTE: All Code Sections should be read in conjunction with appropriate referenced documents listed at the end of this Section.

DEFINITIONS: Carpet Cleaner: Rug shampoo formulated to wet the pile of a rug and take up oily and greasy soils. Chlorinated: Water to which chlorine or hypochlorites have been added to disinfect, control taste and odor and/or prevent the growth of algae and other organisms. Decompose: To break up into constituent elements through chemical changes induced by enzymatic action, microbial activity etc. Health: A state of dynamic equilibrium between an organism and its environment in which all functions of mind and body are normal. Insecticide: Any chemical substance used for the destruction of insects, whether applied as powder, liquid or aerosol spray: residual action is usual. Laundering: The process of cleaning and refurbishing fabrics, which includes sorting, washing with an aqueous solution of laundry products rinsing, water extraction and drying. Potable Drinking Water: Water at the consumer tap that is wholesome and meets the chemical physical and microbiological requirements in SASC-S-01. Sanitary: Adequately hygienic to ensure a safe, sound, wholesome product fit for human consumption. School: In context of the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code, any permanently dedicated building or collection of buildings in which any Saudi Aramco Organization provides instruction to employees or their dependents. This also includes Saudi Aramco Built Government schools Toilet room: A room containing toilet facilities. Unsanitary: One or more factors in a man’s physical environment which exercise a deleterious affect on his physical development or health. Vacuum Breaker: A device for relieving a vacuum or partial vacuum formed in a pipeline, thereby preventing backsiphonage.

1

INSPECTION OF SCHOOLS 1.1

Proponent organizations shall inspect schools they control as often as is necessary to ensure compliance with this Code Section. All inspections shall be recorded and such records shall be made available to Saudi Aramco Environmental Protection Department (EPD) upon request. 375


Schools, SASC-S-16

1.2

2

Saudi Aramco EPD will routinely inspect places where Saudi Aramco employees and their dependents attend school. A written report will be provided to the proponent organization.


The site, if practicable, shall not be located in an area subject to periodic flooding or adjacent to marshes, railroads, stockyards, industrial sites, pipelines or other such areas, which would constitute a health or safety hazard.

2.2


2.3

All areas shall be kept free of nuisances and safety hazards. Whenever any agency, employee, student or person other than the Saudi Aramco proponent observes a nuisance or violation of this Code, it shall be reported to Saudi Aramco proponent and/or other concerned organization, e.g. the Saudi Aramco Community Services Pest Control Unit. If the problem is not resolved immediately, then it shall be reported to Saudi Aramco EPD. Saudi Aramco EPD will, in turn, notify the Saudi Aramco proponent organization and they shall take immediate action to abate the nuisance (see Section SASC-S-18 of this Code). Saudi Aramco EPD shall provide assistance as required.

2.4

Housekeeping: 2.4.1

All schools, both inside and outside, including all furnishings, equipment and fixtures shall be in good repair, in a clean and sanitary condition and free of insects, rodents and other vermin.

2.4.2

All dressing rooms, toilet rooms, shower rooms, hand washing facilities, utility rooms and associated facilities shall be kept clean and in good repair at all times. They shall be free from flies and objectionable odors. All fixtures and floors, as well as walls subject to splash, shall be cleaned with an approved detergent, rinsed and then sanitized with a 0.3 to 0.6 percent hypochlorite solution (3,000 to 6,000 milligrams per liter or 3,000 to 6,000 parts per million), or other equivalent disinfectant approved by Saudi Aramco EPD, at least once daily. Materials, maintenance and cleaning equipment shall be properly stored.

2.4.3

Cleaning and sweeping shall be done in such a manner as to minimize the contamination of the air with dust and shall be done outside of school hours, if practicable.

2.5

The maximum number of pupils in any classroom shall not exceed one per 1.9 square meters (one per 20 square feet) of floor space. This section allows for passageways and a teacher. In calculating floor area, no deduction shall be made for desks, benches or other furniture.

2.6

Playground equipment, when provided for children, shall be designed for safety, maintained in good repair and located in an area free of hazards.

2.7

Floors shall be kept dry near water fountains and hand washbasins.

2.8

Expectorating upon the walls, floors, stairs or any other area within the school is prohibited.

2.9

Food shall not be cooked in any room unless such room was specifically designed for this purpose and the use of such room for cooking is approved by Saudi Aramco EPD

2.10

Noise levels shall conform to the standards outlined in SAES-A-105, Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards. 376


Schools, SASC-S-16

3

2.11

All entrances, exits, corridors and stairways shall be properly illuminated. Fire exits shall be provided with illuminated exit signs equipped with emergency power sources. Entrances, exits, corridors, stairways, fire exits and fire escapes shall be kept free of obstructions.

2.12

Live animals, including those intended for slaughter, shall be excluded from the premises. Animals shall not be slaughtered in a place other than a Saudi Arab Government approved slaughterhouse.

2.13

Every effort shall be made to prevent problems rather than solve them after they have developed. For example, insects, rodents and vermin shall be controlled by elimination of breeding and harborage sources, proper sanitary practices, vermin proofing of structures, proper storage of materials and by other approved control methods, not by desperate campaigns to rid buildings, structures and premises of established infestations.


3.2

Floors: 3.1.1

Floors shall be constructed of durable, smooth and easily cleanable materials. Carpeting, if used, shall be designed for heavy use, shall be of closely woven construction, shall be properly installed and shall be maintained in good repair and in a clean condition at all times.

3.1.2

The floors of kitchens, lunch rooms, shower rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and hand washing facilities shall have smooth, hard, easily cleanable surfaces that are impervious to water, detergents and disinfectants (carpeting is prohibited in these areas). These floors shall be sloped to properly trapped floor drains and the junctions between the floors and the walls shall be coved and sealed.

3.1.3


3.1.4

Floor mats and duckboards are prohibited in wet areas, e.g. kitchens, shower rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and hand washing facilities.


Walls and ceilings shall be constructed of durable materials and shall have smooth, easily cleanable surfaces. The walls in toilet and shower rooms shall be impervious to water, detergents and disinfectants to a minimum height of 1.2 meters (4 feet) in toilet rooms and 1.8 meters (6 feet) in shower rooms. The junctions between the floors and walls in kitchens, lunchrooms, shower rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and hand washing facilities shall be coved and sealed (see sub-section 3.1.2 of this Code Section).

3.2.2

The use of rough or unsealed and unfinished building materials, such as brick, concrete blocks and wooden beams, is prohibited in kitchens, lunch rooms, shower rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and hand washing facilities.

3.2.3

Studs, joists and rafters shall not be exposed in kitchens, lunchrooms, shower rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and hand washing facilities.

3.2.4


3.2.5

Acoustical paneling may be utilized providing it is installed not less than 1.8 meters (6 feet) above the floor. Any perforations shall not penetrate the entire depth of the panel, shall not be 377


Schools, SASC-S-16

greater than 3 millimeters (0.13 inches) in any dimension, and shall not comprise more than 25 percent of the exposed panel surface. The paneling shall otherwise meet the requirements of this Section. 3.2.6


3.2.7


3.2.8

The ceilings in classrooms shall be at least 3 meters (10 feet) high as measured to the lowest projection from the ceiling.

3.2.9

The ceilings in administrative offices and other habitable rooms shall be at least 2.3 meters (7.5 feet) high as measured to the lowest projection from the ceiling.

3.2.10


3.2.11

The height of ceilings in auditoriums, gymnasiums and shops shall be compatible with planned activities.

3.2.12


3.2.13

The color and reflectivity of walls and ceilings in classrooms shall comply with the following (note that all wall and ceiling surfaces shall have a flat, non-glare finish): 3.2.13.1 The color of ceilings and overhead structures shall be as light as practicable and shall have a reflection factor of at least eight (80) percent. 3.2.13.2 The color of the upper two thirds of the wall height shall be a light shade and shall have a reflection factor of at least sixty (60) percent. 3.2.13.3 The lower one third of the wall height may be a darker shade than the upper wall, but shall have a reflection factor between thirty-five (35) and forty (40) percent.

3.3


All exterior entrances to corridors, classrooms, habitable rooms, kitchens, lunch rooms, shower rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and hand washing facilities shall be provided with solid doors or glazed windows that shall be kept tightly closed when not in use (excludes passageways between rooms within an enclosed building). If outside openings are appropriately protected from the entry by insects and rodents according to the requirements outlined in sub-sections 3.3.2 through 3.3.4 of this Code Section, solid doors and glazed windows may be considered to be "in use" if they are left open to ventilate the structure.

3.3.2

All exterior entrances to kitchens, lunch rooms, shower rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and hand washing facilities shall be fitted with self-closing screen doors that open outwards 378


Schools, SASC-S-16

(a screen door is not required if the solid door is self-closing and opens outward, the area is fully air conditioned alleviating the need for propping the solid door open and the operational nature of the facility is such that students are required to keep doors closed, e.g. facilities within industrial plants. The bottoms of screen doors shall be covered with metal sheeting in accordance with sub-section 3.3.3 of this Code Section. Other effective fly control devices, e.g. air curtains, may be used in lieu of screen doors. 3.3.3

3.3.4

3.3.5

4

All outer doors and screen doors shall be tight-fitting and self-closing. All doors and screen doors, including sliding or folding types, shall be constructed so that the space between the lower edge of the door and the threshold does not exceed 6.4 millimeters (0.25 inches). The space between sections of folding and sliding doors, when closed, shall not exceed 6.4 millimeters (0.25 inches). All exposed edges of the lower 20.3 centimeters (8 inches) of doors and jambs that are made of materials through which rodents could gnaw, especially outer doors and doors known to be accessible to rodents, shall be protected by covering such edges of doors and jambs with metal sheeting that cannot be gnawed through. All openable windows, which are not solidly closed and are accessible to insects and rodents shall be appropriately screened by grills, hardware cloth or other material capable of precluding the entry by insects and rodents. The effective mesh size of screening material shall not be less than 6 mesh per centimeter (16 mesh per inch). Doors, windows and appurtenances thereto, shall be designed and constructed to avoid accumulation of dirt and shall be finished such that they are smooth, nonabsorbent and easily cleanable. Doors, windows, as well as appurtenances thereto, shall be kept clean and maintained in good repair.

VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING 4.1

Ventilation shall be provided to remove gases, odors, steam, excessive heat, grease, vapors, smoke and other contaminates from the school. Ventilation systems shall be installed and operated according to standards equivalent to those outlined in Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards (e.g. SAES-K-30).

4.2

Intake air ducts shall be designed and maintained to prevent the entrance of dust, dirt, and other contaminating materials. All ventilation openings shall be appropriately screened by grills, hardware cloth or other material capable of precluding entrance of insects and rodents. Note that automatic fan ventilation openings are acceptable for rodent stoppage if the fan covering is maintained in good repair.

4.3

The temperature in all classrooms, habitable rooms and other rooms in which students study or work shall be maintained at a level conducive to the healthful performance of the activity conducted in the area. It is recommended that a temperature of between 21°C and 24°C (70°F and 75°F) be maintained in classrooms, study halls, libraries and administrative offices.

4.4

All school buildings shall be sufficiently ventilated by means of mechanical ventilation. At least one fifth of the air supply shall be taken from the outside. The ventilation system shall be capable of exchanging at least nine volumes of air per hour in all classrooms; five volumes of air per hour in all kitchens, shower rooms, locker rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms, hand washing facilities, gymnasiums and similar areas; and two volumes of air per hour in all administrative offices, libraries, habitable rooms and corridors. The rate at which the air volume is exchanged in shops, high activity work areas and areas subject to gases, odors, steam, excessive heat, grease, vapors, smoke and other contaminates will be a function of the activity and degree of health risk.

4.5

If mechanical extract fans are provided in kitchens, shower rooms, locker rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and hand washing facilities, the air volume exchange rate for the mechanical ventilation system required in sub-section 4.4 may be reduced in proportion to the amount of air exhausted from these areas. If such fans are provided, they shall be capable of exhausting at least one 379


Schools, SASC-S-16

cubic meter (35 cubic feet) of air per minute for each toilet, urinal, shower and hand washbasin installed. 4.6

5

All kitchens shall be provided with a mechanical ventilation system fitted inside a hood placed over the stove, the design and specifications of which shall be compatible with the stove used. Screening over exhaust opening shall be easily removable for cleaning.

ILLUMINATION 5.1

Natural light by means of windows or skylights is a preferred source of light; however, a balance between natural light and air conditioning load must be considered in the design of the school. If an engineering analysis indicated that a large enough window area to satisfy lighting requirements will adversely impact the air conditioning system during the high temperatures experienced during the summer months in Saudi Arabia, then the window area may be reduced to achieve an efficient balance between natural lighting and air conditioning requirement. The windows provided should extend as near to the ceiling as possible. They should extend along one side or two adjoining sides of the classroom.

5.2

The heat load generated by windows shall be controlled by screening out the direct rays of the sun. Venetian blinds employing reflecting and diffusing surfaces, which may be adjusted at various angles, are recommended.

5.3

6

The following levels of light, whether from natural or artificial sources, shall be provided in schools. Light shall be evenly distributed and of sufficient intensity to avoid discoloration, shadows, glare and extreme contrast on surfaces. Also refer to lighting requirements outlined in SAES-P-123, Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards. TABLE 1 Illumination Illumination Levels Required* Area to be Illuminated Lux Foot-candles Eye level above hand washbasin 540 50 Gymnasium As appropriate to sport Hallway/stairway 110 10 Kitchen/snack bar kitchen 540 50 Library 540 50 Lunch room 320 30 Shower/toilet/locker room 215 20 Staff lounge 215 20 Surface of laboratory/shop bench 1075 100 Surface of secretary's desk 750 70 Surface of student's desk 540 50 All other indoor areas 110 10 * Measured at a distance of 76 centimeters (30 inches) above the floor POTABLE WATER SYSTEM 6.1

Water shall be obtained, conveyed, treated, stored and distributed in a closed system. Design, construction, maintenance and operational standards, as well as quality criteria, shall comply with requirements outlined in Section SASC-S-01 of this Code and standards referenced in Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards. 380


Schools, SASC-S-16

6.2

Enough potable water for the needs of the students shall be obtained from the community water supply. If a community water supply is not available, then water shall be obtained from an adequate, easily accessible source that has been properly located and protected to ensure that water obtained is of a safe and sanitary quality. The source shall be constructed in a way that prevents underground or surface contamination from reaching the source. Facilities shall be operated and maintained by competent individuals. No part of the system shall be used for any other purpose.

6.3


6.4

All water not provided directly by pipe to the school from the source shall be transported in a bulk water transport system that is used for no other purpose. At the time water is obtained from the approved source, enough chlorine shall be added to the water in the bulk water transport system to create 0.5 to 1.5 milligrams per litter (0.5 to 1.5 parts per million) free chlorine residual. Hauled water shall be delivered directly to the closed water system at the school. The bulk water transport system shall comply with requirements outlined in Section SASC-S-01 of this Code.

6.5


6.6



6.6.2

The potable water system shall be designed and constructed to prevent the possibility of backflow. Devices to protect against backflow and backsiphonage shall be installed on all water outlets and equipment where an air gap of at least twice the inner diameter of the water outlet is not provided between the water outlet and the flood-level rim of the receiving drain or receiving basin of the drain fixture, and wherever else backflow or backsiphonage may occur. A hose shall not be attached to a faucet unless a backflow prevention device is installed.

6.6.3


6.6.4


6.6.5

A non-potable water system is permitted only for purposes such as air conditioning and fire protection. It shall not be directly or indirectly connected with the potable water system. Water from the system shall not be used for any domestic purpose. The piping of the nonpotable water system shall be durably identified so that it is readily distinguishable from piping that carries potable water. 381


Schools, SASC-S-16

6.7

6.8

All potable water supplied to schools shall be disinfected by chlorination or other means or methods of equal efficiency in the killing or removal of organisms capable of causing infection. When chlorination is employed, a sufficient amount of chlorine shall be added to the water to maintain a chlorine residual of at least 0.5 milligrams per liter (0.5 parts per million) at all points in the distribution system from which water may be withdrawn. Hot and cold potable water shall be provided to all hand washbasins, showers and kitchen sinks. The hot water heating system shall be capable of producing a constant flow of hot water at a temperature of at least 49°C (120°F). Specific requirements pertinent to the hot and/or tempered water discharged from each class of fixture are outlined in appropriate Standards.

6.9

If hoses are used for conveying potable water, they shall be constructed of a safe material, shall have a smooth interior surface, shall be used for no other purpose and shall be clearly identified as to its use. Caps and keeper chains shall be provided for water system inlet and outlet fittings, as well as hose fittings. All such fittings shall be capped when not in immediate use. Hoses shall be stored and used so as to be kept free of contamination. A hose shall not be attached to a faucet unless a backflow prevention device is installed.

6.10

A sufficient number of conveniently located drinking water fountains shall be provided. 6.10.1 6.10.2

6.10.3 6.10.4 6.10.5

Drinking fountains shall be approved angle-jet type and shall be provided with an adequate supply of water under pressure. Spillage, overflow, drainage or wastewater from drinking fountains and faucets shall be discharged to the sewerage system through approved drains to prevent impoundment of water, creation of mud holes or other nuisance conditions. Open containers from which water must be dipped or poured, such as barrels, pails or tanks, whether or not they are fitted with a cover, are prohibited. The common drinking cup is prohibited. Where single service paper cups are provided, cups shall be dispensed from a sanitary device designed for this purpose and a waste receptacle shall be provided for disposal of used cups.

6.11


6.12

If a water treatment plant is provided: 6.12.1 It is suggested that the following piping system be adopted. (Table 2) Non-toxic paints shall be used (the use of paints containing lead shall be avoided). TABLE 2 Piping System Color-Code Piping System

Base Color Blue Yellow Blue Blue Blue Blue

Chilled Water Chlorine, Gas and Liquid Condensate Water Distilled and Demineralized Water Raw Water Sea, Salt or Brine Water 382


Identifying Color Stripe 1-Gray 1-Oxide Red 1-White 1-Aluminum 1-Black 1-Yellow

Schools, SASC-S-16

Treated (any process) Blue Note: HVAC lines and electrical conduits are not color-coded But are painted the same color as the background construction 6.12.2

1-Oxide Red

Equipment, devices, filters, and all other water treatment or conditioning apparatus, shall be made of safe materials, shall be designed to be disassembled for periodic replacement of active elements/media, cleaning and service, shall be operated, inspected and serviced according to the manufacturer's instructions and specifications, and shall not be operated beyond their rated capacity. All such equipment shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition and, if necessary, shall be sanitized by application of a chlorine solution or by other approved means.

383


Schools, SASC-S-16

7

8

6.12.3


6.12.4


SEWAGE 7.1

Sewage shall be collected, treated and disposed of in accordance with requirements outlined in Section SASC-S-02 of this Code and those outlined in Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards. Where a public sewer system is available, all plumbing fixtures, building sewers and vents shall be connected to it. In no case shall sewage or liquid waste of any type be discharged or otherwise disposed of on the surface of the ground, or into any well, cave, open ditch or reservoir until it has been properly treated and the disposal method has been approved by Saudi Aramco EPD. Pit latrines, outhouses and other non-water-carried sewage disposal methods are prohibited except as permitted in sub-section 8.10 of this Code Section.

7.2


7.3


7.4

All sewer pipes or drains through which rodents may pass shall be closed with a properly secured, perforated metal or iron cover. Perforations shall not admit a cylinder 13 millimeters in diameter.

7.5


TOILETS, SHOWERS AND HANDWASHING FACILITIES (GENERAL) 8.2

Every school shall be provided with properly designed, constructed and conveniently located toilet and hand washing facilities, which are separate for each sex. Where regular physical education classes are held or where the courses of instruction expose students to hazardous chemicals that require them to bathe before they leave the training center, shower and locker facilities shall be provided adjacent to toilet facilities.

8.2

Toilet and hand washing facilities shall be readily accessible and open to students at all times. Facilities are not considered to be readily accessible if a student is required to climb more than one floor-to- floor flight of stairs or if they are located more than 61 meters (200 feet) from the location where the student normally studies.

8.3

Toilets, showers and hand washbasins shall be separately installed to be individually accessible and to permit simultaneous use. Urinals and hand washbasins shall be installed at height convenient for use by pupils. At least half of the urinals and hand washbasins provided for grades six and below shall be installed at 30 centimeters (12 inches) below standard height.

8.4

Shower rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and hand washing facilities shall be separated from food preparation and sleeping rooms by a self- closing, tight-fitting door. The storage of food, equipment, utensils or personal articles in such areas is prohibited. 384


Schools, SASC-S-16

8.5 9.6

Hand washbasins and other sinks, faucets and hydrants not specifically designed and approved for such use, shall not be used for cleaning or preparing food or for washing dishes, utensils or clothing. All facilities shall be well ventilated (see sub-section 4 of this Code Section).

8.7

Legible signs directing students to wash their hands after using the toilet shall be conspicuously posted in each toilet room. The signs shall be made of durable materials and shall be written in both Arabic and English.

8.8

The following number of showers, toilets/urinals and hand washbasins shall be provided:

TABLE 3 Numbers and Types of Fixtures Required Type of Fixture Grade Level or Number Required Adult Classification Males Females Toilet bowl 6 or less 1 per 30 1 per 25 Toilet bowl 7 to 9/adults 1 per 40 1 per 30 Urinal* All grades/adults 1 per 25 --Hand washbasin 6 or less 1 per 35 1 per 35 Hand washbasin 7 to 9/adults 1 per 40 1 per 40 Shower compartment All grades/adults 1 per 40 1 per 40 * Urinals may be substituted for toilets on a one to one basis, except that the number of toilets shall not be reduced to less than two-thirds of the number specified in Table 3. This clause does not apply to facilities provided for females. 8.9

The minimum size of, and floor space allotted for, toilets, hand washbasins, urinals and showers shall be as follows: TABLE 4 Minimum Space Required for Each Type of Installation Installation Minimum Minimum Width Depth Hand washbasin 60 cm 105 cm Shower cubical 75 cm 75 cm Shower stall 75 cm 75 cm Toilet compartment 80 cm 105 cm Urinal 60 cm 105 cm

8.10

9

Minimum Space Per Unit 1.1 m2 1.3 m2 1.3 m2 1.5 m2 1.1 m2

When chemical closets are required to support a transitory place of employment, they shall be of a type approved by the Saudi Aramco EPD and shall be maintained in a sanitary condition.

TOILET ROOMS 9.1

Toilet rooms shall be completely enclosed. Each toilet fixture shall be individually enclosed within its own compartment within the toilet room (does not apply to urinals). This is required to ensure that an individual's need for privacy does not interfere with his commitment to personal hygiene.

9.2


9.3


385


Schools, SASC-S-16

10

11

9.4

Toilet bowls shall be set entirely free and open from all enclosing structures and shall be so installed that the space around the fixture can be easily cleaned. This does not prohibit the use of wallhung toilets.

9.5


9.6


9.7



Adequate hand washing facilities shall be conveniently located adjacent to toilet facilities. When trough sinks and circular washbasins are provided with individual faucets, 60 centimeters (24 inches) of lineal trough sink or 45 centimeters (18 inches) of a circular basin shall be considered as equal to one hand washbasin. Also note that utility sinks are not acceptable substitutes for hand washbasins.

10.2

Hand washbasins shall be installed at height convenient for use of pupils. At least half of the hand washbasins provided for grade six and below should be installed at 30 centimeters (12 inches) below standard height.

10.3


10.4

Hand washing cleanser and single-use paper towels shall be provided in dispensers at or next to hand washbasins at all times (common towels are prohibited). Mechanical hot air blowers for drying the hands may be substituted for paper towels.

10.5

A refuse container lined with a disposable plastic bag shall be provided next to hand washbasins. The refuse container need not be covered.

SHOWERS ROOMS 11.1

Showers shall be provided if students are exposed to skin contamination with poisonous, infectious or irritating materials.

11.2

Shower rooms shall be completely enclosed. Each shower fixture shall be individually enclosed in a separate compartment within the shower room. The compartment should be composed of a cubical with a bench and a clothes hook and a separated shower stall. The visual privacy of the bather should be maintained. Privacy curtains, if used, shall be of easily cleanable material and kept clean.

11.3

Showers shall be designed and constructed to be self-draining and to preclude the flow of water into adjacent areas. 386


Schools, SASC-S-16

11.4


11.5


11.6 12

13

14

If individual shower compartments are not provided, the shower room shall include a dressing area. The dressing area shall be equipped with benches and clothes hooks. CHANGING AREAS AND LOCKERS 12.1

Changing areas shall be provided wherever the work performed involves exposure to excessive dirt, heat, fumes, vapor or moisture, or when students are exposed to poisonous, infectious or irritating materials.

12.2

Where students' clothes are exposed to contamination with poisonous, infectious or irritating materials, facilities shall be provided in changing rooms so that street and work clothes will not be stored in contact with each other.

12.3

Where the process in which the student is engaged is such that his clothing becomes wet or has to be washed between uses, provision shall be made to ensure that such clothing is dry before reuse.

12.4

Lockers, if provided for the storage of student's street clothing and personal belongings, shall be constructed of easily cleanable, corrosion resistant materials and shall not have sharp edges. Lockers shall be vented. Lockers shall be set either on solid masonry bases 13 centimeters (5 inches) high or on legs so that locker bottoms are at least 25 centimeters (10 inches above the floor).

12.5


12.6

Shoe/boot racks shall be provided for proper air-drying of wet shoes and boots between uses. The racks shall be sufficiently spaced to allow free air circulation around all items when all hooks/racks are used.

RETIRING ROOMS FOR WOMEN 13.1

Where 10 or more women are employed at any one time, at least one retiring room shall be provided, with the understanding that it is to be used only for rest and emergencies and not for smoking or recreational purposes. Where less than 10 women are employed and a formal retiring room is not furnished, some equivalent space shall be provided which can be properly screened for privacy and made suitable for use by adult female employees.

13.2

Retiring rooms shall be conveniently located, exclusively used by women, and open to them during all working hours.

13.3

Retiring rooms shall be furnished with one bed or couch for the first 10 to 50 adult female employees. One additional bed or couch shall be provided for every 100 adult female employees, or portion thereof, in excess of the original 50 adult female employees.


Garbage and refuse storage facilities: 387


Schools, SASC-S-16

14.2

14.1.1

Prior to removal from the premises, garbage and other refuse shall be stored in a way that makes it inaccessible to insects, rodents and other vermin. Outside storage of garbage or refuse in open piles or in any container other than an approved garbage or refuse container is prohibited, e.g. storage in paper bags or cardboard boxes. Inside storage of waste in open piles on the floor of the garbage/refuse storage room is prohibited. Heavy-duty plastic bags may be stacked on the floor of a properly designed and constructed refuse storage room if the waste contained therein is satisfactorily sealed in the bag, i.e. the bag does not represent an "open pile".

14.1.2

The garbage/refuse storage room, if provided, shall be large enough to store all garbage/refuse containers that accumulate between disposal periods. Walls, ceilings and all attachments thereto, shall be made of substantial material having a smooth, nonabsorbent, easily cleanable finish. The floor shall be constructed of a smooth, easily cleanable, nonabsorbent material, such as sealed concrete, and shall be properly sloped to a trapped, covered drain that is connected to the sewerage system. The structure shall be insect and rodent-proof, including the provision of a solid door designed to preclude the entry by rodents. Additionally, a screen door that opens outward, an air curtain device or other effective means of excluding flies shall be provided. The storage room shall be kept clean and maintained in good repair.

14.1.3

Facilities shall be provided for cleaning garbage/refuse containers, lugger boxes and compactor systems after they are emptied (this facility need not be provided on the premises if the waste hauler provides this service at another location). As a minimum, the facility shall be provided with hot running water delivered at a minimum pressure of at least 1.4 kilograms per square centimeter (20 pounds per square inch) with a minimum flow of at least 3.8 liters per minute (1 gallon per minute). The floor shall be constructed of a smooth, easily cleanable, nonabsorbent material, such as sealed concrete, and shall be properly sloped to a trapped, covered drain that is connected to the sewerage system.

14.1.4




14.2.2

Refuse equipment and containers shall be provided with tight- fitting lids, doors or covers. 14.2.2.1 The lids, doors or covers of outside refuse equipment and containers shall be kept in the closed position when not in immediate use. 14.2.2.2 Refuse containers that are being actively used in the facility need not be covered. Refuse containers shall be covered when not being actively used. Filled refuse containers shall be covered and removed from the facility to the refuse storage facility.

14.2.3

The cover and the outside surface of the 210 liters (55 gallons), 115 liters (30 gallons) and smaller containers shall be labeled with the word "GARBAGE" or "REFUSE." Once used as 388


Schools, SASC-S-16

a garbage or refuse container, the lid and container shall not be used for any other purpose, especially food preparation or storage.

14.3

15

14.2.4


14.2.5


14.2.6


14.2.7




14.3.2


14.3.3


INSECT, RODENT AND VERMIN CONTROL 15.1

The Saudi Aramco proponent is responsible for implementing and enforcing the requirements outlined in Section SASC-S-17, Insects, Rodents and Other Vermin of Public Health Significance, Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code.

15.2

Whenever a Saudi Aramco school is to be constructed, an existing Saudi Aramco structure is converted to use as a school, or whenever any Saudi Aramco school is remodeled or altered, properly prepared plans and specifications for such construction, conversion, remodeling or alteration shall be submitted to Saudi Aramco EPD during the design review process.

15.3

General considerations: (see Section SASC-S-17 of this Code) 15.3.1

The presence of bedbugs, lice, mosquitoes, fly larvae, rodents or other vermin, or the traces, droppings, trails, runs or other evidence of the presence of such vermin, equates to proof of filth and unsanitary conditions. If observed, the problem shall be reported to the Saudi Aramco proponent and/or the Saudi Aramco Community Services Pest Control Unit. If the problem is not resolved immediately, then it shall be reported to Saudi Aramco EPD. Saudi Aramco EPD will, in turn, notify the Saudi Aramco proponent organization and they shall take immediate action to abate the nuisance.

15.3.2

All school buildings, structures and service vehicles shall be designed, constructed, maintained and operated to prevent entry, propagation and harborage of insects, rodents and other vermin. Routine survey, prevention and control programs shall be undertaken to ensure that buildings, structures and service vehicles remain free of insects, rodents and vermin. 389


Schools, SASC-S-16

15.3.3

The premises on which the above school buildings, structures and service vehicles stand, as well as vacant lots and open areas located on Saudi Aramco schools, shall be maintained in a manner that prevents the propagation or harborage of insects, rodents or other vermin. Routine survey, prevention and control programs shall be undertaken to ensure that premises, vacant lots and open areas remain free of insects, rodents and vermin.

15.3.4

All schools shall be well drained. Drainage shall not be allowed to pond or otherwise accumulate in an uncontrolled manner that supports the propagation or harborage of insects, rodents or vermin.

15.3.5

No agency, employee, student or person shall place, leave, dump or permit to accumulate any garbage or refuse in any building, structure or vehicle, or on any premises, vacant lot or open area in a manner that provides food or harborage for insects, rodents or other vermin.

15.3.6

No agency, employee, student or person shall accumulate, or permit to accumulate, lumber, pipes or other construction material on a premises or yard unless such material is stored at least 30 centimeters (12 inches) above the ground or racks.

15.3.7

To prevent impoundment of water, creation of mud holes and other nuisance conditions, all spillage, overflow or drainage from a drinking fountain, faucet or other equipment or device shall be discharged to the sewerage system through an approved drain.

15.3.8

Every effort shall be made to prevent problems rather than solve them after they have developed. For example, insects, rodents and vermin shall be controlled by elimination of breeding and harborage sources, proper sanitary practices, vermin proofing of structures, proper storage of materials and by other approved control methods. Desperate campaigns to rid buildings, structures and premises of established infestations are unacceptable. Fly electrocution devices, if used, shall be designed to have "escape-resistant" trays. They shall be installed in a manner that prevents dead insects from falling on food and food contact surfaces. Trays shall be emptied into an outside refuse container at least once each day.

15.3.9

15.3.10

Bait stations shall be tamper-proof or covered or, if open, maintained in a manner that keeps rodenticides within the bait station. If used inside a kitchen, snack bar or staff lounge, bait stations shall be located in non-food handling areas and only anticoagulant rodenticides shall be used.

15.3.11

Exclusion is the preferred method of rodent control inside a kitchen, snack bar or staff lounge. If this fails and rodents must be exterminated, trapping is recommended. Tracking powders shall not be used inside kitchens, snack bars or staff lounges.

15.3.12

No cooking shall be undertaken in any room of a school unless such room was specifically designed for this purpose and the use of such room for cooking is approved by Saudi Aramco EPD. Insects, rodents and other vermin are attracted by cooking odors and the availability of food and water. Unregulated "kitchens" provide ideal conditions for entry, propagation and harborage of insects, rodents and other vermin without the benefit of the specialized control programs required of regulated kitchens.

15.3.13

Water storage tanks shall be enclosed from the filling inlet to the discharge outlet. All openings shall be covered. The cover shall be provided with a gasket and a mechanism for securing it in place. Vents and overflows shall terminate in a downward direction and shall be screened to prevent entry by birds and other animals.

15.3.14

Animals shall not be slaughtered in a place other than a Saudi Arab Government approved slaughterhouse. Blood, offal and other animal waste attract insects, rodents and other vermin and provide them with food and ideal conditions for propagation. 390


Schools, SASC-S-16

15.4

Pesticides: 15.4.1

Only pesticides registered by the Saudi Arab Government and specifically designed and approved for use in the type of facility being treated shall be present in the facility. Pesticides used in areas where food is prepared, served or stored shall be of low toxicity for humans.

15.4.2

Pesticide containers shall be specifically and plainly labeled. The label shall: a) define all constituents of the pesticide; b) explain the hazardous nature of the pesticide and precautions that must be exercised when storing, handling and using the pesticide; c) the pests the product is designed to control and under what circumstances; d) instructions for application and safe use; and e) proper disposal methods for waste pesticides and empty containers. Pesticides shall be stored in their original, labeled container.

15.4.3

Pesticides shall be stored in locked cabinets or rooms that are used for no other purpose. They shall not be stored in areas accessible to children. Pesticides shall not be stored in a manner that causes contamination or adulteration of food, food contact surfaces, utensils or equipment (extreme care shall he taken to avoid such adulteration/contamination).

15.4.4

Pesticides shall not be used in a manner that: a) contaminates or leaves a toxic residue on ay equipment or food contact surfaces; b) is hazardous to students, employees or other persons; or c) is not in full compliance with the manufacturer's instructions printed on the label.

15.4.5

16

Pesticides shall be dispensed and handled by authorized, properly trained personnel. A qualified pest control operator shall apply restricted-use pesticides. LUNCH ROOMS AND KITCHENS 16.1

In all places where students and employees are permitted to lunch on the premises, an adequate space suitable for that purpose shall be provided. The space provided for the lunchroom shall conform to the requirements outlined in Table 5 and shall be based on the maximum number of persons using the room at any one time. TABLE 5 Minimum Space Required For Lunch Rooms Number of persons Minimum space per person 25 and less 0.8 m2 26 to 74 0.7 m2 75 to 149 0.6 m2 150 to 499 0.5 m2 500 and more 0.4 m2

16.2

If a kitchen is permitted, the design, construction and materials of structure and equipment, as well as the general operating methods and procedures used to store, handle and protect food, equipment and utensils, shall comply with requirements equivalent to those specified in Section SASCS-04 of this Code.

16.3

An adequate number of waste receptacles shall be provided and shall be used by students and employees for the disposal of all waste food and materials (refer to sub-section 14.2 of this Code Section).

16.4

Students and employees shall not be permitted to store, prepare or eat food in any location where here are present any toxic materials or hazardous substances that may be injurious to their health. 391


Schools, SASC-S-16

REFERENCES: 1. 2.

Freedman, Ben, Sanitarians Handbook Salvato, Joseph, Environmental Engineering and Sanitation

392


Insects, Rodents and Other Vermin, SASC-S-17

SASC-S-17 INSECTS, RODENTS AND OTHER VERMIN OF PUBLIC HEALTH SIGNIFICANCE

Any insect, rodent or other vermin that promote the transmission of human or zoonotic disease that parasitize or feed upon man, or that is venomous, allergenic or otherwise harmful or hazardous to man, are of significant public health concern. Preventing the entry, propagation and harborage of such insects, rodents and vermin is required to protect the public health. NOTE: All sub-sections should be read in conjunction with referenced documents listed at the end of this Section.

DEFINITIONS: Camp, Aramco: Any of the residential compounds established by Saudi Aramco to house individuals or families. Carrier: A person or animal that harbors a specific infectious agent in the absence of discernable clinical disease and serves as a potential source of infection. Cesspool: A lined or partially lined covered underground pit into which household wastewater is discharged. Solids are collected in the pit and liquids seep through the bottom and sides into the surrounding soil. Communicable Disease: An illness due to a specific infectious agent or its toxic products which arises through transmission of that agent or its products from an infected person, animal or reservoir to susceptible host through an intermediate plant or animal host. Communicable Period: The time or times during which an infectious agent may be transferred directly or indirectly from an infected person to another person. Etiology Study: Of the causes of disease. Faeces (feces): Solid waste or excrement from the gastrointestinal tract consisting of residue from food digestion and bacterial action. Garbage: Animal and vegetable waste resulting from the handling, preparation, cooking and serving of foods Herbicide: Any compound, usually a synthetic organic chemical, used to control plant growth. Host: A person or other living animal that affords subsistence or lodgment to an infectious agent under the natural conditions. Infectious Disease: A clinically manifest disease of man or animal resulting from an infection. Infestation: For persons or animals the lodgment, development and reproduction of arthropods on the surface of the body or in the clothing. Infested articles or premises are those which harbor or give shelter to animal forms, especially arthropods and rodents. Insecticide: Any chemical substance used for the destruction of insects, whether applied as powder, liquid or aerosol. Manure: The fecal and urinary defecations of livestock and poultry. 391



Open dump: The consolidation of waste from one or more sources at a central disposal site which has little or no management. Some of the problems associated with open dumps are: vector breeding, fires, unsightliness, disease and accident potential. Parasite: Organisms that obtain their food from the living substance of other organisms. Pathogen: Any infective agent capable of producing disease; may be a virus, bacterium, etc. A specific cause of a disease. Pesticide: Any chemical or substance used to control animal or plant pest problems. Rodenticide: A chemical substance used for the destruction of rodents, generally through digestion. Transmission of Infectious Agents: Any mechanism by which an infectious agent is spread from a source or reservoir to a person. Unsanitary: One or more factors in a man’s physical environment that exercise a negative effect of his health, development or well being. Vector (of disease): A living insect or animal (non-human), which transmits infectious diseases from one animal or human to another. Zoonosis: A disease of animals transmissible to man. Some examples are: anthrax, bubonic plague, typhus and some forms of salmonella. 1

GENERAL 1.1

The presence of bedbugs, lice, mosquitoes, fly larvae, rodents or other vermin, or the traces, droppings, trails, runs or other evidence of the presence of such vermin, indicates or is an indicator of filth and unsanitary conditions. If observed, the problem shall be reported to the Saudi Aramco proponent and/or the Saudi Aramco Community Services Pest Control Unit. If the problem is not resolved immediately, then it shall be reported to Saudi Aramco Environmental Protection Department, (EPD) which will, in turn, notify the Saudi Aramco proponent organization and they shall take immediate action to abate the nuisance (see Section SASC-S-18).

1.2

Control of insects, rodents and other vermin shall be through the implementation of Integrated Pest Management (IPM) methods, which seek long-term pest prevention by instituting pro-active measures that aim to prevent a pest population from reaching an unacceptable level.

1.3

IPM programs shall employ thorough inspections, routine monitoring and correct pest identification to determine if and when control measures are called for. When applicable, preferred control methods include one or more of the following and shall be utilized before undertaking chemical control: improved sanitation, pest proofing and mechanical, cultural and biological controls. When chemicals are required, they shall be the least toxic available to resolve the problem, be target specific and be applied in a manner that will have minimal impact to Saudi Aramco personnel and the environment.

1.4

All buildings, structures and service vehicles located on Saudi Aramco plants, industrial areas, communities, facilities and concessionary lands, or those otherwise controlled by Saudi Aramco, shall be designed, constructed, maintained and operated to prevent the entry, propagation and harborage of insects, rodents and other vermin. IPM programs shall be undertaken to insure that buildings, structures and service vehicles remain free of insects, rodents and vermin.

1.5

The premises on which the above buildings, structures and service vehicles stand, as well as vacant lots and open areas located on Saudi Aramco plants, industrial areas, communities, facilities and concessionary lands, shall be maintained in a manner that prevents the propagation or harborage 392



of insects, rodents or other vermin. IPM programs shall be undertaken to ensure that buildings, structures and service vehicles remain free of insects, rodents and vermin. 1.6

All Saudi Aramco plants, industrial areas, communities, facilities and concessionary lands, or those otherwise controlled by Saudi Aramco, shall be well drained. Drainage shall not be allowed to pond or otherwise accumulate in an uncontrolled manner that supports the propagation or harborage of insects, rodents or vermin.

1.7

No agency, employee or person shall place, leave, dump or permit to accumulate any garbage or refuse in any building, structure or vehicle, or on any premises, vacant lot or open area in a manner that provides food or harborage for insects, rodents or other vermin.

1.8

No agency, employee or person shall accumulate, or permit accumulation of, lumber, pipes or other construction material on a premises or yard unless such material is stored at least 30 centimeters (12 inches) above the ground or racks.

1.9

To prevent impoundment of water, creation of mud holes and other nuisance conditions, all spillage, overflow or drainage from a drinking fountain, faucet or other equipment or device shall be discharged to the sewerage system through an approved drain.

1.10

Every effort shall be made to prevent problems rather than solve them after they have developed. For example, insects, rodents and vermin shall be controlled by elimination of breeding and harborage sources, proper sanitary practices, vermin proofing of structures, proper storage of materials and by other approved control methods. Desperate campaigns to rid buildings, structures and premises of established infestations are undesirable and must be avoided.

1.11

Fly electrocution devices, if used, shall be designed to have "escape- resistant" trays. They shall be installed in a manner that prevents dead insects from falling on food and food contact surfaces. Trays shall be emptied into an outside refuse container at least once each day.

1.12

Bait stations shall be tamper-proof or covered or, if open, maintained in a manner that keeps rodenticide within the bait station. If used inside a kitchen, bait stations shall be located in non-food handling areas and only anticoagulant rodenticides shall be used.

1.13

Exclusion is the preferred method of rodent control inside a kitchen. If this fails and rodents must be exterminated, trapping is recommended. Tracking powders shall not be used inside a kitchen.

1.14

No cooking shall be undertaken in any room of a habitable structure unless such room was specifically designed for this purpose and the use of such room for cooking is approved by Saudi Aramco EPD. Cooking odors and the availability of food and water attracts insects, rodents and other vermin. Unregulated "kitchens" provide ideal conditions for entry, propagation and harborage of insects, rodents and other vermin without the benefit of the specialized control programs required of regulated kitchens.

1.15

Water storage tanks shall be enclosed from the filling inlet to the discharge outlet. All openings shall be covered. The cover shall be provided with a gasket and a mechanism for securing it in place. Vents and overflows shall terminate in a downward direction and shall be screened to prevent entry by birds and other animals.

1.16

Animals shall not be slaughtered in a place other than a Saudi Arab Government approved slaughterhouse. Blood, offal and other animal waste attract insects, rodents and other vermin and provide them with food and ideal conditions for propagation.

393



2

RESPONSIBILITY FOR INSECT, RODENT AND VERMIN CONTROL

The Saudi Aramco proponent is responsible for implementing and enforcing the requirements of this Code Section. 3

4

STRUCTURAL PLANS FOR SCHOOLS AND FOOD ESTABLISHMENTS 3.1

Whenever a Saudi Aramco food establishment or school is to be constructed, an existing Saudi Aramco structure is converted to use as a food establishment or school, or whenever any Saudi Aramco food establishment or school is remodeled or altered, properly prepared plans and specifications for such construction, conversion, remodeling or alteration shall be submitted to Saudi Aramco EPD during the design review process.

3.2

Whenever physical facilities or fixed equipment of an approved non-Saudi Aramco food establishment are to be remodeled, altered or changed, a "new application," including plans and specifications, shall be submitted to Saudi Aramco EPD according to requirements outlined in Section SASC-S-04 of this Code.

GENERAL STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS 4.1

There shall be no openings in basements, foundations, exterior walls or roofs through which insects; rodents or other vermin may traverse. Openings around conduits, ducts, pipes and other utility services that pass through the walls of basements, foundations and ground and first floor exterior surfaces, as well as roofs, shall be closed solidly by metal, concrete or other impervious material through which rodents cannot gnaw. If metal sheeting is used to seal an opening around a conduit, duct, pipe or other utility service, the metal sheeting shall extend at least 7.6 centimeters beyond all sides of the opening.

4.2


All exterior entrances to corridors, habitable rooms, kitchens, lunch rooms, shower rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and hand-washing facilities shall be provided with solid doors or glazed windows. Doors and windows shall be kept tightly closed when not in use (excludes passageways between rooms within an enclosed building). If outside openings are appropriately protected from the entry by insects and rodents according to the requirements outlined in sub-sections 4.2.2 through 4.2.4 of this Code Section, solid doors and glazed windows may be considered to be "in use" if they are left open to ventilate the structure.

4.2.2

All exterior entrances to kitchens, lunch rooms, shower rooms, toilet rooms, utility rooms and hand-washing facilities shall be fitted with self-closing screen doors (a screen door is not required if the solid door is self-closing and opens outward, the area is fully air conditioned alleviating the need for propping the solid door open and the operational nature of the facility is such that employees are required to keep doors closed, e.g. facilities within industrial plants). Screen doors shall open outwards. The bottoms of screen doors shall be covered with metal sheeting in accordance with sub-section 4.2.3 of this Code Section. Other effective fly control devices, e.g. air curtains, that start automatically when a door is opened, may be used in lieu of screen doors.

4.2.3

All outer doors and screen doors shall be tight-fitting and self-closing. All doors and screen doors, including sliding or folding types, shall be constructed in such a manner that the space between the lower edge of the door and the threshold does not exceed 6.4 millimeters (0.25 inches). The space between sections of folding and sliding doors, when closed, shall not exceed 6.4 millimeters (0.25 inches). All exposed edges of the lower 20.3 centimeters (8 inches) of doors and jambs which are made of materials through which rodents could gnaw, especially outer doors and doors known to be accessible to rodents, shall be protected by 394



4.2.4

4.3

5

6

covering such edges of doors and jambs with metal sheeting which cannot be gnawed through. All openable windows that are not solidly closed and are accessible to insects and rodents shall be appropriately screened by grills, hardware cloth or other material capable of precluding the entry by insects and rodents. The effective mesh size of screening material shall not be less than 6 mesh per centimeter (16 mesh per inch).


Covering materials, such as Formica, sheet metal, linoleum and vinyl, shall be attached and sealed to wall and ceiling surfaces in a manner which leaves no open spaces or cracks.

4.3.2

If acoustical paneling is used, perforations shall not penetrate the entire depth of the panel, shall not be greater than 3 millimeters (0.13 inches) in any dimension, and shall not comprise more than 25 percent of the exposed panel surface.

4.4

All ventilation and other openings which cannot be solidly sealed non-window and that remain accessible to insects, rodents and other vermin shall be appropriately screened by grilles, hardware cloth or other material capable of precluding the entry by insects, rodents and other vermin. Note that the swing-type louvered flaps which automatically close when an exhaust or ventilation fan is switched off are deemed to be acceptable screening if they are kept clean and in good repair.

4.5


4.6

Defective sewer pipes, traps, drains and vents shall be repaired or replaced promptly and professionally. Crude repairs with wood, tape or metal strips will leak and are unsatisfactory.

SEWAGE 5.1

Sewage shall be collected, treated and disposed of in accordance with requirements equivalent to those outlined in Section SASC-S-02 of this Code. In no case shall sewage or liquid waste of any type be discharged on the surface of the ground, open ditch or other uncontrolled area where it might pond, encourage weed growth or support the propagation or harborage of insects, rodents or other vermin.

5.2

When Saudi Aramco EPD permits the use of chemical closets in support of a transitory place of employment, the chemical closets shall be operated and maintained in a manner which does not attract or support the propagation of insects, rodents or other vermin.



Prior to removal from the premises, garbage and other refuse shall be stored in a manner which makes it inaccessible to insects, rodents and other vermin. Outside storage of garbage or refuse in open piles or in any container other than an approved garbage or refuse container is prohibited, e.g. storage in paper bags or cardboard boxes. Inside storage of waste in open piles on the floor of the garbage/refuse storage room is prohibited. Heavy duty plastic bags may be stacked on the floor of a properly designed and constructed refuse storage room if the waste contained therein is satisfactorily sealed in the bag, i.e. the bag does not represent an "open pile."

6.1.2

The garbage/refuse storage room, if provided, shall be large enough to store all garbage/refuse containers, which accumulate between disposal periods. The structure shall 395



be insect and rodent-proof, including the provision of a solid door designed to preclude the entry by rodents. Additionally, a screen door, which opens outward, an air curtain device or other effective means of excluding flies, shall be provided. 6.1.3

6.2

6.3

6.4

Facilities shall be provided for cleaning garbage/refuse containers, lugger boxes and compactor systems after they are emptied (this facility need not be provided on the premises if the waste hauler provides this service at another location).


Approved garbage and refuse containers shall include standard 115 liters (30 gallons) steel garbage cans, modified 210 liters (55 gallons) steel drums, purpose-built lugger boxes and compactor systems. They shall be made of a durable, nonabsorbent, easily cleanable material through which rodents cannot gnaw. Containers shall not leak. Drain plugs, where required, shall be in place at all times except during cleaning.

6.2.2



6.2.2.2

Refuse containers, which are being actively used in the facility, need not be covered. Refuse containers shall be covered when not being actively used. Filled refuse containers shall be covered and removed from the facility to the refuse storage facility.

6.2.3


6.2.4

Refuse containers shall be provided where refuse is generated. There shall be a sufficient number of approved containers to hold all garbage/refuse produced and to accommodate the total amount accumulated in the refuse holding facility between disposal periods.

6.2.5

Periodically, each container shall be thoroughly washed with hot water and detergent on the inside and outside in a manner that does not contaminate water, food or the environment.

6.2.6



Refuse shall be disposed of often enough to prevent the development of odors and the attraction of insects, rodents and other vermin, but not less than twice per week.

6.3.2

Waste shall be removed to the disposal facility in a purpose-built refuse transport vehicle.

6.3.3


Garbage and refuse disposal in remote locations: 6.4.1

Drilling rigs oftentimes operate in remote locations where municipal sanitary landfills are unavailable. Open dumping in these areas supports the breeding or flies and rodents and they directly threaten the health of rig employees. In these unique cases, the only suitable alternative method of garbage and refuse disposal is controlled incineration. 396



6.4.2

If garbage and refuse must be burned at a remote location, it shall not be burned in a pit, but shall be burned in an incinerator. The incinerator can be as simple as an oil drum with both ends removed and several lengths of "rebar" forming a grate pattern approximately one foot from the bottom of the drum. The drum, grate side down, is raised approximately 25 centimeters off the ground by placing it on concrete blocks, rocks, or other nonflammable supports in a manner that steadies the drum, but does not close the bottom of the drum. 6.4.2.1

A small amount of refuse is placed in the incinerator on the rebar grate and is ignited. The heat from the fire will rise and draw air in from the open bottom of the drum. The temperature of the fire will increase as the rising heat draws more air in from the bottom of the drum and the cycle will repeat itself as more fuel is added. The disposal cycle simply involves controlled addition of garbage and refuses to the top of the incinerator until all waste is consumed.

6.4.2.2

The ashes that fall through the grate, along with cans and bottles shall be shoveled into a collection drum. When the collection drum is full, it shall be transported to a Saudi Aramco sanitary landfill for disposal or the contents shall be buried beneath two feet of compact soil. If burned waste is buried, the burial site shall be dry, not subject to flooding and shall not permit contamination of private or public water supplies.

6.4.2.3 The area around the incinerator shall be kept clean and orderly. The incinerator I is a tool, not a toy, and its safe use shall be emphasized. 7

PESTICIDES 7.1

Only pesticides registered by the Saudi Arab Government and specifically designed and approved for use in the type of facility being treated shall be present in the facility. Pesticides used in food establishments should be of low toxicity for humans.

7.2

Pesticide containers shall be specifically and plainly labeled. The label shall: a) define all constituents of the pesticide; b) explain the hazardous nature of the pesticide and precautions that must be exercised when storing, handling and using the pesticide; c) the pests the product is designed to control and under what circumstances; d) instructions for application and safe use; and e) proper disposal methods for waste pesticides and empty containers. Pesticides shall be stored in their original, labeled container.

7.3

Pesticides shall be stored in locked cabinets or rooms that are used for no other purpose. They shall not be stored in areas where packaging, ingredients, food, equipment or utensils are stored; where food is prepared, processed, cooked, packaged, chilled, frozen or served; or where ware washing takes place. Pesticides shall not be stored in a manner, which causes contamination or adulteration of food, food contact surfaces, utensils or equipment (extreme care shall he taken to avoid such adulteration/contamination).

7.4

Pesticides shall not be used in a manner which: a) contaminates or leaves a toxic residue on packaging, ingredients, food, equipment, utensils or other food contact surfaces; b) is hazardous to personnel; or c) is not in full compliance with the manufacturer's instructions printed on the label. Chemical treatments shall only be made when an inspection and/or monitoring have indicated that there is a pest problem and not according to a pre-determined schedule.

7.5

Pesticides hall be dispensed and handled by authorized, properly trained personnel. A qualified pest control operator shall apply restricted-use pesticides.

397



REFERENCES: 1. 2.

Freedman, Ben, Sanitarians Handbook Salvato, Joseph, Environmental Engineering and Sanitation

398


Public Health Nuisances, SASC-S-18

SASC-S-18 PUBLIC HEALTH NUISANCES This Section regulates public health nuisances. NOTE: All Code Sub-Sections should be read in conjunction with referenced documents listed at the end of this Code Section.

DEFINITIONS Air, Ambient: The surrounding environmental air. Camp, Aramco: Any of the residential compounds established to house individuals and/or families. Cesspool: A lined, or partially lined, covered underground pit into which household wastewater is discharged. Solids are collected in the pit and liquids seep thorough the bottom into the surrounding soil. Sometimes called leaching cesspool. Contamination, Water: The direct or indirect introduction into water of microorganisms, chemicals, wastes or wastewater in a concentration that makes the water unfit for the intended use. Decompose: To break into constituent elements through chemical changes induced by enzymic action, microbial activity, etc. Decontamination: The removal of pathogenic organisms from objects so that they are safe to handle. Dirt: A filthy or soiling substance (as mud, dust or grime); excrement. Easily cleanable: Readily accessible, made of such material and finish, and fabricated such that all surfaces can be washed and sanitized, and that all residues may be effectively removed by normal cleaning methods. Environmental Impact: Anything impacting the environment. Significant adverse environmental impacts are of primary concern. Faces (Feces): Solid waste or excrement from the gastrointestinal tract consisting of residue from food digestion and bacterial action. Garbage: Animal and vegetable waste. Hazardous Solid Waste: Solid waste that may, by itself or in combination with other solid waste be infectious, explosive poisonous, highly flammable caustic, toxic or otherwise dangerous, or injurious to human plant or animal life. Health Hazard: Any condition, device practice or operation which creates, or may create a danger to the health and well being of human beings. Incinerator: Any device used for the burning of refuse where the factors of combustion (i.e. temperature, retention time, turbulence and combustion air) can be controlled. Industrial Waste: The liquid and solid wastes from industrial processes. Infestation: The lodgment, development and reproduction of arthropods on the surfaces of clothing or the bodies of humans or animals. Infested articles or premises are those that harbor or give shelter to animal forms, especially arthropods and rodents.

398



Nuisance: Harmful, injurious, annoying, unpleasant, obnoxious or other condition potentially dangerous to human life or detrimental to health as determined by the Environmental Protection Department (EPD). Open Burning: Uncontrolled burning of wastes in the open or in an open dump. Pollutants, Air: Any solid, liquid or gaseous that tends to pollute the atmosphere. Raw Wastewater: Wastewater before it receives any treatment. Unsanitary: One or more of those factors in man’s physical environment, which exercise or may exercise a deleterious effect of his physical development, health and/or survival are not being properly controlled.

1

2

GENERAL 1.1

All areas shall be kept free of nuisances, safety hazards and other harmful, injurious, annoying, unpleasant, obnoxious or other condition potentially dangerous to human life or detrimental to health.

1.2

The proponent and/or operator of a plant, industrial area, community, facility, structure or service of any kind conducted on Saudi Aramco concessionaire properties shall be responsible for preventing the occurrence of nuisances and for abating nuisance conditions when they occur.

1.3

Whenever a nuisance or safety hazard is observed, it shall be reported to the Saudi Aramco proponent and/or other responsible Saudi Aramco agency. If the problem is not resolved immediately, then it shall be reported to Saudi Aramco Environmental Protection Department (EPD). EPD will, in turn, notify the Saudi Aramco proponent organization and they shall take immediate action to abate the nuisance.

1.4

Every effort shall be made to prevent problems rather than solve them after they have developed. For example, insects, rodents and vermin shall be controlled by elimination of breeding and harborage sources, proper sanitary practices, vermin proofing of structures, proper storage of materials and by other approved control methods. .

SPECIFIC PUBLIC HEALTH NUISANCES The following conditions and/or practices are declared to be hazardous to public health and are, therefore, public health nuisances. 2.1

All polluted, decayed, unwholesome or misbranded food offered for sale or gift by Saudi Aramco operated or approved facilities.

2.2

Whatever renders food or air, water or other environmental factor unwholesome or detrimental to the health of human beings as determined by Saudi Aramco EPD.

2.3

Unpasteurized milk or milk products.

2.4

The use of the common, public drinking cup or roller towel.

2.5

Any attractive condition, such as a junk refrigerator/freezer, abandoned vehicle or equipment, vacant building, open cesspool, deep excavation or other hazard, which may prove detrimental to unwary adults and/or children, whether in a building, on the premises of a building or upon an unoccupied lot.

2.6

Any individual infected with a communicable disease without medical supervision by the Saudi Aramco Medical Services Organization while he/she is on Saudi Aramco concessionaire properties. 399



2.7

A habitable room judged to be overcrowded in accordance with requirements equivalent to those outlined in pertinent Sections of this Code.

2.8

Any room judged to be improperly ventilated or illuminated in accordance with requirements equivalent to those outlined in pertinent Sections of this Code.

2.9

Operating any facility regulated by this Code without sufficient potable water to support the domestic needs of the operation.

2.10

Any substandard, improperly operated or unsanitary potable water production, treatment, disinfection or distribution system.

2.11

Acquisition of water from a non-approved source.

2.12

Transportation of potable water in a tanker, container or other vessel not specifically approved for transportation of potable water.

2.13

Transportation of nonpotable water, sewage, petroleum products or any other substance other than potable water in a water tanker, container or other vessel specifically approved for transportation of potable water.

2.14

Any substandard, improperly operated or unsanitary sewerage system or sewage treatment, processing, reclamation or disposal facility.

2.15

Disposal of solid waste, hazardous waste, sewage effluent or other waste in an area not specifically approved, designed and operated for this purpose.

2.16

Any substandard, improperly operated or unsanitary solid or liquid waste storage, collection, transfer or transportation system.

2.17

Any substandard, improperly operated or unsanitary solid waste handling, treatment, processing, reclamation or disposal facility.

2.18

Accumulation of garbage or refuse in any building, or on any premises or open lot, in a manner that will afford food or harborage for insects, rodents or other vermin.

2.19

Storage of lumber, pipes, boxes, barrels, bricks, stones or other construction material on any premise or open lot that is not properly placed on racks raised at least 30 centimeters (1 foot) above the ground.

2.20

Failure to contain gases and leachate from solid waste disposal sites and effluent discharged from sewage treatment facilities in a manner that prevents pollution of air, water and other environmental factors.

2.21

Failure to contain leachate from solid waste disposal sites and effluent discharged from sewage treatment facilities in a manner that prevents the propagation and harborage of insect, rodent and other vermin.

2.22

Burning garbage or refuse on the premises in a manner other than by controlled incineration; inadequate on-site incineration of solid waste and garbage.

2.23

Any non-water carried sewage disposal system other than approved chemical closets.

2.24

Defecation or urination in other than an approved toilet while on Saudi Aramco concessionaire properties. 400



2.25

A cross connection between the potable water supply and the sewerage system, a nonpotable water system or any other potential source of contamination or pollution.

2.26

All ponds or pools of stagnant water.

2.27

The presence of lice, bedbugs, fly larvae, rodents or any other vermin, or the traces, droppings, trails, runs or other evidence of the presence of such vermin.

2.28

Any animal not specifically approved by and not under the direct surveillance of the Kennel Club.

2.29

Any improperly confined animal.

2.30

Any animal running at large.

2.31

Any dog or cat, without up-to-date immunizations.

2.32

Any animal infected with a disease that can be transmitted to human beings.

2.33

Failure to collect and properly dispose of animal droppings.

2.34

The presence of live animals of any description in a food facility.

2.35

Carcasses of animals found on Saudi Aramco concessionaire properties that are not properly buried or removed to an approved disposal site within 24 hours.

2.36

Unclean conditions as determined by Saudi Aramco EPD.

2.37

Noise levels in excess of what is generally considered to be safe.

401


Code Sanitary

Recommend Documents